\i
LIBRARY
CMiMWU
XDOCAT 101 IIBBr
/h 6. Tfctfevma*
THE SPANISH TEACHER;
A PKACTICAL METHOD
OF LEARNING
THE SPANISH LANGUAGE
ON OLLENDOEFFS SYSTEM.
FRANCISCO J. VINGUT.
CONTAINING :
PS.1CTICAL EXERCISES— CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES— A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPANKO
GRAMMAR— DIALOGUES— PROVERBS— IDIOMS— MERCANTILE
VOCABULARY— CORRESPONDENCE, ETC., ETC.
NEW EDITION, CORRECTED AND ENLARGED BY
LUIS F. MANTILLA,
KlOr. OP THE SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY Off
NEW YORK.
NEW YOKK :
GEORGE E. LOCKVOOD,
No. 812 Broadway.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by
GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD,
in the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington.
SPANISH BOOKS
PUBLISHED BY
GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD.
■WITH PRICES IN CURRENCY.
II»H
VINGUT. The Spanish Teacheb. 12mo $2 25
Key to do 1 00
Spanish Readeb and Tbanslatob. 12mo 1 50
DEL MAR. A Guide to Spanish Convebsation. 12hio 1 25
ROBERTSON. Complete Spanish Coubse. 12mo 1 75
SALES' JOSSE'S Spanish Gbammab. 12mo 2 00
GRAMATICA de la Academia espanola. 12iiio 1 25
CARTILLA o Silababio. (Spanish Primer.) 18mo 25
CUENTOS Familiabes. (Familiar Stories. 18mo 75
For Spaniards Learning English and French, or
French Learning Spanish.
VINGUT. El Maesteo de Ingles. 12mo 2 25
Clave del Maestbo de Ingles 1 00
El Pbeceptob Ingles elemental. 12mo 1 50
Clave del Pbeceptob elemental 75
£l Maestbo de Feances. 12mo 9 25
Clave del Maestbo de Feances 1 00
Le Maitbe d'Espagnol. 12mo 2 25
COBBIGE DU MAITRE D'ESPAGNOL 1 00
DEL MAR. La Guia^paba la Conversacion en Ingles 12mo 1 25
VINGUT. Lectob y Teaductob Ingles. 12mo 1 50
LECTURAS INGLESAS Escogidas, con Vocabulario 2 00
A Catalogue, with prices of Spanish books imported from Paris,
Madrid, Barcelona, etc., will be sent on application.
Us
INTRODUCTION.
ill
My system of acquiring a living language is founded on
the principle, that each question contains in itself nearly
the answer which should be made to it. The slight differ-
ence between the question and the answer is always ex-
plained before the question ; so that the learner does not
find it in the least difficult, either to answer it, or to make
similar questions for himself. Again, the question being
the same as the answer, as soon as pronounced by the
teacher, it strikes the ear of the pupil, and is therefore
easily reproduced by his vocal organs. This principle is
so evident, that it is impossible to open the book without
being struck by it.
Neither the professor nor his pupils lose an instant of
their time. When the professor reads the lesson, the pupil
answers ; when he examines the lesson written by the pupil,
he speaks again, and the pupil answers ; also when he ex-
amines the exercise which the pupil has translated, he
speaks and the pupil answers : thus both are, as it were,
continually kept in exercise.
The phrases are so arranged that, from the beginning to
the end, the pupil's curiosity is excited by the want of a
word or an expression : this word or expression is always
given in the following lesson, but in such a manner as to
create a desire for others that would render the phrase more
complete. Hence, the pupil's attention is continually kept
alive, till at last he has acquired a thorough knowledge of
the language he is studying. — (Extract from Ollendorff.)
193
PREFACE.
The plan pursued in the present work is substantially the
same as that explained above, excepting some slight altera-
tions in the arrangement of the lessons which, from my own
experience, I have deemed indispensable to avoid many
tedious repetitions which were necessary in the original
system. The superiority of Ollendorff's method is now so
readily and universally acknowledged, that I deem it un-
necessary to set forth its peculiar merits at length, or by
comparisons derogatory to others.
The Spanish language is now spoken by so many on this
Continent, with whom we are yearly becoming more closely
connected in business and political relations, that a know-
ledge of it is becoming more and more indispensable ; and I
shall be happy if I can contribute in any way by the publi-
cation of this volume to extend that knowledge.
Francisco J. Vingut.
EDITOR'S PREFACE TO REVISED EDITION.
In the publication of this revised and improved edition
of Vingut's Spanish Teacher a debt due to the public for
its appreciation of it for many years has been paid.
The advantages over previous editions consist in part in
its more methodical arrangement, corrections of typograph-
ical errors, enlargement of the theoretical part, a mercan-
tile vocabulary and correspondence, and a collection of dia-
logues, which altogether make the book valuable not only to
those studying the language grammatically, but to those who
wish to acquire a practical knowledge of it for mercantile
purposes.
The Editor.
New Yokk, July 1, 1871.
EXERCISE ON PRONUNCIATION.
(a figured pronunciation is given below each line,.*
MO-KAL CRIS-TI-A-NA.
MO-BAL CBEES-TE-AH-NA.
Mo-ral Cris-ti-a-na es la ci-en-ci-a que di-ri-je las ac-ci-
Mo-rdl Orees-tee-dh-na ess la lhee-din-thee<ih kay dee-rie-hay las ac-thee-
o-nes pro-pi-as del hom-bre se-gun la re-li-ji-on de Je-su-
6h-nais pro-pee-ass dell 6?n-bray sai-ydon la rai-lee-hee-6n day Hai-soo-
cris-to.
crces-io.
El ob-je-to de la mo-ral cris-ti-a-na es mos-trar al hom-bre
Ml ob-hdi-to day la mo-rdl crees-tee-dh-na ess mos-trdrr al 6m -bray
la con-for-mi-dad de sus ac-ci-o-nes con la ley. y pre-ca-ver
la con-for-mee-ddd day soos ac-thee-6h-nais con la lai-ee, e pral-kah-vdir
6 cor-re-jir el de-sor-den de e-llas.
6 cor-rai-heer el dai-sor-dain day ell-yass.
Es-ta ci-en-ci-a es con-for-me con los sen-ti-mi-en-tos y
£ss-ta thee-din-lhee-ah ess con -for -may con los sain-tee-mee-din-tos e
a-fec-tos del hom-bre en to-do lo que le con-vi-e-ne, mas no
ahjdic-tos dell 6m -bray en t6-do lo kay lay con-vee-di-nay, mass no
si em-pre con lo que de-se-a.
see-dim-pray con lo kay dai-sdi-ah.
Es con-for-me en to-do con lo que con-vi-e-ne al hom-bre,
Ess con-f&r-may en id-do con lo kay con-vee-di-naval 6m -bray,
por-que to-das sus re-glas y mac-si-mas se en-ca-mi-nan a
por-kay to das s soos rdi-glass e mdc-see-mass say en-kah-m6e-nan ah
ha-cer-le bi-en-a-ven-tu-ra-do.
ah-tMir-laybee-din-ah-vain-too-rdh-do.
* This Exercise will enable the scholar to know all the sounds of th*
Spanish pronunciation.
6 EXERCISE ON PRONUNCIATION.
No es si-em-pre con-for-me con lo que de-se-a, por-que
No ess see-dim-pray con-for-may con lo kay dai-sdi-ah, por - kay
nu-es-tra na-tu-ra-le-za vi-ci-a-da por el pe-ca-do o-ri-ji-
noo-dis-tra nah-too-rah-ldi-tha vee-thee-dh-da por ell pai-kdh-do oh-ree-hee-
nal, se in-cli-na al que-bran-ta-mi-en-to de la Ley.
ndl, say in-clie-na al Jcai -bran -tah-mee-din-lo day la Ldi-ee.
Es-ta ci-en-ci-a no es con-tra-ri-a a la ra-zon, an-tes
Es-ta thee-din-thee-ah no ess con-trdfi-ree-ah ah la rah-thon, dn-tais
bi-en es con-for-me a los in-ti-mos sen-ti-mi-en-tos del
bee-din ess con-for-may ah los ien-tee-mos sain-tee-mee-din-tos dell
hom-bre, ins-pi-ra-dos por la Ley na-tu-ral.
6m - bray, inss-pee-rdh-dos por la Ldi-ee nah-too-rdl.
Por me-dio de es-ta ci-en-cia a-pren-de-mo3 el ca-
Por mdi-dee-oh de 6s -ta thee-din-thee-ah ah-prain-ddi-mos ell kah-
mi-no de ser fe-li-zes en es-ta vi-da pre-sen-te, y en la
mie-no day sair fai-Ue-thais en iss-ta vie-da prai-sdin-tay, e en la
ve-ni-de - ra.
vai-nee-ddi-rah.
El cum-pli-mi-en-to de nu-es-tras o-bli-ga-ci-o-nes, se-
El koom-plee-mee-din-to day noo-dis-lrass oh-blee-gah-thee-6h-nais, sai-
gun los vin-cu-los que nos u-nen con Dios, con no-so-tros
goon los vien-koo-los kay nos 6o-nain con Bee-dss, con no-sd-tros
mis-mos y con los de-mas hom-bres, nos ha-ce dig-nos de
mies-mos e con los dai-mdss &m-braiss, nos dh-lhay dieg-nos day
Di-os.
Det-6sM.
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION.
The Spanish Alphabet is composed of the following chap«
acters :
A,
B,
o,
Ch,
D,
E,
F,
Names — ah,
bay,
thay,
chay,
day,
a,
aiffay,
G,
H,
i,
J,
L,
U$
M,
bay,
atchay,
et
hdttah,
ailay,
ailyeay,
aimay,
N,
N,
o,
p,
Q,
b,
Br,
ainay,
ain-neay,
o,
pay.
koo,
airay,
air-ray,
l°8'
T,
II,
v,
x,
%
z.
aissay,
tay,
oo,
vay
aikeys,
e,*
thai-tali.
Observation. — In Spanish each letter represents a pecu-
liar and distinct sound ; consequently there is not, as in
English and in French, a letter without sound and a sound
without a letter, but every letter must be pronounced
clearly and distinctly.
VOWELS.
a, e, i, o, u,
Their sounds, ah, a, i, o, oo,
Vowels, in Spanish, always preserve the same sound.
I3ut, in the syllables que, qui, gue, gui, the u is not sounded,
except when gue, gui have a diaeresis on the ut thus :gue,
gui.
* The y is pronounced e like the Spanish i, but is denominated
et-gree-diyah.
8 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
CONSONANTS.
[A figured pronunciation is given below each combination.]
B.
B, is pronounced as in English.
ba, be, bi, bo, bu.
bah, bay, bee, boh, boo.
The B is used in sound with all the five vowels, as in
balanza, balance ; belleza, beauty ; bigamia, bigamy ; borrico,
jackass ; bullicioso, noisy : and, with the letters I and r inter-
posed, the b must always be written, as in bloqueo, blockade ;
bianco, white ; bravo, brave ; bramar, to roar : also at the
end of a syllable, as in absolver, to absolve ; obtener, to obtain,
objeto, an object ; subdito, a subject ; substantia, substance ;
although in some of these words, as well as in others like
them, the b is suppressed to soften the pronunciation, as
several classic writers of the sixteenth century, and some
more modern ones, write oscuro instead of obscuro, obscure ;
sustancia, instead of substantia, substance, &c.
In order to know the proper use of this letter and to
avoid mistakes, the following rules are adopted by the
Spanish Royal Academy :
Rale 1.- — Write with a b all the words which have it in
the original, as beber, to drink, from the Latin bibere ; escri-
Mr, to write, from the Latin scribere.
Rule 2. — B is generally used before consonants, and before
the vowel u, as in buey, an ox ; buitre, a vulture : but most
commonly before I and r, as they follow in all the combina-
tions of bla, ble, bli, blo, blu ; bra, bre, bri, bro, bru.
Rule 3. — In the tenses of the verb haber, to have, the b
must be used, as in habria, I would have ; hubo, he had ;
hubiese, I should have : and also in the syllable ba of the
Imperfect tense of verbs of the First Conjugation, as amaba,
I loved ; bvscaba, I looked for ; and the syllables ab, ob, sub,
as in absolver, to absolve ; oblener, to obtain ; subrvgar, to
dej3utize, to surrogate.
Rule 4. — The p, which is in some words derived from the
Latin or the Greek, is commonly translated into b, as obixpo,
bishop, from episcopus ; cabello, hair, from capillus.
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 9
Bale 5. — Although some words are written with v in their
original, the custom of writing them with b is common and
constant ; as abogado, a lawyer ; baluarte, a bulwark ; borla,
a tassel ; builre, a vulture : and those of known original, or
of various use, should always be written with a b in prefer-
ence to a v, as in ballena, a whale ; besugo, a fish.
C.
C, before e, i, is pronounced as th in thank, think ; before
a, o, u, like k.
ca, ce, ci, co, cu.
kah, thay, thee, ko, koo.
The syllables ce, ci, can also be written ze, zi, both sounds
being exactly the same.
With regard to the sound of c, before e or i, as well as
that of z, it must be observed that it is not universal. In
some provinces of Spain, as for instance, Galicia, Estrema-
dura, Asturias, and in all South America, people generally
sound c and z as s, in the English words set, seat. The An-
dalusians give them a kind of lisp, and sound them with
some affectation. It is in Old and New Castile alone, that
it is generally given to these letters the sound of th. But,
as the most erudite people of all the provinces, both of Old
and New Spain, sound the c and z in the manner that is
done by the Castilians ; as no rules of the Spanish Academy
at Madrid are more strongly inculcated than those relative
to the proper sounding of these letters, and as this sound,
according to our opinion, is the most compatible with the
genius of the Spanish language, we have no hesitation in
saying that those who wish to speak the Spanish with purity
Bhould adopt this manner of pronouncing the c and z.
Cli.
Ch, as ch, in the English words charity, church.
cha, che, chi, cho, chni.
chah, chay, chee, cho, choo.
10 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
D.
D, is pronounced as in the English word dell,
da, de, di, do, du>
dah, day, dee, doh, doo.
The sound of d and t is not exactly the same in English
as in Spanish ; there is a difference, which, although trifling
in itself, is very perceptible, and therefore should be noticed.
It will be observed tha«t in speaking the English, the sound
of d and t is formed by striking the end of the tongue
against the roof of the mouth. In Spanish the tongue is
used in the same manner, but, instead of striking the roof
of the mouth, it strikes the upper teeth ; the d, therefore,
uttered after the Spanish manner, is pronounced as in the
English word dell.
F.
F, sounds as in English.
fa, fe, A fo, fu.
fah, fe, fee, fo, foo.
G.
G, before e, i, is pronounced like h in hen, hill ; in every
other case as in gap.
ga, ge, gi, go, gu.
gah, hay, hee, go, goo.
The G is a palatal or guttural consonant, and in Spanish
nas two distinct sounds in pronunciation, as happens to
the c ; the soft and smooth, as when it coalesces with the
vowels a, o, u, as in the words gana, appetite ; gota, a drop :
gusto, taste : and also when the u interposes between it and
e or it syncopating or destroying its sound, as is shown in
the words guerra, war ; guia, guide ; and this is its most
common pronunciation.
When the u preserves all its sound after the g, as in the
words aguero, omen; verguenza, shame; arguii, to argue ;
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 11
to distinguish its pronunciation from the other and more
frequent sound, we place two dots, or a diaeresis, over the u,
as we have already written in the above examples.
The syllabes ge, gi, can be written with as much justice
to sound with a g as with a j.
H.
H, always mute.
ha, he, hi, ho, hu.
ah, ai, ee, oh, oo.
This letter has no sound before a vowel but when com-
bined with c. See CH.
The F in many words from the Latin, and in the ancient
Spanish language, is now converted into h, as hacer, to do,
from facere; hijo, a son, instead of fijo, from filius. To
distinguish these cases, and to furnish rules in writing for
correctly using the h, the following are established :
Rule 1. — The h must be used in all those words whose
original etymology has it ; as hombre, a man ; honra, honor,
hora, an hour.
Rule 2. — When the word begins with the syllable ue, it
always has an h before it, as in huevo, an egg ; hueso, bone ;
huerta, a garden.
Rule 8. — We must also write with an h, all those words
which in their origin, and from ancient usage, have been
spelled with an f, as hacer, to do, from facere ; higo, a fig,
from feus ; hijo, »on, from flius, and the ancient Spanish
fijo, hierro, irowferrum and the ancient Spanish fierro, iron.
J.
J, is pronounced always as h in the English words hill,
hall, hand, that is the same as the g with e, i, in Spanish.
ja, Je> jh jo, ju.
hah, hay, hee, ho, hoo.
L.
L, sounds as in English.
la, le, li, lo, lu.
lab, lay, lee, loh, loo.
12 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Id.
LI, as Hi in William.
lla, lie,
Hi,
llo,
llu.
lliah, lliay,
lliee,
Uio,
llioo.
M, N, P.
These letters are pronounced as in English.
In Spanish no syllable or word ends in m, except before
a 6 or a p ; when we must write an m, as in the worda
ambos, both ; imperial, imperial ; for in such words, the m
occ.urs in the same manner as in Latin, from which language
we have obtained the rule for its pronunciation.
N.
N, as in onion in English, or gn in French.
ha, he, hi, ho, hu.
niah, niay, niee, nio, nioo.
Q.
Q. This letter is used now only in the syllables que, quu
where the u is not sounded.
que, qui.
kay, key.
The q is used, in Spanish, when it is followed "by a u and
this vowel is not pronounced ; but when the u is sounded,
we always use the c, for which reason we may adopt the
following rules of the Spanish Academy.
Bute 1. — We must always use the c instead of q, in such
words as cual, which, instead of qual ; cuanlo, how much,
instead of quanto, &c, because the u is sounded.
Rule 2. — We must not use the c in those words which
suffer an elision of the u, or in which the u is not sounded,
as occurs in the combination que, qui, in the words queridt%
beloved ; quinto, fifth.
R.
It. has two pronunciations : one soft, signified by a single
r, and sounds as in bar, card ; the other sound is hard, as in
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 13
rage, river, Borne, and is signified by rr ; except in these
cases : — 1st. In the ^beginning of a word it should always
be single and pronounced as double. 2d. When the conso-
nants/, n, s, are before r, either in the simple or in the com-
pound word, this letter must never be doubled, and nevei*-
theless it ought to be pronounced hard, as in malrotar, to
destroy ; enriquecer, to grow rich ; honra, honor. 3d.
In the compounds of two nouns, or of one noun, or verb,
and the preposition pre or pro ; the r is likewise single in
the second part of the compound, though its sound is hard,
as in manirolo, cariredondo, prerogative prorogar.
S.
S, is always pronounced strongly, as in six.
sa, se, si, so, su.
sah, say, see, so, soo.
In Spanish, there is no word which begins with I followed
by a consonant ; for which reason, although anciently fol-
lowing the Latin origin the liquid s was used, it has since
been suppressed and the spelling made to correspond with
the Castilian pronunciation, for its smoothness does not
allow of any middle or hissing sound that requires the liquid
s ; and thus from the Latin words scientia, science, sceplrum,
sceptre, we derive the Spanish words ciencia, cetro ; to
other words we add an e before their Latin original s, to
pronounce it with greater facility, as in estudiar, to study,
from studere ; escribir, to write, from scribere.
T.
T, as in temerity, see letter D.
ta, te, ti, to, tu.
tah, tay, tee, to, too.
V.
The distinction between the sound of this lettei &nd the
letter b has been lately abolished.
14 THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
To distinguish them in writing, the following rules must
be followed.
Rule 1, — The consonant v forms a syllable with its conse-
quent vowel, as in valentia, bravery ; velo, a veil ; vitlano, a
villain ; voraz, voracious ; vulgar, vulgar.
Rule 2. — All words having a v in their originals, as valer,
to be worth ; velar, to watch ; vil, vile ; voluntad, will ; vuelo,
flight ; and their derivatives, ought to be written with a v.
Rule 3. — We must also write with a v the terminations of
nouns ending in ava, ave, avo, iva, ivo, and their derivatives,
as octavo, eighth ; suave, soft ; dozavo, a twelfth part ; comi-
tiva, suite ; motivo, motive ; pensativo, thoughtful ; donativo,
donative ; espectativa, expectation.
Rule 4. — The v is also preserved in words proper to the
language, which from a long and constant . use are written
with it ; for instance, vihuela, a guitar ; aleve, treacherous ;
atreverse, to venture, to dare, and their derivatives.
With these rules, and those which are established for the
letter b, there can remain but few doubtful cases.
X.
X. This letter has now very little use in Spanish, being
supplied by j and 8. In those words where retained, it is
pronounced as in English.
xa, xe, xi, xo, xu.
xah, xay, xee, xo, xoo.
For the easy transition and commutation of the x into s,
we can use the latter, whenever it is followed by a conso-
nant, as in estranjero, a stranger, instead of extrangero, &c,
both to make the pronunciation more soft and smooth, and
to avoid a certain affectation with which the x would be
pronounced in these cases.
Y.
Y, when it stands alone, in which case it is a Conjunction,
meaning and, and when a vowel, is pronounced as the Span-
ish i ; in any other case, as in the English words yesterday,
year.
ya, ye, yo yu.
yah, yay yoh, yoo.
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 15
It is usual to make it perform the function of a vowel
•whenever i terminates a word without an acute accent, as
in rey, king; ley, law ; hay, there is ; muy, very ; eMoy, I
am ; and also whenever it is a conjunctive conjunction, as
in Juan y Pedro, John and Peter ; mar y tierra, sea and
land. To distinguish these cases we must observe the fol-
lowing rules :
Rule 1. — The y performs the proper function of a conso-
nant in all words where it comes before a vowel, as in ensa-
yar, to essay ; yerro, error ; rayo, ray ; ensayo, a trial ; ayu-
nar, to fast.
Rule 2. — The y occupies the place of the vowel i, in those
words which terminate in i without the acute accent, as in
hay, there is ; ley, law ; rey, king ; doy, I give ; estoy, I am ;
muy, very, &c. ; but whenever the word terminates with an
acute accent ( ' ) on the i, the vowel % must be retained, as in
maravedi, an imaginary coin ; aleli, a gilliflower, &c. ; and
in the Preterite Perfect of some verbs of the 2d. and 3d.
Conjugations, as rei, I laughed ; lei, I read ; cai, I fell ; vi, I
saw ; oi, I heard ; escribi, I wrote.
Z. The sound of z, before all vowels, and at the end oi
words, is like that of th in its sharp pronunciation, ae in
thought, throne, death, breath.
za, ze, zi, zo, zu.
thah, thay, thee, thoh, thoo.
See letter G.
DIPHTHONGS AND TRIPHTHONGS.
When in the same syllable two vowels come together,
they are called a diphthong ; and when three, a triphthong.
The sounds that in English are given to the vowels m
the following words, will be regarded as a guide to render
the Spanish pronunciation of the vowels a, e, i, o, u, and
16 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
the yt which also is considered one when it stands alone gj?
at the end of a syllable. By means of this, we shall, at
once, be able to fix the sound of the Spanish diphthongs
and triphthongs.
1 2 3 4 6
Fat, met, pin, no, foot.
DIPHTHONGS.
1
13 q 32
ai, as in amai's, ye love. y ie, as in cielo, heaven.
13 i 35
ay, " hay, there is or are. 1U iu, u ctwdad, city,
15 42
* au, causa,, cause. ** oe, M heroe, hero.
/ 23 / 43
ei, " tenets, ye have. 1 0 J ot, " sots, ye are.
( ey, " rey, king. ( oy, " doy, I give.
A 21 1Q 51
4 ea, " sea, let it be. 1» wa, " fragwa, fodge.
24 - . 62
* eo, " virjineo, virginal. 1^ ue, " hwevo, egg.
6 eu, " dcuda, debt. Kjm*, " cmdado, care.
7
15
(53.
)ui,
I"3
ta, gracta, grace, {w?/, " mwv, very.
8 ie, " bien, well. ■*•" uo, " ardwo, arduous.
TRIPHTHONGS.
* iai, as in tenmts, ye had.
* iei, " lidieis, ye may contend.
/ 513
o J uni, " santigwats, you bless.
( way, " Paraguay, Paraguay.
523
uei, " averigiieis, you may search
523
uey, " huey, ox.
"Whenever any of the vowels of the dipthongs are accent-
ed, they cease to be diphthongs, because each vowel belongs
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 17
then to a separate syllable ; as, lei, brio ; le-i, bri-o, pro-
nounced lai-ee, bree-oh.
WORDS SIMILAR IN SOUND, BUT DIFFERENT IN SPELIINt*.
/ Ay ! Alas ! Ha. He has.
Hay. There is or are. A. To.
Deshojar. To deprive of leaves. Halon. A halloo.
Desojar. To deprive of eyes. Alon. A pinion.
Jlasta. Until. He. I have.
Asia. A haft. R And.
TT ) A beach tree, and the P. Hetica. A phthysis.
liaya' \ subj. of the verb Haber. Eiica. Ethics.
Ay a. A governess. H'da. A brad nail.
Herrar. To shoe horses. Ita. Eta.
Errar. To err. / Hola I Hulloo !
Hierro. Iron. Ola. A wave.
Yerro. Error. Hondas. Slings.
jr . j To turn over the leaves Ondas. Billows.
aojear. -j ofabook. jIus0m a spindle.
Ojear. To start game. Uso. Usage.
DIVISION OF WOKDS INTO SYLLABLES.
Compound words are to be divided into their component
parts ; as, ab-negacion, con-cavidod, pre-dmbuto, mai-rotar.
When the second component part of a word begins with
s, followed by another consonant, the 6 belongs to the first
part ; as, cons-truir, ins-pirar, jiers-picaz.
Two vowels coming together must be parted ; as, Sa-
avedra, le-er, pi-isimo, co-operar.
A consonant coming between two vowels belongs to the
Towel by which it is followed : as, a-mor, pe-na, le-che* ga-Ilo.
Two consonants coming between two vowels are divided ;
as, cl-zar, can- tor, mdr-tir.
But should the first consonant be the semi-vowel/' or any
of the mutes, and the second /, or r, both the consonauts
(*) Ch and Q are deemed only single consonants.
18 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
are then joined to the tow el by which they are followed ;
as, la-bla, co-bre, la-cre.
Except, at-leta and at-lante.
Where 8 is preceded by b, I, m, n, or r, and followed by
another consonant at the same time, s must be joined to the
consonant by which it is preceded ; as, Amsterdam.
Four consonants coming between two vowels are equally
divided between them \ as, trans-cribir.
MAKES USED IN PUNCTUATION.
Note of Interrogation (?).
This mark is not only used at the end, but is also
placed, inverted, at the beginning of an interrogatory, in
order to warn the reader ; as, " i Que es lo que Vd. acoslum-
bra comer Vs pregunto al enfermo.
" Ahora Men," me pregunto friamente el chalan, " ^cudnto
fide Vd. por su mvJa ?"
Note of Admiration (!).
This note is also inverted at the beginning of ejaculations ;
as, Mirundome con ternura esctamaba : " / O que graciom tres
y que Undo !" " / Pastas dulces y viandas suculentas /" csclamb
mspenso y admirado el doctor.
Diaeresis (**).
This is only used over the u of ue and ui when the n ia
to be sounded ; as, unguento, arguir.
The accent (').
Accent, in orthography, is the mark which is placed over
some letters to denote the manner of their pronunciation.
In Spanish it is commonly placed over that vowel on which
PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 19
the stress is laid in pronouncing a word, if it cannot be as-
certained without.
1. Monosyllables having only one signification are never
accented ; as, col, pal, coz, mat.
2. Monosyllables having more than one signification
should be accented ; as, el, he, him ; mi, me, Personal Pro-
noun ; si, yes, oneself, affirmative particle, or Pronoun ; de
and se, from the verbs dar and ser, to give and to be : to
distinguish these monosyllables from el, the, Article ; mi,
my, Possessive pronoun ; 8i, if, a Conditional particle ; de,
of, a Preposition ; and se, himself, etc., a Pronoun.
3. The vowels a, e, 6, u, when used either as Preposi-
tions or Conjunctions, are always accented : as, Voy a Lbn-
dres ; padre e hijo,feliz b infehz : mujer u hombre.
4. Dissyllables and polysyllables ending in a vowel may
be accented on any vowel (the penultima excepted) where-
on the stress is laid ; as, cdntico, expimtu, santiximo, tisu, alia.
5. But if to some Person of a verb ending in an accent-
ed vowel the case of a Pronoun should be added, the accent
must be continued, although it falls on the penultima ; as,
temi, temile ; enseflo, ensefldla, miro, mirb, mirbme.
6. Dissyllables ending in a diphthong are never accent-
ed ; as, indio, Julio, agua, gloria, mutuo.
Words which end in y must not be accented ; as, Para-
guay, rey, comboy.
7. Trisyllables and polysyllables ending in two vowels
must be accented on whichever of the two vowels the stress
happens to be laid ; as, alegria, puntapie, ganzua, continue.
(See No. 9.)
Except the first and third persons singular of the imper-
fect of the indicative, and of the subjunctive, ending in la,
which are never accented ; as, temia, amaria, sufriria, etc.
8. Trisyllables and polysyllables ending in any of these
diphthongs, ia, ie, io, ua, ue, uo, must be accented on any
vowel (the penultima excepted) whereon the stress is laid.
9. Words ending in ae, ao, au, ea, oa, oe, oo not being
diphthongs, must not be accented ; as pelea, sarao, albacea.
But should these two vowels form a diphthong, the word
must be accented on whatever vowel the stress is laid ; as
heroe, linea, eterea.
20 PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION.
10. Words ending in a consonant may be accented on
any of the vowels, excej)t the last, whereon the stress is
laid ; as, drbol, virjen, metamorfosis, alferez. Except the
second person singular and third plural of the Future Indi-
cative, which are always accented on the last vowel ; as,
amards, vendrdn.
11. All nouns which require to be accented in the sin-
gular, generally retain the accent on the same syllable in
the plural ; as, brden, brdenes ; drbol, drboles.
Except cardcter and rejimen, which change into caracteres
and re}imenes in the plural number.
12. If to an unaccented person of a verb, consisting
only of two syllables, we affix one or more pronominal
cases, the first vowel must then be accented ; as, oye,
oyeme ; compra, cbmpramelo : but if the person of the verb
consist of more than two syllables, its penultima should be
accented ; as, enlrega, entregalo, entregaselo ; comuniquemos,
comuniq u em oslo.
13. If an Adverb ending in mente be formed from an
unaccented Adjective, the Adverb remains unaccented ; as,
feliz, ft'lizmentti ; humilde, humildemente : but should the Ad-
jective be accented, the accent continues on the same vowel
in the Adverb; &s,fdcil,fdcilmente; dificil, dificilmente ; in-
util, inut'dmente.
14. If a dissyllable ending in two vowels be increased
by the prefixing of a monosyllable, the penultima is then
generally accented ; as, via, desuia ; lia, deslia.
EXPLANATION OF THE SIGNS USED IN THIS BOOK.
Expressions, which vary either in their construction or
idiom from the English, are marked thus : f
The Irregular verbs are designated by an (*) asterisk.
Rules of Syntax or construction will be found at the end
of each Lesson according to numbers.
THE SPANISH TEACHEK,
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
FIKST LESSON.
DEFINITE ARTICLE. (1.)
ENGLISH
SPANISH.
PRONUNCIATION. (2)
Nominative, Uu
el,
ell.
Possessive, of, a* ¥om
del,
dell.
the,
Objective, to the,
al,
al.
Have you ?
i Tiene Vd.? <3.)
Tee-ainay oostaid?
Yes, Sir, I have.
Si, Sefior, tengo.
See, Sain-yor, taingo.
The hat.
El sombrero.
Ell sombrairo.
Have you the hat ?
1 Tiene Vd. el som-
Tee-ainay oostaid ell
brero ?
sombrairo ?
\es, Sir, I have the hat.
Sf, Seiior, tengo el som-
See, Sain-yor, taingo
brero.
ell sombrairo.
The bread.
El pan.
Ell pan.
The plate.
El plato.
Ell plah-to.
The soap.
El jabon.
Ell ha-b6n.
The sugar.
El aziicar.
Ell athookar. (4.)
The paper.
El papel.
Ell pah-pail.
My hat.
Mi sombrero.
Me sombrairo.
Your bread.
Su pan.
Soo pan.
Have you my hat ?
1 Tiene Vd. mi som-
Tee-ainay oostaid me
brero ?
sombrairo ?
Yes, Sir, I have your nat.
Sf, Seiior, tengo su (or
See, Sain-yor, taingo
el) sombrero de V.
soo sombrairo day
oostaid.
Have you your bread ?
£ Tiene Yd. su pan?
Tee-ainay oostaid soo
pan?
I have my bread.
Tengo mi pan.
Taingo me pan.
Which or what?
(?Cual<Jque'?
KwaUkay?
Qu£ and cudl (which
or what) interrogative
pronouns, are accent-
ed in the singular and ]
n the plural numbers.
When they are relative
pronouns, they are writ
ten wiUiout any accent.
(5.)
22 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Which hat have you ? i Cual sombrero tiene i Kwa I sombrairo tee.
Vd ? ainay oostaid ?
I have my hat. Tengo mi sombrero. Taingo me sombrairo.
Which bread have you ? £ Cual pan tiene Vd. ? Kwal pan tee-ai-nay
oostaid ?
I have your bread. Tengo su (or el) pan de Taingo su pan day oos
Vd. taid.
Obs. 1. — To Teachers. — Each Lesson should be dictated to the pupils,
who should pronounce each word as soon as dictated. Each Lesson in-
cludes three operations : the teacher in the first place, looking over the
exercises of the most attentive of his pupils, will put to them the ques-
tions contained in the printed exercises ; he then dictates to them the
next Lesson ; and lastly, puts fresh questions on all the preceding Les-
sons. The teacher may divide one Lesson into two, or two into three,
or even make two into one, according to the degree of intelligence of
his pupils.
Obs, 2. — It is characteristic of the Spanish language to have every
letter sounded, but most especially when a vowel is the termination of
a word. This observation is important inasmuch as the gender of a
Noun is known by its termination. Ex. : hermano, brother ; hermana,
sister.
Obs. 3. — It is, perhaps, an abuse of civilization that the use of the
second person plural, you, has been introduced in some modern lan-
guages instead of the second person singular, thou. In Spanish, how-
ever, they go still further, and use listed for the singular, and Ustedes
for the plural, instead of till (thou) and vosotros (you). It relates to
Vuestra Merced (Your Honor) and Vuestras Mercedes (Your Honors).
These titles in writing are generally abbreviated thus : V., Vd., orFm.,
for listed. Ustedes is contracted by adding an s to any of .those abbre-
viations, as Vs., Vds., or Vms. Examples : Sehor, i como lo pasa Vd. ?
Sir, how do you do ? Sehor es, Vds. usan demasiadas ceremonias— Gen-
tlemen, you use too many ceremonies. It scarcely seems necessary to
observe, that in conjugating the verb, according to listed and Ustedes,
the second and third person of the same are always alike. Ex. : Vd.
tiene, you have — 41 tiene, he has — Vds. tienen, you have - -ellos iienen, they
have. It will at the same time be observed, that the interrogative
point is not only used at the end, but is also placed, inverted, at the
beginning of the sentence, in order to warn the reader when the em-
phasis begins.
Obs. 4. — Particular attention must be paid to the peculiai accent of
each word, which has been carefully done to facilitate the pronuncia-
tion. In the word azucar, for instance, the accent placed over the «
indicates that the stress of the voice must be laid on that vowel The
following examples will show how important, this observation is. Amo,
I love — amo, he did love. Tomo, I take— tomo, he took.
Obs. 5. — Ex.: He aqui dos espadas ; £cual quiere V. ?— Here are two
swords, which will you have ? i Cudles de estos libros son U>a mio* / —
Which of those books are mine?
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
23
Exercisk No. 1. (T).
Have you the bread ? Yes, sir, I have the bread. Have
you your bread ? I have my bread. Have you your plate ?
I have my plate. Have you the plate ? I have the
plate. Have you the soap ? I have the soap. Have you
my soap ? I have your soap. Which soap have you ? I
have my soap. Have you your sugar? I have my sugar.
Which sugar have you ? I have your sugar. Which paper
have you ? I have my paper. Have you my paper ? I
have your paper. Which hat have you ? I have my hat.
Which soap have you? I have your soap (2).
Obs. 1. — This exercise must be done in the following manner. The
pupil will read, for instance : " Have you the bread ?" and pronounce
the translation, i Tiene Vd. el pan ? If he feels any doubt as to the pro-
nunciation, he must look, as a reference, at the column where the pro-
nunciation of the words, of which the phrase is composed, is figured.
After he has gone through this exercise once, twice, or more, until he
may be completely satisfied of the operation, he will then write the
translation in a copy-book, with which every pupil ought to be pro-
vided, to write in it all the exercises in Spanish.
Obs. 2. — Pupils desirous of making rapid progress may compose a
great many phrases in addition to those given in the exercises, but they
must pronounce them aloud as they write them in the copy-book.
They should also make separate lists of such Substantives, Adjectives,
Pronouns, and Verbs as they meet with in the course of the Lessons, in
order to be able to find those words more readily when required to refer
to them in writing their exercises.
SECOND LESSON.
ENGLISH.
IT(1)
Have you my hat ?
SPANISH.
Lo.
I Tiene V. mi soi
brero ?
Si, Senor, lo tengo.
Bueno.
Malo.
Bonito.
Lin do, bello.
Hcrmoso.
Feo.
Yes, Sir, I have it,
Good.
Pad.
Pretty.
Beautiful, fine.
Handsome,
Ugly.
Note.— When dividing words into syllables, observe, that a com-
pound syllable must begin with a consonant. Example : le-ner, a-z&*
car, som-bre-ro, ce-re-mo-nia, ca-ba-Uo, etc.
PRONUNCIATION.
Lo.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid me
sombrairo ?
See, Sain-yor, lo taingo.
Boo-ai-no.
Mahlo.
Bone'eto.
Leendo, bail-yo.
Airmoso.
Fai-o.
24
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
ENGLISH.
Old.
The handkerchief.
The shoe.
The cotton.
The fan.
The looking-glass.
The dog.
The horse.
Have you my pretty
dog?
Not.
I have not.
I have not the bread.
No, Sir.
Have you my old hat ?
No, Sir, I have it not.
Which paper have
you?
I have the good paper.
Which dog have you ?
I have my good dog.
Of.
The cotton handker-
chief.
The paper hat.
The leather.
The leather shoe.
Which handkerchief
have you ?
I have your handker-
chief.
Which hat have you ?
1 have my paper hat.
Have you my lpather
shoe?
Viejo.
El panuelo.
El zapato.
El algodon.
El abanico.
El espejo.
El perro.
El caballo.
I Tiene Vd, mi bonito
perro ?
No. (3).
No tengo.
No tengo el pan.
No, Sefior.
,; Tiene Vd. mi som-
brero viejo ? (4)
No, Sefior, no lo ten-
; Cual papel tiene
Vd. ?
Tengo el papel bueno.
I Cual perro tiene
Vd. ?
Tengo mi buen per-
ro (5).
I have it noc.
De.
El panuelo de algo-
don (6).
El sombrero de papel.
El becerro.
El" zapato de becerro.
,}Cual panuelo tiene
Vd.?
Tengo su pafiuelo de
Vd.
<;Cual sombrero tiene
Vd. ?
Tengo mi sombrero
de papel.
(iTieue Vd. mi zapato
de becerro 1!
No lo tengo.
rKONUNCTATIOII.
Veeai-ho.
Ell pan-yoo-ailo.
Ell thaphahto.
Ell algodon.
Ell ahbane'eco.
Ell ais-pai-ho.
Ell pair-ro (2).
Ell kah-bal-yo.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid me
boneeto pair-ro ?
No.
No taingo.
No taingo ell pan.
No, Sain-yor.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid me
sombrairo vee-ai-ho ?
No, Sain-yor, no lo
taingo.
Kwal pah-pail tee-ai-
nay oostaid ?
Taingo ell pah-pail boo-
ai-no.
Kwal pair-ro tee-ai-nay
oos-taid ?
Taingo me boo-ain pair-
ro.
Day.
Ell pan-yoo-ailo day al-
godon.
Ell sombrairo day pah-
pail.
Ell bai-thair-ro.
El thahpahto day bai*
thair-ro.
Kwal pan-yoo-ailo tee-
ai-nay oostaid ?
Taingo soo pan-yoo-
ailo day oostaid.
Kwal sombrairo tee-ai-
n iy oostaid ?
Taingo me sombrairo
day pah-pail.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid me
thahpahto day bai-
thair-ro ?
No lo taingo.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 25
1. It, when placed before a verb, is rendered by el, or
etto, according to the gender of the Noun it refers to. Those
cases will be found explained in their proper place (Lesson
28th). For our purpose, in this Lesson, we only have to
say that when it is used after the verb it is translated by
to or la : by lo when it refers to a Noun whose gender is
doubtful or not mentioned, and also, when it refers to a
masculine Noun whenever the action of the verb falls and
remains in the subject itself, and it is not an objective case ;
for then it must be rendered by le, (referring to a mascu-
line Noun). Exanrple : £ Ha publicado Yd. ya su librof^
Have you already published your book ? No lo he publicado
todavia, porque tengo que afladirle antes un capilido. I have
not published it yet, because I have to add a chapter to it
before. Finally, it is rendered by la when it refers to a
feminine Noun. Lo, le or la is generally placed before the
verb, except when it is used in the Infinitive, Present Par-
ticiple, or Imperative.
2. Double rr in Spanish is pronounced a little stronger
than the r in English at the beginning of the word, thus :
in similar words as perro (dog), guerra (war), etc., the rr
must be pronounced a little stronger than the r in the
English words rich, right.
3. When a verb is used negatively no is placed before it.
4 Adjectives are generally used in Spanish after the
Substantive ; however, the Spaniards, like the French, con-
sult taste and harmony in its collocations. Hermoso, Undo,
and all those Adjectives which denote excellence or superior-
ity, are sometimes elegantly placed before the Substantive,
especially when used with any of the Possessive pronouns.
5. The Adjectives hueno, good ; malo, bad ; uno, a or
one ; alguno, some ; ninguno, none ; primero, first ; tercero,
third ; and podrero, last, lose the final o when followed by
a masculine Noun in the singular, for the sake of euphony.
6. The Preposition de is always put between the name
of the thing and the name of the substance of which it is
made.
26
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 2.
Have you my fine horse ? Yes, Sir, I have it. Have you
my old shoe ? No, Sir, I have it not. Which dog have
you ? I have my pretty dog. Have you my bad paper ?
No, Sir, I have it not. Have you my good looking-glass ?
Yes, Sir, I have it. Have you my ugly fan ? No, Sir, I
have it not. Which fan have you ? I have your fine fan.
Which handkerchief have you ? I have the cotton hand-
kerchief. Have you my cotton handkerchief ? I have not
your cotton handkerchief. Which hat have you ? I have
the paper hat. Have you my paper hat ? No, Sir, I have
it not. Have you the old bread ? I have not the old bread.
Which shoe have you ? I have my fine leather shoe. What
soap have you ? I have my old soap. Which sugar have
you ? I have your good sugar. Which looking-glass have
you ? I have my old looking-glass. Have you my fine fan ?
No, Sir, I have it not. Have you the Exercise number
two (Ejercicio numero don) ? Yes, Sir, I have it.
ENGLISH.
Something, anything,
Have you anything ?
I have something.
THIKD LESSON.
AEGO Or ALGUNA COSA.
I Tiene Yd. algo ?
Tengo algo.
PBONUNCEmON.
Algo or algo6-na cosa.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid algo?
Taingo algo.
Nothing, not any-
thing.
The wine.*
My money.
The gold.
The string.
The gold string.
The button.
The coffee.
The cheese.
The vest.
The copper.
'She candlestick.
The copper candle-
utiek.
NO— NADA (1).
El vino.
Mi dinero.
El oro.
El cordon (2).
El cordon de oro.
El boton.
Ei cafe".
El queso.
El chaleco.
El cobre.
El candelero.
El candelero de cobre.
No— nadah.
Ell veeno.
Me dee-nairo.
Ell oro.
Ell kurdon.
Ell kordon day 6r<x
Ell boton.
Ell kahfay.
Ell kaiso.
E 1 chalaico.
Ell kobray.
Ell kandalairo.
Ell kan- dai-lai-ro c'ay
k 6 -bray.
PKACTIOAL EXERCISES.
27
ENGLISH.
Are you hungry ?
[ am hungry.
I am not hungry.
kre you thirsty?
1 am thirsty.
I am not thirsty.
Are you sleepy ?
1 am sleepy.
I am not sleepy.
Are you warm ?
I am warm.
I am not warm.
Are you cold ?
I am cold*
I am not cold.
Are you afraid ?
I am afraid.
I am not afraid.
Are you ashamed ?
I am ashamed.
I am not ashamed.
SPANISH.
fi Tiene Vd. hambre ?
fTengo hambre.
fNo tengo hambre.
fa Tiene 7d. sed?
fTengo sed.
fNo tengo sed.
fi Tiene Vd. suefio?
fTengo suefio.
fNo tengo suefio.
fi Tiene Vd. calor?
fTengo calor.
fNo tengo calor.
t i Tiene Vd. frio ?
fTengo frio.
fNo tengo frio.
f^ Tiene Vd. miedo?
fTengo miedo.
fNo tengo miedo.
\l Tiene Vd. verguen-
za?
fTengo vergiienza.
fNo tengo vergiien-
za.
PRONUNCIATION.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid am*
bray ?
Taingo ambray.
No taingo ambray.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid said J
Taingo said.
No taingo said.
Tee-ainay oostaid swahv
yo?
Taingo swain-yo.
No taingo swain-yo.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid ka-
16r?
Taingo kal6r.
No taingo kal6r.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid
fredo ?
Taingo i'ree'o.
No taingo freeo.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid mee-
aido ?
Taingo mee-aido.
No taingo mee-aido.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid vair-
goo-ain-tha ?
Taingo vair-goo-aintha.
No taingo vair-goo-ain-
tha.
1. Two negatives in Spanish add strength to one another; as No ten-
go nada, I have nothing ; No he visto a nadie, I have seen nobody. If
the negative adverb commences the sentence, the no then cannot be
used ; as nada tengo, I have nothing — A nadie he visto, etc.
2. String is cordon if it is made of silk, cotton, or any fine thread,
but if it is made of hemp or hide, as those of musical instruments,
etc., it will be called cuerda.
Exeecise No. 3.
Have you any good wine ? I have iL Have you the
gold? I have it not. Have you the money? Yes, Sir, I
have it. Have you the good horse ? No, Sir, I have it not.
Have you your copper candlestick ? Yes, Sir, I have it.
Have you my old hat ? I have your old hat. Have you
your fine cheese ? I have it. Have you your cotton vest ?
28
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Yes, Sir, I have my cotton vest. Have you your gold but-
ton ? I have it not. Which horse have you ? I have your
good horse. Which handkerchief have you ? I have your
fine 'cotton handkerchief. Have you anything? I have
something. I have good coffee, I have good sugar. Are
you hungry ? No, Sir, I am not hungry. Are you thirsty ?
Yes, Sir, I am thirsty. Are you sleepy ? No, Sir, I am
not sleepy. Are you cold? Yes, Sir, I am cold. Are you
not ashamed ? No, Sir, I am not ashamed. Are you warm ?
I am warm. Are you not afraid ? No, Sir, I am not
afraid. Have you the copper candlestick ? No, Sir, I have
the fine gold candlestick. Which vest have you ? I have
your pretty cotton vest. Have you your fine gold button ?
No, Sir, I have it not, I have my copper button. Have you
my paper hat ? Yes, JSir, I have it. Have you my fine
dog ? I have not your old dog. Have you my good wine ?
No, Sir, I have not your good wine.
FOUKTH LESSON.
ENGLISH.
That.
That book.
Of the, or from the.
Of the dog.
Of the tailor.
Of the baker.
Of the neighbor.
That, or the one.
The neighbor's.
The baker's.
The dog's.
Have you my book, or
the neighbor's ?
I have the neighbor's.
SPANISH.
Aqtteij.
Aquel libro.
Del.
Del perro.
Del sastre.
Del panadero.
Del vecino.
El—
El del vecino .
El del panadero.
El del perro.
O. (1).
,;Tiene Vd. mi libro,
6 el del vecino ?
Tengo el del vecino.
PRONUNCIATION.
Ah-kaiL
Ah-kail iee'bro.
Dell.
Dell pair-ro.
Dell sas-tray.
Dell pana-dai-ro.
Dell vai-thee'-no.
Ell-
Ell dell vai-thee'-no.
Ell dell pana-dai-ro.
Ell dell pair-ro.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid me
leebro, 6 ell dell vai-
thee'-no ?
Taiugo ell dell vai-
the^no.
&
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
23
ENGLISH.
Have you my bread,
or the baker's ?
I have yours.
I have not the baker's.
Mine, my own.
Of, from mine.
Yours.
Of, from yours.
The man.
The man's friend.
Of the friend.
That of the friend.
The stick.
The thimble.
The coal.
My brother.
My brother's.
Your friend's.
I Tiene Vd. mi pan, 6
el del panadero ?
Tengo el de Vd.
No tengo el del pana-
dero.
El mio.
Del mio.
El suyo (2) (or el de
Vd).
Del suyo (or del de
Vd).
El hombre.
El amigo del hombre.
Del amigo.
El del amigo.
El baston.
El dedal.
El carbon.
Mi hermano.
El de mi hermano.
El de su amigo de Vd.
PRONUNCIATION.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid mfe
pan, 6 ell dell pana-
dai-ro ?
Taingo ell day oostaid.
No taingo ell dell pana-
dai-ro.
Ell med-oh.
Dell med-oh.
Ell soo-yo, or ell day
oostaid.
Ell soo-yo, or dell day
oostaid.
Ell 6mbray.
Ell amedge dell 6mbray
Dell amedgo.
Ell dell amedgo.
Ell baston.
Ell day-dak
Ellkarbon.
Me air-mah-no.
Ell day me air-mah-no.
Ell day soo amedgo day
oostaid.
1. Conjunctions used for the sake of euphony.
A u is used instead of 6 when the word begins with o or
ho; as,
Ver ti oir. To see or to hear.
Siete u ocho. Seven or eight.
Mujer it hombre. Woman or man.
An e is used instead of y when the word following the
Conjunction begins with % or hi ; as,
Escribir £ imprimir. To write and to print.
Padre 6 hijo. Father and son.
But if the Conjunction y is followed by a word beginning
with hie, it is retained ; as,
Cobre y hierro. Copper and iron.
Destroza y hiere. It destroys and wounds.
Because then the word does not begin, properly speak-
ing, with an i, but y, as hierro and hiere, are pronounced
the same as if they were written yerro, yere, and for this
reason many indiscriminately write yelo or hielo, ice ; and
yerba or hierba, herb.
30 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
2. El suyo is the Pronoun now in use in good society
instead of el vuestro, though the former is defective, since it
means yours, his, hers, theirs ; so then, whenever there may
be doubt as to the person to whom we allude, el de Vd'
(yours), el de el (his), el de ella (hers), el de ellas, or e/la
(theirs), is used instead of el suyo, The same observation
is applied to su, which means your, his, her, their.
Exercise No. 4.
Have you that book? No, Sir, I have it not. Which
book have you ? I have that of the neighbor. Have you
my stick, or that of my friend ? I have that of your friend.
Have you my bread or the baker's ? I have not yours ; I
have the baker's. Have you the neighbor's horse ? No, Sir,
I have it not. Which horse have you ? I have that of the
baker. Have you your thimble or the tailor's ? I have my
own. Have you the pretty gold string of my dog ? I have
it not. Have you my gold button or the tailor's ? I have
not yours ; I have the tailor's. Have you my brother's vest
or yours ? I have your brother's. Which coffee have you ?
I have the neighbor's. Have you your dog or the man's ?
I have the man's. Have you your friend's money ? I
have it not.
Exercise No. 5.
Are you cold or warm ? I am warm. Are you thirsty or
hungry ? I am hungry. Are you ashamed or afraid ? I
am ashamed. Have you my vest or the tailor's ? I have
the tailor's. Have you my good candlestick or that of my
neighbor ? I have yours. Have you your paper or mine ?
I have mine. Have you your cheese or the baker's ? I
have my own. Which vest have you ? I have that of the
tailor. Which handkerchief have you ? I have my own.
Have you the old hat of my brother ? I have it not. Which
soap have you? I have my brother's good soap. Have you
my stick or that of my brother? I have yours. Which
shoe have you ? I have my friend's leather shoe. Have
vou your cotton handkerchief or mine ? I have not yours ;
I have my own. Have you any thing ? I have nothing.
PKACTICAL EXERCISES.
31
Have you your pretty dog ?
Have you my pretty stick ?
my own.
I have my friend's pretty dog.
I have not your stick ; I have
ENGLISH.
The merchant
The shoemaker.
The boy.
The pencil.
The chocolate.
The cloth.
To HAVE, TO HOLD,
TO POSSESS.
To have (an Aux-
iliary verb).
FIFTH LESSON.
SPANISH.
El comerciante.
El zapatero.
El muchacho.
El lapiz.
El chocolate.
El pafio.
Teneb.
Habeb.
PBONUNCIATTON.
Ell comairthee-ante.
Ell thah-pah-tairo.
Ell moo-cha-cho.
Ell lah-peeth.
Ell cho-co-lah-tay.
Ell pan-yo.
Tai-nair.
Ah-bair.
Obseevation A. — Haber (to have) is an Auxiliary verb, and, conse-
quently, it is generally used before a Past Participle. Tener is an Auxil-
iary and Active verb. As an Auxiliary, it is seldom used ; as an Active,
it denotes possession, and must always be used to translate the verb to
have, when it is not Auxiliary . "We say, he leido el libro, I have read the
book ; but we must say, tengo un libro, I have a book ; because in the
first example the verb to have is auxiliary to read, and in the second it is
active and denotes possession.
I have. Yo he.
You have. Vd. ha.
He has. El ha.
To receive.
Received.
Have you received the
pencil ?
I have not received it.
Recibir.
Recibido.
,iHa recibido Vd. el
lapiz ?
No lo he recibido.
Yoe-h.
Oostaid ah.
Ell ah.
Rai-thee-be'er.
Rai-thee-be'e-do.
Ah rai-thee-be'e-do oos-
taid ell lah-peeth?
No lo eh rai-thee-be'e-do
Observation B. — "When the Auxiliary verb haber is used in the Indica-
tive present, the Past Participle must always be placed immediately after
the Auxiliary, consequently it is not proper to say in Spanish, 1 11a Vd.
recibido? but jHa recibido Vd. ? (Have received you?^ This obser-
vation is applicable only to the Indicative present.
Has the merchant re- 1 1 Ha recibido el comer- I Ah
ceived his stick, or ! ciante su baston 6 el |
yours?
de Vd. ?
rai-thee-bed-do ell
co - mair - thee - antay
soo baston 6 ell day
oostaid ?
32
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Neither.
No.
The merchant has re-
ceived neither his
stick nor mine.
Are you hungry or
thirsty ?
I am neither hungry
nor thirsty.
Are you warm or cold ?
I am neither warm nor
cold.
Have you received the
wine or the bread ?
The cork.
The corkscrew.
The hammer.
Of the carpenter.
The iron.
The nail.
The iron nail.
The Frenchman.
The Spaniard.
The Englishman.
The umbrella.
What have you ? ]
What is the matter V
with you ? )
Nothing.
I have nothing. )
Nothing is the mat- >
ter with me. )
Is anything the matter
with you ?
Nothing is the matter
with me.
SPANISH.
No — NL
No.
El comerciante no ha
recibido ni su baston
ni el mio.
f^ Tiene Vd. hambre 6
sed?
|No tengo ni hambre
ni sed.
\l Tiene Vd. calor 6
Mo?
fNo tengo ni calor ni
frio.
^Ha recibido Vd. el
vino 6 el pan ?
El corcho.
El sacacorchos.
El martillo.
Del carpintero.
El hierro or fierro.
El clavo.
El clavo de hierro.
El trances.
El espafiol.
El ingles.
El paraguas.
t £ Que" tiene Vd. ?
NO — NAD A.
f No tengo nada.
\ I Tiene Vd. algo?
f No tengo nada.
PRONUNCIATION.
No — nee.
No.
Ell comairthee-antay no
ah raithee-beeVlo nee
soo baston nee ell
mee-o.
Tee-ai-nay oostaid am-
bray 6 said?
No taingo nee ambray
nee said.
Tee-alnay oostaid kah-
lor 6 free-o ?
No taingo nee k&h-16r
nee free'-o.
Ah rai-thee-beedo oos-
taid ell veeno 6 ell pan ?
Ell corcho.
Ell sacah-c6rchos.
Ell martee'1-yo.
Dell karpeen-tairo.
Ell ee-air-ro or fee-air-ro.
Ell clah-vo.
Ell clah-vo cky ee-air-ro.
Ell franthais.
Ell espan-\6L
Ell eenglais.
Ell paragwas.
Kay tee-ai-nay oostaid ?
Nah-da.
No taingo nah-da.
Tee-ainay oostaid algoY
No taingo nah-da.
Exercise No. 6.
I am neither hungry nor thirsty. Have yon received my
shoe or the shoemaker's ? I have received neither yours
nor the shoemaker's. Have you your pencil or the boy's ?
I have neither mine nor the boy's. Which pencil have
PRACTICAL EXERCISES, 33
you received ? I have received that of the merchant. Have
you my chocolate or that of the merchant ? I have neithei
yours nor the merchant's ; I have my own. Have you re-
ceived the coffee or the wine ? I have received neither the
coffee nor the wine. Have you your thimble or the tailor's?
I have neither mine nor the tailor's. Have you received
your corkscrew or mine? I have received neither yours
nor mine ; I have received the copper nail. Are you warm
or cold ? I am neither warm nor cold ; I am sleepy. Are
you afraid ? I am not afraid. Have you received my han>
mer or the carpenter's ? I have received neither yours nor
the carpenter's. Which nail have you ? I have the iron
nail. Which hammer have you received ? I have received
the iron hammer of the carpenter. Have you any thing ?
I have something. What have you? I have the French-
man's fine umbrella. Have you received the cotton hand-
kerchief of the Englishman ? No, Sir, I have received the
fine handkerchief of the Spaniard.
Exercise No. 7.
£ Tiene Vd. mi paraguas 6 el de Vd. ? No tengo ni el de
Vd. ni el mio. £ Cual baston ha recibido Vd. ? He reci-
bido el de mi amigo. £ Ha recibido Vd. mi chaleco de algo-
don 6 el de mi hermano ? No he recibido ni el de Vd. ni
el de su hermano. i Cual cordon tiene Vd. ? Tengo el
cordon de algodon de mi vecino. <? Ha recibido Vd. el libro
del frances 6 el del comerciante ? No he recibido ni el del
frances ni el del comerciante. <; Cual libro ha recibido Vd. ?
He recibido el mio. £ Que tiene Vd. ? Nada. £ Tiene Vd.
algo? No tengo nada. ^ Tiene Vd. frio ? No tengo frio ;
tengo calor. <; Ha recibido Vd. algo ? No he recibido nada.
I No ha recibido Vd. su ejercicio ? Si, Seflor, he recibido mi
ejercicio. £ Cual ejercicio tiene Vd. ? Tengo mi ejercicio.
El frances tiene el de Vd.
ENGLISH.
The thread.
The fork.
The biscuit
SIXTH LESSON.
SPANISH.
El hilo.
El tenedor.
El bizcocho.
34
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
ENGLISH.
Of the captain.
Of the cook.
The fish. •
SPANISH.
Del capitan.
Del cocinero.
El pescado.
Observation A. —Fish is called pescado when it is caught, and p«
When it is in the water.
ENGLISH ,
Havel?
You have.
You have not.
Am I right ?
SPANISH.
£ Tengo yo?
Vd. tiene.
Vd. no tiene.
f ,; Tengo yo razon ?
Observation B.— The Spaniards generally dispense with the use of the
Personal pronouns (with the exception of Vd. ) in speaking as well as in
writing, except when the verb is used interrogatively, and when speaking
emphatically ; as, Tengo yo ? — Have I ? or, Yo tengo un perro y el tient
un caballo, I have a dog and he has a horse.
t i Tiene el hombre razon ?
t No tiene razon.
f Vd. tiene razon.
f Vd. no tiene razon.
j Vd. no tiene razon.
t Yo no tengo razon.
t l Tengo yo razon 6 no ?
I Qud he recibido yo ?
Vd. ha recibido su dinero.
Is the man right ?
He is not right.
You are right.
You are not right.
You are wrong.
I am wrong.
Am I right or wrong ?
What have I received ?
You have received your money.
The mutton.
The knife.
El carnero.
El cuchillo.
Which one ?
Which one have you ?
That of the carpenter, or the car-
penter's.
That of the cook, or the cook's.
The fine one.
The ugly one.
The new one.
Have you your knife or mine ?
I have neither yours nor mine.
Have you received your umbrella
or mine ?
I have received neither yours nor
mine.
£CUAL?
j Cual tiene Vd. ?
El del carpintero.
El del cocinero.
El hermoso.
El feo.
El nuevo.
I Tiene Vd. su cuchillo 6 el mio?
No tengo ni el de Vd. ni el mio.
I Ha recibido Vd. su paraguas 6 eJ
mio?
No he recibido ni el de Vd. ni el
mio.
The French General.
The Spanish lawyer.
The English ship.
The Ameiican physician.
El jeneral frances.
El abogado espanol.
El buque ingles.
El medico americano
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 35
Exercise No. 8.
Have you received your English dog ? No, Sir, I have
not received it. Have you my American hat ? Yes, Sir, I
have it. Is the Spanish general right or not ? He is not
right ; he is afraid and ashamed. Has the American cook
my new leather shoe ? He has it. Have I your French
chocolate ? You have it not ; you have your own. Has
the Spanish captain received his fine English horse ? He
has not received his English horse, he has received his
beautiful American horse. Has the American general the
French ship ? He has the English ship. Has the baker
my bread or that of my friend ? He has yours. Has he
not my friend's ? No, Sir, he has it not. Has the French
tailor my vest ? He has not yours ; he has mine. Have
you received your good wine ? No, Sir, I have noj; received
it. Has my boy your knife ? He has it not. Have you
my cotton handkerchief ? I have not yours ; I have mine.
Have you my friend's new umbrella ? No, Sir, I have not
your friend's umbrella ; I have my own. Has your cook
my chocolate, or that of the merchant ? He has neither
yours nor the merchant's. Have you received my pencil ?
Which one? The gold one. Yes, Sir, I have received
your fine gold pencil. Have you your biscuit or mine ? I
have neither yours nor mine. Which have you ? I have
that of my brother. Have I your thimble or that of the
tailor? You have neither mine nor that of the tailor.
Which one have I? You have your friend's. Have you
my iron ship ? I have it not. Have I your mutton or the
cook's ? You have neither mine nor the cook's. Have I
received your fine knife ? You have not received it. Have
you received it ? I have received it. Which handkerchief
have I? You have the fine cotton handkerchief of my
brother. Which exercise have you ? I have mine.
Exercise No. 9.
I Tengo yo razon ? Vd. Tiene razon. i Tiene mi amigo
el capitan frances frio 6 calor? No tiene ni frio ni calor ;
tiene sueuo. £ Tiene miedo el muchacho ingles? El mu-
36
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
chacho ingles no tiene miedo. £ Tiene vergttenza ? Si, Se-
nor, tiene vergiienza. £ Tengo yo buen cafe 6 buen azucar ?
Vd. no tiene ni buen cafe ni buen azucar. ,? Que tengo
yo ? Vd. no tiene nada. £ Tiene Vd. el hermoso buque de
mi amigo ? No tengo su hermoso buque. £ Cual buquo
tiene Vd. ? Tengo el bonito buque de liierro de Vd. i Cual
carnero he recibido yo ? Vd. ha recibido el de su cocinero.
£ Tengo yo el sacacorchos de Vd. 6 el del comerciante ?
Vd. no tiene ni el mio ni el del comerciante. <: Cual cho-
colate ha recibido Vd. ? He recibido el del frances. £ Cual
zapato tiene Vd. ? Tengo el zapato de becerro del zapa-
tero. 4 Cual tengo yo? Vd. tiene el del panadero viejo.
^Cual tiene Vd.? Tengo el de mi buen vecino. ,?Que
tiene Vd. ? Tengo miedo. £ Tengo yo algo ? Vd. no tiene
nada. ,; Cual ejercicio tiene Vd. ? Tengo mi ejercicio.
£ Tiene Vd. el ejercicio del muchacho frances? No, Senor,
no lo tengo. £ Cual tiene Vd. ? Tengo el mio. £ No tiene
Vd. mi ejercicio ? No, Senor, no lo tengo. £ Cual ejercicio
tiene Vd. ? Tengo el mio.
SEVENTH LESSON.
Who?
Who has?
Who has the pencil ?
The man has the pencil.
Who has it?
The boy has it.
The boy has it not.
The ox.
The chicken.
The trunk.
The bag, the sack.
The young man, the youth.
He.
,; Quie'n?
I Quie'n tiene ?
I Quie'n tiene el lapiz ?
El hombre tiene el lapiz.
I Quie'n lo tiene ?
El muchacho lo tiene.
El muchacho no lo tiene.
El buey.
El polio.
El haul.
El saco.
El joven.
Eh
ill (pronoun) always must be accented to distinguish it from Kl
(article). ***q^..
He has.
He has the trunk.
He has it.
He has it not.
Has he?
Has l)e the knife ?
El tiene.
El tiene el haul.
£1 lo tiene.
El no lo tiene.
I Tiene (51?
I Tiene el el cuchillo ?
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
37
To see. — Seen.
Have you seen your dog ?
1 have not seen it.
Have you seen my paper ?
No, Sir, I have not seen it.
Is your brother warm or cold ?
He is sleepy.
Is the young man right or not?
He is not right.
Has the boy the bag of the carpen-
ter ?
He has it not.
Has the baker it ?
What has my friend?
The gilliflower.
The rice.
The countryman.
The peasant.
The servant.
Vee. — Visto.
,i Ha visto Vd. su perro ?
No lo he visto.
,; Ha visto Vd. mi papel ?
No, Senor, no lo he visto.
t £ Tiene su hermano de Vd. calof
6 frio ?
f Tiene suefio.
j i Tiene el joven razon 6 no?
f No tiene razon.
I Tiene el muchacho el saco del car-
pintero ?
No lo tiene.
I Lo tiene el panadero ?
j Qud tiene mi amigo ?
El aleli.
El arroz.
El paisano.
El campesino.
El criado.
His or her shoe.
Su zapato.
His or her dog.
Su perro.
His or her foot.
Su pie\
His or her sofa.
Su sofa.
His or her tissue.
Su tisu.
His or hers, ]
His own, >
El suyo..
Her own, )
Has the servant his trunk or mirw?
1 Tiene el criado su baul 6 el mio
He has his own.
Tiene el suyo.
Somebody ob anybody.
Some one ok any one.
Has any body my book ?
Somebody has it
Who has my stick?
Nobody.
No ONE.
Nobody has your stick.
Nobody has it.
No one has it.
Algdeen.
AxGUNO.
,; Tiene alguien mi libro ?
Alguien lo tiene.
I Quie'n tiene mi baston ?
Nadie.
Ninguno.
Nadie tiene su baston de Vd.
Nadie lo tiene.
Ninguno lo tiene.
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 10.
"Who has my trunk ? The boy has it. Has the man the
vhicken ? He has it. Who has my vest ? The young man
has it. Has the young man my ship ? The young man
has it not. Who has it ? The American captain has it.
What has the French cook received ? He has received the
chicken. Has he received my good knife ? He has not re-
ceived it. Who has received it ? Nobody has received it.
Is the man right or not ? He is not right Have you seen
the sugar? No, Sir, I have not seen it. Have you seen
your old thread ? Yes, Sir, I have seen it. Which cloth
have you seen ? I have seen the fine one of my friend.
Who has seen my cloth ? The Spanish servant has seen it.
Who has seen my horse ? The countryman has seen it.
What has the young man seen? He has seen nothing.
Has the cook the chicken or the rice? He has neither the
chicken nor the rice. Who has my fork ? The French bov
has it.
Exercise No. 11.
Has any body my book ? Nobody has it. Has the coun-
tryman my hat ? He has it not. Has the tailor received
my pretty vest ? He has not received it. Wbat has he
received ? He has received nothing. Has the carpenter
seen his hammer ? He has not seen it. Has he seen any
thing ? He has seen something. Has he my English dog
or my Spanish horse ? He has neither your English dog
nor your Spanish horse. Has he received my good Ameri-
can cheese or my good French wine ? He has received
neither your fine American cheese nor your good French
wine ; he has received his pretty gold button. Have I your
bag or your friend's? You have neither mine nor my
friend's ; you have your own. Who has seen the country-
man's ox ? I have seen it. Who is afraid ? The tailor's
boy is afraid. What is the matter with him ? Nothing.
Is he cold or hungry ? He is neither cold nor hungry ; he
is sleepy. Has the young man his trunk ? Yes, Sir, he has
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
39
it. Has the captain received his money ? No, Sir, he hag
not received it. Who has seen my bag? Nobody has
seen it.
Exercise No. 12.
I Tiene el comerciante mi paraguas 6 el suyo ? No tiene
ni el de Vd. ni el suyo. f, Que aleli ha recibido el ? Ha re-
cibido el de mi hermano. <; Que dedal tiene el sastre finan-
ces ? Tiene el suyo. i Ha recibido su hermano de Vd. mi
buen vino espaiiol 6 el del vecino? No ha recibido ni el de
Vd. ni el del vecino. ^ Cual vino ha recibido el ? Ha reci-
bido el suyo. ^Ha visto alguien mi cordon de oro? Nadie
lo ha visto. <? Quien tiene mi candelero de cobre ? Su mu-
chacho de Vd. lo tiene. i Ha recibido el mi sombrero de
papel? No, Sefior, no lo ha recibido. I Quien tiene el
zapato feo del frances? El comerciante lo tiene. <?Lo
tiene el ? Si, Senor, lo tiene. <? Ha recibido su cocinero de
Vd. su carnero? Lo ha recibido. I Tiene Vd. mi pan 6 mi
queso ? No tengo ni su pan ni su queso de Vd. £ Tiene Vd,
mi paraguas nuevo ? No lo tengo ; tengo el mio £ Tiene
Vd. el sofa del espaiiol 6 el del ingles ? No tengo ni el del
espanol ni el del ingles ; tengo el mio.
EIGHTH LESSON.
The sailor.
His tree.
His bird.
His mattress.
The stranger.
The foreigner.
The garden.
His glove.
This or that hay.
This or that gentleman.
This or that ass.
El marinero.
Su arbol.
Su pajaro.
Su colchon.
El forastero.
El estranjero.
El jardin.
Su guante.
Este heno 6 aquel.
Este caballero 6 aquei
Esto asno (or burro) 6 aquel.
£0
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
This book.
That book.
Have you received this or that book?
I have received this one.
I have not received that one.
From my friend,
From the ship.
Este libro.
Aquel libro.
<;Ha recibido Vd. este libio 6 aquel?
He recibido este.
No he recibido aquel.
De mi amigo.
Del buque.
This one.
That one.
Este.
Aquel. Ese.
Este designates the object near the person who speaks ; ese, the 'ob-
ject distant from the person who speaks and near the person spoken
to ; but aquel designates the object distant from both the person who
speaks and the person spoken to
Has he seen this one or that one ?
He has seen this one ; he has not
seen that one.
Has the man seen this one or that
one?
I Ha visto el este 6 aquel ?
El ha visto este ; el no ha visto
aquel.
Ha visto el hombre este 6 aquel ?
But. Pero — sino.
The conjunction but, not being preceded by a negative, is expressed
by pero or mas ; after a negative by sino. *
He has seen this one, but not that
one.
He has not seen this one, but that
one.
The note, the billet, the ticket.
The corn.
Have you received this ticket or
that one ?
I have not received this one, but
that one.
I have received this one, but not
tbat one.
Has the neighbor seen this mat-
tress, or that one ?
He has seen this one, but not that
one.
El ha visto este, pero no aqueL
El no ha visto este, sino aquel.
El billete.
El grano.
I Ha recibido Vd. este billete 6
aquel ?
No he recibido este, sino aqueL
He recibido este, pero no aqueL
I Ha visto el vecino este colchon 4
aquel ?
El ha visto este, pero no aquel.
* It is to be observed, that although sino is the most proper to be
used after a negative, pero or mas is preferable when the verb is re
peated ; as, "They did not go on Monday, but they went on Tuesday —
Ellos no fueron el Lunes, pero or mas fucron el Martes."
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
41
That or which.
Have you the note that my brother
has received ?
I have not the note that your broth-
er has received.
Que.
I Tiene Vd. el billete que mi her
mano ha recibido ?
No tengo el billete que su herma-
no ha recibido.
Have you the horse that I have re-
ceived from my friend ?
I have the horse that you have re-
ceived from your friend.
That which, the one which.
I have not the one which you have
received.
I have the one which he has re-
ceived.
Have I the glove which you have
received ?
You have not the one which I have
received.
I Tiene Vd. el caballo que he reci-
bido de mi amigo ?
Tengo el caballo que Vd. ha reci-
bido de su amigo.
El que.
No tengo el que Vd. ha recibido
Tengo el que 61 ha recibido.
I Tengo yo el guante que Vd. ha
recibido ?
Vd. no tiene el que yo he recibido.
What.
What a pity !
What a beautiful country !
"What a handsome dog !
What a beautiful boy !
What a shame !
Que.
; Que* lAstima !
i Que' hermoso pals !
j Que hermoso perro !
; Que' lirdo muchaoho !
; Que" vergiienza !
The note of exclamation inverted (;) is placed in Spanish before the
exclamation. It is the same with the interrogation note (j) (?).
Exercise No. 13.
Which hay have you ? I have that of the countryman.
Has the tailor received my new vest ? He has not received
it. Have you received this fish or that one ? I have re-
ceived this one. Have you seen the hay of the stranger ?
I have not seen it. Have you seen this mattress ? I have
seen it. Which looking-glass have you ? I have my own.
Who has received this note? This man has received it.
Who has received that candlestick ? Your friend has re-
4*2 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
ceived it. Have you the corn of your garden or that of
mine ? I have neither that of your garden nor that of
mine, but that of the merchant. Who has my glove ?
That servant has it. What has your servant seen ? He
has seen the tree of the garden. Has the countryman seen
this or that bird ? He has seen neither this nor that, but
that which the boy has received. What gentleman has re-
ceived my ticket ? This gentleman has received your ticket,
and your neighbor has received mine. Have I your ticket
or his ? You have neither mine nor his, but that of your
friend. Have you this gentleman's cotton handkerchief?
I have not this gentleman's handkerchief. Who has it ?
Your brother has it. Has the stranger received my bird
or his own ? He has received neither yours nor his ; he
has received that of the captain. Have you seen my gar-
den ? I have not seen it. Are you hungry or thirsty 't No,
Sir, I am sleepy. Are you afraid or ashamed ? I am afraid.
Are you cold or warm ? I am cold.
Exercise No. 14
What is the matter with the captain ? What captain ?
The Spanish captain. Nothing is the matter with him.
Who has his ship ? The American captain has it. Has the
sailor received this or that bird ? He has not received this
bird but that one. Has your servant seen that mattress or
this one ? He has seen this one, but not that one. Has
your cook received this chicken or that one ? He has re-
ceived neither this nor that one, but that of his neighbor.
Has the stranger his knife ? No, Sir, he has that of the
French boy. Have you the note which my brother has re-
ceived ? I have it not. Which ticket have you? I ha-\e
my own. Which thread have you ? I have that which the
tailor has received. Have you the fine horse which my
friend has received? I have not that which he has re-
ceived, but the one which the Frenchman has seen.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES, 43
Exercise No. 15.
j Que verguenza ! El capitan ingles tiene miedo. I Que
tiene ? Tiene miedo y verguenza. j Que lastima ! £ Quier,
tiene su buque ? El capitan frances lo tiene. <? Que tiene
el jeneral espafiol ? Tiene calor. j Que hermoso perro !
I Quien ha recibido este perro ? El jeneral americano lo
ha recibido de su amigo el capitan espafiol. £ Ha recibido
Vd. este pafio del sastre ? No, Sefior, no lo he recibido
del sastre, sino de mi amigo el frances. j Que hermoso
pajaro ! <? Quien lo ha recibido ? Mi cocinero lo ha re-
cibido de su paisano el marinero espafiol. £ Cual saco
tiene el joven? Tiene el que mi muchacho ha recibido de
Vd. <? Tengo yo el cordon de oro de Vd. ? Vd. no lo tiene.
I Tiene Vd. mi chaleco ? No lo tengo. <; Cual tiene Vd. ?
Tengo el que mi hermano ha recibido del ingles. £ Tiene
Vd. frio ? No, Sefior, tengo calor. $ Tiene alguien mi para-
guas? Nadie lo tiene. £ Tiene alguien miedo? Nadie
tiene miedo sino mi amigo.
NINTH LESSON.
DECIiBNSION OF THE DEFINITE MASCULINE ABTICLE IN THE PLUEAIi.
Norn.
the.
los.
Foss.
of or from the.
de los.
Obj.
to the.
4 los.
The Articles, like the Pronouns, must agree with their
substantives and adjectives in Gender, Number and Case.
FORMATION OF THE PLURAL.
1st Buh. — Nouns terminating with a vowel, not being art
accented a or i form the plural by adding an s to the sin-
gular. This rule, as well as the following, is not only
applicable to Nouns, but also to the Article, to Adjectives,
and to many of the Pronouns. — Ex. :
El libro, los libros.
El libro bueno, los libros bueno*
Del libro, de los libros.
El tisu, los tisiis.
El pie', los pies.
The book, the books.
The good book, the good books,
Of the book, of the books.
The tissue, the tissues.
The foot, the feet.
44
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
2d Rule. — When the noun terminates with y, an accented
a or i, or a consonant, the plural is formed by addiug es to
the singular.^) — Ex. :
Tb^ ox, the oxen.
The king, the kings.
The bashaw, the bashaws.
The gillihower, the gilhnowers
The wild boar, the wild boars.
The stick, the sticks.
The pencil, the pencils.
The Spaniard, the Spaniards.
El buey, los bueyes.
El rey, los reyes.
El baja, los bajaes
El aleli, los aleiies.
El jabali, los jabalies.
El baston, los bastones.
El lapiz, los lapizes.
El espafiol, los espafioles.
3d Rule. — If the final consonant be an s preceded by a
vowel, and the stress of the voice does not lie on the last
syllable, no change takes place in the formation of the plu-
ral.— Ex. :
The atlas, the atlases.
The parenthesis, the parentheses.
The crisis, the crises.
Monday, Mondays.
Tuesday, Tuesdays.
Wednesday, Wednesdays.
Thursday, Thursdays.
Friday, Fridays.
El atlas, los atlas.
El pare'ntesis, los pare'ntesis.
La crisis, las crisis.
El Lunes, los Liines.
El Martes, los Martes.
El Miercoles, los Mi Creoles.
El Jue'ves, loi Judves.
El Viernes, los Viernes.
The same rule is applied to nouns compounded of a verb
and a substantive.
The umbrella, the umbrellas.
The pen-knife, the pen-knives.
The lightning rod, the lightning
rods..
Finally, there are some nouns which are always used in
the plural ; as,
El paraguas, los paraguas.
El cortapliimas, los cortaplumas.
El pararayos, los pararayos.
Handcuffs.
Fetters.
Pin-money.
A piece of good news.
Jealousy.
My.
Your.
Esposas.
Grillos.
Alfileres.
Albricias.
Celos (or zelos).
Singular.
Mi.
Su.
Plural.
Mis.
Sus.
(1). Except papa, mama, and sofa, whose plurals are papas, mama*,
and sofas.
PBACTICAL EXERCISES.
45
Bis or her.
Our.
Their.
His or her books.
Our book, our books.
Their book, their books.
Which book, which books ?
Which oue, which ones ?
This or that book.
These or those books.
This or that pencil.
These or those pencils.
Su. Sus.
Nuestro. Nuestros.
Su. Sus.
Sus libros (2).
Nuestro libro, nuestros libros,
Su libro, sus libros.
I Cual libro, cuales libros ?
,iCual, cuales r
Este libro 6 aquel.
Estos libros 6 aquellos.
Este lapiz 6 aquel.
Estos lapizes 6 aquellos.
Which horses have you ?
I have the fine horses of your
neighbors.
Have I my pretty gloves ?
You have not your pretty gloves ;
you have my old hats.
Which gloves have I ?
You have the ugly gloves of your
brothers.
Have you the hammers of the car-
penters ?
I have not their hammers, but
their nails.
Has your brother my gold tissues ?
He has not your gold tissues.
Which ones has he ?
Have you the Frenchman's fine
umbrellas ?
I have not his fine umbrellas, but
his sofas.
My gilliiiowers.
Their asses.
Of my gardens.
Hive you the trees of my gardens ?
I have not the trees of your gar-
dens.
Of my pretty gardens.
; Cuales caballos tiene Vd. ?
Tengo los hermosos caballos de
sus vecinos de Vd.
I Tengo yo mis guantes bonitos?
Vd. no tiene sus guantes bonitos ;
Vd. tiene mis sombreros viejos.
,; Cuales guantes tengo yo ?
Vd. .tiene los guantes feos de sua
hermanos.
I Tiene Vd. los martillos de los car-
pinteros ?
No tengo sus martillos, sino sus
clavos.
j Tiene su hermano mis tisiis de
oro?
No tiene sus tisiis de oro.
I Cuales tiene e'l ?
I Tiene Vd. los hermosos paraguas
del los franceses ?
No tengo sus hermosos paraguas.
sino sus sofas.
Mis alelies.
Sus burros.
De mis jardines.
I Tiene Vd. los arboles de mis jar-
dines?
No tengo los arboles de sus jar-
dines de Vd.
De mis bonitos jardines.
(2). It is to be noticed that in Spanish the Possessive pronoun does
not derive its number or gender from the number or gender of the per*
son or thing to which it belongs, but from the number or gender ol the
person or thing possessed. Consequently, we must say sus Ubros, speak-
ing of many books belonging to one or more persons.
46
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Of my fine horses. De mis hermosos caballoa
I have not your cotton handker- No tengo sus panuelos de algodon,
chiefs.
The bread, the loaves. El pan, los panes.
The gun, the guns. El fusil, los fusiles.
The son, the sons. El hijos , los hijos.
There are in Spanish certain masculine nouns, which, used in
the plural, comprehend the individuals of both sexes. Example •
Hijos, son and daughter ; Padres, father and mother, or parents ,
Jlermanos, brother and sister ; Tios, uncle and aunt ; Sobrinos, nephew
and niece ; Metos, grand-son and grand-daughter ; Abuelos, grand-
father and grand-mother — and so on as to all other relations. In the
same manner all the hereditary titles or dignities, from Baron and Count
to King and Emperor, when used in the plural, l^ply also the indivi-
duals of both sexes. Thus, by saying, for example, los duques de Mont-
pensler, we denote the duke and duchess of that titte. It ought to be
understood that this is not applicable to those names or titles derived
from public offices, as President, Senator, Judge, etc., because by them
we denote the persons who hold such offices, and not their wives, who
are called, for instance, La Presidenta, or la mujer del Presidente : the
Presidentess, or the wife of the President.
Exercise No. 16.
Have you the gloves ? Yes, sir, I have the gloves. Have
you seen my gloves ? No, sir, I have not seen your gloves.
Have you my fine looking-glasses ? Yes, sir, I have your
fine looking-glasses. Have I your good guns? You have
not my good guns. Which oxen has the countryman?
He has the old oxen of his friends. Has the foreigner our
pretty sticks ? He has not our pretty sticks, but our good
ships. Who has my fine horses ? Nobody has your fine
horses, but somebody has your old asses. Has your neigh-
bor seen the trees of your garden? He has not seen the
trees of my garden, but he has seen your pretty notes
Have you the horses' hay ? I have not their hay, but theii
shoes (herraduras). Has your tailor my pretty gold but
tons? He has not your pretty gold buttons, but your
pretty gold strings. What has the sailor ? He has his fine
ships. Has he my gilliflowers or my knives? He has
neither your gilliflowers nor your knives. Who has the
tailor's good vests? Nobody has his vests, but somebody
has his copper buttons. Has the Frenchman's boy my good
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 47
umbrellas? He has not your good umbrellas, but your
good pencils. Has the shoemaker my leather shoes ? He
has your leather shoes. What has the Spanish captain ?
He has the good Spanish sailors. What has our friend
the young Englishman ? He has his fine leather trunks.
Which forks have you ? I have the old forks of our cooks.
Exercise No. 17.
£ Cuales colchones tiene el marinero ? Tiene los buenos
colchones de su capitan. £ Cuales jardines tiene el frances ?
Tiene los jardines de los ingleses. <; Cuales criados tiene
el ingles ? Tiene los criados del caballero espafiol. £ Que
tiene su muchacho de Vd. ? Tiene sus bonitos pajaros.
I Que tiene el comerciante? Tiene nuestros tisus. £ Quo
tiene el panadero ? Tiene sus panes. I Tiene el carpintero
su martillo de hierro ? No tiene su martillo de hierro, sino
sus clavos de cobre. £ Cu&les bizeochos tiene el panadero ?
Tiene los bizeochos de sus amigos. ^ Tiene nuestro
amigo nuestros hermosos cortaplumas ? No tiene nuestros
hermosos cortaplumas ? <? Cuales espejos tiene el joven ?
Tiene los espejos de su paisano. £ Tiene su hermano de
Vd. los billetes de los comerciantes ? No tiene los billetes
de los comerciantes, sino sus candeleros de oro. <; Ha reci-
bido Vd. estos billetes ? No he recibido estos billetes, sino
estos cuchillos de hierro. $Ha recibido el hornbre este
billete 6 aquel ? No ha recibido ni este ni aquel. £ Ha
visto Vd. los libros que he recibido ? No he visto los libros
que Vd. ha recibido. £ Ha recibido Vd. estos papeles de los
franceses 6 de los americanos ? No, Senor, he recibido
estos papeles de los espanoles. <? Tiene Vd. el chocolate del
jeneral frances 6 el de su amigo de Vd. ? No tengo ni el del
jeneral frances ni el de mi amigo ; tengo el mio. £ Tiene
el capitan ingles su vino 6 el que Vd. ha recibido ? No
tiene ni el suyo ni el que he recibido. ,£ Cual vino tiene el ?
Tiene el de los comerciantes. $Ha visto Vd. el saco que
mi criado ha recibido ? No lo he visto. <? Tiene el campe-
Bino frio 6 calor ? No tiene ni frio ni calor,
.-.Mtm*.
18
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TENTH LESSON.
Those.
Have you my books or those of the
man ?
'I have not yours but those of the
man.
Have you received your books ?
I have not received my books.
Those which.
Have you the books which I have
received ?
I have those which you have re-
ceived.
Has the Englishman seen the knives
which you have, or those which
I have ?
He has seen neither those which
you have, nor those which I
have.
Which knives has he seen?
He has seen those of our friends.
Which forks has he ?
He has his own.
Mine, or my own.
Yours, or your own.
His, hers, (his own, her own.)
Ours, or our own.
Yours, or your own.
Theirs (their own.)
Thine, thy own.
These.
Those.
Those books.
Those books.
Have you seen these books or those?
I have seen neither these nor those.
Have you received these or those ?
I have received these, I have not re-
ceived those.
Have I the looking-glasses of the
French, or those of the English ?
You have neither these nor those.
You have neither the former nor th?
latter.
Los.
I Tiene Vd. mis libros, 6 los del
hombre ?
No tengo los de Vd. sino los del
hombre.
I Ha recibido Vd. sus libros ?
No he recibido mis libros.
Los que.
I Tiene Vd. los libros que he reci-
bido?
Tengo los que Vd. ha recibido.
«jHa visto el ingles los cuchilloa
que Vd. tiene, 6 los que yo tengo?
No ha visto ni los que Vd. tiene, ni
los que yo tengo.
I Cuales cuchillos ha visto el ?
Ha visto los de nuestros amigos.
£ Cuales tenedores tiene el?
Tiene los suyos.
El mio, los mios.
Ei de Vd, los de Vd.
El suyo, or el de j los suyos, or loa
el, (or ella). j de el, {or ella).
El nuestro, los nuestros.
El de Vds., los de Vds.
El suyo, or el de j los suyos, or loa
ellos (ellas;. 1 de ellos (ellas).
El tuyo, Los tuyos.
Estos.
Aquellos, esos.
Estos libros.
Aquellos libros.
,; Ha visto Vd. estos libros 6 aquellos?
No he visto ni estos ni aquellos.
I Ha recibido Vd. estos 6 aquellos T
He recibido estos, no he recibido
aquellos.
I Tengo yo los espejos de los franco-
ses, 6 los de los mgleses ?
Vd. no tiene ni estos ni aquellos.
Vd. no tiene ni estos ni aquellos.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
49
In Spanish, the former and the latter, are generally expressed by este,
tsbjs, referring to the latter, and aqael, aqadlos to the former.
Has the man seen these birds or
those ?
He has seen these, but not those.
Have you your muskets or mine ?
I have neither yours nor mine, but
those of our good friends.
I Ha visto el hombre estos pajaros 6
aquellos ?
Ha visto estos, pero no aquellos.
I Tiene Vd. sus fusiles 6 los mios ?
No tengo ni los de Vd. ni los iuu^
sino los de nuestros buenos ami
gos.
Exercise No. 18.
Have you these or those notes? I have these, but not
those. Have you the horses of the French or those of the
English ? I have those of the English, but I have not
those of the French. Which oxen have you ? I have those
or the foreigners. Have you the forks which I have re-
ceived from the Spaniards ? I have not those which you
have received from the Spaniards, but those which my
brother has received from you. Has your son your biscuits
or mine ? He Las neither yours nor mine. Which biscuits
has he ? He has his own. Which asses has your friend ?
He has the English asses. Has your boy my knives or
his ? He has neither yours nor his, but he has those of the
captain. Have I your vests or those of the tailors ? You
have neither these nor those. Have I your penknives?
You have not ours, but those of our neighbors. Have you
the birds of the sailors ? I have not their birds, but their
fishes. Which candlesticks has your brother? He has
mine. Have I my shoes or those of the shoemaker's ? You
have not yours, but theirs.
Exercise No. 19.
Which sugar has the man ? He has ours. Has he our
cofTee? He has it not. Have you our mattresses or those
of the strangers ? I have not yours but theirs. Has your
carpenter our hammers or those of our friends ? He has
neither ours nor those of our friends. Which nails has he ?
50 THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
He nas his good iron nails. Has any one of my friends
the ships of the English ? Not one of your friends has the
ships of the English, but somebody has those of the French.
Who has the cook's chickens ? Nobody has his chickens,
but somebody has his mutton.- Who has his cheese ? His
boy has it. Who has my old muskets ? The countryman
has them. Have I the neighbor's bag? You have not his
bag, but his corn. Which coal has the young man ? He
has the Spaniard's. Which umbrellas has the Frenchman
received ? He has received those of his friends. Has he
our soap ? He has not ours, but that of his countrymen.
Is the merchant's boy hungry ? He is not hungry but
thirsty. Is your friend cold or warm ? He is neither warm
nor cold. Is he afraid or ashamed ? He is ashamed, but
not afraid. Am I right or not ? You are right. Has the
baker the bread of our servants ? He has not their bread,
but their birds. Has he anything? He has nothing.
What is the matter with you ? Nothing is the matter with
me.
ELEVENTH LESSON.
AUGMENTATIVES.
The Augmentative nouns add to the positive the significa-
tion of the words big or large, and are formed by adding
on, azo, onazo, or ote for the masculine, and ona, aza, onaza,
or ota, for the feminine, but suppressing the last letter if it
be a vowel.
The man.
The big or large man.
The woman.
The big or large woman.
El hombre.
El hombron.
El hombrazo.
El hombronazo.
La inujer.
La mnjerona.
La mujero naza.
DIMINUTIVES.
There are two kinds of Diminutive nouns, viz. :
1st. Thoso which express tenderness or gentleness of any
PRACTICAL EXEECISES.
51
object whatever that is small ; and their termination is in
ito, ico, for the masculine, ita or ica for the feminine, fol-
lowing the same rule as the Augrnentatives in regard to the
termination, that is, suppressing
vowel.
the last letter when it is a
The inkstand.
The small, or pretty little inkstand.
The house.
The small, or pretty little house.
The turtle-dove.
The small, or pretty little turtle-
dove.
El tintero.
El tinterifo.
La casa.
La casifa.
La t6rtola.
La tortolifa.
It is the same regarding proper names :
John.
Little John.
Adela.
Little Adela.
Juan.
Juanifo.
Adela.
AdelUa.
2d. Those which denote contempt, or pity, or which les-
sen the object without adding the idea of prettiness, are
generally terminated in zuelo, illo, or cillo.
Dog.
Pretty little dog.
Ugly little dog.
Perro.
Perrifo.
Perr illo.
Those nouns terminating in co change it into quito, 01
quillo, to form the diminutive.
Bag.
Pretty little bag.
Fan.
Pretty little fan.
Small.
Smaller.
Very small.
Extremely small.
Saco.
Sa^mfo.
Abanico.
Abixniquito.
Chico (or pequeno).
Ghiquilo.
Chiquiiito.
Chiquirritito.
Nouns ending in r, n, or e, take ciio or cillo, to form the
diminutive.
52
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Contemptible little woman.
Miserable little man.
The fork.
The small or ugly little fork.
The button.
The pretty little button.
Great.
Anything a little larger than a
regular size.
MujerciZZa, or mujerzue?a.
Hombreci/Jo, or hombrezueZo.
El tenedor.
El tenedorci^o.
El boton.
El botoneifo.
Grande.
Grandecifo.
There are other Diminutives terminating in uito or uilto
for nouns ending in go, as amigro, kmiguitd or amiguillo, and
others in ete, in, ejo, etc., though the latter are compara-
tively little used.
The plural of Augmentatives and Diminutives is formpd
like that of nouns.
The termination azo added to a noun — suppressing the
last letter if it be a vowel — has sometimes the import to be
perceived in the following examples ;
Shoe.
Zapato.
Blow with a shoe.
Zapatazo.
Cudgel.
Garrote.
Blow with a cudgel.
Garrotazo.
Cannon.
Canon.
Cannon shot.
Canonazo.
We observed that the adjectives bueno, malo, uno, primero,
alguno, tercero, and poatiero, for the sake of euphony, lose
the final o when used before a masculine noun in the sin-
gular ; and now we add the following, which, for the same
reason, require a change in their termination, viz. :
1st. Ciento (a hundred) loses the final syllable in the sin-
gular when immediately followed by a noun. Example :
One hundred soldiers.
| Cien soldados.
But whenever Ciento takes after it another number, not
being 1,000 or 1,000,000 it preserves all its letters. Ex-
ample : "
One hunured and two soldiers.
\ Ciento y dos soldados.
PKACTICAL EXEECISES.
53
San Pedro.
San Jose*.
2d. Santo (saint) loses also the syllable to when followed
by a proper masculine noun. Example :
Saint Peter.
Sainfr Joseph.
We except, however, from this rule Santo Tomas, Santa
Tome, Santo Toribio, and Santo Domingo.
3d. Grande (great, large) loses the syllable de before a
singular noun beginning with a consonant. Example *
El gran proyecto.
The great project.
The great battle.
The great friend.
The great prattler.
The great writer.
La gran batalla.
El grande amigo.
El grande hablador.
El grande escritor.
It is worthy of notice, as a peculiarity, that the Adjec-
tives grande, pobre, pequefto, and alguno, convey a different
meaning according to the place they occupy with the sub -
stantives. Examples :
A great man.
A big or large malt
A needy man.
An unhappy or weak man.
A needy writer.
A poor writer.
An insignificant man.
A small or short man.
Some man.
Any man.
Un grande hombre.
Un hombre grande.
Un hombre pobre.
Un pobre hombre.
Un escritor pobre.
Un pobre escritor.
Un pequefio hombre.
Un hombre pequefio.
Algun hombre.
Hombre alguno.
It will be readily observed by the examples above that
the adjectives grande, pequefio, etc., placed before the sub-
stantive, qualify the merit, and placed after it, qualify the
shape or size.
Exercise No. 20.
Who has my pretty little dog ? The large woman has it.
What is the matter with that miserable little man ? Noth-
ing is the matter with him. Have you seen my pretty little
house ? I have not seen your pretty little house ; but I
have seen your ugly little dog. Which inkstand have you ?
54 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I have the pretty little inkstand of my little brother. Which
horse have you seen ? I have seen the little horse of my
friend. Who has your little book ? My little friend has it.
Have you received anything from that large man ? I have
received nothing from that big man, but my little boy has
received something from that big woman. What is the
matter with that contemptible little woman? Nothing.
Have you the biscuit of little John ? I have not his bis-
cuit, but his pretty little bird. Has my little ass his hay ?
He has it not. What a large man ! What a large woman !
Have you my little bag ? I have not your little bag, but
your little gold plate. Which bird has my son ? He has
his pretty little turtle-dove. Have you his little fork ? I
have not his little fork, but I have his little knife. Have
you the little vest of the little boy ? I have it not, but I
have his little gold button. Have you seen the little note
which little Adela has received from her little friend ? I
have not seen the little note, but I have seen her little
friend.
Exercise No. 21.
What number of English soldiers have you seen ? I have
seen one hundred soldiers. I have seen one hundred and
six soldiers. What is the matter with that needy man ?
Nothing is the matter with him. Have you seen some
birds ? I have not seen any bird. Have you some great
project? I have not any project. Is the great French
captain ashamed or afraid ? He is ashamed, but not afraid.
Have you seen my great horse ? I have not seen your great
horse, but your large horse. Is the great man thirsty ? The
great man is not thirsty ; but the big man is afraid. What
is the matter with that poor writer ? Nothing is the mat-
ter with the poor writer ; but the needy writer is hungry.
Who has received a (im) blow with a shoe? That little
boy. What has that little sailor received ? He has re-
ceived a blow with a cudgel. Has your ship received some
cannon shot ? My ship has not received any cannon shot.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
55
TWELFTH LESSON.
The comb.
The glass, the tumbler.
Have you my small glasses ?
I have them.
Thorn.
Has he my fine glasses ?
He has them.
The scholar will apply to los
regarding to.
Have I received them ?
You have received them.
You have not received them.
Has the Spaniard my fine gold but-
tons ?
He has them not.
Have the English them ?
The boys have them.
Have the boys them ?
El peine.
El vaso.
I Tiene Vd. mis vasitos
Los tengo,
Los.
;Tiene el mis hermosos tasos ?
El los tiene.
the rule given in the Second Lesson
I Los he recibido yo ?
Vd. los ha recibido.
Vd. no los ha recibido.
I Tiene el espafiol mis hermosos bo-
tones de oro ?
El no los tiene.
; Los tienen los ingleses ?
Los muchachos los tienen.
I Los tienen los muchachos ?
They.
They hav» them.
They have them not.
Who has them ?
The German.
The Italian.
The Turk.
The Mexican.
The Russian.
The Prussian.
The Germans have them.
The Mexicans have them not.
Some (1) any (2).
Elix)S.
Ellos los tienen.
Ellos no los tienen.
i Quien los tiene ?
El aleman.
El italiano.
El turco.
El mejicano.
El ruso.
El prusiano.
Los alemanes los tienen.
Los mejicanos no los tienen.
Alguno.
Ahjuno, before a noun, means some ; after a noun, means any. (See
Eleventh Lesson.)
1. Some, before a singular noun, which means something to eat or
to drink, is generally expressed by un poco de; as, " Trdlgame Vd. un
poco de agua," bring me some water.
2. Any, interrogatively used, before a singular noun which expresses
something to eat, or to drink, is generally suppressed ; as, " i Hay vino
en la botella ?" is there any wine in the bottle ? Should any precede any
other kind of noun, it may be either suppressed or expressed like some;
as, i Tiene Vd. algunos libros, or tiene Vd. libros ? have you any books ?
56
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
But when a noun is used in Spanish, without being preceded by
any definite adjective, it has a partitive meaning by itself. Ex. : En
todas partes hay hombrts honrados : everywhere there are some honest
men.
The fire.
The sealing wax.
The vinegar.
The tea.
Have you any fire ?
I have some fire.
Has the Italian any sealing wax ?
He has some sealing wax.
Has he any vinegar ?
He has some vinegar.
Have you any tea ?
I have some tea.
No or not any (before a noun).
I have no fire.
He has no tea.
You have no sealing wax.
They have no friends.
Some or any good vinegar.
Some or any bad cheese.
Some or any excellent tea.
Some or any good coffee.
Some or any good books.
Some or any pretty glasses.
Some or any fine horses.
Some or any old wine.
The satin.
The velvet.
The picture.
The painter.
The pencil (of the painter).
Have you any good satin ?
I have no good satin, but some ex-
cellent velvet.
Has the painter any fine pictures ?
He has not any fine pictures, but
some good pencils.
El fuego.
El lacre.
El vinagre.
Elte-.
I Tiene Vd. fuego ?
Tengo fuego.
,j Tiene el italiano lacre?
Tiene lacre.
I Tiene vinagre ?
Tiene vinagre.
I Tiene Vd. t<$?
Tengo te*.
No.
No tengo fuego.
El no tiene te.
Vd. no tiene lacre.
No tienen amigos.
Vinagre bueno.
Queso malo. «
Td escelente.
Cafd bueno.
Libros buenos.
Vasos bonitos.
Caballos hermosos.
Vino afiejo.
El raso.
El terciopelo.
El cuadro.
El pintor.
El pincel.
,; Tiene Vd. raso bueno ?
No tengo raso bueno, sino ttr*eio-
pelo escelente.
I Tiene el pintor cuadros hermwiiw f
El no tiene cxiadros hermosos, *riin>
buenos pinceles.
Exercise No. 22.
Have you my fine glasses? I have them. Have you the
fine horses of the Englishman ? I have them not. Who
has my small combs? My boys have them. Which knives
PBACTICAL EXERCISES. 5?
lave you? I have those of your friends. Have I your
good muskets ? You have them not, but your friends have
them. Have you my pretty birds, or those of my brothers?
I have neither yours nor your brothers', but my own. Which
ships have the Mexicans? The Mexicans have no ships.
Have the sailors our fine forks? They have them not.
Have the cooks them ? They have them. Has the captain
your pretty books ? He has them not. Have I them ? You
have them. You have them not. Has the Spaniard them ?
He has them. Have the Turks our fine muskets ? They
have them not. Have the Italians them ? They have them.
Has the German the pretty umbrellas of the Frenchman ?
He has them. Has he them ? Yes, Sir, he has them. Has
the Spaniard our pretty gloves ? He has them not. Who
has them ? The English have them. Has the tailor our
vests or those of our friends ? He has neither the latter nor
the former. Has your brother any soap ? He has no soap.
Have I an}- mutton ? You have no mutton, but you have
some sugar. Have your friends any money ? They have
some money. Have you any fire ? I have no fire, but I
have coal. Have you any good coffee? I have no good
coffee, but some excellent wine.
Exercise No. 23.
^ Tiene el comerciante buenos libros ? Tiene buenos li-
bros. i Tienen los franceses buenos guantes ? Tienen es-
celentes guantes. J Quien tiene los hermosos lapizes de los
ingleses ? Sus amigos los tienen. ^ Quien tiene los bizco-
chos de los panaderos ? Los marineros de nuestro capitan
los tienen. <; Tienen ellos nuestro pafio ? Si, Senor, lo
tienen. ,? Que tienen los espafioles ? Tienen hermosos
cuadros. i Que tienen los mejicanos ? Tienen hermosos
asnos. i Que tienen los alemunes ? Tienen te escelente.
i Tiene Vd. amigos ? Tengo amigos. Tienen lacre sus
amigos de Vd. ? Tienen lacre. ^ Tienen buenos zapatos
los zapateros? No tienen buenos zapatos, sino escelente
becerro. ,? Tienen los sastres buenos chalecos ? No tienen
buenos chalecos, sino escelente pafio. £ Tiene paraguas e\
58
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
pintor? No tiene paraguas, pero tiene hermosos cuadros.
I Tiene alguien mis peinecitos ? Nadie los tiene. i Quien
tiene los hermosos polios del paisano ? Su cocinero de Vd.
los tiene. iQue tiene el joven ? Tiene sus bueyes. ^ Tie-
nen sus amigos de Yd. vino afiejo ? No tienen vino afiejo,
sino escelente vinagre. i Tiene alguien los candeleros de
oro de Vd. ? Nadie los tiene.
THIRTEENTH LESSON.
Some of it, any of it, of it.
Some of them, any of them, of
THEM.
Have you any wine ?
I have some.
Have yon any bread ?
I have not any, or none.
Have you any good wine?
I have some good wine.
Has the merchant any sugar ?
He has some.
He has not any.
Has he any good cheese ?
He has some good cheese.
Have I any coffee?
You have some.
You have no coffee.
You have not any.
Have you any shoes ?
I have some.
I have no shoes.
1 have not any.
Has the man any good horses ?
Has he any good knives ?
He has not any, or none.
Has he any money?
He has some.
He has not any.
Have our friends any good hats ?
They have some good hats.
They have not any good hats.
Who has some good wine ?
Our merchant has some.
The hatter.
The blacksmith.
Un poco de.
,; Tiene Vd. vino ?
Tengo.
I Tiene Vd. pan?
No tengo.
I Tiene Vd. vino bueno ?
Tengo vino bueno.
I Tiene aziicar el comerciante ?
Tiene.
No tiene.
I Tiene queso bueno?
Tiene queso bueno.
I Tengo yo cafe" ?
Vd. tiene.
Vd. no tiene cafe.
Vd. no tiene.
I Tiene Vd. zapatos?
Tengo.
No tengo zapatos.
No tengo.
I Tiene el hombre buenos caballcsf
I Tiene el buenos cuchillos ?
No tiene.
I Tiene dinero ?
Tiene.
No tiene.
,; Tienen nuestros amigos sombreros
buenos ?
Tienen sombreros buenos.
No tienen sombreros buenos.
I Qui en tiene vino bueno ?
Nuestro comerciante tiene.
El sombrerero.
El herrero.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
59
A, an, or ONE.
II
Un, before a masculine noun.
Uno, when it stands alone, or not
before a masculine noun.
A or one horse.
Havo you an umbrella ?
I have an umbrella.
Have you a glass ?
I have no glasses.
I have one.
Have you a good stick ?
I have a good one.
I have two good ones.
I have two good sticks.
I have three good ones.
Have I a gun ?
Yoti have one.
You have a good one.
5Tou have two good ones.
Has your brother a friend ?
He has a friend.
He has one.
He has a good one.
He has two good ones.
He has three good ones.
He has four good friends.
He has five good ones.
Has the blacksmith a knife ?
He has One.
He has none.
He has two of them.
He has three.
He has four.
Have you five good horses ?
I have six.
I have six good, and seven bad ones.
Who has a fine umbrella ?
The merchant has one.
Un caballo.
<j Tiene Vd. un paraguas?
Tengo un paraguas.
I Tiene Vd. un vaso ?
No tengo vasos.
Tengo uno.
I Tiene Vd. un baston bueno ?
Tengo uno bueno.
Tengo dos buenos.
Tengo dos bastones buenos
Tengo tres bjtoios.
I Tengo yo un fusil ?
Vd. tiene uno.
Vd. tiene uno bueno.
Vd. tiene dos buenos.
I Tiene su hermano un amigo ?
Tiene un ainigo.
Tiene uno.
Tiene uno bueno.
Tiene dos buenos.
Tiene tres buenos.
Tiene cuatro buenos amigos.
Tiene cinco buenos.
I Tiene el herrero un cuchillo ?
Tiene uno.
No tiene.
Tiene dos.
Tiene tres.
Tiene cuatro.
I Tiene Vd. cinco caballos buenos ?
Tengo seis.
Tengo seis buenos y siete malos.
I Qui en tiene un paraguas bermoso?
El comerciante tiene uno.
Exercise No. 24.
Have you any sugar? I have some. Have you any
coffee ? I have not any. Have you any good wine ? I
have some good wine. Have you received any good cloth '?
I have not received any cloth, but I have received some
money. Have I any good chocolate ? You have not any
U\t THE SPANISH TEACHER.
good. Has the American any rice ? He has some. Have
the French any cheese ? They have not any. Have thA
English any new hats ? They have no new hats, but they
have some excellent tea. Who has some good soap ? The
merchant has some. Who has some good bread ? The
baker has some. Has the foreigner any coal ? He has not
any. Has he any vests ? He has some. What fish have
you? I have some good fish. What hay has the horse?
He has good hay. What leather has the shoemaker ? He
has some excellent leather. Have you any cotton ? I have
not any. Who has some copper ? The merchant has
some. Have I any gilliflowers ? You have some. Have I
any corkscrews? You have no corkscrews. Has your
friend any old knives ? He has some old ones. Have the
Italians any fine horses ? They have not any fine ones.
Who has some fine asses ? The Mexicans have some. Has
the captain any good sailors ? He has some good ones.
Who has some biscuits ? The baker of our neighbor has
some. Has he any bread ? He has not any. Who has
excellent iron nails? The carpenter has some. Has he
any hammers ? He has some. What hammers has he ?
He has some iron hammers.
Exercise No. 25.
I Que tiene el hermano de Vd. ? No tiene nada. £ Tiene
frio ? No tiene frio, tiene calor. i Tiene miedo ? No tiene
miedo. £ Tiene vergiienza 6 hambre ? Tiene hambre, pero
no vergiienza. i Quien tiene guantes bonitos ? Yo tengo.
I Quien tiene hermosos cuadros ? Los espafioles tienen.
I Tienen los pintores hermosos jardines ? Tienen hermosos.
I Quien tiene hermosos solas ? Nuestros comerciantes tienen.
i Tienen pajaros ? No tienen. <? Tiene Vd. arroz ? No
tengo. i Quien tiene ? Mi criado tiene. <j, Tiene Vd. un
lapiz ? Tengo uno. £ Tiene su muchacho de Vd. un buen
libro. Tiene uno bueno. ,; Tiene el aleman un buen
buque ? No tiene. & Tiene el joven un buen panuelo ?
Tiene uno bueno. Tiene dos buenos. Tiene tres buenos.
£ Quien tiene buenos tenedores ? El americano tiene. £ Tiene
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 61
el capitan un hermoso perro ? Tiene dos. -J Tienen sus
amigos de Vd. dos caballos herrnosos ? Tienen cnatro.
I Tiene Vd. un buen cocinero ? Tengo uno bueno. Tengo
uno malo. i Teugo yo un ainigo ? Vd. tiene uno bueno.
Vd tiene dos buenos amigos. Vd. tiene tres buenos. Su
hermano de Vd. tiene cuatro buenos. £ Tiene el capitan un
clavo de hierro ? Tiene seis clavos de liierro. Tiene seis
buenos y siete malos. <? Quien tiene cinco caballos buenos ?
Nuestro vecino tiene seis. £ Quien tiene buenos amigos ?
Los turcos tienen. £ Tienen ellos dinero? No tienen.
£ Quien tiene su dinero ? Sus amigos lo tienen. i Ha
recibido Vd. estos sacos 6 aqnellos ? No be recibido ni
estos ni aquellos. £ Cuales buques ha visto Vd. ? He visto
los mios. i Tiene Vd. un buen criado ? Tengo uno bueno.
£ Quien tiene un buen baul ? Mi hermano tiene uno.
FOURTEENTH LESSON.
THE FEMININE GENDER. — DEFINITE ARTICLE.
Nom. the.
Poss. of or from the.
Obj. to the.
Singular. Plural.
la. las.
de la. de las.
& la. & las.
The table, the tables. [ La mesa, las mesas.
Of or from the table, the tables. I De la mesa, de las mesas.
To the table, to the tables. J A la mesa, a las mesas.
The Article never admits of any elision in Spanish ; but
there are some feminine Nouns beginning with a that take
the masculine Article el instead of la, in order to avoid the
disagreeable meeting of two a. See a list of those Nouna
at the end of this Lesson.
RULES TO DISTINGUISH THE GENDER OF NOUNS.
Eule 1. — Nouns and Adjectives ending in a, d, ez, ie,
umbre, or ion, are feminine ; ending otherwise are mascu-
line, except mano, hand, tarde, evening, noche, night, which
are feminine ; dia, day, idioma, language, which are mascu-
line. See list of other exceptions at Lesson 55.
62
THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
Rule 2. — The letters of the alphabet are feminine.
The plural of the feminine Nouns is formed like that of
the masculine ones ; and the Article, like the Pronoun, must
agree with the Substantives and Adjectives, in Gender,
Number, and Case.
EXAMPLES.
The woman, the wife, women,
wives.
The mother, mothers.
The good daughter, good daughters.
The sister, sisters.
The cousin, (/em.) cousins.
The girl, girls.
The servant, (/em.) servants.
She, they.
Has she the book?
She has it not.
Have they (/em.) it?
They have it.
This or that woman.
These or those women.
This young lady, these young
dies.
That young lady, those young
dies.
The hand, the hands.
The right hand.
The left hand.
The face.
The mouth.
The cheek.
The tongue, the language,
The door.
The window.
The street.
The city.
The pen.
The note.
The bottle.
The candle.
La mujer, las mujeres.
La madre, las madres.
La buena hija, las buenas hijas.
La hermana, las hermanas.
La prima, las primas.
La muchacha, las muchachas.
La criada, las criadas.
Ella, ellas.
^Tiene ella el libro?
No lo tiene.
,:Lo tienen ellas?
Lo tienen.
| Esta aquella, or esa mujer.
j Estas aquellas, or esas mujeres.
Esta seiiorita, estas seiioritas.
Aquella seiiorita, aquellas senoritaSi
La mano, las manos.
La mano derecha.
La mano izquierda.
La cara.
La boca.
La mejilla.
La lengua.
La puerta.
La ventana.
La calle.
La ciudad.
La pluma.
La esquela or el billete.
La botella.
La vela.
Las.
I Tiene Vd. mi pluma ?
No la tengo.
I Tiene Vd. mis plumas ?
Las tengo.
PEACTICAL EXERCISES. 63
The light. La luz.
The silver. La plata.
The cloak. La capa.
The letter. La carta.
TLa spoon. La cuchara.
Them (fern.)
Have you my pen ?
I have it iiOt.
Have you ray pens?
I hk.ve them.
FEMININE NOUNS WITH THE MASCULINE ARTICLE.
JtCl agua, the water ; el ala, the wing ; el alma, the soul ; el
ama, the mistress ; el area, the chest ; el area, the area ; el
habU, the/ speech ; el arma, the weapon ; el asta, the horn ; el
ave, the /owl ; el uguila, the eagle ; el alba, the dawn ; el
hamvre, tiunger ; el arpa, the harp ; el hacha, the axe ; el aya,
the governess ; el aura, the buzzard ; el ansia, the anxiety ;
el anola or dncora, the anchor ; el ara, the altar ; el asa, the
handie ; el dscua, the red hot coal ; el asma, the asthma ; el
haba, tli6 bean ; el acta, the act ; el arte, the art ; el aula, the
lectuie-Ldll ; el Asia, Asia ; el Africa, Africa ; el Austria,
Austiia , instead of la agua, la ala, etc., all for the sake of
euphony. But it is necessary to observe — l3t. That this
change of Article is admitted only in the singular, since the
clashing of the two vowels does not take place in the plural.
2d. If this Noun be accompanied by an Adjective, this Ad-
jective must be put in the feminine ; therefore, we say el
agua esfria, el ala derecha, the water is cold ; the right wing ;
and not el agua frio, el ala derecho. 3d. Observe that the
Nouns above mentioned are nearly all which usage has per-
mitted to deviate from the general rule ; and amistad, friend-
ship ; America, America ; Habana, Havana ; and all the
other feminine Nouns not having the stress of the voice on
the first a are not comprehended in the number of the ex-
ceptions, but they follow the general rule.
Exeiicise No. 26.
Has the servant (female) the. table ? No, Sir, she has it
not. Has she the gold pen ? She has it. Have you seen
64 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
my table ? I have not seen it. Have you the water ? I
have it not. Have you received the fowl ? Yes, I have re-
ceived it. Have you seen the eagle ? I have not seen it.
Have you received the harp ? I have received it. Have
you received my letter? No, Sir, I have not received it.
Have you seen my pen ? I have not seen it. Who has seen
my pen ? Nobody has seen it. Have you seen my little
table ? (See Lesson XL, Diminutive Nouns.) I have not
seen it. Have you seen my little house ? I have seen it.
Have you seen my pretty little bird ? I have seen it. Have
you seen the large woman ? I have not seen the large wo-
man, but the contemptible little woman. Have you seen
the little coat (casaca) of my little brother ? I have seen it.
Have you seen the little spoon of my little sister ? Have
you seen the pretty little gold pen of my little cousin (fe-
male) ? I have not seen her little gold pen, but her little
hat. Have you the little chair (xilla) of my little sister? I
have it not. Have you the little cup (taza) ? Yes, Sir, I
have it.
Exercise No. 27.
;, Ha recibido Vd. las velas ? No he recibido Hs velas,
pero he recibido las botellas. ,? Ha visto Vd. lo, ciudad ?
La he visto. i Ha visto Vd. la calle ? No la he visto. ^Ha
visto Vd. la puerta ? No la he visto. J Ha visto Vd. la
ventana ? La he visto. i Ha visto Vd. esta mano 6 aquella ?
He visto esta, pero no aquella. £ Ha visto Vd. la mano de-
recha ? No he visto la mano derecha, sino la mano izqui-
erda. £ Ha visto Vd. esta mujer 6 aquella ? He visto esta,
no he visto aquella. <? Ha visto Vd. estas mujeres 6 aque-
Uas ? He visto estas, pero no aquellas. £ Ha visto Vd. p-stas
bonitas senorifcas 6 aquellas? No he visto ni estas ni aque-
llas, pero he visto la tea. ; Ha recibido Vd. sus mesas nne-
vas? No he recibido las nuevas, sino las viejas. ,; Ha visto
Vd. mi casa nueva ? No la he visto. £ Tiene ella su m^sa ?
No la tiene. £ Tiene Vd. la cuchara de plata ? No la
tengo, pero tengo la pluma de plata. i Tiene Vd. la capa
de mi her mano ? No la tengo. £ Ha visto Vd. las hermosaa
%
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
G5
muchachas ? No he visto las hermosas muchachas, sino
las muchachitas. ^Ha visto VJ. la criada? No he visto
la criada.
FIFTEENTH LESSON.
INDEFINITE ARTICLE, FEMININE.
A, AN or ONE.
A woman.
A young woman.
A young lady.
A pen.
Have you a pen ?
A person.
A silk stocking.
Una.
Una mujer.
Una joven.
Una seilorita.
Una pluma.
i Tiene "Vd. una pluma?
Una person*.
Una media de seda.
PRONOUNS POSSESSIVE ABSOLUTE, FEMININE.
Mine or my own.
Yours or your own.
His (or hers, its) his own.
Ours or our own.
Yours or your own.
Theirs or their own.
Thine or thine own.
La mia.
La de Vd.
La suya (or la de el, or ella. )
La nuestra.
La de Vd.
La suya (la de ellos or ellas).
La tuya.
Iii English the Possessive adjectives or pronouns are m
the gender of the possessor ; in Spanish they must be in
the gender of the thing possessed — Mine, thine, his, hers,
yours, etc., must be expressed by el mio, el tuyo, el suyo,
etc., when the thing possessed is masculine, and by la mia,
la tuya, la suya, etc., when it is feminine, without consider-
ing in the least the gender of the possessor, as may be seen
by the following examples :
Have you my pen or his?
I have neither yours nor his, but
mine.
Have you my sister's book?
I have not hers, I have mine.
Which candle have you ?
What light have you ?
I have mine.
Which stockings have you ?
I have mine. I
I Tiene Vd. mi pluma 6 la de 6*1 ?
No tengo ni la de Vd, ni 1a de el,
sino la mia.
I Tiene Vd. el libro de mi hermaaa?
No tengo el suyo, tengo el mio.
,; Cual vela tiene Vd.?
I Cual luz tiene Vd. ?
Tengo la mia.
,: Cuales medias tiene 7d. ?
Tengo las mias.
(>i6 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
ADJECTIVES, THEIR GENDER, ETC.
Adjectives ending in o change o into a, when they modify
a feminine noun : Hombre honrado, honest man ; mujer hon-
rada, honest woman ; hombre virtuoso, a virtuous man ; mujer
virtuoso,, a virtuous woman.
Adjectives ending in n or r take an a as, fuego devoradorf
devouring fire ; pasion devoradora, devouring passion ; hom-
bre haragan, idle man ; mujer haragana, idle woman.
Except mejor, peor, superior, inferior, mayor, menor, jbven,
ulterior, interior, esterior, anterior, posterior.
Adjectives ending otherwise keep the same termination
in both genders, exito admirable, admirable success ; mujer
admirable, admirable woman ; hombre feliz, fortunate man ;
mujer feliz, fortunate woman ; maridofiel, faithful husband ;
esposafiel, faithful wife ; hijo obediente, obedient son ; hija
obedient e, obedient daughter. But those Adjectives derived
from the names of nations, provinces, etc., always take an a
when modifying a feminine noun, whatever its termination
may be. Examples :
French gold.
French silver.
A Spanish gentleman.
A Spanish lady.
Cuban Institute.
Cuban industry.
English government.
English Constitution.
A young Andalusian.
A young Andalusian woman.
An American senator.
An American Jaly.
Oro francea.
Plata franc esa.
Un caballero espanoL
Una Sefiora espafiola,
Instituto cubano.
Industria cubana
Gobierno ingles.
Constitucion inglesa.
Un j6ven andaluz.
Una joven andaiuza.
Un senador americano.
Una sefiora americana.
There are included in the class of Adjectives, the Cardi-
nal and Ordinal numbers. The Cardinal have all one ter-
mination, except the number one (uno), and the compounds
of (ciento) one hundred, as doscientos, doscientas. The Ordi
nal have two terminations.
Two or more nouns in the singular require an Adjective
in the plural ; and if the nouns vary in gender, the Adjective
must be in the masculine. Example : Life and honor are
dear : La vida y el honor son caros.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 67
Exercise No. 28.
Have you my spoon or yours ? I have yours. Have you
the silver spoon ? I have not the silver spoon, but the
golden one. Have you seen my sister's silver spoons ? I
have not seen them. Have you my cloak? I have it.
Have you any French gold? No, Sir, I have not any.
Have you the silver spoon of my good sister ? I have not
your good sister's silver spoon, but her gold spoon. Have
you received my beautiful cloth cloak ? I have received it.
Have you the new cloak or the old one ? I have the old
one. Have you a pen ? Yes, sir, I have one. Have you
a silk stocking ? I have not a silk stocking, but I have a
cotton stocking. Have you not my silk stockings ? No,
Sir, I have not your silk stockings, but mine. Have you
seen an honest man ? I have seen one. Have you seen an
honest woman ? Yes, Sir, I have seen one. Have you an
obedient son ? I have one. Have you an obedient daugh-
ter ? Yes, Sir, I have one. Have you seen a faithful hus-
band ? I have seen one. Have you seen a faithful wife ?
I have seen one. Have you a fortunate friend? I have a
fortunate friend. Have you a fortunate friend ? (female;.
I have not a fortunate one, but an unfortunate (infeliz) one.
Exercise No. 29.
Have you seen the Spanish Constitution ? I have seen
it. Have you seen the Cuban Institute ? I have not seen
it. Have you the new English Constitution ? I have it
not. Have you seen the new American flag (bandera) ? I
have seen it. Have you seen the English pavilion {pabellon) ?
I have not seen the English pavilion. Have you seen a
young Andalusian woman ? I have seen one. Have you
received my letter ? I have not received it. Who has re-
ceived a letter from my mother ? My sister has received
two letters from your mother to-day. What a pretty girl !
Have you seen that young lady ? Yes. What a handsome
face ! What pretty hands ! What beautiful eyes ! What
a pretty mouth I Have you my cloak ? No, Sir, I have my
own. Who has mine ? I have it. Have you any silver ?
68 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
No, but I have some gold. Have you a pen ? I have
neither pen nor ink (tinta). Have you any letter paper
( papel de cartas) ? I have not any. Has that young lady
a pretty dog? She has a very handsome one. Have your
sisters any birds ? They have some very pretty. Have you
the little cloak of the young Andalusian woman ? I have
not hers, but I have that of the young American lady. Have
you seen the shoe,s of the little girl ? I have not seen her
shoes, but her little chair. Have you the penknife of my
little daughter ? I have not her penknife, but her little
gold pen.
Exercise No. 30.
Have you a white handkerchief ? No, but I have a white
gown (bata). Has your brother a new hat? He has a new
coat. Has the peasant a fat (gordo) ox ? No, but he has
a fat cow (vaca). Have you seen a cruel mother ? No, but
I have seen a cruel father. Have you a sweet melon (melon
dulce) ? No, I have a sweet apple (manzana). Have you
seen an elegant gentleman to-day? No, but I have seen
an elegant lady. Honor is dearer (el honor ex mas caro)
than life (la vida), and life dearer than fortune (laforhina.)
Has your sister my gold ribbon (cinta) ? She has it not.
What has she ? She has nothing. Has your mother any-
thing ? She has a beautiful silver spoon. Who ha*t my
large (grande) bottle? Your cousin (fern.) has it. Has
she my silver ribbons? She has them not. Who has
them ? Your mother has them. What fork have you ? I
have my iron fork. Have you seen the windows ol my
room? I have not seen them. Have yo\\ seen the silk
curtains (cortinas) of my window ? I have seen them.
How MUCH?
HOW MANY?
How much sugar ?
H'»\v nmeh money?
How many knives?
How many men?
How many friends?
SIXTEENTH LESSON.
I CuANTO ?
I CuANTOS ?
I Cuanto aziicar ?
I Cuanto dinero ?
I Cuantos cuchillos ?
,; Cuantos hombres ?
I Cuantos amigos ?
PRACTICAL EXIIICISES.
69
Only, but.
I have but one friend.
I have only one friend.
I have but one.
I have only one.
I have but one good gun.
I have only one good gun.
You have but one good one.
You have only one good one.
How many horses has
brother ?
He has but one.
He has only one.
He has but two good ones.
He has only two good ones.
your
Solo, Solamente, no-sin o, no
MAS QUE.
No tengo sino or mas que un
amigo.
Tengo un amigo solamente.
No tengo sino or mas que uno.
Te igo uno solamente.
No tengo sino un buen fusil.
Tengo un buen fusil solamente,
Vd. no tiene sino or mas que uno
bueno.
Vd. tiene uno bueno solamente.
,;Cuantos caballos tiene su her-
mano de Vd. ?
No tiene sino or mas que uno.
Tiene uno solamente.
No tiene sino or mas que dos bue«
nos.
Tiene dos buenos solamente.
Much, a good deal of, very much.
Many, a good many, a great many.
Much bread.
A good deal of good bread.
Many men.
Have you much money ?
I have a good deal.
Have you a great many friends ?
I have a good many.
Mucho, muchIsimo.
Muchos, muchisimos.
Mucho paD.
Muchisimo pan bueno.
Muchos hombres.
I Tiene Vd. mucho dinero?
Tengo muchisimo.
i Tiene Vd. tauchisimos amigo»?
Tengo inuchisiiuos.
Too MUCH
TOO MANY.
You have too much wine,
They have too many books.
Enough.
Enough money.
Knives enough.
Little (in size).
Little (in quantity or number).
A little.
A little cloth.
A little rice.
Ofmantado.
Demam.vdos.
Vd tione domj.siado vino.
Ellis t. en fin di'masiados libros.
Bastante (plur. Bastantes,
Bastante dinero.
Bastantes cuchillos.
Pequeno or chico.
Poco.
Un poco de.
Un poco de pano.
Un poco de arroz.
70
THE SPANISH TLACHJMI.
But little.
Only a little,
Not much.
Not many.
But few.
I have but little sugar.
He has but few friends.
"We have but little gold.
No— sino mas que or UN POCO.
Un poco solamente.
NO MUCHO.
No MUCHOS.
POCOS, UNOS CUANTOS.
No tengo mas que un poco de aztl-
, car.
El tiene pocos amigos.
No tenemos mas que un poco de
oro.
Coueage.
You have not much courage.
We have but few friends.
Have we ?
"We have.
We have not.
Some oil.
Some pins.
Have we any oil ?
We have some.
We have not any.
Have you a good deal of money ?
I have but little of it.
You have but little of it.
He has but little of it.
Have you wine enough ?
We have but little of it.
I have only a little, but I have
enough? '
Valor, a nemo.
Vd. no tiene mucho valor.
Tenemos pocos amigos.
,; Tenemos nosotros?
Tenemos.
No tenemos.
Aceite.
Alfileres.
I Tenemos nosotros aceite ?
Tenemos.
No tenemos.
I Tiene Vd. muchisimo dinero ?
No tengo sino or mas que un poco.
Vd. no tiene sino or mas que un
poco.
El no tiene sino or mas que un
poco.
j Tiene Vd. bastante vino ?
No tenemos sino or mas que un
poco.
Tengo un poco solamente, pero
tengo bastante.
Exkrcisi No. 31.
How many friends have you ? I have two good friends.
Have you eight old trunks ? I have nine. Has your ser-
vant three fishes ? He has only one good one. Has the
captain two good ships? He has only one. How many
hammers has the carpenter ? He has but two good ones.
How many shoes has the shoemaker ? He has ten. Has
the young man nine good books ? He has only five new
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 71
ones. How many muskets has your brother? He has
only four. Have you much bread ? I have a good deal.
Have the Spaniards much money? They have but little
Has our neighbor much coffee ? He has only a little. Has
the stranger much corn ? He has a good deal. What has
the American ? He has much sugar. What has the Rus-
sian ? He has a great deal of satin. Has the countryman
much rice ? He has not any. Has he much cheese ? He
has but little. What have we? We have much bread,
much wine, and many books. Have we much money? We
have only a little, but we have enough. Have you many
brothers ? I have only one. Have the French many
friends ? They have but few. Has our friend much hay ?
He has enough. Has the Italian much velvet ? He has a
good deal. Has this man courage ? He has none. Has
the painter's boy any pencils ? He has some.
Exercise No. 32.
Have you many forks? I have only one. How many
oxen has the German ? He has eight. How many horses
has he ? He has only four. Who has a good many bis-
cuits? Our sailors have a good many. Have we many
notes ? We have only six. How many notes have we ?
We have only three pretty ones. Have you too much coal ?
I have not enough. Have your boys too many books ?
They have too many. Has our friend too much velvet ?
He has only a little, but enough. Who has a good deal of
money ? The countrymen have a good deal. Have they
many gloves ? They have not any. Has the cook enough
vinegar? He has not enough. Has he enough oil? He
has enough. Have you much soap? I have but a little.
Has the merchant much cloth ? He has a good deal. Who
has a good deal of paper ? Our neighbors have a good
deal. Has our tailor many buttons ? He has a good many.
Have the painters many gardens ? They have not many.
How many gardens have they ? They have but two. How
many asses have the Mexicans? They have many. Has
the captain many knives ? He has only three. Have we
72 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
many horses? We have a good many. Have the English
many ships ? They have many. Has the merchant many
handkerchiefs? He has a good many. What have the
Americans ? They have a good many muskets. How many
dogs has our friend ? He has only two. What candle-
sticks have our friends ? They have copper candlesticks.
Exercise No. 33.
£ Tiene el joven bastones buenos? No tiene bastones
buenos, sino hermosos pajaros. iQue polios ha recibido
nuestro cocinero? Ha recibido bonitos polios. <? Cuantos
ha recibido ? Ha recibido seis. £ Tiene el sombrerero
sombreros ? No tiene ; pero nuestro comerciante ha reci-
bido muchisimos. ;, Tiene el herrero mucho hierro? No
tiene muchisimo. £ Tenemos los caballos de los franceses, 6
los de los mejicanos ? No tenemos ni estos ni aquellos.
I Cuales caballos tenemos ? Tenemos los nuestros. i Ha
visto Vd. mis peinecitos ? No los he visto. ^ Ha visto el
turco los asnos? No los ha visto. ,? Quien los ha visto?
Su hijo de Vd. los ha visto. £ Han recibido nuestros ami-
gos mucho aziicar? Han recibido un poco, pero bastante.
I Quien ha visto nuestros espejos ? El uleman los ha visto.
^Ha visto el espafiol este 6 aquel billete ? Ha visto este, pero
no aquel. ,; Ha visto el caballero trances este, 6 aquel libro ?
No ha visto ni este ni aquel. <; Tiene el italiano los her-
mosos colchones que hemos recibido ? No tiene los que
hemos recibido, sino los de su amigo. £ Tiene verguenza?
No tiene vergftenza sino miedo. £ Tiene Vd. frio 6 sueno ?
Tengo frio, pero no sueno. <? Tiene el jeneral razon ? No
tiene razon, sino hambre.
SEVENTEENTH LESSON.
A FEW.
A few books.
Have you a few books ?
I have a few.
Have you a few ?
He has a few.
Algunos.
Algunos libros.
I Tiene Vd. algunos libros?
Tengo algunos.
,j Tiene Vd. algunos ?
El tiene algunos.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
73
t Lave but a few relations.
You have but a few cents.
He has but a few relations.
I have but a few cents.
You have but a few.
He has but a few.
One, or a cent ; plur., cents.
One, or a real ; plur., reals.
One, or a dollar ; plur., dollars.
One, or a franc ; plur, franca
No tengo sino or mas que algunos
parientes.
Vd. no tiene sino algunos centavos.
El no tiene sino algunos parientes.
No tengo wino algunos centavos.
Vd. no tiene sino algunos.
El no tiene sino algunos.
Un centavo ; plur. , centavos.
Un real ; plur., reales.
Un peso, or duro ; plur., pesos, or
duros (1).
Un franco \ plur., francos.
Other, anotheb.
Another cent.
Some other cents.
Have you another horse ?
I have another.
I have no other horse.
I have no other relations.
Have you any other relations ?
I have some others.
I have no others.
Oteo.
Otro centavo.
Otros centavos.
j Tiene Vd. otro caballo ?
Tengo otro.
No tengo otro caballo.
No tengo otros parientes.
I Tiene Vd. otros parientes ?
Tengo otros.
No tengo otros.
1. In Spanish America the money is counted by pesetas, reales, and
medios reales ; thus : peso, a dollar, is divided into cualro pesetas, four
quarters of a dollar ; every peseta into dos reales, two rials ; and every
real into dos medios, two half rials. It is precisely equivalent to the
United States, counting in this manner : six and a quarter cents, un
medio ; twelve and a half cents, un real ; twenty-five cents, una peseta or
dos reales : fifty cents, or half a dollar, either cuatro reales or medio peso;
fifty-six and a quarter cents, cuatro reales y medio, etc. In Old Spain,
although almost every province divides the effective coins into different
imaginary ones, yet in keeping accounts, or in writing, the money which
they° generally use are the following coins : pesos or duros, reales de
vellon, and maravedls, dividing them thus : a duro, dollar, is divided
into twenty reales vellon, and a real vellon into thirty-four maravedis. In
conversation they sometimes divide the money in the above manner, and
at others into duros, pesetas, cuartos, and ochavos, thus : a duro is
divided into five pesetas (having no pillars), five twenty cent pieces ;
e^very peseta into thirty-four cuartos, and every cuarto into two ochavos.
But when the pesetas have pillars, four of them make a dollar. Hence
the denomination of pesetas fuertes (twenty-five cent pieces), and pesetas
sencillas (twenty cents). The same in regard to the reales, the realms
fuertes (twelve and a half cents), and reales sencillos (ten cents).
74
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
The arm .
The heart
The month.
The author.
The volume.
What day of the month is it ?
It is the first.
It is the second.
It is the third.
El brazo.
El corazon.
El mes.
El autor.
El tomo, el voliimen.
f i A cuantos estamos del mes ?
t Estamos a primero.
f Estamos a dos.
f .Estamos a tres.
The cardinal numbers must be used in Spanish when
speaking of the days of the month, though the ordinal be
used in English ; except el primero (the first) speaking of
the first day of every month.
It is the eleventh.
Which volume have you ?
I have the fourth.
The first.
The second.
The third.
The fourth.
The fifth.
The sixth.
The seventh.
The eighth.
The ninth.
The tenth.
The eleventh.
The twelfth.
The thirteenth.
The fourteenth.
The fifteenth.
The sixteenth.
The seventeenth.
The eighteenth.
The nineteenth.
rrhe twentieth.
The twenty-first.
The twenty-second.
The twenty-third.
The thirtieth.
The fortieth.
Estamos a once.
I Cual tomo tiene Vd?
Tengo el cuarto.
OKDINAI. NUMBERS.
E«l primero.
El segundo.
El tercero.
El cuarto.
El quinto.
El sesto.
El se'timo.
El octavo.
El nono.
El de'cimo.
El unde'cimo.
El duodecimo.
El de'cimo tercio.
El de'cimo cuarto.
El de'cimo quinto.
El de'cimo sesto.
El de'cimo se'timo.
El de'cimo octavo.
El de'cimo nono.
El vije'simo.
El vije'simo primo.
El vije'simo segundo.
El vije'simo tercio.
El trije'simo.
El cuadraje'simo.
All the ordinal numbers become feminine by changing the
termination o into a, and the article el into la to agree iu
gender ; as, el primero, la primera ; el dscimo tercio. la di-
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
75
cima tercia. Its plural is formed as that of the nouns, but
the scholar will remember that the plural of el is los. The
remainder of these numbers will be found in the next
Lesson.
Have you the first volume ?
I have not the first, I have the
third.
Which volume have you?
I have the third volume.
I Tiene Vd. el primer torao ?
No tengo el primero ; t^-i^o el tep>
cero.
I Cual tomo tiene Vd. ?
Tengo el tercer tomo.
OABDINAIi NUMBERS.
One.
Two.
Three.
Four.
Five.
Six.
Seven.
Eight
Nine.
Ten.
Eleven.
Twelve.
Thirteen.
Fourteen.
Fifteen.
Sixteen.
Seventeen.
Eighteen.
Nineteen.
Twenty.
Twenty-one.
Twenty-two.
Twenty-three.
Twenty-four.
Twenty-five.
Twenty-six.
Twenty-seven.
Twenty-eight.
Twenty-nine.
Thirty.
Thirty-one.
Forty.
Forty-one.
Fifty.
Fifty-one.
Sixty.
Sixty-one.
Uno.
Dos.
Tres.
Cuatro.
Cinco.
Seis.
Siete.
Ocho.
Nueve.
Diez.
Once.
Doce.
Trece.
Catorce.
Quince.
Diez y seis.
Diez y siete,
Diez y ocho.
Diez y nueve.
Veinte.
Veinte y uno.
Veinte y dos.
Veinte y tres.
Veinte y cuatro.
Veinte y cinco.
Veinte y seis.
Veinte y siete.
Veinte y ocho.
Veinte y nueve.
Treinta.
Treinta y uno.
Cuarenta.
Cuarenta y una
Cincuenta.
Cincuenta y uno«
Sesenta.
Sesenta y una
76
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Seventy.
Seventy-one.
Eighty.
Eighty-one.
Ninety.
Ninety-one.
A, or one hundred.
A, or one hundred and one.
Two hundred.
Three hundred.
Four hundred.
Five hundred.
Six hundred.
Seven hundred.
Eight hundred.
Nine hundred.
A thousand and one.
Eleven hundred.
Twelve hundred.
Two thousand.
A, or one hundred thousand.
Two hundred thousand.
A, or one million.
Two millions.
Etc.
Setenta.
Setenta y uno.
Ochenta.
Ochenta y uno.
Noventa.
Noventa y una
Ciento.
Ciento y uno.
Doscientos.
Trescientos.
Cuatrocientos.
Quinientos.
Seiscientos.
Setecientos.
Ochocientos.
Novecientos.
Mil y uno.
Mil y ciento.
Mil y doscientos.
Dos mil.
Cien mil.
Doscientos mil.
Un millon
Dos millones.
Etc.
Observe that instead of cincoeientos, sidecientos, and
nuevecientos, we say, quinientos, setecientos, y novecientos.
MONTHS OF THE YEAE.
January.
Enero.
February.
Febrero.
March.
Marzo.
April.
Abril. •
May.
Mayo.
June.
Junio
July.
Julio.
August.
Agosto.
Septembei
Setiembre.
October.
Octubre.
November.
Noviembre.
December.
Diciembre.
Exercise
No. 34.
Have you many knives ? I have a few. Have you many
pencils ? I have only a few. Has the painter's friend many
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 77
looking-glasses ? He has only a few. Has four son a few
cents ? He has a few. Have you a few francs ? We have
a few. How many dollars have you '/ I have ten. How
many dollars has the Spaniard ? He has not many ; he has
only six. Who has the beautiful glasses of the Italians ?
We have them. Have the English many ships ? They have
a good many. Have the French many horses ? They have
not many horses, but a good many asses. What have the
Americans ? They have many dollars. How many dollars
have they ? They have eleven millions. Have we the
horses of the Mexicans or those of the Germans ? We have
neither the former nor the latter. Have we the umbrellas
of the Spaniards ? We have them not, but the Americans
have them. Have you much copper ? I have only a little,
but enough. Have the sailors the mattresses which we
have received ? They have not those which we have (hemos)
received, but those which their captain has. Has the
Frenchman many francs ? He has only a few, but he has
enough. Has your servant many cents ? He has no cents,
but dollars enough.
Exercise No. 35.
I Tienen los rusos terciopelo ? No tienen sino un poco
de terciopelo, pero tienen muchisimo raso. <? Tienen los
turcos mucho vino ? No tienen mucho vino, sino muchisi-
mo cafe, <J Quien tienen muchisimo carbon ? Los meji-
canos tienen muchisimo. <? No tiene Vd. otro fusil? No
tengo otro. I Tenemos otro queso ? Tenemos otro. ^ No
tengc yc otro cuadro ? Vd. tiene otro. i No tiene nuestro
vecino otro caballo ? No tiene otro. <? No tiene su her-
mano de Vd. otros amigos? Tiene otros. <:No tiene el
zapatero otros zapatos ? No tiene otros. ^ Tienen los
sastres muchos chalecos ? Tienen algunos solamente.
Tienen solamente cuatro. <: Cuantos pescados tiene Vd. ?
Tengo dos solamente. £ Tiene Vd. otros bizcochos ? No
tengo otros. Cuantos sacacorchos tiene el comerciante ?
Tiene nueve. l Cuantos brazos tiene este hombre ? Tiene
solamente uno. <; Que corazon tiene su hijo de Vd. '? Tiene
78 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
un buen corazon. £ No tiene Yd. otro criado ? Tengo
otro. £ No tiene su amigo de Vd. otros pajaros ? Tiene
otros. <j Cuantos pajaros tiene? Tiene seis. I Cuantos
jardines tiene Vd. ? Tengo uno solamente, pero mi amigo
tiene dos. £ Cuantos caballeros ha visto Vd. ? He vis to
solamente uno. <? Ha visto Vd. otro ? No lie visto otro.
^ Cuantos alfileres ha recibido Vd. ? He recibido dos sola-
mente. ,; Cuantos pafiuelos hemos recibido ? Hemos
recibido dos.
Exercise No. 36.
Which volume have you ? I have the first. Have you
the second volume of my book ? I have it. Have you the
third or fourth book ? I have neither the former nor the
latter. Have we the fifth or sixth volume ? Which volume
has your friend ? He has the seventh volume. What day
of the month is it ? It is the eighth. Is it not the eleventh ?
No, Sir, it is the tenth. Who has our dollars ? The Mexi-
cans have them. Have they our gold ? They have it not.
Has the young man much money? He has not much
money, but much courage. Have you the nails of the
carpenter or those of the smith ? I have neither those of
the carpenter nor those of the smith ; but those of my
merchants. Have you received these or those gloves ? I
have received neither these nor those. Has your friend
seen this or that note? He has seen this, but not that.
Has the Spaniard a few dollars ? He has a few. Has he
received a few francs ? He has received five hundred.
Have you another stick? I have another. What other
stick have you ? I have another iron stick. Have you a
few good candlesticks? We have a few. Has your boy
another hat ? He has another. Have these men any vine-
gar ? These men have none, but their friends have some.
Have the countrymen any other bags? They have no
others. Have they any other bread ? They have some.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
EIGHTEENTH LESSON.
79
The remainder of the Ordinal numbers are
The fiftieth.
The sixtieth.
The seventieth.
The eightieth.
The ninetieth.
The hundredth.
The two hundredth.
The three hundredth.
The four hundredth.
The five hundredth.
The six hundredth.
The seventh hundredth.
The eight hundredth.
The nine hundredth.
The thousandth.
The last but two.
The last but one.
The last.
El quincuaje'simo,
El sexaje'simo.
El septuaje'simo.
El octoje'simo.
El nonajesimo.
El cente'simo.
El ducente'simo.
El trecente'simo.
El cuadrajente'simo.
El quinjente'simo.
El sexacente'simo.
El setejente'simo.
El octajentdsimo.
El nonajente'simo.
El mile'simo.
El antepeniiltimo.
El penultimo.
El ultimo or postrero.
Besides the Cardinal and Ordinal numbers, there are yet
three other kinds that belong to the class of substantives.
These are the Collective, Distributive, and Proportional.
The Collective numbers serve to denote determined quan-
tities, as :
A couple.
Half a soore.
A dozen.
Half a d Dzen.
A score
A huudi ad.
A thousand.
A million.
Un par.
Una decena.
Una docena.
Media docena.
Una veintena.
Una centena.
Un miliar.
Un cuento.
The Distributive serve to denote the different parts of
whole ; as ;
The halt
The thhd.
The fourth.
La mitad.
El tercio.
El cuarto.
The P?-oportional are those that serve to denote the pro«
gressive increase of the number of things, as :
80
THE SPANISH TEACHEE.
The double.
The quadruple.
The hundred fold.
The volume.
Have you the first or second volume
of my book ?
El duplo.
El cuadruplo
El celituplo.
El tomo, el voliimen,
£ Tiene Vd. el primero,' 6 el »oguu(lo
tomo de mi libro ?
Both.
Have you my book, or my stick ?
I have neither the one nor the
other.
I have both.
Ambos.
I Tiene Vd. mi libro 6 mi hasten ?
No tengo ni lo uno ni lo otro.
Tengo ambos.
The one and the other.
j EL UNO, Y EL OTRO.
1 Lo TJNO, Y LO OTLO.
Use el uno y el otro when speaking of things of the same
kind, as two books, etc., and lo uno y lo otro when speaking
of two different thiDgs, as a stick and a hat, etc.
Vd. mis
Has your brother my gloves or his
own?
He has both.
Has he my books, or those of the
Spaniards ?
He has neither the one nor the
other.
The Scotchman.
The Irishman.
The Dutchman.
Some or any more.
Some more wine.
Some more money.
Some more buttons.
Not any more, no more.
I have no more bread.
He has no more forks.
Have you any more fish
I have no more.
We hav 3 no more.
Has he any more vinegar ?
He has no more.
I Tiene su hermano do
guantes 6 los de e'l ?
Tiene ambos.
I Tiene el mis librae 6 V>s de los
espafioles ?
No tiene ni los un.* »\ k*< otros.
El escoces.
El irlandes.
El holandes.
Mas.
Mas vino.
Mas dinero.
Mas botones.
No— mas.
No tengo mas pan.
El no tiene mas tenedores.
I Tiene Vd. mas pescado ?
No tengo mas.
No tenemos mas.
I Tiene el mas vinagre *
No tiene mas.
PRACTICAL EXEilClSES.
81
Not much moke.
Not many moke.
Have you much more tea ?
I have not much more.
Have you many more hats ?
I have not many more.
One book more.
One good book more.
No MUCHO MAS.
No MUCHOS MAS.
I Tiene Vd. mucho mas te* ?
No tengo mucho mas.
I Tiene Vd. muchos mas sombreros
No tengo muchos mas.
Un libro mas.
Un buen libro mas.
If two of those adjectives which lose the final o, when used
before a masculine singular, are connected together, both
lose the o. Ex. : un buen libro, a good book.
Have you a few dollars more ?
I have a few more.
We have a few more.
They have a few more.
I Tiene Vd. algunos duros mas ?
Tengo algunos mas.
Tenemos algunos mas.
Ellos tienen algunos mas.
Exercise No. 37.
Which volume of his book have you ? I have the first.
How many volumes has this book ? It has two. Have you
my book or my brother's ? I have both. Has the stranger
my comb or my knife? He has both. Have you my bread
or my cheese ? I have neither the one nor the othur. Has
the Dutchman my glass or that of my friend? He has
neither the one nor the other. Has the Irishman our
horses or our trunks ? He has both. Has the Scotchman
our shoes or our vests ? He has neither the one nor the
other. What has he ? He has his good iron muskets.
Have the Dutch our ships or those of the Mexicans? They
have neither the one nor the other. Which ships have
they? They have their own. Have we any more hay?
We have some more. Has our merchant any more velvet ?
He has some more. Has he any more satin ? Have
you any more coffee? We have no more coffee, but we
have some more tea. Has the Irishman any more forks ?
lie has no more forks, but he has some more copper.
Has the painter any more pictures ? He has no more pic-
tures, but he has some more pencils. Have the sailors any
more biscuits? They have not any more. Have your sons
any more books? They have not any more. Has the
young man any more friends ? He has no more
S2 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 38.
Has our cook much more fish ? He has not much more.
Has he many more chickens? He has not many more. Has
the countryman more asses? He has not many more
asses, but he has much more coal. Have the French
many more horses? They have not many more. Have
you much more oil ? I have much more. Have you one
book more ? I have one more. Have we many more
looking-glasses ? We have many more. Have our neigh-
bors one more garden ? They have one more. Has our
friend one umbrella more? He has no more. Have the
Scotch a few more books ? They have a few more. Has
the tailor a few more buttons ? He has not any more. Has
our carpenter a few more nails? He has no more nails,
but he has a few more sticks. Have the Spaniards a few
more cents ? They have a few more. Has the German a
few more oxen? He has a few more. Have you a few
more francs ? I have no more francs, but I have a few dol-
lars. What more have you ? We have a few more ships.
and a few more good sailors. Have I little more money \
You have a little more. Have you any more courage ? 1
have not much more, but my brother has a great deal
more.
Exercise No. 39.
I Tiene el bastante azucar ? No tiene bastante. £ Tene-
mos bastantes francos ? No tenemos bastantes. <: Tiene el
herrero bastante hierro ? Tiene bastante. £ Tiene bastan-
tes martillos ? Tiene bastantes. ,; Que martillos tiene el ?
Tiene martillos de hierro y de cobre. i Tienen Vds. bas-
tante arroz? No tenemos bastante arroz, pero tenemos
bastante azucar. £ Tiene Vd. muchos mas guantes? No
tengo muchos mas. £ Tienen los americanos otros buques?
Tienen otros. ^ Tiene Yd. otro saco? No tengo otro.
I A cuantos estamos del mes ? Estamos a seis. i Cuantos
amigos tiene Vd. ? No tengo sino un buen amigo. <;Ha
risto Vd. mi perro ? No lo he visto. i Cuantos panuelos
ha recibido Vd. ? H<* recibido solamente dos. £ Tiene ei
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
83
criado demasiado pan? No tiene bastante. <?Ha recibido
Vd. demasiado dinero ? No he recibido demasiado. ^ Tiene
Vd. demasiados ejercicios? No tengo demasiados, pero
tengo bastantes. ,:Ha visto Vd. demasiados libros? No
he visto demasiados, pero he visto bastantes. £ Tiene Vd.
nmcho fuego ? No tengo sino un poco, pero tengo bas-
tante carbon. ,?Ha visto Vd. el algodon de los america-
nos ? No lo he visto. £ Han visto Vds. sus jardines ? No
hemos visto sus jardines, sino los de nuestros vecinos.
I Tiene Vd. mas bueyes ? No tengo mas.
NINETEENTH LESSON.
Several men.
Several children.
Several pins.
The father.
The child.
The inkstand.
The pie.
The pastry-cook.
As MUCH.
As MANY.
As MUCH AS.
As MANY AS.
As much bread as wine.
As many men as children.
Have you as much gold as copper ?
I have as much of this as of that.
I have as much of the former as of
the latter.
I have as much of the one as of
the other.
Have you as many forks as knives ?
I have as many of these as of
those.
I have as many of the former as of
the latter.
I have as many of the one as of the
other.
Vaeios.
Varios hombres.
Varios niiios.
Varios alfileres.
El padre.
El nino.
El tintero.
El pastel.
El pastelero.
Tanto.
Tantos.
Tanto. )
Tantos. [como-
Tanto pan como vino.
Tantos hombres como nifios.
I Tiene Vd. tanto oro como cobre ?
Tengo tanto de este como de aquel.
Tengo tanto de este como de aqueL
Tengo tanto de lo uno como de lo
otro.
I Tiene Vd. tantos tenedores como
cuchillos ?
Tengo tantos de estos como de
aquellos.
Tengo tantos de estos como de
aquellos.
Tengo tantos de los unos como de
los otros,
84
THE SPANISH TEACH EM.
Quite or just as much, as many.
I have quite as much of this as of
that.
Quite as much of the former as of
the latter.
Quite as much of the one as of the
other.
Quite as many of these as of those.
Otro tanto, otros tantos.
Tengo otro tanto de este como de
aquel.
Otro tanto de este como de aquel.
Otro tanto del uno como del otro.
Otros tantos de estos como de
aquellos.
An enemy, enemies.
My dear friend.
Un enemigo, los enemigos.
Mi querido amigo.
Dear. | Querido, caeo.
Querido is generally applied only to persons, caro to both things and
persons.
The finger.
Your welfare.
My opinion.
More.
More bread.
More men.
Than.
More bread than wine.
More knives than forks.
More of this than of that.
More of the one than of the other.
More of these than of those.
More of the one than of the other.
I have more of your sugar than of
mine.
He has more of your books than of
his own.
Less, fewer.
Less wine than bread.
Less knives than forks.
Less than I.
Less than he.
Less than we.
Less than you.
Less than they.
El dedo.
Su bienestar de Vd.
Mi opinion, mi parecer.
Mas.
Mas pan.
Mas hombres.
Que.
Mas pan que vino.
Mas cuchillos que tenedores.
Mas de este que de aquel.
Mas del uno que del otro.
Mas de estos que de aquellos.
Mas de los unos que de los otros.
Tengo mas de su azucar de Vd. que
del mio.
El tiene mas de los libros de Vd.
que de los de el.
Menos.
Me'nos vino que pan.
Me'nos cuchillos que tenedores,
Me'nos que yo.
Menos que el.
Me'nos que nosotros.
Me'nos que Vd. or Vds.
Me'nos que ellos.
They.
As they.
Than they.
As much as you.
As much as he,
As much as they.
Ellos.
Como ellos.
Que ellos.
Tanto como Vd. or Vds.
Tanto como el.
Tanto como ellos.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 85
The comparison of equality is formed by tanto como, tantos
como for the plural, and by (an como. Tanto is used with
Nouns and Verbs.
He sells as much wheat as John. I El vende tanto trigo como Juan.
He sells as much as John. | El vende tanto como Juan.
Tan is used before Adjectives and Adverbs.
She is as white as snow. I Ella es tan blanca como la nieve.
She dresses as well as her aunt. | Ella viste tan bien como su tia.
But tanto, when modifying a Noun, changes its termina-
tion according to the gender and number of the Noun.
ias much flour
as many apples V j^Q
as many eggs
( tanta harina ) como
El vende \ iavtas manzanas >■ T
( tantos huevos ) duan*
Exercise No. 40.
Have you a horse? I have several. Has he several
vests? He has only one. Who has several looking-
glasses? My brother has several. What looking-glasses
has he ? He has beautiful looking-glasses. Who has good
pies ? Several pastry-cooks have some. Has your brother
a child? He has several. Have you as much coffee as
tea ? I have as much of the one as of the other. Has this
man a son? He has several. How many sons has he?
He has four. How many children have our friends?
They have many ; they have ten. Have we as much bread
as wine ? You have as much of the one as of the other.
Has this man as many friends as enemies ? He has as
many of the one as of the other. Have we as many forks
as knives? We have as many of the one as of the ether.
Has your father as much gold as copper? He has more of
the latter than of the former. Has the captain as many
sailors as ships ? He has more of the latter than of the
former.. He has more of the one than of the other.
Exercise No. 41.
Have you as many muskets as I ? I have as many. Has
the stranger as much courage as we? He has quite as
86 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
much. Have we as much chocolate as coffee ? "We have
as much of the one as of the other. Have our neighbors
as much cheese as fish? They have more of the latter than
of the former. Have your sons as many pies as books?
They have more of the latter than of the former ; more of
the one than of the other. How many feet has the man ?
He has two. How many fingers has he ? He has several.
How many sofas have you ? I have but one, but my father
has more than I ; he has five. Have my children as much
courage as yours ? Yours have more than mine. Have I
as much money as you ? You have less than I. Have you
as many books as I? I have less than you. Have I as
many enemies as your father ? You have fewer than he.
Have the Prussians (P?*usianos) as many children as we ?
We have fewer than they. Have the French as many ships
as we ? They have fewer than we. Aa\e we as many pins
as they ? We have fewer than they. Have we fewer pins
than the children of our friends? W~e have fewer than
they. •
Exercise No. 4 K
I Tiene el carpintero tantos bastonf s como clavos ? Tiene
tantos de estos como de aquellos. £ 1 vsne Vd. mas bizcochofc
que vasos ? Tengo mas de estos qui de aquellos. £ Tiene
nuestro amigo mas azucar que diner "> ? No tiene tanto de
este como de aquel. ,? Tiene mas g ^^tes que paraguas ?
No tiene tantos de estos como de aqroWos. i Quien tiene
mas jabon que yo ? Mi hijo tiene mas I Quien tiene map
pinceles que el ? El pintor tiene mai 4 Tiene el tantos
caballos como yo ? No tiene tantos f*ab.*\llos como Yd.
pero tiene mas cuadros. £ Tiene el o. vuercicnte inenof
bueyes que nosotros ? Tiene menos buevT que nosotros, j
nosotros tenemos menos grano que el. £'X*ene Vd. otro bi-
llete ? Tengo otro. i Tiene su hijo de Vd. un tintero mas r
Tiene varios mas. £ Tienen los holandeses tantos jardines
como nosotros ? Nosotros tenemos menos que ellos. Te-
nemos menos pan y menos cafe que ellos. No tenemos
mucho dinero, pero tenemos bastante pan, carnero, queso
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 87
y vino. I Tiene Yd. tan to valor como el hijo de nuestro
vecino ? Tengo otro tanto. j Tiene el joven tantos billetes
como nosotros ? Tiene otros tantos.
TWENTIETH LESSON.
THE INFINITIVE.
There are in Spanish three Conjugations, which are dis-
tinguished by the termination of the Present of the Infini-
tive, viz. :
1. The first has its Infinitive terminated in or, as :
Hablar, to speak ;
Comprar, to buy ;
Cortar, to cut.
2. The second, in er, as :
Temer, to fear ;
Comer, to eat ;
Beber, to drink.
3. The third, in ir, as :
Sufrir, to suffer ;
Unir, to unite ;
Escribir, to write.
Every Verb which is marked with an asterisk (*) is irregular.
Fear.
Shame.
Eight.
Time.
Need, necessity.
Courage.
A mind, a wish.
Miedo, temor.
Vergiienza.
Razon.
Tiempo.
Necesidad.
Valor.
Deseo.
All the above words require the preposition de (of) aftar
them, when followed by an Infinitive.
To work. Trabajar.
To speak. Hablar.
Have you a mind to work ? t Tiene Vd. deseo de trabajar ?
I have a mind to work.
He has not the courage to speak,
Are 3 ou afraid to speak ?
I am ashained to speak.
Tengo deseo de trabajar.
El no tiene valor de hablar.
i Tiene Vd. miedo de hablar ?
1 Tengo vergiienza de hablar.
88
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To CUT.
To cut it.
To cut them.
To cut some.
Have you time to cut the bread ?
I bave time to cut it.
Has he a mind to cut trees ?
He has a mind to cut some.
To BUT.
To buy some more.
To buy one.
To buy two.
To buy one more.
To buy two more.
To BEEAK.
I break.
You break.
He breaks.
We break.
You (plural) break.
They break.
Thou breakest.
To PICK UP.
To MEND, TO BEPAIR.
to look for, to seek.
Still, yet.
Have you a mind to buy one more
horse ?
I have a mind to buy one more.
Have you a mind to buy some
books ?
I have a mind to buy some, but I
have no money.
Are you afraid to break the glasses ?
I am afraid to break them.
COBTAB.
Cortarlo.
Cortarlos.
Cortar.
£ Tiene Vd. tiempo de cortar el
pan?
Tengo tiempo de cortarlo.
I Tiene el deseo de cortar arboles ?
Tiene deseo de cortar.
Compbab.
Comprar mas.
Comprar uno.
Comprar dos.
Comprar uno mas.
Comprar dos mas.
BoMPER, QUEBRAB*(1).
Yo quiebro.
Vd. quiebra.
El quiebra.
Nosotros quebramos.
Vds. quiebran.
Ellos quiebran.
Tu quiebras.
Becojeb. *
componeb, beparab.
BUSCAB.*
A UN, TODAV1A.
I Tiene Vd. deseo de comprar an
caballo mas ?
Tengo deseo de comprar uno mas.
I Tiene Vd. deseo de comprar li-
bros ?
Tengo deseo de comprar. pero no
tengo dinero.
I Tiene Vd. miedo de quebrar loa
vasos ?
Tengo miedo de quebrarlos.
(1). The import of these Verbs is to destroy any object by separation
01 fracture, liomper, however, is not so limited in sense as quebrar,
It is used with regard to anything physical or abstract, which is sus-
ceptible of being broken Quebrar is only used in reference to a tan
gible substance of a vitreous or inflexible nature : we therefore say,
*' El rompio el contrato," he broke the contract. " El quehro el vaso,"
he -broke the tumbler. "Ellos despedazar on los Ubros, y quebrar on los
iarros," they tore the books to pieces, and broke the jugs.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 89
,: Tiene el necesidad de trabajar ?
El tiene necesidad, pero no deseo
de trabajar.
^Tengo yo razon de comprar un
eaballo ?
¥ou are riglit in buying one. j Vd. tiene razon de comprar uno.
Has he need to work ?
He has need, but no mind to
work.
Am I right in buying a horse?
Exercise No. 43.
Have you still a mind to buy my friend's horse ? I have
still a mind to buy it, but I have no more money. Have
you time to work? I have time, but no mind to work.
Has your brother time to cut some sticks ? He has time
to cut some. Has he a mind to cut some bread ? He has
a mind to cut some, but he has no knife. Have you time
to cut some cheese ? I have time to cut some. Has he a
desire to cut the tree ? He has a desire to cut it, but he
has no time. Has the tailor time to cut the cloth ? He
has time to cut it. Have I time to cut the trees ? You
have time to cut them. Has the painter a mind to buy a
horse ? He has a mind to buy two. Has your captain
time to speak ? He has time, but no desire to speak. Are
you afraid to speak ? I am not afraid, but I am ashamed
to speak. Am I right in buying a gun ? You are right in
buying one. Is your friend right in buying a great ox ?
Am I right in buying some oxen ? You are right in buy-
ing some.
Exercise No. 44.
Have you a desire to speak? I have a desire, but I
Lave not the courage to speak. Have you the courage to
cut your arm ? I have not the courage to cut it. Am I
right in speaking ? You are right in speaking, but you are
not right in cutting my trees. Has the son of your friend
a desire to buy one more bird ? He has a desire to buy
one more. Have you a desire to buy a few more horses?
"We have a desire to buy a few more, but we have no more
money What has our tailor a mind to mend ? He has a
mind to mend our old vests. Has the shoemaker time to
90 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
mend our shoes? He has time, but he has no mind to
mend them. Who has a mind to mend our hats ? The
hatter has a mind to mend them. Are you afraid to look
for my horse ? I am not afraid, but I have no time to look
for it. What have you a mind to buy ? We have a mind
to buy something. Are their children afraid to pick up
some nails ? They are not afraid to pick up some. Have
you a mind to break my pins ? I have a mind to pick
them up, but not to break them. Am I right in picking
up your gloves ? You are right in picking them up, but
you are not right in cutting them.
Exercise No. 45.
I Tiene Yd. valor de {or para) quebrar estos vasos? Tengo
valor, pero no tengo deseo de quebrarlos. <? Quien tiene
deseo de quebrar nuestro espejo? Nuestro enemigo tiene
deseo de quebrarlo. £ Tienen los forasteros deseo de rom-
per nuestros f usiles ? Tienen deseo, pero no tienen valor
{or para) romperlos. ,? Tiene Vd. deseo de romper el buque
del capitan ? Tengo deseo, pero tengo miedo de romperlo.
I Quien tiene deseo de comprar mi hermoso perro ? Nadie
tiene deseo de comprarlo. £ Tiene Vd. deseo de comprar
mis hermosos baules, 6 los del frances ? Tengo deseo de
comprar los de Vd., y no los del frances. £ Cuales libros
tiene el ingles deseo de comprar ? Tiene deseo de comprar
el que Vd. tiene, el que su hijo tiene, y el que el mio tiene.
Cuales guantes tiene Vd. deseo de buscar? Tengo deseo
de buscar los de Vd., los mios, y los de nuestros ninos.
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON.
To MAKE, TO DO.
To BE WILLING, TO WISH,
Are you willing?
Will you ?
Do you wish?
T will, I am willing: I wish.
Will he, is he willing, does he wish ?
He will, he is willing, he wishes.
Hacee. *
Quekeb. *
L Quiere Vd.?
Yo quiero.
I Quiere £1?
El quiere.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
91
We will, we are willing, we wish.
You will, you are willing, you wish.
They will, they are willing, they
wish.
Thou wilt thou art willing, thou
wishest.
Do you wish to make my fire ?
I am willing to make it.
I do not wish to make it.
Does he wish to buy your horse ?
He wishes to buy it.
He does not wish to buy it.
To BURN.
TO WARM.
TO TEAK.
The broth.
My room.
The bed.
Togo.
With, or at the house of.
To, or at the house or.
To be.
To be at the man's house.
To go to the man's house.
To be at his (one's) friend's house.
To go to my father's house.
At home.
To be at heme.
To go home.
To be with me, or at my house.
To go to me, to my house.
To be with him, her, at his,
house.
To go tc him, her, to his,
house.
To be with us, at our house.
To go to us, to our house.
To be with you, at your house.
To go to you, to your house.
To be with them, at their house.
Nosotros queremos.
Vds. quieren.
Ellos quieren.
Tu quieres.
£ Quiere Vd. hacer fuego?
Quiero hacerlo.
No quiero hacerlo.
j Quiere e'l comprar su caballo
Vd.?
Quiere comprarlo.
No quiere comprarlo.
her
her
QuEMAR, ABBASAB.
Calentab. *
Despedazab, Basgab.
El caldo.
Mi cuarto.
La cama.
Ib.*
En casa DJB.
A casa de.
See,* estab.*
Estar en casa del hombre.
Ir a casa del hombre.
Estar en casa de su amigo.
Ir a casa de mi padre.
En casa.
Estar en casa.
Ib a casa.
Estar en mi casa.
Ir a mi casa.
Estar en casa de el or ella.
Ir a su casa.
Estar en nuestra casa.
Ir a nuestra casa.
Estar en casa de Vd.
Ir a su casa, 6 a casa de Vd.
Estar en su casa.
92
THE SFANISH TEACHEIi.
To go to them, to their house.
To be with sonic one, at some one's
house.
To go to some one, or to some one's
house.
To be with no one, at no one's
house.
To go to no one, to no one's house.
Ir a su casa.
Estar en casa de alguien.
Ir a casa de alguien.
No estar en casa de nadie.
No ir a casa de nadie.
At whose, with whom ?
To whose house, to whom ?
To whom or to whose house do
you wish to go ?
E wish to go to no one, to no one's
house.
At whose house (with whom) is
your brother?
He is at ours, with us.
4 En que casa ?
£a que casa ?
I A que casa quiere Vd. ir?
No quiero ir a casa de nadie.
En que casa esta su hermano de
Vd.?
Esta en nuestra casa.
The Verb estar, when used in the third person singular of the present
tense, must be accented to distinguish it from the demonstrative Pro-
noun feminine esta (this).
Is he at home ?
He is not at home.
Are you ?
Tired.
Are you tired ?
I am tired.
I am not tired.
Is he?
He is.
We are.
You are.
They are.
Thou art.
To DEINK.
Wheke ?
"What do you wish to do ?
Wha< does your brother wish to do ?
Is your father at home ?
What will the Mexicans buy 1
They will buy something.
They will buy nothing.
I Esta dl en casa ?
No esta en casa.
iEs Vd., esta Vd. ?
Gausado.
^Esta Vd. cansado?
Estoy cansado.
No estoy cansado.
;Estaelores el?
El esta or 61 es.
Estamos or somos.
Vds. estau or Vds. son.
Ellos estan or ellos son.
Tu estas or tii eres.
Bebek.
4D0NDE, Ad6nde?
£ Qud quiere Vd. hacer?
I Que* quiere hacer su hermano de
Vd.?
I Esta en casa su padre de Vd. ?
iQue' quieren comprar los niejica*
110s?
Quieren comprar algo.
No quieren comprar nada.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
93
Do they wish to buy an ass?
They wish to buy one.
Do you wish to drink any thing ?
I do not wish to drink any thing.
I Quieren ellos comprar un asno ?
Quieren comprar uno.
,; Quiere Vd. beber algo ?
JNo quiero beber nada.
use of the vekb ser and estar, TO BE.
Ser is used when the attribute? or quality is considered
inherent or permanent in the subject ; as,
P
edro es
(hombre.
honrado.
valiente.
un borrachon
Peter is
a man.
honest,
valiant,
a drunkard.
Ser is also used when the quality affirmed in the subject
is one denoting the dignity or profession of a person, in the
most abstract sense, for it comprehends even profession of
principles and human feelings, as friendship, love, etc
Thus we say :
Pedro es
(coroneL
sastre.
democrata.
mi amigo.
f a colonel.
Peter is I a tailor"
ceteris i a democraL
[ my friend.
Edar is used when the attribute or quality is considered
transient ; as,
ienfermo.
triste.
borracho.
{sick,
sad.
drunk.
Estar is also used when it denotes locality, that is, the
place in which the subject is located ; as,
isu
l<:
el
su casa.
adro esta en ^ Londres.
otro mundo.
)his nouse.
London,
the other world.
1. The English Auxiliary Verb to do, as well as will, shall, may, aiu
never translated in Spanish except when they are used as principal
Verbs,
94 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 46.
Do you wish to work ? I am willing to work, but I am
tired. Do you wish to break my glasses ? I do not wish
to break them. Are you willing to look for my stick ? I
am willing to look for it. "What do you wish to pick up ?
I wish to pick up that dollar and that franc. Do you wish
to pick up this cent or that? I wish to pick up both.
Does your neighbor wish to buy these combs or those?
He wishes to buy both these and those. Does that man
wish to cut your foot ? He does not wish to cut mine, but
his own. Does the painter wish to burn some oil ? He
wishes to burn some. What does the shoemaker wish to
mend? He wishes to mend our old shoes. Does the
tailor wish to mend anything ? He wishes to mend some
vests. Is our enemy willing to burn his ships? He is not
willing to burn his own, but ours. Do you wish to do any-
thing? I do not wish to do anything. What do you wish
to .do ? We wish to warm our tea and our father's coffee.
Do you wish to warm my brother's broth ? I am willing to
warm it. Is your servant willing to make my lire ? H*? is
willing to make it, but he has no time.
Exercise No. 47.
UPON THE VERBS S6T AND estar.
Is Peter an honest man? He is (Lo es). Is he va-
liant? He is not. Is he a colonel? He is not, he is
a captain. Is he a shoemaker? No, Sir, he is a tailor.
Is Peter your friend? No, he is not my friend, he is
my enemy. Is Peter a drunkard ? He is not a drunk-
ard, although (aunque) he is drunk now (ahora). Is he
sad ? He is not sad, he is very glad (alegre). Is Peter in
London ? He is not in London, he is in the other world.
Is Peter your brother r He is not my brother, he is my
friend. Is Peter sick ? He is not sick, although he is
rather indisposed. Is Peter a sailor ? He is not a sailor
he is a soldier. Is Peter at Havana ? He is not at Havana
now, he is here (aqui). Is Peter a Spaniard? He is not a
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 95
Spaniard, he is a Mexican. Is Peter a white {bianco) man ?
He is a negro {negro). He is a mulatto (midato). Is Peter
a peasant ? He is not a peasant, he is a blacksmith. Is
Peter your countryman ? He is not my countryman, but
my friend's countryman. Of what is this candlestick made
(hecho) ? It is made of copper. Of what is this hand-
kerchief made? It is made of silk (seda). It is made of
cotton. "Where (en donde) is your handkerchief ? It is in
my room (cuarto). -
Exercise No. 48.
Am I right in warming your broth ? You are right in
warming it,- Is my servant right in warming your bed?
He is right in warming it. Is he afraid of tearing your
vest ? He is not afraid of tearing it, but of burning it. Do
your children wish to go to our friend's ? They do not
wish to go to your friend's, but to ours. Are your children
at home ? They are not at home, but at their neighbor's.
Is the captain at home ? He is not at home, but at his
brother's. Is the foreigner at our brother's ? He is not at
our brother's, but at our father's. At whose house is the
Englishman ? He is at yours. Is the American at our
house ? He is not at our house, but at his friend's. With
whom is the Italian ? He is with nobody ; he is at home.
Do you wish to go home ? I do not wish to go home ; I
wish to go to the son of my neighbor. Is your son at
home ? No, Sir, he is not at home. With whom is he ?
He is with the good friends of my old neighbor. Will you
go to any one's house ? I will go to no one's house.
Exercise No. 49.
Where is your son ? He is at home. What will he do
at home ? He wishes to drink some good wine. Is your
brother at home ? He is not at home ; he is at the for-
eigner's. What do you wish to drink ? I wish to drink
some coffee. What will the German do at home ? He will
96
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
work, and drink some good wire. Wbat have you at
home ? I have nothing at home. Has the merchant a de-
sire to buy as much sugar as tea ? He wishes to buy as
much of the one as of the other. Are you tired? I am
not tired. Who is tired? My brother is tired. Has the
Mexican a mind to buy as many horses as asses ? He
wishes to buy more of the latter than of the former. Do
you wish to drink anything ? I do not wish to drink any-
thing. How many chickens does the cook wish to buy?
He wishes to buy four. Do the French wish to buy any-
thing ? They do not wish to buy anything. Does the
Spaniard wish to buy anything ? He wishes to buy some-
thing, but he has no money. Do you wish to go to our
brothers' ? I do not wish to go to their house, but to their
children's. Is the Scotchman at anybody's house ? He is
ut nobody's. Where is he ? He is at his own house.
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON
Where? Whither? Where to?
Theee or thither, at it, to it, in it.
1 o go thither.
To be there.
It there or thither.
Them there or thither.
To take, to carry.
To send.
To lead, to conduct.
To take it there or thither.
I Donde ? ,t En donde ? ,: Adonde ?
AHI, ALli, ALLA (Y\
Ir alia.
Estar alii.
Lo... allf.
Los . . . alii.
Llevar.
Enviar, mandar.
Conducir.*
Llevarlo alia.
(1) Ahi, Alii, Alia. — The equivalents in English are, there, thither, that
place; but they can by no means be indiscriminately used. A hi always
denotes a place near at hand, as it generally supposes it close to the
person addressed to, as : "Examine, O mortal ! thy heart, thou wilt there
see the motives of thy actions :" / examina, oh mortal ! tu corazon, ahi
verds los motivos de tus acetones. As for Alii, Alia (there or thither), as
well as Aqui, Acd (here, hither', the following rule will be observed :
Alll and Aqui will be used when the idea of rest or permanence is
implied, and Alia and Acd when that of motion, Ex. : Venga Vd. acd,
not aqid (come here) ; Vaya Vd. alia, not aUi (go there) ; but we must
say, aqui vivo, here I live; Aqui le vi, here I saw him ; Aqui tengo la
carta, I have here the letter, &c. For the same reason, we make use oi
AM, and not Alii, to indicate a remote epoch or country— Alia, en el
siglo dicimo (in the tenth century) ; AM en Turquia (in Turkey), &c.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
97
Iim ('object of the Verb.)
Chem (object of the Verb).
It to him or to them.
To send it to him or to them.
To take him there or thither.
Them to him, or to them.
To carry them .
Will you send it to my father ?
I will send it to him.
Lo.
Los.
Selo.
Enviarselo.
Conducirle.
Se los.
Llevarlos.
I Quiere Vd. enviarlo a mi padre ?
Quiero enviarselo.
Will has been and is here used not as an auxiliary, but as a principal
Verb.
To come.
When?
To-morrow.
To-day.
Venir.*
,; Cuando ?
Mafiana.
Hoy.
HERE Or TO SOME PLACE.
ov TO ANY PLA.CE.
Or TO NO PLACE.
Do you wish to go anywhere ?
I wish to go somewhere.
I do not wish to go anywhere.
En or A alguna parte.
En or A cualquier parte.
En or A ninguna parte.
I Quiere Vd. ir a cualquiera parte?
Quiero ir a alguna parte.
No quiero ir a ninguna parte.
To write.
At what o'clock ?
At one o'clock.
At two o'clock.
Half.
The quarter.
At half-past one.
At a quarter past one.
At a quarter past two.
Escribir (2).
I A que" hora ?
A la una.
A las dos.
Medio (Jem. media).
El cuarto.
A la una y media.
A la una y cuarto.
A las dos y cuarto.
Again : Por acd and por alia are employed to designate the locality, not
circumscribed to a certain place, but comprehending the several of which
a city, province or kingdom is composed, ex. : por acd no es buena la
cosecha este ano, The crop is not good here this year. Escribe que por
olid hay rum-ores de guerra, He writes that there are rumors of war there.
The same rule is applicable to the adverbs En donde and Adonde — the
first implies rest, and the second motion. In short, when motion is
implied, acd, alia, adonde or a must be used, and aqui, alii, en donde or en
when it implies rest.
(2). This verb is irregular only in its past participle, which is escriio,
and not escri'oido.
98 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
At a quarter to one.
At twelve o'clock or at noon.
At twelve o'clock at night or mid-
night.
Less.
A la una menos cuarto.
A las doce, 6 a medio dia.
A las doce de la noche, 6 a media
nszt-he.
Me'nos.
Exercise No. 50.
"Will you Fend one more trunk to our friends? I will
send several more there. How many more hats does the
hatter wish to send ? He wishes to send six more. Has
your son the courage to go to the captain's ? He has
the courage to go there, but he has no time. Do you wish
to buy as many dogs as horses ? I will buy more of the
latter than of the former. At what o'clock do you wish
to send your servant to the Dutchman's ? I will send him
thither at a quarter to six. At what o'clock is your father
at home ? He is at home at twelve o'clock. At what
o'clock does your friend wish to write his notes ? He will
write them at midnight. Are you afraid to go to the cap-
tain's ? I am not afraid, but ashamed to go there.
Exercise No. 51.
Do you wish to go home ? I wish to go thither. Does
your son wish to go to my house ? He wishes to go there.
Is your brother at home ? He is there. Whither do you
wish to go ? I wish to go home. Do your children wish
to go to my house ? They do not wish to go there. To
whom will you take that note ? I will take it to my neigh-
bor. "Will your servant take my note to your father's ?
He will take it there. Will your brother carry my guns to
the Russians ? He will carry them thither. To whom do
our enemies wish to carry our guns ? They wish to carry
them to the Turks. Whither will the shoemaker carry my
shoes ? He will carry them to your house. Will he carry
them home ? He will not carry them. Will you come to
my house ? I will go. Whither do you wish to go ? I
wish to go to the good English. Will the good Italians go
to our house ? They will not go thither. Whither do they
wish to go ? They will go nowhere
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
99
Exercise No. 52.
I Quiere Vd. llevar a su hijo de Vd. a mi casa ? No
quiero llevarle a su casa de Vd. sino a la del capitau.
I Cuando quiere Vd. llevarle a casa del capitau ? Quiero
llevarle (alia) manana. £ Quiere Vd. llevar a mi nifio a casa
del medico ? Quiero llevarle (alia), ,? Cuando quiere Vd,
llevarle ? Quiero llevarle hoy. <? A que hora quiere Vd.
llevarle ? A las dos y media. £ Cuando quiere Vd. enviar
su criado a casa del medico ? Quiero enviarle (alia) hoy.
I A que- hora ? A las diez y cuarto. I Quiere Vd. ir a
alguna parte ? Quiero ir a alguna parte. I Adonde
quiere Vd. ir ? Quiero ir a casa del escoces. <f Quiere el
irlandes venir a su casa de Vd. ? Quiere venir a mi casa.
,5 Quiere su hijo de Vd. ir a casa de alguien ? Quiere ir a
casa de alguien. £ A que casa quiere ir ? Quiere ir a
casa de su aniigo. <? Quieren los espafioles ir a alguna
parte ? No quieren ir a ninguna parte. £ Quiere nuestro
amigo ir a casa de alguien ? No quiere ir a casa de
nadie.
TWENTY-THIRD LESSON.
To, IN OKDEB TO.
To SEE.
Have you any money to buy bread ?
I have money to buy some.
Will you go to your brother's in
order to see him ?
I have no time to go there to see
him.
Has your brother a knife to cut his
bread ?
He has none to cut it.
The salt.
To salt.
To SWEEP.
To KILL.
To BE ABLE (CAN).
Can you ? or are you able ?
I can. I am able.
Paba.
Veb.
^Tiene Vd. dinero para comprar
pan ?
Tengo dinero para comprar.
,: Quiere Vd. ir a casa de su her-
mano de Vd. para verle ?
No tengo tiempo de ir alia para
verle.
(iTiene su hermano de Vd. im
cuchillo para cortar su pan ?
El no tiene para cortarlo.
La sal.
Salar.
Baeree.
Matab.
PODER. *
I Puede Vd. ?
Yo puedo.
100
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I cannot, I am not able.
Yo no puedo.
Can he V is he able ?
-j Puede el?
He can, he is able.
El puede.
He cannot, he is unable.
El no puede.
We can, we are able.
Nosotros podemos.
You can, you are able.
Vds. pueden.
They can, they are able.
Ellos pueden.
Me.
Me.
Him.
Le.
To see me.
Verme.
To see him.
Verle.
To kill him.
Matarle.
To.
A.
To THE Of AT THE.
Ax, plur. A
To HTM, TO HEB.
Le.
To YOU.
Le— A Vd.
TO ME.
Me.
To the friend.
Al amigo.
To the man.
Al hombre.
To the captain.
Al capitan.
To the book.
Al libro.
To the frienda
A los amigos.
To the men. .
A los hombres.
To the captains.
A los capitanes.
To the books.
A los libros.
To speak to me.
Hablarme.
To speak to him, to her.
Hablarle.
To write to him or to her.
Escribirle.
To write to me.
Escribirme.
To speak to the friend.
Hablar al amigo.
To write to the man.
Escribir al hombre.
LOft.
Can you write to me ?
I can write to you.
Can the captain speak to you ?
He can speak to me.
Will you write to your brother?
f will write to him.
The basket
The carpet.
The floor.
The cat.
W ill you sond the book to the man ?
I Puede Vd. escribirme ?
Puedo escribir a Vd.
; Puede el capitan hablar 4 Vd. ?
El puede hablarme.
; Quiere Vd. escribir a su hermano
de Vd. ?
Quiero escribirle.
El canasto, el cesto.
La alfombra.
El piso, el suelo.
El gato.
<; Quiere Vd. enviar el libro al
hombre ?
/
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
101
. I -will send it to him.
When will you send it to him?
I will send it to him to-morrow.
I wish to see my father.
Quiero enviarselo.
I Cuando quiere Vd. enviarselo ?
Quiero enviarselo manana.
Quiero ver a mi padre.
SINGULAB.
Me,
You,
Him,
To me.
To you.
To him.
Me— a mf.
Le-a Vd.
Le— & el.
PLURAL.
Us,
You,
Them,
To you.
To us.
To them.
Nos — a nosotros.
Les— a Vds., Vds.
Les — a ellos, ellos.
Does he wish to speak to you ?
He does not wish to speak to me,
but to you.
Do you wish to write to him ?
I do not wish to write to him, but
to his brother.
i Quiere e'l hablar a Vd. ?
El no quiere hablarme a mi sino a
Vd.
I Quiere Vd. escribirle ?
No quiero escribirle a e'l, sino a su
hermano.
It to me.
Them to me.
fMelo.
t Me los.
It to him.
Them to him.
t Se lo.
f Se los.
It to us.
Them to us.
t Nos lo.
f Nos los.
It to you.
Them to you.
t Se lo.
t Se los.
It to them.
Them to them.
f Se lo.
t Se los.
When will
you send mo the
1 Cuando quiere
7d. enviarme
basket ?
canasto ?
I will send it to you to-day.
Quiero enviarselo a Vd. hoy.
To GIVE.
TO LEND.
Are you willing to give me some
bread ?
I am willing to give you some.
Will you lend some money to my
brother ?
I will lend him some.
el
Dae.*
Peestab.
£ Quiere Vd. darme un poco de
pan ?
Quiero darle a Vd.
Quiere Vd. prestar dinero & mi
hermano ?
Quiere prestarle.
102
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
g^SgS
rf 1*8 3 M
fl~ s
°£ H3 V3
re ,»
R^<
h4 S ® 2
i ^ o
i ° i
° .. I>
! « i
i S ^j
£*a°g
Sv3
CD ft R
J*
a a^
s
a
,o
V3
Bid h
°a*„.s
O CO
CN
.© «>
c o
daP4
a^ g
<2e .g
K
cu
^R 2
d cd
■* OS
CD £
>s
fl
P-WI
H ■+*" <3
5 o ~
C CD *•
Hi
<D 03 CD
ll
■ CD
oil
.©
I*
if
05 >t
4
Go
S
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 103
Exercise No. 53.
Has the carpenter money enoagii to buy a hammer ? He
has enough to buy one. Has the captain money enough to
buy a ship ? He has not enough to buy one. Has the
peasant a desire to buy some bread ? He has a desire to
buy some, but he has not money enough to buy some. Has
your son ink (linta) to write a note ? He has not any to
write one. Have you time to see my brother ? I have no
time to see him. Does your father wish to see me ? He
does not wish to see you. Has your servant a broom
(escoBa) to sweep the room ? He has one to sweep it. Is
he willing to sweep it ? He is willing to sweep it. Has the
sailor money to buy some tea ? H© has none to buy any.
Has your cook money to buy some fish ? He has money to
buy some. Has he money to buy some chickens ? He has
money to buy some. Have you salt enough to salt my fish ?
I have enough to salt it. Will your friend come to my
house in order to see me ? He will neither come to your
house, nor see you. Has your neighbor a desire to kill his
horse? He has no desire to kill it.
Exercise No. 54.
Can you cut me some bread ? I can cut you some.
Have you a knife to cut me some ? I have one. Can you
mend my gloves ? I can mend them, but I have no wish to
do it. Can the tailor make me a coat (canaca) ? He can
make you one. "Will you speak to the physician ? I will
speak to him. Does your son wish to see me in order to
speak to me ? He wishes to see you, in order to give you a
dollar (pesoj. Does he wish to kill me ? He does not wish
to kill you ; he only wishes to see you. Does the son of
our old friend wish to kill an ox ? He wishes to kill two.
Wrho has a mind to kill our cat ? Our neighbor's child has
a mind to kill it. How much money can you send me ? I
can send you twenty francs. Will you send me my carpet ?
I will send it to you. Will you send the shoemaker any-
thing ? I will send him my shoes. "Will you send him your
coats ? No ; I will send them to my tailor. Can the tailor
104: THE SPANISH TEACHER.
send me my coat ? He cannot send it to you. Aie your
children able to write to me ? They are able to write to
you. Will you lend me your basket ? I will lend it to you.
Exercise No. 55.
£ Quiere Vd. hablar a los ninos de los holandeses ? Quiero
hablarles. £ Que quiere Vd. darles ? Quiero darles buenos
pasteles. £ Quiere Vd. prestarles algo ? Quiero prestaiies
algo. i Puede Vd. prestarles algo ? No puedo prestarles ;
no tengo nada. £ Tiene el cocinero mas sal para salar el
pescado ? Tiene un poco mas. £ Tiene el mas arroz ? Tiene
muchisimo mas. l Quiere el darme ? Quiere darle a Vd.
I Quiere el dar a mis niilitos ? Quiere darles. i Quiere el
matar este 6 aquel polio ? No quiere matar ni este ni aquel.
I Cual buey quiere el matar ? Quiere matar el del bueii
paisano. £ Quiere el matar este 6 aquel buey ? Quiere ma-
tar ambos. ,? Quien quiere enviarnos bizcochos? El pana-
dero quiere enviarles a Vds. £ Tiene Vd. algo que hacer ?
No tengo nada que hacer.
TWENTY-EOUBTH LESSON.
TO WHOM ? I I A QUIEN ?
Whom ? i Quien ? i A quien ?
What? . iQuE?
Quien (plur. quienes) always refers to persons without
distinction of sex.
Que has no plural, and refers to persons and things (*).
Who? What?
Of or from whom ?
Of or from what?
To whom, whom ?
To what ?
I Quien? iQud?
i. V^UXCli i i '
I De quie'n ?
I De que' ?
I A quie'n?
,: A que ?
1. Who, when it is used to begin a sentence, or interrogatively, is
rendered by quiin ; when it is found in the middle of a sentence, or re-
latively, by que. Ex. : Who is in Havana ? j Quien estd en la Habana ?
My father who is in Havana, etc. Mi padre que estd en la Habana, etc.
He, she, they, who, rendered by il, la, los (or las), que. He who speaks,
Ml que habla. She who speaks, La que habla. They who speak, Los
(or las) que hablan.
gL
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
105
To answer.
To answer the man.
To answer the men.
Who is it?
Of whom do you wish to speak ?
What do you wish to say ?
To whom do you wish to answer ?
I wish to answer my brother.
To answer him.
To answer you.
To answer them.
To answer the note.
To answer it.
To answer the notes.
To it, to them.
Will you answer my notes ?
I will answer them.
My father wishes to speak to them.
The theatre, the play.
The ball.
To the theatre.
To the ball.
To the garden.
The magazine.
The warehouse.
The storehouse.
The market.
Do you wish to go to the theatre ?
I wish to go.
At, in.
At the theatre.
At the ball.
In the garden.
Is your brother at the theatre ?
He is in the garden.
He is there.
He is i.ot there.
Where is he ?
Is your father at the ball?
He is there.
Where is the merchant ?
He is in his counting-house.
Responder, contestar.
Responder al hombre.
Responder a los hombres.
I Quie'n es ?
I De quie'n quiere Vd. hablai ?
I Que quiere Vd. decir ?
I A quien quiere Vd. responder ?
Quiero responder a mi hermano
Responderle.
Responder a Vd.
Responderles.
Contestar al billete.
Contestarlo.
Contestar a los billetes.
Lo, los.
I Quiere Vd. contestar a mis bille.
tes?
Quiero contestarlos.
Mi padre quiere hablarles.
El teatro.
El baile.
Al teatro.
Al baile.
Al jardin.
>■ El almacen.
El mercado, la plaza.
I Quiere Vd. ir al teatro ?
Quiero ir.
En.
En el teatro
En el baile.
En el jardin.
,;Esta su hermano de Vd. en el
teatro ?
Esta en el jardin.
Esta alii.
No esta alii.
^En dondeesta dl?
I Esta su padre de Vd. en el baile »
Esta alii.
I En ddnde esta el comerciante ?
Esta en su escritorio.
106
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
The Preposition to is rendered by que when it precedes
an Infinitive depending on the Verb tener ; or, in other
words, whenever in English the words to have to are used,
I have nothing to do.
What has the man to drink ?
He has nothiDg to drink.
Have you anything to do ?
T have to answer a note.
I have to speak to youi brother.
Where is your brother ?
He is in the store.
Where does he wish to go ?
He wishes to go in the garden.
No tengo nada que hacer.
,; Que' tiene que beber el hombre \
No tiene nada que beber.
I Tiene Vd. algo que hacer ?
Tengo que contestar a un billete.
Tengo que hablar a su herinano de
Vd.
I En donde esta su hermano de Vd.?
Est a en el almacen.
j Adonde qui ere el ir?
Quiere ir al jardin.
The milk.
The butter.
The stockings.
The clothes.
The pocket-book, portfolio.
2. Butter is called maniequilla in every part of Spanish America, but
in Spain it is called manteca, which latter in America means lard.
La leche.
La mantequilla (2).
Las medias.
La ropa, los vestidos.
La cartera.
Exercise No. 56.
Will you write to me ? I will write to you. Will you
write to the Spaniard ? I will write to him. Will your
brother write to the English ? He will write to them, but
they do not wish to answer him. Will you answer your
friend ? I will answer him. But whom will you answer ?
I will answer my good father. Will you not answer your
good friends ? I will answer them. Who will write to you ?
The Mexican wishes to write to me. Will you answer him ?
I will not answer him. Who will write to our friends?
The children of our neighbors will write to them. Will
they answer them ? They will answer them. To whom do
you wish to write ? I wish to write to the Eussian. Will
he answer you ? He wishes to answer me, but he cannot.
Can the Spaniards answer us ? They cannot answer ns,
but we can answer them. To whom do you wish to send
this note ? I wish to send it to the smith.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 107
Exercise No. 57.
What have you to do ? I have to write. What have you
to write? I have to write a note. To whom? To the
carpenter. What has your father to drink? He has to
drink some good wine. Has your servant anything to
drink ? He has to drink some tea. What has the shoe-
maker to do ? He has to mend my shoes. What have you
to mend ? I have to mend my thread handkerchiefs. To
whom have you to speak ? I have to speak to the captain.
When will you speak to him? To-day. Where will you
speak to him ? At his house. To whom has your brother
to speak ? He has to speak to your son. What has the
Englishman to do ? He has to answer a note. Which
note has he to answer ? He has to answer that of the good
German. Have I to answer the note of the Frenchman?
You have to answer it. Which note have you to answer ?
I have to answer that of my good friend. Has your father
to answer a note ? He has to answer four. Who has to
answer notes ? Our children have to answer a few. Will
you answer the notes of the merchants? I will answer
them. Will your brother answer this note or that ? He
will answer neither this nor that. Will any one answer my
note ? No one will answer it.
Exercise No. 58.
I A cuales billetes quiere su padre de Vd. contestar?
Quiere contestar a los de sus buenos amigos solamente.
,i Quiere el contestar a mi billete ? Quiere contestarlo.
<: Tiene Vd. que contestar a alguien ? No tengo que con-
testar a nadie. £ Quien quiere contestar a mis billetes ?
Sus amigos de Vd. quieren contestarlos. «? Tiene Vd. deseo
de ir al baile ? Tengo deseo de ir. <? Cuando quiere Vd
ir ? Hoy. <? A que hora ? A las diez y media. <? Cuando
quiere Vd. llevar su hijo al teatro ? Quiero llevarle mafiana.
/% A que hora quiere Vd. llevarle ? A las seis menos cuarto.
I En donde esta su hijo de Vd. ? Esta en el teatro. <? Esta
su araigo de Vd. en el baile ? Alii esta. £ En donde esta
108
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
el comercianfce ? Esta en su escritorio. £ Adonde quiere Vd
conducirme ? Quiero conducir le a mi alrnacen. ^ Adonde
quiere ir su cocinero de Vd. ? Quiere ir a casa del comer-
ciante. £ Esta su hermano de Vd. en el mercado V No esta
alii, i En donde esta el ? Esta en su alrnacen.
TWENTY-FIETH LESSON.
To or at the corner.
Where is your cat ?
It is in the bag.
To or at the bottom.
To or at the bottom of the bag.
At the corner of the house.
A la esquina al or en el rincon (lj.
i D6nde esta su gato de Vd. ?
Esta en el saco.
Al or en el i'ondo.
En el fondo del saco.
A la esquina de la casa.
To or at the end.
To the end of the forest
To the end of the woods.
To send for.
To go for, to fetch.
Will you send for some wine ?
I will send for some.
Will your son go for some bread ?
He will go for some.
I will send for the physician.
I will send for him.
He will send for my brother.
He will send for them.
Will you send for some glasses ?
I will send for some.
What have you to do ?
I have to go to the market.
What have you to drink ?
We have to drink some good wine.
You have to mend your handker-
chiefs.
Al fin, al cabo.
Al fin del bosque.
Al fin de los bosqi
Mandar a buscar, enviar por.
Ir a buscar, ir por, traer.
,; Quiere Vd. mandar a buscar vino ?
Quiero mandar a buscar.
I Quiere su hijo de Vd. ir a buscar
pan ?
Quiere ir a buscar.
Quiero mandar a buscar al medico.
Quiero mandar a buscarle.
El quiere mandar a buscar a mi
hermano .
El quiere mandar a buscarles.
I Quiere Vd. mandar a buscar
vasos ?
Quiero mandar a buscar.
I Que* tiene Vd. que hacer ?
Tengo que ir al mercado.
I Que tienen Vds. que beber ?
Tenemos buen vino que beber.
Vd. tiene que reparar sus panuelos.
1. Corner is esquina when it is on tho cutside, and rincon when it is
within.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
109
They have.
What have the men to do ?
They have to go to the warehouse.
This evening, to night,
Jn the evening.
Ellos tienen.
I Que* tienen que hacer los hon>
bres ?
Tienen que ir al almacen.
Esta noche.
Por la, de la, en la noche.
When the hour is mentioned, then de la is used ; and por
la when it is not mentioned. Ex. : A las ocho de la maftana
6 de la noche, etc.
This morning.
In the morning.
Now, at present.
Esta maiiana.
Por la maiiana.
Ahora.
Thou.
Thou hast, thou art.
John, art thou here ?
Yes, Sir, I am.
Art thou fatigued ?
1 am not fatigued.
Are the men tired ?
Tu (2).
Tu has or tienes, tu eres or est&s.
Juan, i estas tu aqui ?
Si, Seiior, aqui estoy.
I Estas fatigado ?
No estoy fatigado.
I Estan cansados los hombres ?
The Past participle in Spanish, must agree in number and
gender with the noun or pronoun which precedes it, that is,
if the noun or pronoun is in the plural number and fem-
inine gender, the past participle must agree in both ; ex-
cept only when the verb haber is the auxiliary of the past
participle, as may be seen from the examples in the question
above and the answer below.
They are not tired.
Are the ladies tired ?
They are not tired.
My friends have tired themselves.
My sisters have loved.
My sisters are loved.
Ellos no estan cansados.
I Estan cansadas las sefioras ?
Ellas no estan cansadas.
Mis amigos se han cansado.
Mis hermanas han amado.
Mis hermanas son amadas.
Thou wilt (wishest).
Thou art able (canst).
Art thou willing to make my fire ?
Tu quieres.
Tu puedes.
I Quieres hacer mi fuego ?
2. In addition to what we have already said, speaking of the use of
the personal pronoun Vd., we must now observe that the second per-
son singular tu (thou) is used by masters speaking to servants, or by
parents to their children, and between brothers and sisters, lovers,
husbands and wives ; in general it implies familiarity founded or; affec-
tion and fondness, or hatred and contempt
110
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I am willing to make it, but I can-
not.
Art thou afraid ?
Art thou hungry ?
Quiero hacerlo. pero no puedo.
I Tienes miedo ?
I Tienes hambre ?
To SELL.
To TELL, TO SAT.
To tell some one.
The word.
Will you tell the servant to make
the fire ?
I will tell him to make it.
Vender
Decir.*
Decir a alguno.
La palabra.
iQuiere Vd. decir al criado qu«
haga el fuego ?
Quiero decirle que lo haga.
*Thy.
Thine.
Thy book, thy books.
With me.
With thee.
With himself, or herself.
Tu, tus.
El tuyo, los TUYOS.
Tu libro, tu libros.
Conmigo.
Contigo.
Consigo.
"When mi, ti, si, are preceded by the Preposition con
(with), they take the syllable go and form the above com-
pound words.
Wilt thou go with me ?
I will not go with thee, but with
him.
With our friends.
With her.
With us.
With you.
With them.
I Quieres ir conmigo ?
No quiero ir contigo, sino con 4L
Con nuestros anrigos.
Con ella.
Con nosotros.
Con Vd.
Con ellos (/em, ellas).
Exercise No. 59.
Will you send for some sugar ? I will send for some.
Son (hijo mto), wilt thou go for some pies ? Yes, father
(padre mio), I will go for some. "Whither wilt thou go ?
I will go into the garden. Who is in the garden? The
children of our friends are there. Will you send for tho
physician ? I will send for him. Who will go for my
brother? My servant will go for him. Where is he? He
is in his counting-house. Will you give me my broth? I
will give it to you. Where is it ? It is at the corner o(
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. Ill
the fire. Will you give me some money to (para) bring
some milk ? I will give you money to buy some. Where
is your money ? It is in my counting-room. Will you go
for it ? I will go for it. Will you buy my horse ? I can-
not buy it ; I have no money. Where is your cat ? It is
in the bag. In which bag is it (estd) ? In the bag of the
countryman. Where is this man's dog ? It is in the cor-
ner of the ship. Where has the peasant his corn ? He has
it in his bag. Has he a cat ? He has one. Where is it ?
It is at the bottom of the bag. Is your cat in the bag ? It
is there (ahi).
Exercise No. 60.
Have you to write as many notes as the Englishman ? I
have to write less than he. Will you speak to the German ?
I will speak to him. When will you speak to him ? Now.
Where is he ? He is at the other end of the wood. Will
you go to the market? I will go thither to (para) buy
some cloth. Do not your neighbors wish to go to the mar-
ket? They cannot go, they are fatigued. Hast thou the
courage to go to the wood in the evening ? I have the
courage to go thither, but not in the evening. Are your
children able to answer my notes ? They are able to an-
swer them. What do you wish to say to my servant ? I
wish to tell him to make the fire, and to sweep the ware-
house. Will you tell your brother to sell me his horse ? I
will tell him to sell it to you. What do you wish to tell
me ? I wish to tell you something. Whom do you wish to
Bee ? I wish to see the Scotchman. Have you anything to
tell him ? I have a word to tell him. Which books does
my brother wish to sell ? He wishes to sell thine and his
own. Will you come with me ? I cannot go with you.
Who will come with me ? Nobody. Will your friend come
with us? He will go with you. With whom wilt thou go ?
I will not go with any body. Will you go with my friend ?
I will not go with him, but with thee. Wilt thou go with
me to the warehouse ? I will go with you, but not to the
warehouse. Wliither wilt thou go? I will go with our
good friends into the garden of the captain.
112
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON.
To GO OUT.
To KEMAIN, TO STAY.
When do you wish to go out ?
I wish to go out now.
To remain (to stay) at home.
Here.
To remain here.
Will you stay here ?
I will stay here.
Will your friend remain there ?
He will not stay here.
Will you go to your brother ?
I will go to him.
The pleasure, the favor.
To give pleasure.
To do a favor.
Togo.
Are you going ?
I am going.
I am not going.
Thou art going.
Is he going ?
He goes or is going.
He is not going.
Are we going ?
We go or are going.
They go or are going.
Are you going to your brother ?
I am going there.
Where is he going ?
He is going to his father.
ALIi, EVERY.
Every day.
Saij;r.
quedarse, esta.rse.
I Cuando quiere Vd. salir ?
Quiero salir ahora.
Quedarse or estarse en casa.
Aqui, aca.
Estarse or quedarse aqui.
I Quiere Vd. estarse aqui
Quiero estarme aqui.
I Quiere su amigo de Vd. estarse
alii?
No quiere estarse aqui.
I Quiere Vd. ir a casa de su her-
mano?
Quiero ir a su casa.
El gusto, el placer, el favor.
Dar gusto or placer.
Hacer un favor or un servicio.
Ir, irse (1).
iSevaVd.?
Me voy.
No me voy.
Te vas.
iSe vael?
Se va.
No se va.
I Nos vamos ?
Nos vamos.
Ellos se van.
I Va Vd. a casa de su hermano ?
Voy alia.
I Adonde va el ?
Va a casa de su padre.
Todo, TODOS.
Todos los dias.
1. Ir, irse. Both of these Verbs import the act of leaving a place;
the first, however, is used when the place to which the person is going
is mentioned; and the second, when no reference is/nade to it. For
example : El va d Mijico — he goes to Mexico ; and El se va de MSjieo
— he goes away from Mexico . So that ir is made reflective (irse) when-
ever in English it may be employed to go auccy, that is, when the place
is not designated, or otherwise alluded to.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
113
Every morning.
Every afternoon.
Every evening, night.
Todas las mafianas.
Torias las tardes.
Todas las noches.
To BE ACQUAINTED WITH, TO KNOW.
To be acquainted with a man.
Conocer (2).
Conocer a un hombre.
Need.
TO WANT.
TO BE IN WANT OF.
Necesidad.
f Necesitar.
} Haceb falta.
In the phrase hace falta, the Verb is used in the third person, and
must agree in number with the thing, and not with the person or per-
sons to whom it refers.
I want it.
I am in want of it.
Are you in want of this knife ?
I am in "want of it.
Are you in want of those knives ?
I am in want of them .
I am not in want of anything.
Is he in want of money ?
He is not in want of any.
Lo necesito.
Me hace falta.
t ; Le hace falta a Vd. este cuchi-
llo?
f A mi me hace falta.
1 1 Le hacen falta a Vd. esos cu-
chillos ?
f Me hacen falta.
f No me hace falta nada.
f i Le hace falta a el dinero ?
f No le hace falta.
What?
What are you in want of?
What do you want ?
Whom ?
Of me, of thee, of him.
Of her.
Of us, of you, of them.
Of you (sing.), of you (plur.)
Is your father in want of me ?
He is in want of you.
Are you in want of those books ?
I am in want of them.
Is he in want of my brothers ?
He is in want of them.
2. Conocer, to know beings.
iQuE?
I Qud le hace falta a Vd. ?
I Que' necesita or quiere Vd. ?
I De quie'n ?
De mi, de ti, de el.
De ella.
De nosotros, de vosotros, de voso*
tras(3), de ellos, de elks.
De Vd., de Vds.
j Me necesita su padre de Vd. ?
Necesita a Vd.
I f Le hacen a Vd. falta esos li«
bros ?
f Me hacen falta.
I Necesita el a mis hermanos ?
j Los necesita.
Saber, to know things. Ex. : Do you
know him ? i Le conoce Vd. ? I know him, Le connzco. Do you know
how to work ? i Sabe Vd. trabajar ? I know how to work, Si trabajar.
3. We remember here what we have said (Lesson V.) of this Pro-
noun, that it is not used in common parlance ; it is merely employed
in subhme or serious style, and in poetry, especially in dramatic
works.
114 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TO READ LiEEB.
Exercise No. 61.
Will you do me a favor ? Yes, Sir, which ? Will you
tell my servant to make the fire ? I will tell him to make
it.' Will you tell him to sweep the warehouses ? I will tell
him to sweep them. What will you tell your father ? I
will tell him to sell you his horse. Will you tell your son
to go to my father ? I will tell him to go to him. Have
you anything to tell me ? I have nothing to tell you. Have
you anything to say to my father ? I have a word to say
to him. Do these men wish to sell their carpets ? They
do not wish to sell them. John, art thou here ? Yes, Sir,
I am here. What art thou going to do ? I am going to
your hatter to (para) tell him to mend your hat. Wilt
thou go to the tailor to tell him to mend my coats ? I will
go to him. Are you willing to go to the market ? I am
willing to go. What has your merchant to sell ? He has
to sell some beautiful gloves, combs, good cloth, and fine
baskets. Has he any iron guns to sell '{ He has some to
sell. Does he wish to sell me his horses ? He wishes to
sell them to you. Have you anything to sell ? I have
nothing to sell.
Exercise No. 62.
Is it late ? It is not late. What o'clock is it ? It is a
quarter past twelve. At what o'clock does the captain
wish to go out ? He wishes to go out at a quarter to
eight. What will you do ? I wish to read. What have
you to read ? I have a good book to read. Will you lend
it to me ? I will lend it to you. When will you lend it to
me ? I will lend it to you to-morrow. Have you a mind
to go out ? I have no mind to go out. Are you willing to
stay here, my dear friend ? I cannot remain here. Whither
have you to go? I have to go to the counting-house.
When will you go to the ball ? To-night. At what o'clock ?
At midnight. Do you go to the Scotchman in the evening
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 115
or in the morning ? I go to him in the morning and in the
evening. Where are you going now ? I am going to the
theatre. Where is your son going? He is going no-
where; he is going to stay at home to (para) write his
notes. Where is your brother ? He is at his warehouse.
Does he not wish to go out ? No, Sir, he does not wish to
go out. What does he wish to do ? He wishes to write to
his friends. Will you stay here or there? I will stay
there. Where will your father stay ? He will stay there.
Has our friend a mind to stay in the garden ? He has a
mind to stay there.
Exercise No. 63.
I A que hora esta el holandes en casa ? Esta en casa to-
das las noches a las nueve y cuarto. <? Cuando va su cocinero
de Vd. al mercado ? Va todas las mafianas a las cinco y
media. £ Cuando va nuestro vecino a casa de los irlandeses ?
Va a su casa todos los dias. £ A que hora ? A las ocho de
la mariana. £ Que quiere Vd. comprar ? No quiero com-
prar nada, pero mi padre quiere comprar un buey.
I Quiere comprar este 6 aquel buey ? No quiere comprar
ni el uno ni el otro. <? Cual quiere comprar ? Quiere com-
prar el de su amigo de Vd. <? Tiene el comerciante una ca-
saca mas que vender ? Tiene una mas, pero no quiere ven-
derla. <? Tiene este hombre un cuchillo mas que vender ?
No tiene un cuchillo que vender, pero tiene algunos fusiles
mas que vender. <; Cuando quiere venderlos ? Quiere ven-
derlos hoy. ,; En donde ? En su casa. <? Quiere Vd. ver a
mi amigo ? Quiero verle para conocerle. £ Quiere Vd. co-
nocer a mis niiios ? Quiero conocerles. £ Cuantos nifios
tiene Vd. ? No tengo sino dos, pero mi hermano tiene mas
que yo, tiene seis. £ Quiere este hombre tomar demasiado
vino? Quiere tomar demasiado. £ Tiene Vd. bastante vino
para beber? Tengo un poco solamente, pero bastante.
£ Quiere su hermano de Vd. comprar demasiados pas? teles ?
Quiere comprar muchisimos, pero no demasiados.
116
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 64.
Can you lend me a knife ? I can lend you one. Can
your father lend me a book? He can lend you several.
What are you in want of ? I am in want of a good musket.
Are you in want of this picture ? I am in want of it. Does
your brother want money ? He does not want any. Does
he want some boots ? He does not want any. What does
he want ? He wants nothing. Are you in want of these
sticks ? I am in want of them. Who wants some sugar ?
Nobody wants any. Does anybody want oil? Nobody
wants any. What do I want ? You want nothing. Does
your father want these pictures or those ? He wants nei-
ther these nor those. Are you in want of me ? I am in
want of you. When do you want me ? At present. What
have you to say to me ? I have something to say to you.
Is your son in want of us ? He is in want of you and
your brothers. Are you in want of my servants ? I am in
want of them. Does anybody want my brother ? No one
wants him. Does your brother want anything ? He does
not want anything. What does the Englishman want?
He wants some corn. Does he not want some jewels ? He
does not want any. What does the sailor want? He
wants some biscuits, cheese, and coffee. Will you give me
anything ? I will give you some bread and wine.
TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
THE PEESENT OF THE INDICATIVE.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
Hablar, to speak.
INFINITIVE.
SECOND.
Yo hablo.
Tu bablas,
El Labia.
Nosotros hablamos.
Vosotros bablais.
Ellos bablau.
Beber, to drink.
PEESENT TENSE. — SINGULAE.
Yo bebo.
Tu bebes.
El bebe.
PLUKAL.
Nosotros beberaos.
Vosotros bebeis.
Ellos beben.
THIRD.
Escribir, to write.
Yo escribo.
Tu escribes.
■ El escribe.
Nosotros escribimos.
Vosotros escribis.
Ellos escriben.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
117
As the rules given on the preceding page on the formation of the
present tense, are applicable only to Regular verbs, it remains now to
point out the irregularities in the present tense of those verbs which
we have employed already to enable the learner to use them in his exer-
cises. They are as follows :
TO GIVE, GIVING, GIVEN.
I give, you give, he gives.
We give, you give, they give.
Thou givest, you give.
TO BE, BEING, BEEN.
1 am, you are, he is.
We are, you are, they are.
Thou art, you are.
To MAKE, TO DO, MAKING OT DOING,
MADE OT DONE.
I make or do, you make or do, he
makes or does.
We make or do, you make or do,
they make or do.
Thou makest, doest, you make or
do.
TO SEE, SEEING, SEEN.
I see, you see, he sees.
We see, you see, they see.
Thou seest, you see.
To BEAD, BEADING, BEAD.
I read, you read, he reads.
We read, you read, they read.
Thou readest, you read.
TO KNOW, KNOWING, KNOWN.
I know, you know, he knows.
We know, you know, they know.
Thou knowest, you know.
To SAT, SAYING, SATD.
I say, you say, he says.
We say, you say, they say.
Thou sayest, you say.
Dab, dando, dado.
Yo doy, Vd. da, el da.
Nosotros damos, Vds dan, ellos dan.
Tii das, vosotros dais.
See or estab, siendo or estando,
SIDO Or ESTADO.
Yo soy, or estoy, Vd. es or esta, el
es or esta.
Nosotros somos or estamos, Vds. son
or estan, ellos son or estan.
Tu eres, or estas, vosotros sois or
estais.
Haceb, haciendo, hecho.
Yo hago, Vd. hace, el hace.
Nosotros hacemos, Vds. hacen, ellos
hacen.
Tu haces, vosotros hacels.
Veb, vtendo, visto.
Yo veo, Vd. ve, el ve.
Noaotros vemos, Vds. ven, ellos ven.
Tii ves, vosotros veis-
Leeb, letendo, leido.
Yo leo, Vd. lee, el lee.
Nosotros leemos, Vds. leen, ellos
leen.
Tii lees, vosotros leels.
CONOCEB, CONOCIENDO, CONOCIDO.
Yo conozco, Vd. conoce, el conoce,
Nosotros conocemos, Vds. conocen,
ellos conocen.
Tii conoces, vosotros conocels.
Decib, diciendo, dicho.
Yo digo, Vd. dice, e'l dice.
Nosotros decimos, Vds. dicen, ellos
dicen.
Tii dices, vosotros decfs.
118
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To COME, COMING, COME.
I come, you come, he comes.
We come, you come, they come.
Thou comest, you come.
To GO OUT, GOING OUT, GONE OUT.
I go out, you go out, he goes out
We go out, you go out, they go out.
Thou goest out, you go out
To GO, GOING, GONE.
I go, you go, he goes.
We go, you go, they go.
Thou goest, you go.
To LOVE.
I love, do love, am loving.
Thou lovest
He loves.
We love, do love.
You love, do love.
They love, do love.
To AEEANGE, TO SET IN Or.DSE.
What are you arranging ?
I set in order my books.
To SELL.
Do you sell your horse ?
I do sell it
Do you sell it?
Does he send you the note ?
He does send it to me.
To OPEN.
Do you open his note ?
I do not open it.
Does he open his eyes ?
He opens them.
Whom do you love ?
Venib, vtniendo, venido.
Yo vengo, Vd. viene, e'l viene.
Nosotros venimos, Vds. vienen,
ellos vienen.
Tu vienes, vosotros venis.
Salie, saliendo, salido.
Yo salgo, Vd. sale, e'l sale.
Nosotros salimos, Vds, salen, ellos
salen.
Tu sales, vosotros sails.
Ie, tendo, n>o.
Yo voy, Vd. va, e'l va.
Nosotros vamos, Vds. van, ellos van.
Tu vas, vosotros vais.
Amae.
Yo amo.
Tu amas.
El ama.
Nosotros amamos.
Vds. aman.
Ellos aman.
AEEEGLAE — PONEB* EN OEDEN.
I Que* arregla Vd. ?
Pongo en orden mis libros.
Vendee.
<iVende Vd. su caballo?
Lo vendo.
,; Lo vende Vd. ?
Le envia a Vd. el billete ?
Me lo envia.
Abete (past part abieeto).
i Abre Vd. su billete ?
No lo abro.
I Abre el los ojos ?
Los abre.
I A quien ama Vd. ?
The article is used instead of the possessive pronoun, when by the
meaning of the phrasa it is sufficiently plain to whom the object possessed
belongs. Ex. :
I took my hat, and went away. Tome el sombrero, y me fuf.
He washed his hands. Se lavo las manos.
He brings his hat in his hand. Trae el sombrero en la mano.
PRACTICAL .EXERCISES.
119
I love my father.
Does your father love his son ?
He does love him.
Do you love your children ?
I do love them.
Amo a mi padre.
I ,Ama bu padre de Vd. a su hijo ?
El le ama.
I Ama Vd. a sus nifios ?
Los amo.
What we observed in Lesson XXVI. regarding the verb
in the phrase hacer falta applies also to the verb yastar ; that
it mast agree in number with the thing liked, and not with
the person or persons, always using the verb in the third
person.
I like, you like, he likes.
We like, you like, they like.
Thou likest, you like.
Are you fond of wine ?
I am fond of it.
What are you fond of?
Cider.
J am fond of cider.
Do you like flowers?
I like them.
What are the Americans fond of?
They are fond of tea.
A ml me gusta, a Vd. le gusta,
a el or ella le gusta or gustan.
A nosotros-as nos gusta, a Vds.
les gusta, a ellos or elias les
gusta or gustan.
A ti te gusta or gustan, a vosotroa
os gusta or gustan.
^Le gusta a Vd. el vino?
A mi me gusta.
i Que le gusta a Vd. ?
Sidra.
A mf me gusta la sidra.
I Le gustan a Vd. las flores ?
A mi me gustan.
I Que les gusta a los american*>s ?
A. ellos les gusta el te'.
To Finish.
Now.
At once.
What are you going to do ?
I am going to read.
What is he going to do V
He is going to write a note.
Are you going to give me any-
thing?
I am going to give you some bread.
AcABAR.
Ahora.
De una vez.
,; Que' va Vd. a hacer ?
Voy a leer.
I Que' va el a hacer?
Va a escribir un billete.
iVa Vd. a darme aiguna cosa or
algo?
Voy a dar a Vd. pan.
To know, (to know things.)
I know, you know, he knows.
We know, you know, they know.
!Thou knowest you know.
Sabeb.*
Yo s6, Vd. sabe, el sabe.
Nosotros sabenus, Vds.
ellos saben.
Tii sabes, vs>sotros sabe'is.
saben,
120 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 65.
Do you love your brother ? I do love him. Does your
brother love you ? He does not love me. My good child,
dost thou love me ? Yes, I do love thee. Dost thou love
this ugly little man (hombrezuelo) ? I do not love him.
Whom do you love? I love my children. Whom do we
love ? We love our friends. Do we like any body ? We
like nobody. Does any body like us ? The Americans like
us. Do you want any thing ? I want nothing. Whom is
your father in want of? He is in want of his servant.
What do you want ? I want the note. Do you want this
or that note ? I want this. What do you wish to do with
it {con el) ? I wrish to open it, in order to read it. Does
your son read our notes ? He does read them. When
does he read them ? He reads them when he receives
them. Does he receive as many notes as I ? He receives
more than you. What do you give me ? I do not give you
any thing. Do you give this book to my brother ? I do
give it to him. Do you give him a bird ? I do give hiin
one. To whom do you lend yonr books ? I lend them to
my friends. Does your friend lend me a coat ? He lends
you two. To whom do you lend your clothes ? I do not
lend them to any body.
Exercise No. 66.
Do we arrange any thing ? We do not arrange any thing.
What does your brother set in order ? He sets his books
in order. Do you sell your ship ? I do not sell it. Does
the captain sell his? He does sell it. What does the
American sell? He sells his oxen. Does the Englishman
finish his note ? He does finish it. Which notes do you
finish? I finish those which I write to the Mexicans.
Dost thou see any thing ? I see nothing. Do you see my
large garden? I do see it. Does your father see our
ships? He does not see them, but we see them. How
many soldiers do you see? We see many, we see more
than (de) thirty. Do you dvink any thing ? I drink somo
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 121
wine. What does the sailor drink? He drinks some
cider. Do we drink wine or cider? We drink wine and
cider. What do the Italians drink? They drink some
coffee. Do we drink wine? We do drink some. What
art thou writing ? I am writing a note. To whom ? To
my neighbor. Does your friend write ? He does write ?
To whom does he write ? He writes to his tailor. What
are you going to do ? I am going to write What is your
father going to do? He is going to read. What is he
going to read? He is going to read a book. What are
you going to give me ? I am not going to give you any
thing. What is our friend going to give you ? He is going
to give me something. Do you know my friend? I do
know him.
Exercise No. 67.
I Conocen Vds. a mis nifios ? Les conocemos. { Les
conocen elloc a Vds. ? No nos conocen. £ A 4111611 conoce
Vd. ? No conozco a nadie. i Le conoce a Vd. algnien ?
Alguien me conoce. 1 Quien le conoce a, Vd. ? El buen
capitan me conoce. ,; Que comes ? Como pan. No come
bu hijo de Vd. queso ? No come. £ Cortan Vds. algo ?
Cortamos pan. £ Que cortan los comerciantes ? Cortan
pano. 1 Me envia Vd. algo ? Le envio a Vd. un buen fusil,
^Le envia a Vd. dinero su padre de Vd. ? Me envia. <?Le
envia a Vd. mas que yo ? Me envia mas que Vd. ,; Cuanto
le envia a Vd. ? Me envia mas de cincuenta pesos. ^ Ouando
recibe Vd. sus billetes? Los recibo todas las mafianas.
I A que hora ? A las diez y media. £ Viene su hijo de Vd. ?
Viene. £ A que casa viene el? Viene a mi casa. £ Viene
Vd. a mi casa ? No voy a su casa de Vd. sino a la de sus
ninos. 1 Adonde va nuestro amigo ? No va a ninguna
parte, se queda en casa. 1 Van Vds. a su casa ? No vamos
a casa, sino a casa de nuestros amigos. £ En donde estan
bus amigos de Vd. ? Estan en su jardin. <? Estan loa
escoceses en sus jardines ? Alii estan.
122
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
To go to the theatre.
To be at the theatre.
Ir al teatro.
Estar en el teatro.
To BEING.
To FIND.
The butcher,
f he sheep.
Teaeb.*
HATiTiAB.
El carnicero.
La oveja, el camera
What or the thing which.
Do you find, what you look for ?
I find what I look for.
lie does not find what he is look-
ing for.
We find what we look for.
They find what they look for.
I mend what you mend.
I buy what you buy.
I pay what you pay.
Are you in want of money ?
I am not in want of any.
Do you take him to the theatre ?
I do take him thither.
Lo QUE.
I Halla Vd. lo que buscal
Hallo lo que busco.
El no halla lo que busca.
Hallamos lo que buscamos.
Ellos hallan lo que buscan.
Reparo lo que Vd. repara.
Compro lo que Vd. compra.
Pago lo que Vd. paga.
I Neeesita Vd. dinero ?
No necesito.
a Le lleva Vd. al teatro ?
Le llevo alia.
There are in Spanish some words which have a form,
called neuter, namely : Lo> Edo, Eso, Aquello, and the per-
sonal pronoun of the third person ello (it) which is used to
determine a phrase or an object whose name is unknown.
Lo is used, 1st. before the defining adjectives, when the
noun thing is either expressed or understood in English :
Lo primero que vi, the first (thing) which I saw. Li que
compre, the thing which I bought, or that I bought. 2d.
Before qualifying adjectives employed as nouns, and then
is generally translated by the. No distingue lo bianco de lo
negro, he does not distinguish the white from the black. Edo,
Eso, Aquello, are used to designate an object whose name we
do not know, or do not wish to express. For instance, if
I should see a thing moving at a distance, and I could not
perceive whether it was a man or a beast, or a tree ; or if T
perceived it, and did not wish to express its name, I should
say: ^ Ve Vd. aquello? Do you see the (or that thing)?
Observe that the neuter gender has no plural.
PEACTICAL EXERCISES.
123
To STUDY.
Instead of.
EsTTTDIAR.
En LUGAJR DE, Or EN YFZ DE.
Instead of, is in English followed by the present participle, whilst in
Spanish it is followed by the infinitive, as is generally the case when a
preposition is used before the verb.
To PLAY.
To LISTEN.
To HEAR.
Instead of listening.
Instead of playing.
Do you play instead of studying?
I study instead of playing.
That man speaks in-tead of listen-
ing
To ACHE.
To COMPLAIN.
I complain, we complain.
You complain (sing, and plur.)
He complains, they complain.
Thou complainest.
Have you a sore finger ?
Have you the headache ?
I have a sore finger.
I have the headache ?
Jugae. *
Escuchab.
Oik.*
En vez or en lugar de escuchar.
En vez or en lugar de jugar.
I Juega Vd. en vez de estudiar 1
Estudio en vez de jugar.
Aquel hombre habla en vez da
escuchar.
Doles. *
qoejarse.
Me quejo, nos quejamos.
Vd. se queja Vds. se quejan.
El se queja, ellos se quejan.
Tii te quejas.
f i Tiene Vd. un dedo malo ?
j f i Le duele a Vd. la cabeza ?
I f 4 Tiene Vd. dolor de cabeza ?
f Tengo un dedo malo.
f Me duele la cabeza.
t Tengo dolor de cabeza.
Has your brother a sore foot?
He has a sore eye.
We have sore eyes.
I Tiene su bermano de Vd. un pie
malo ?
Tiene un ojc malo.
Tenemos los ojos malos
The study, a closet.
The desk.
The elbow.
The back.
The knee.
The bed.
I have a sore elbow.
Thou hast a pain in thy back.
He has a sore arm.
You have a sore knee.
El estudio, un gabincte
El escritorio, el bufete.
El codo.
La espalda.
La rodilla.
La cama.
Tengo un codo malo.
A ti te duele la espalda.
El tiene un brazo inalo.
Vd. tiene una rodilla mala.
124
THE SPANISH TEACHEE.
Do you read instead of writing? | i Lee Vd. en vez de escribir ?
Does your brother read instead of j i Lee su hermano de Vd. en vez de
speaking ? hablar ?
Does the servant make the bed ? 1 1 Hace la cama el criado ?
He makes the fire instead of mak- Hace el fuego en vez de hacer la
ing the bed. I cama.
To LEARN.
To learn to read.
I learn to read.
He learns to write.
The physician.
The jewels.
The boots.
Aprender.
Aprender a leer.
Aprendo a leer.
El aprende a escribir.
El me'dico.
Las joy as.
Las botas.
Exercise No. 68.
Do you go to the play this evening ? I do not go to the
theatre. What have you to do ? I have to study. At
what o'clock do you go out ? I do not go out in the even-
ing. Does your father go out ? He does not go out. What
does he do ? He writes. Does he write a book ? He does
write one. When does he write it ? He writes it in the
morning and in the evening. Is he at home now ? He is
at home (He is). Does he not go out ? He cannot go out,
he has a sore foot. Does the shoemaker bring our shoes ?
He does not bring them. Is he not able to work ? He is
not able to work, he has a sore knee. Has any body a sore
elbow ? My tailor has a sore elbow. Who has a sore arm ?
I have a sore arm. Do you cut me some bread ? I cannot
cut you any, I have sore fingers {tengo los dedos malos). Do
you read your book ? I cannot read it, I have sore eyes
{tengo los ojos malos). Who has sore eyes ? The French
have sore eyes. Do they read too much ? They do not
read enough. What day of the month is it to-day ? It is
the third. What day of the month is it to-morrow ? To-
morrow is the fourth. Are you looking for any body ? I
am looking for nobody. What is the painter looking for ?
He is not looking for any thing. Wbom are you looking
for ? I am looking for your son. Have you any thing to
tell him ? I have something to tell him. What have you
to tell him 1 I have to tell him to go to the play this even-
ing.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 125
Exercise No. 69.
Who is looking for me ? Your father is looking for you.
Is any body looking for my brother ? Nobody is looking
for him. Dost thou find what thou art looking for ? I do
find what I am looking for. Does the captain find what ho
is looking for ? He finds what he is looking for, but his
children do not find what they are looking for. What are
they looking for ? They are looking for their books.
Where dost thou take me to ? I take you to the theatre.
Do you not take me to the market ? I do not take you
thither. Do the Spaniards find the umbrellas which they
are looking for ? They do not find them. Does the tailor
find his thimble ? He does not find it. Do the merchants
find the cloth which they are looking for ? They do find
it. What do the butchers find ? They find the oxen and
the sheep which they are looking for. What does your
cook find ? He finds the chickens which he is looking for.
What is the physician doing ? He is doing what you are
doing. What is he doing in his study? He is reading.
What is he reading ? He is reading your father's book.
Whom is the Englishman looking for ? He is looking for
his friend, in order to take him to the garden. What is the
German doing in his study ? He is learning to read. Does
he not learn to write? He does not learn it. Does your
son learn to write ? He learns to write and to read.
Exercise No. 70.
Does the Dutchman speak instead of listening? He
speaks instead of listening. Do you go out instead of re-
maining at home ? I remain at home, instead of going out.
Does your son play instead of studying ? He studies in-
stead of playing. When does he study ? He studies every
day. In the morning or in the evening ? In the morning
and in the evening. Do you buy an umbrella instead of
buying a book ? I buy neither the one nor the other. Does
our neighbor break his sticks instead of breaking his
glasses P He breaks his guns. Do the children of our
126
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
instead of writing.
What is
neighbor read ? They read
onr cook doing ? He makes a fire instead of going to the
market. Does the captain give you any thing ? He does
give me something. What does he give you? He givea
me a great deal of money. Does he give you money in
stead of giving you bread ? He gives me money and bread.
Does he give you more cheese than bread ? He gives me
less of the latter than of the former.
TWENTY-NINTH LESSON.
Do you learn Spanish ?
I do learn it.
I do not learn it.
Spanish.
French.
English.
Italian.
Polish.
Eussian.
Latin.
Greek.
Syrian, Syriac.
German.
Arabian.
I learn Spanish.
My brother learns French.
The Pole.
The Koman.
The Arab, Arabian.
Are you an Englishman ?
No, Sir, I am an American.
Are you a Spaniard ?
ifes, Sir, I am a Spaniard.
4 Aprendre Vd. el espafiol?
Lo aprendo.
No lo aprendo.
El espanol.
El frances.
El ingles.
El italiano.
El polaco.
El ruso.
El latin.
El griego.
El siriaco.
El aleman.
El arabigo.
Aprendo el espanol.
Mi hermano aprende el trances.
El polaco.
El romano.
El arabe.
I Es Vd. ingles ?
No, Sefior, soy americano.
,; Es Vd. espaiiol ?
Si, Seiior, soy espafioL
When the indefinite article is used in English to denote
qualities or professions, the Spaniards make use of no ar-
ticle.
He is a German.
Is he a tailor ?
No, he is a shoemaker.
El es aleman.
I Es sastre ?
No, eszapatero.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
127
The fool.
The morning.
The afternoon.
The evening, night.
The day.
To WISH.
I wish yon a good morning.
Does he wish me a good evening ?
He wishes you a good morning.
He wishes you a good
journey.
The nose.
Blue.
Black.
The coat
Large.
He has a large nose.
He has blue eyes.
She has black eyes.
Do you like black eyes ?
I like them much.
A French book.
An English book.
French money.
American gold.
Spanish gold.
Do you read a Spanish book ?
I read a French book.
To listen to some one.
To listen to something.
Do you listen to what the man tells
you?
I listen to it.
Does he listen to what I tell him ?
Do you listen to what I tell you ?
I do listen to what you say.
Do you listen to what my brother
says to you ?
I do listen to him.
To TAKE AWAY.
To TAKE OFF.
Do you take off your hat?
El necio, tonto or bobo
La manana.
La tarde.
La noche.
Eldia.
Desear.
Deseo a Vd. felizes dias.
I Me desea e'l felizes noches ?
Le desea a Vd. felizes dias.
Le desea a Vd. un buen viaje.
La nariz.
Azul.
Negro.
La casaca.
Largo, grande.
El tiene una nariz grande or una
narizona.
Tiene ojos azules.
Ella tiene ojos negros.
I Le gustan a Vd. los ojos negros?
Me gustan mucho.
Un libro trances.
Un libro ingles.
Dinero frances.
Oro americano.
Oro espafiol.
I Lee Vd. un libro espafiol t
Leo un libro frances.
Escuchar a alguno.
f Escuchar alguna cosa or algo.
I I Escucha Vd. lo que el hombre le
dice ?
f Lo escucho.
1 1 Escucha el lo que le digo ?
1 1 Escucha Vd. lo que le digo ?
t Escucho lo que Vd. dice.
f ,; Escucha Vd. lo que mi herman J
le dice?
Lo escucho.
QUITAR (iiEVAKSE).
QUTTAKSE.
f i Se quita Vd. el sombrero ?
128
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I take it off.
Does he take off his coat?
Take off your coat.
Take those plates away.
Do you take off your gloves ?
We take off our gloves.
We take them off.
To COBEECT.
Does your father correct your exer-
cises ?
He corrects them.
To speak Spanish,
To speak English.
Do you speak Spanish ?
No, Sir, I speak French.
To TAKE, TO DBINK.
To take or drink coffee.
To take, to drink tea.
Will you take tea ?
I will take some.
Do you drink tea every day?
I drink it every day.
My father drinks coffee.
He drinks coffee every morning.
f Me lo quito.
f iSe quita el la casaca?
f Quitese Vd. la casaca.
Quite Vd. esos platos.
f i Se quitan Vds. los guantcs?
Nos quitamos los guantes.
Nos los quitamos.
Coeeejie. *
I Corrije su padre de Vd. sus ejer-
cicios?
El los corrije.
I Hablar el espanol.
Hablar el ingles.
jHabla Vd. el espanol?
No, Sefior, hablo el frances.
Tomae. Bebee.
Tomar or beber cafe*.
Tomar or beber te\
t Qui ere Vd. tomar te*?
Tomare* un poco.
I Toma Vd. te' todos los dias ?
Lo tomo todos los dias.
Mi- padre toma cafe.
El toma cafe* todas las maSanas.
Exercise No. 71.
Do you go for any thing ? I do go for something. What
do you go for ? I go for some cider. Does your father
send for any thing ? He sends for some wine. Does your
servant go for some bread ? He goes for some. For whom
does your neighbor send? He sends for the physician.
Does your servant take off his coat in order to make the
fire ? He does take it off in order to make it. Do you take
off your gloves in order to give me some money ? I do take
them off in order to give you some. Do you learn French ?
I do learn it. "Who learns English ? The Frenchman learns
it. Does your brother learn German ? He does learn it.
Do we learn Italian ? You do learn it. What do the Eng-
lish learn? They learn French and German. Do you
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 129
speak Spanish? No, Sir, I speak Italian. Who speaks
Polish? My brother speaks Polish. Do our neighbors
speak Russian ? They do not speak Russian, but Arabic.
Do you speak Arabic? No. I speak Greek and Latin.
What knife have you? I have an English knife. What
money have you? is it Italian or Spanish money? It is
Russian money. Have you an Italian hat ? No, I have a
Spanish hat. Are you an Englishman? No, I am a
Frenchman. Are you a Greek ? No, I am a Spaniard.
Exercise No. 72.
Are (son) these men Germans ? No, they are Russians.
Do the Russians speak Polish ? They do not speak Polish,
but Latin, Greek and Arabic. Is your brother a merchant?
No, he is a smith. Are these men merchants ? No, they
are carpenters. Are (es) you a cook ? No, I am a baker.
Are (somos) we tailors? No, we are shoemakers. Art
(eres) thou a fool? lam (soy) not a fool. What is (es)
that man ? He is a physician. Do you wish me any thing ?
I wish you a good morning. What does the young man
wish me ? He wishes you a good evening. Do your child-
ren come to me in order to wish me a good evening ? They
come to you in order to wish you a good morning. Has
the German black eyes? No, he has blue eyes. Has this
man large feet ? He has little feet ( pies pequeflos) and a
large nose (nariz grande). Have you time to read my book?
I have no time to read it, but I have a great desire (un gran
deseo) to study Spanish. What dost thou do instead of
playing ? I study instead of playing. Dost thou learn in-
stead of writing ? I write instead of learning. What does
the son of our friend do ? He goes into the garden instead
of doing his exercises. Do the children of our neighbors
read ? They write instead of reading. What does our cook
do ? He makes the fire instead of going to the market.
Does your father sell his ox ? He sells his horse instead of
selling his ox.
130 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. . 73.
£ Estudia el ingles el hijo del pintor? Estudia el griego
en vez de estudiar el ingles. I Mata bueyes el carnicero ?
Mata ovejas en lugar de matar bueyes. ,? Me escucha Vd. ?
Le escucho a Vd. I Me escucha su hermano de Vd. ? Ha-
bla en vez de escuchar a Vd. <: Escucha Vd. lo que le digo ?
Escucho lo que Vd. me dice. £ Escuchas tii lo que te dice
tu hermano ? Lo escucho. i Escuchan los nifios del medi-
co lo que les decimos ? No lo escuchan. <? Va Vd. al tea-
tro ? Voy al almacen en vez de ir al teatro. i Quiere Vd.
leer mi libro ? Quiero leerlo, pero no ahora ; ten go los
ojos malos. <: Corrije su padre de Vd. mis ejercicios 6 loa
de mi hermano ? No corrije ni los de Vd. ni los de su her-
mano. i Cuales ejercicios corrije el ? Corrije los mios.
I Se quita Vd. el sombrero para hablar a mi padre ? No me
lo quito para hablarle. <i Se descalza Vd. los zapatos ? No
me los descalzo. <? Quien se quita el sombrero ? Mi amigo
se lo quita. <? Se quita el los guantes ? No se los quita.
I Que se quitan estos muchachos ? Se quitan las botas y
los vestidos. £ Quien se lleva los vasos ? Su criado de Vd.
se los lleva. i Que se Uevan sus nifios de Vd ? Se llevan
los libros y mis billetes. <? Que se lleva Vd. ? No me llevo
nada. <: Nos llevamos algo ? Nos llevamos el cortaplumas
de nuestro padre y el baul de nuestro hermano. i Me da
Vd, pano ingles 6 aleman ? No doy a Vd. pano ingles ni
aleman ; doy a Vd. pano frances. £ Lee Vd. el espanol ?
No leo el espanol, sino el aleman. & Quo libro lee su her-
mano de Vd. ? Lee un libro frances. ,? Bebe Vd. por la
mafiana te 6 cafe ? Bebo te. i Bebe Vd. te todas las ma-
ftanas ? Lo bebo todas las mafianas. £ Que bebe Vd. ?
Bebo cafe. £ Que bebe su hermano de Vd. ? Bebe te. £ Lo
bebe todas las mafianas ? Lo bebe todas las mafianas.
I Beben te sus nifios de Vd. ? Beben cafe en vez de beber
te. 4 Que* bebemos nosotros ? Bebemos cafe.
n
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
THIRTIETH LESSON.
13*
To WET, TO MOISTEN.
To SHOW
I show.
Thou showest.
He shows.
TO SHOW SOME ONE.
Do you show me your musket ?
I do show it to you.
What do you show the man ?
I show him my fine clothes.
To SMOKE.
The tobacco.
A segar.
Snuff.
The gardener.
The valet.
The concert.
MoJAE, HUMEDECEB.
MoSTBAB, * EnSENAB, HaCEB
Muestro or enseno.
Tu muestras or enseiias.
El muestra or enseiia.
i. AEGUNO.
MOSTBAB. )
Ensenae. j
I Me muestra or enseiia Vd. su fusil .
Se lo muestro or enseno a Vd.
I Que' muestra Vd. al hombre ?
Le muestro mis hermosos vestidos
Fumae.
El tabaco.
Un tabaco
Polvo de tabaco, rape.
El jardinero.
El criado de mano.
El concierto.
To INTEND.
The ball.
Do you intend to go to the ball this
evening ?
I intend to go.
Pensab,* intentab.
El baile.
I Piensa Vd. ir al baile esta noche ?
Pienso ir.
To SWTM.
Do you know how to swim ?
Nadab.
I Sabe Vd. nadar ?
To know is in English followed by how before the infini-
tive, whilst in Spanish the infinitive joined to the verb saber
is not preceded by any particle, if how does not express the
manner.
Do you know how to write ?
I know how to write.
Does he know how to read ?
To EXTINGUISH, TO PUT OUT.
Do you extinguish the fire ?
I do extinguish it.
He extinguishes it>.
Thou extinguishest it.
I Sabe Vd. escribir ?
Sd escribir.
;Sabe el leer?
APAGAB, * ESTINGUTB. *
I Apaga Vd. el fuego ?
Lo apago.
El lo apaga.
Tu lo apagas.
132
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To LIGHT, TO KINDLE.
Do you light the candle ?
I do light it.
Often.
Ofteneb.
Do you often go to the ball ?
As often as you.
As often as I.
As often as he.
As often as they.
Do you often see my father ?
I see him oftener than you.
Not so often.
Not so often as you.
Not so often as I.
Not so often as they.
The ribbon.
The candle, the light.
Into, in.
Into (meaning to).
To go into the garden.
Encender. *
,:Enciende Vd. la vela?
La enciendo.
a menudo, fbecuentementi
Mas a menudo.
I Va Vd. a menudo al baile ?
Tan a menudo como Vd.
Tan a menudo como yo.
Tan a menudo como 6\.
Tan a menudo como ellos.
I Ve Vd. a menudo a mi padre ?
Le veo mas a menudo que Vd.
No TAN A MENUDO.
No tan a menudo como Vd.
No tan a menudo como yo.
No tan a menudo como ellos.
La cinta.
La vela, la luz.
En.
A.
Ir al jardin.
THE ARTICLE USED IN SPANISH AND NOT IN ENGLISH.
1st. Before Collective Nouns when employed to desig-
nate the whole collection of individuals comprehended in
them :
2d. Before Nouns denoting abstract qualities, when em-
ployed in a general sense :
TInehn^man) i ^e their existence
,rers f to the Creator.
{bondad
virtud
opinion
debe respetarse.
Goodness )
Virtue J- must be respected.
3d. Before Adjectives denoting the dignity or profession
of a person, when followed by his name :
El Jeneral Washington.
El Coronel N.
I General Washington.
Colonel N.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 133
Except befoie Don and Dofla, when they are not preceded
by another qualifying Adjective :
Don Juan. I El Seilor Don Juan.
Dona Juana. | La Seflora Dofla Juana.
THE AKTICLE USED IN ENGLISH AND NOT IN SPANISH.
1st. Before the Ordinal Numbers, when the Noun they
modify is expressed ; as,
Capitulo priniero. I Chapter the first.
Carlos segundo. | Charles the Second.
2d. Before a Noun used in apposition to another ; as,
Madrid, capital de Espafla. | Madrid, the capital of Spain.
Exeecise No. 74.
What does your father want ? He wants some tobacco.
Will you go for some ? I will go for some. What tobacco
does he want? He wants some snuff. Do you want to-
bacco (for smoking/ ? I do not want any ; I do not smoke.
Do you show me any thing? I show you gold ribbons.
Does your father show his musket to my brother? He
does show it to him. Does he show him his beautiful
birds? He does show them to him. Does the French man
smoke ? He does not smoke. Do you go to the ball ? 1
go to the theatre instead of going to the ball. Does the
gardener go into the garden ? He goes to the market in-
stead of going into the garden. Do you send your valet to
the tailor ? I send him to the shoemaker instead of send-
ing him to the tailor. Does your brother intend to go to
the ball this evening? He does not intend to go to the ball,
but to the concert. When do you intend to go to the con-
cert? I intend to go this evening. At what o'clock ? At
a quarter past ten. Do you go for my son ? I do go for
him. Where is he? He is in the counting-house. Do you
find the man whom you are looking for ? I do find him.
Do your sons find the friends whom they are looking for ?
They do not find them.
134 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 75.
Do your friends intend to go to the theatre 9 They do
intend to go. When do they intend to go ? They intend
"to go to-morrow. At what o'clock ? At half-past seven,
i What does the merchant wish to sell you ? He wishes to
tsell me some pocket-books (carteras). Do you intend to
'buy some ? I will not buy any. Dost thou know any-
thing? I do not know any thing. What does your little
brother know ? He knows how to write and to read. Does
he know French ? He does not know it. Do you know
German ? I do know it. Do your brothers know Spanish ?
They do not know it, but they intend to study it. Do you
know English ? I do not know it, but I intend to learn it.
Do my children know how to read Italian ? They know
how to read, but not how to speak. Do you know how to
swim ? I do not know how to swim, but how to play. Does
your son know how to make coats ? He does not know
how to make any, he is not a tailor. Is he a merchant ? He
is not (no lo en). What is he ? He is a physician. Do you
intend to study Arabic ? I do intend to study Arabic and
Latin. Does the Frenchman know Russian ? He does not
know it, but he intends learning it. Whither are you go-
ing ? I am going into the garden in order to speak to my
gardener. Does he listen to you ? He does listen to me.
Exercise No. 76.
Do you wish to drink some cider ?. I wish to drink some
wine, have you any ? I have none, but I will send for
some. When will you send for some ? Now. Do you
know how to make tea ? I know how to make some. Where
is your father going ? He goes nowhere, he remains at
home. Do you know how to write a note ? I know how
to write one. Can you write exercises ? I can write some.
Dost thou conduct any body ? I conduct somebody. Whom
do you conduct ? I conduct my son. Where do you con-
duct him? I conduct him to my friends to (jjara) wish
»hom a good morning. Does your servant conduct your
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
135
child? He conducts him. Whither does he conduct it?
He conducts it into the garden. Do we conduct any one ?
We conduct our children. Whither are our friends con-
ducting their sons ? They are conducting them home.
THIKTY-FIRST LESSON.
Are you acquainted with that man ?
I am not acquainted with him.
Is your brother acquainted with
him?
He is aeouainted with him.
Do you dlrink cider ?
I do drink cider, but my friend
drinks wine.
Do you receive a note ?
I do receive one.
"What do we receive ?
What do our children receive ?
They receive some books.
I Conoce Vd. a aquel hombre ?
No le conozco.
I Le conoce su hermano de Vd. ?
El le conoce.
I Bebe Vd. sidra ?
JBebo sidra, pero mi amigo boba
vino.
I Recibe Vd. un billete ?
Recibo uno.
,; Que recibimos nosotros ?
I Que' reciben nuestros nifios ?
Ellos reciben libros.
Before, beforehand.
Before, in presence of.
Do you speak before you listen ?
Do you smoke before ladies ?
Does he go to the market before he
breakfasts ?
Antes (takes de before the
Infinitive).
Delante de.
I Habla Vd. antes de escuchar ?
I Fuma Vd. delante de las sefior^s ?
I Va el al mercado antes de almor-
zar ?
TO BREAKFAST.
I breakfast, you breakfast, he
breakfasts, we breakfast, you
breakfast, they breakfast.
The breakfast.
He does go before he breakfasts.
Do you take off your stockings be-
fore you take off your shoes ?
Almorzar* or desavunarse.
Yo almuerzo, Vd. almuerza, el al-
muerza, nosotros almorzamos,
Vds. almuerzan, ellos almuerzan.
El almuerzo or el desayuno.
El va antes de almorzar.
£ Se quita Vd. las medias antes da
quitarse los zapatos ?
TO FINISH.
[ finish.
We finish.
You finish (sing, an&plur.)
Be finishes.
They finish.
Thru finishest.
ACABAR, CONCLUTR.
Yo acabo or concluyo.
Nosotros acabamos or concluimos,
Vd. acaba or concluye, Vds. acaban
or conoluyen.
El acaba or concluye.
Ellos acaban or concluyen,
Tu acabas or concluyes.
136
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To DEPART, TO SET OUT, 10 SAIL.
When do .you intend to depart?
I intend to depart to-morrow.
I depart, thou dispartest, he de-
parts.
Partir, salts.*
^Cuando piensa Vd. partir?* (1).
Pienso partir mafiana.
Yo parto or salgo, tii partes or
sales, el parte or' sale.
To BEGIN, TO COMMENCE.
Do you begin to speak Spanish ?
Yes, Sir, I begin to speak it a
little.
Empezar,* comenzar,* phincipiar.
I Empieza Vd. a hablar el espafiol ?
Si, Senor, empiezo a hablarlo un
poco.
Well.
Badly.
Do I speak well ?
Yes, Sir, you commence to
well.
The broom.
The honey.
The pistol.
BlEN.
Mal. Malatmente.
I Hablo bien ?
Si, Senor, Vd. empieza a hablar
bien.
La escoba.
La miel.
La pistola.
When the Adjective has two terminations, then amente is
added to the positive, dropping the last vowel to make an
Adverb, as : Antig^o, a»%wamente. And when, in English,
two or more Adverbs in ly follow each other in Spanish,
mente is expressed only after the last one, as : real y ver
daderamente, really and truly.
1. Partir, if the journey is by land ; Salir, if either by land or by
water.
Exercise No. 77.
Do I read well ? You do read well. Do I speak well ?
You do not speak well. Does my brother speak French
well? He speaks it well. Does he speak German well?
He speaks it badly. Do we speak well ? You speak badly.
Do I drink too much ? You do not drink enough. Am I
able to make hats ? You are not able to make any, you are
no hatter. Am I able to write a note? You are able to
write it. Am I doing my exercise well? You are doing it
well. What am I doing ? You are doing exercises. What
is my brother doing ? He is doing nothing. What do I
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 137
say? You say nothing. Do I begin to speak? You do
begin to speak. Do I begin to speak well ? You do not
begin to speak well, but to read well. Where am I going ?
You are going to your friend. Is he at home ? Do I know
it? Am I able to speak as often as the son of our neigh-
bor ? He is able to speak oftener than you. Can I work
as much as he? You cannot work as much as he. Do I
read as often as you ? You do not read as often as I. but
you speak oftener than I. Do I speak as well as (tan Men
como) you ? You do not speak so well as (tan Men como) I.
Do I go (voy yo) to you, or do you come (viene Yd.) to me ?
You come to me, and I go (voy) to you. When do you
come to me? Every morning at half-past six. Do you
know the Russian whom I know ? I do not know the one
(al que) you know, but I know another.
Exercise No. 78.
Do vou drink as much cider as wine ? I drink less cider
than wine. Does the Pole drink as much as the Russian ?
He drinks just as much. Do the Germans drink as much
as the Poles ? The latter drink more than the former.
Dost thou give any thing? I do give something. What
dost thou give? I give some money. Does your friend
receive books ? He does receive some. What do we sell ?
We sell some cider. Do the Mexicans smoke ? They do
smoke. From whom (de quien) do the Spaniards receive
money ? They receive some from the English. Have you
as many friends as enemies ? I have less of the latter than
of the former. From whom do your children receive
books? They receive some from me (de mi), and from
their friends. Do our tailors make as many vests as coats ?
They make less of the latter than of the former.
Exercise No. 79.
£ Cuando piensa partir el f orastero ? Piensa partir hoy.
I A que hora ? A la una y media, i Piensa Vd. partir esta
noche? Pienso partir niafiana. ^ Parte hoy el frances?
138
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Parte aliora. i Adonde va el? Ya a casa de sus amigos.
I Va el a casa de los ingleses ? Va a su casa. i Sales tu
nianana ? £ Salgo esta noclie ? ,; Cuando piensa Vd. escribir
a sus auiigos ? Pienso escribirles hoy. £ Le contestan a
Vd. sus amigos ? Me contestan. ,; Contesta su padre de
Vd. a su billete V Lo contesta. <; Contesta Vd. a los billetes
de mi liermano ? Los contesto. <; Empieza su hermano de
Vd. a aprender el espanol? Empieza a aprenderlo. ^ Sabe
Vd. hablar el frances ? Se hablarlo un poco. £ Empiezan
nuestros amigos a hablar el aleman ? Empiezan a hablarlo.
£ Saben ellos escribirlo ? Saben escribirlo. <: Empieza el
comerciante a vender? Empieza. <fHabla Vd. antes de
escuchar? Escucho antes de hablar. <r Le escucha su her-
mano a Vd. antes de hablar ? Habla antes de escucharme.
<iLeen nuestros ninos antes de escribir? Escriben antes
de leer.
THIRTY-SECOND LESSON.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVE3 AND ADVERBS.
We have seen (Lessons XIX. and XX.) that the Compara-
tive of equality is formed by tanto, or tan como, otro tanto ;
the Comparative of superiority by mas ; and that of inferior-
ity by menos. As for the Superlative, it is formed by
changing the last vowel of the Adjective into isimo, isima,
and into isimamente for Adverbs.
Great, greater, greatest.
Illustrious, more illustrious, most
illustrious.
Poor, poorer, poorest.
Pretty, prettier, prettiest.
Old, older, oldest.
Excellent, more excellent, most
excellent.
The Relative Superlative is expressed by el mas, el menos,
and la mas, la menos, for the Adjectives ; lo mas, lo menos,
for Adverbs.
Pos. Com. Sup.
Grande, mayor, grandisimo.
Ilustre, mas ilustre, ilustrisimo.
Pobre, mas pobre, pobrfsimo.
Lindo, mas lindo, lindisimo.
Viejo, mas viejo, viejisimo.
Escelente, mas escelente, escelen
tisimo.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
The most excellent.
The least illustrious.
This child is pretty, that is prettier,
and that one is the prettiest of
all.
A very fine book.
Very fine books.
A very pretty knife.
El mas escelente.
El rnenos ilustre.
Este niflo es bonito, aquel es mas
bonito, y ese es el mas bonito
de todos.
Un libro hermoslsimo.
Libros hermosisimos.
Un cuchillo muy bonito.
That man is extremely old.
This bird is very handsome.
Ese hombre es viejisimo.
Este pajaro es lindisimo.
Muy serves also to form the Absolute Superlative.
Very handsome.
Very large or great.
Muy Undo.
Muy grande.
The following Adjectives and Adverbs are irregular in
the formation of their Comparatives and Superlatives.
ADJECTIVES.
Good, better, very good, best.
Bad, worse, very bad, worst.
Great, greater, very great, greatest.
Small, smaller, very small, smallest.
High, higher, highest.
Low, lower, lowest.
Bueno, mejor, optimo.
Malo, peor, pe'simo.
Grande, mayor, niaximo.
Pequeiio menor, minimo.
Alto, superior, supremo.
Bajo, inferior, infimo.
ADVEKBS.
Bien, mejor, lo mejor.
Mai, peor, lo peor.
Poco, me'nos, lo me'nos.
Mucho, mas, lo mas.
Well, better, the best.
Bad, worse, the worst.
Little, less, the least.
Much, more, the most.
But the Adjectives best, worst and greatest are rendered by
mejor, peor and mayor, in like manner as better, worse and
greater, especially in similar phrases, as the following : My
best friend, mi mejor (and not optimo) amigo ; my worst
enemy, mi peor (and not pesimo) enemigo; my greatest
crime, mi mayor (and not maximo) crimen.
This hat is large, but that is larger. I Este sombrero es grando, pero
aquel es mayor.
Is your hat as large as mine ? I £Es su sombrero tan grande como
el mio?
uo
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
It is larger than yours. I Es mayor que el de Vd.
Are oui neighbor's servants as good i Son los criados de nuestro veeino
as ours ? I tan buenos como los nuestros ?
They are better than ours. Son mejores que los nuestros.
No son tan buenos como los nues-
tros.
They are not so good as ours.
He is the happiest man.
El es el mas feliz de los hombres.
Whose hat is this ?
Mine.
I De quien ?
I ; De quien es este sombrero ?
I Mio. (1.)
It is.
It is my father's.
Who has the finest hat?
My father has the finest.
Which vest is the handsomest,
yours or mine?
Mine.
Es, ESTA.
Es de mi padre.
I Quie'n tiene el sombrero mas fino ?
Mi padre tiene el mas fino.
I Cual chaleco es el mas lindo, el de
Vd. 6 el mio ?
El mio.
Adjectives ending in ble change ble into bilisimo. Ex. :
Amiable, very amiable. | Amable, amabilfsimo.
Some Adjectives before taking isimo, undergo in their
orthography the changes exhibited in the following exam-
ples :
Ancient, very ancient.
Long, very long.
Rich, very rich.
Antiguo, antiquisimo.
Largo, larguisimo.
Rico, riquisimo.
Those ending in iente drop the * before taking isimo.
Courageous, very courageous. | Valiente, valentfsimo.
1. The Pronouns mio, suyo, nuestro, etc., answer to a question without
the article when the question defines the possessor, as in the present in-
stance or any other simdar. Ex. : ,; De qulin es este caballo ? Mio.
Whose horse is this ? Mine. Be quien (whose) declares already that
the horse belongs to some one, and the answer (mio) mine, ascertains the
person to whom it belongs. But should the question be, "What horse
is this?" then we do not say that it belongs to any one, therefore the an-
swer must be definite to ascertain the possessor or owner of it, through
the medium of an article, so we must say, el mio (the one, mine, or, it
belongs to me, it is mine;.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 14J
The following are also irregular :
Bueno, bonisimo.
Nuevo, novisimo.
Fuerte, fortisimo.
Cierto, certisimo.
Sabio, sapientisimo.
Sagrado, sacratisimo.
Fiel, fidelisimo.
Integro, inteje'rrirno.
Salubre, salube'rrimo.
Ce'lebre, celebe'rrimo.
Good, very good.
New, very new.
Strong, very strong.
Certain, very certain.
Wise, very wise.
Sacred, very sacred.
FaitMul, very faithful.
Honest, very honest.
Healthy, very healthy.
Celebrated, very celebrated.
. Exekcise No. 80.
Whose book is this ? It is mine. Whose hat is that V
It is my father's. Are you taller (mas alio) than I ? I am
taller than you. Is your brother as tall as you ? He is as
tall as I. Is thy hat as bad as that of my father ? It is
better, but not so black as his. Are the clothes of the Ita-
lians as fine as those of the Irish ? They are finer, but not
so good. Who have the finest gloves ? The French have
them. Who has the finest horses ? Mine are fine, yours
are finer than mine ; but those of our friends are the finest
of all. Is your horse as good as mine ? It is good, but
yours is better, and that of the Englishman is the best (ma-
jor) of all the horses which we know (conocemos). Have
you pretty boots ? I have very pretty ones, but my brother
has prettier than I. From whom (de quien) does he receive
them ? He receives them from his best friend.
Exercise No. 81.
Is your wife as good as mine ? She is better. Does your
merchant sell good knives? He sells the best knives that I
know. Do we read more books than the French ? We read
more than they ; but the English read more than we. Hast
thou a finer garden than that of our physician '? I have a
finer one than he (el suyo). Has the American a finer stick
than thine ? He has a finer one. Have we as fine children
as our neighbors? We have finer ones. Is your coat as
142
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
pretty as mine? (la mia, feminine). It is not so pretty, but
better than yours. Do you depart to-day ? I do not depart
to-day. When does your father set out ? He sets out this
evening at a quarter to nine. Which of these two children
is the best ? The one who studies is better than the one
who plays. Does your servant sweep as well as (tan Men
como) mine ? He sweeps better than yours. Does the Eng-
lishman read as many bad books as good ones ? He reads
more good than bad ones.
THIRTY-THIRD LESSON.
TO BEIJEVE.
To PUT ON.
I put on my hat.
lie puts on his gloves.
Do you put on your shoes ?
We do put them on.
What do your brothers put on ?
They put on their clothes.
Whither do you carry me ?
I conduct you to my lather.
Do you go out ?
I do go out.
Do we go out ?
We do go out.
When does your father go out ?
Early,
As early as you.
He goes out as early as you.
Lape.
Too late.
Too soon, too early.
Too large, too great.
Too little, too smalL
Too MUCH.
Do you speak too much ?
I do not speak enough.
Cbeer.
Ponerse (or calzIrse, speaking oi
shoes).
Me pongo el sombrero.
Se pone los guantes.
; Se calzan Vds. los zapatos ?
Nos los calzamos.
iQae se ponen sus hermanos de
Vd. ?
Se ponen los vestidos.
£ Adonde me conduce Vd. ?
Conduzco a Vd. a casa de mi padre
I Sale Vd. ?
Salgo.
I Salimos nosotros ?
Salimos.
I Cuando sale su padre de Yd ?
Temprano.
Tan temprano como Vd.
El sale tan temprano como Vd.
Tarde.
Demasiado tarde.
Demasiado temprano.
Demasiado grande.
Demasiado pequefio or chica,
Demasiado.
I Habla Vd. demasiado ?
No hablo bastante.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
143
Later than you.
I go out later than you.
Do you go to the theatre as early
as I?
I gb earlier than you.
Sooner.
•Earlier.
Does your lather go earlier than I?
He goes too early.
Not — yet.
Already.
Do you speak already ?
I do not speak yet.
Do you finish your note ?
I do not finish it yet.
Do you breakfast already ?
Do you come to see me ?
Mas tarde que Yd.
Salgo mas tarde que Vd.
^ Va Vd. al teatro tan tenipran<>
como yo ?
Voy mas teinprano que Vd.
Mas presto, mas pronto.
Mis temprano.
I Va su padre de Vd. mas teinprano
que yo ?
El va demasiado temprano.
No — TODAvf a (or au»\
Ya.
jHabla Vd. ya?
No hablo todavia.
I Acaba Vd. su billete ?
No lo acabo aun.
j Almuerza Vd. ya ?
; Viene Vd. a verme ?
Verbs of motion always require the Preposition d, and
Verbs of rest the Preposition en. Ex. :
Voy d ver a mis niSos.
Mando d buscar vino.
Mando d buscar al me'dico.
Voy al teatro.
Estoy en el jardin.
I go to see my children.
I send for some wine.
I aia sending for the physician,
I am going to the theatre.
I stay in the garden.
But as we have seen in the foregoing lessons, the Infini-
tive is in Spanish sometimes preceded by de, sometimes by
a, sometimes by para, and sometimes by que. Jt is used
without any of those Prepositions before it, in every other
case not specified as requiring any of them. Yet the Arti-
cle el is placed before the Infinitive when it is used sub-
stantively. Ex. :
To eat too much Is dangerous.
To speak too much is foolish.
2b do good to those that have of-
fended us is a commendable ac-
tion.
EL comer demasiado es peligroso.
El hablar demasiado es necedad.
El hacer bien d los que nos ban
ofendido es una accion laudable.
Exercise No. 82.
Do you put on another coat in order to go to the play ?
I do put on another. Do you put on your gloves before
144 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
you put on your shoes ? I put on my shoes before I put on
my gloves. Does your brother put on his hat instead of
putting on his coat ? He puts on his coat before he puts
on his hat. Do our children put on their boots in order to
go to our friends ? They put them on in order to go to
them. What do our sons put on ? They put on their
clothes and their gloves. Do you already speak Spanish '?
I do not si:>eak it yet, but I begin to learn it. Does your
father go out already? He does not go out. At what
o'clock does he go out ? He goes out at ten o'clock. Does
he breakfast before he goes out ? He breakfasts and writes
his notes before he goes out. Does he go out earlier than
you ? I go out earlier than he. Do you go to the play as
often as I ? I go thither as often as you. Do you begin
to know that man ? I do begin to know him. Do you
breakfast early ? We do not breakfast late. Does the
Englishman go to the concert earlier than you ? He goes
there later than I. A* what o'clock does he go ? He goes
at half^ast seven.
Exercise No. 83.
I No va Vd. demasiado temprano al concierto ? yoy de-
niasiado tarde. <; Escribo yo demasiado ? Vd. no escribe
demasiado, pero habla demasiado. £ Hablo yo mas que
Vd. ? Vd. habla mas que yo y que mi hermano. £ Es mi
sombrero demasiado grande ? No es ni demasiado grande,
ni demasiado pequeno. ,; Habla Vd. el espafiol mas a me-
nudo que el ingles ? Hablo el ingles mas a menudo que el
espafiol. i Compran sus amigos de Vd. mucho grano ? No
compran sino un poco. <; Tiene Vd. bastante pan ? Tengo
un poco solamente, pero tengo bastante. £ Es tarde ? No
es tarde. ^ Que hora es? Es la una. <; Es demasiado tarde
para ir a casa de su padre ? Es demasiado tarde para ir a
su casa. <?Me conduce Vd. a su casa? Le conduzco a
Vd. a su casa. <? En donde esta el ? Esta en su escritorio.
^Compra el mejicano un caballo? No puede compmrlo.
^Es pobre? No es pobre, es mas rico que Vd. ^Es su
hermano de Vd. tan bueno como Vd. ? Es mejor que yo,
pai'o Vd. es mejor que el y que yo.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
145
THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON.
THE PAST PARTICIPLE.
The Past Participle, when it is regular, always terminates in do. It is
formed from the Infinitive, whose termination is, for the first conjuga-
tion, changed into ado, thus : hablar, hablado ; and for the second and
third into ido, thus : beber, bebido ; recibir, recibido. Examples :
To speak, spoken.
To buy, bought.
To study, studied.
FIBST CONJUGATION.
Hablar, hablado.
Comprar, comprado.
Estudiar, estudiado.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
To drink, drunk.
To sell, sold.
To answer, answered.
To receive, received.
To suffer, suffered.
To unite, united.
Beber, bebido.
Vender, vendido.
Eesponder, respondido.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
Kecibir, recibido.
Sufnr, sufrido.
Unir, unido.
To BE— BEEN.
Have you been to market ?
I have been there.
I have not been there.
Have I been there ?
You have been there.
You have not been there.
Has he been there ?
He has been there.
He has not been there.
Seb — SIDO.
* EsTAB— ESTADO.
<iHa estado 7d. en el mercado?
He estado.
No he estado.
J He estado yo ?
Vd. ha estado.
Vd. no ha estado.
I Ha estado el ?
El ha estado.
El no ha estado.
Evee.
Neveb.
Have you been at the ball ?
Have you ever been at the ball ?
1 have never been there.
Thou hast never been there.
He has never been there.
Alguna vez.
nunca or jamas — no nunca,
I Ha estado Vd. en el baile ?
<;Ha estado Vd. alguna vez eu ei
baile?
Nunca he estado.
No he estado nunca.
Tii nunca has estado.
Tii no has estado nunca.
El nunca ha estado.
El no ha estado nunca
146
THE SPANISH TEACHEJl.
AlJtEADY.
Have you already been at the play?
I have already been there.
You bave already been there.
Ya.
I Ha estado Yd. ya en el teatro ?
He estado ya.
Yd. ha estado ya.
INot YET.
I have not yet been there.
He has not yet been there.
Have you not been there yet?
We have not yet been there.
Have you already been at
father's ?
I have not yet been there.
my
No— ATTN, TODAVIA.
No he estado aun.
El no ha estado todavfa.
,i No han estado Vds. aun ?
No hemos estado todavia.
^Ha estado Vd. ya en casa
padre ?
No he estado alii todavia..
nu
YVhere have you been this morning ?
I have been in the garden.
Where has thy brother been ?
He has been in the warehouse.
Has he been there as early as I ?
He has been there earlier than you.
,;En donde ha estado Yd. esta ma-
nana ?
He estado en el jardin.
I En donde ha estado tu hermano ?
El ha estado en el almacen.
,;Ha estado el alii tan temprano
como yo?
Ha estado mas temprano que Yd.
The Past Participle of a verb is often used in ellipsis of the present
participle of the auxiliaries Ilaber or Ser.
Comprada la casa.
Apagado el fuego.
The house being bought.
The tire being extinguished.
Exercise No. 84
Where have you been ? I have been at the market. Have
you been at the ball ? I have been there. You have been
there. Hast thou been there ? I have not been there. Has
your son ever been at the theatre? He has never been
there. Hast thou already been in my 'warehouse? I have
never been there. Do you intend to go thither? I intend
to go. When will you go ? I will go to-morrow. At what
o'clock? At twelve o'clock. Has your brother already
been in my garden ? He has not been there. Does he in-
tend to see it? He does intend to see it. When will he
go thither? He will go to-day. Does he intend to go to
the ball this evening ? He intends to go. Have you alrea-
dy been at the ball? I have not yet been there. When do
M
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 147
yon intend to go ? I intend to go to-morrow. Have yon
already oeen in the Frenchman's garden ? I have not yet
been there. Have you been in my warehouses? I have
been there. When did you go there ? I went there this
morning. Have I been in your counting-house, or in that
of your friend? You have neither been in mine nor in that
of my friend, but in that of the Englishman.
Exercise No. 85.
Has the Italian been in our warehouses or in those of the
Dutch ? He has neither been in ours nor in those of the
Dutch, but in those of the Germans. Hast thou already
been at the market? I have not yet been there, but I in-
tend to go. Has our neighbor's son been there? He has
been. When has he been there? He has been to-day.
Does the son of our gardener intend to go to the market?
He intends to go. What does he wish to buy there ? He
wishes to buy some chickens, oxen, corn, wine, cheese and
cider. Have you already been at my brother's ? I have al-
ready been. Has your friend already been there ? He has
not yet been. Have we already been at our friend's? We
have not yet been. Have our friends already been at onr
house ? They have never been. Have you ever been at the
theatre? I have never been. Have you a mind to write
an exercise ? I have a mind to write one. To whom do
you wish to write a note ? I wish to write one to my son.
Has your father been already at the concert ? He has not
yet been, but he intends to go. Does he intend to go to-
day? He intends to go to-morrow. At what o'clock will
he set out ? He will set out at half-past six. Does he in-
tend to leave ( partir) before he breakfasts ? He intends to
breakfast before he leaves (antes de partir).
Exercise No. 86.
Have you been to the play as early as I ? I have been
earlier than you. Have you often been at the concert ? 1
148
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
have often been. Has our neighbor been at the theatre as
often as we ? He has been there oftener than we. Do our
friends go to their counting-house too early ? They go too
late. Do they go thither as late as we ? They go later
than we. Do the English go to their warehouses too early?
They go too early. Is your friend as often in the counting-
house as you ? He is there oftener than I. What does he
do there ? He writes. Does he write as much as you ? He
writes more than I. Where does your friend remain ? He
remains in his counting-house. Does he not go out? He
does not go out. Do you remain in the garden ? I remain
there. Do you go to your friend every day ? I go to him
every day. When does he come to you ? He comes to me
every morning. Do you go any where in the evening? I
go nowhere, I stay at home. Do you send for any one ? I
send for my physician. Does your servant go for any thing?
He goes for some wine. Have you been anywhere this
morning? I have been nowhere. Where has your father
been ? He has been nowhere. When do you drink tea ?
I drink some every morning. Does your son drink coffee ?
No, Sir, he only drinks chocolate.
THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON.
Every Past Participle that does not terminate in ado or
ido is called irregular; such are the following, from the
Verbs :
Abbib.
Cubrir.
Descubrir.
Encubrir.
Absolves.
Desenvolver.
Disolver.
Euvolver.
Resolver.
Revolver.
Volver.
Devolver (*).
To open.
To cover.
To discover.
To conceal.
To absolve.
To unroll.
To dissolve.
To wrap.
To resolve.
To revolve.
To return.
To give back.
To return.
Pabt.
Abieeto.
Cubierto.
Descubierto.
Encubierto.
Absuelto.
Desenvuelto.
Disuelto.
Envuelto.
Resuelto.
Revuelto.
Vuelto.
Devuelto
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
149
Decib.
Contradecir,
Desdecir.
Predecir.
Esckibib.
Iuscribir.
Prescribir.
Proscribir. *
Haceb.
Contrahacer.
Deshacer.
Rehacer.
Satisfacer.
Impkimib.
Mobib.
PoNEB.
Anteponer.
Componer.
Deponer.
Descomponer.
Disponer*
Esponer.
Imp oner.
Indisponer.
Oponer.
Preponer.
Presuponer.
Propouer.
Reponer.
Sobreponer.
Suponer.
Trasponer.
Veb.
Prever.
Rever.
There are also some Verbs which have two Past Participles, the one
regular and the other irregular. The first is always employed with the
Auxiliary Verb haber, to have ; the second is never joined to it, but fol-
lows the rule of Adjectives ; as 61 estd despierto, sin que le hayan desper*
lado, he is awaked without any person's having awaked him. But preso
seized, provisto provided, and roto broken, are oftener used with the
Auxiliary haber than the Regular Participle.
* Volver is* used when it relates to persons, and devolver relating t<?
things ; as, to return a book, devolver un llbro.
t As a Noun it means an exile.
To say.
DlCHO.
To contradict.
Contradicha
To give the he.
Desdicho.
To predict.
Predicho.
To write.
Escbito.
To inscribe.
Inscrito.
To prescribe.
Prescrito.
To proscribe. j
To banish. j
Proscrito (f).
To make, to do.
Hecho.
To counterfeit
Contrahecho.
To undo.
Deshecho.
To do over again.
Rehecho.
To satisfy.
Satisfecho.
To print.
Impbeso.
To die.
Muerto.
To place. (
To put. J
PUESTO.
To, prefer.
Antepuesto.
To compose.
Compuesto.
To depose.
Depuesto.
To discompose.
Descompuesto
To dispose.
Dispuesto.
To expose.
Espuesto.
To impose. )
To inform. j
Impuesto.
To indispose.
Indispuesto.
To oppose.
Opuesto.
To place first.
Prepuesto.
To presuppose.
Presupuesto.
To propose.
Propuesto .
To replace.
Repuesto.
To place over.
Sobrepuesto.
To suppose.
Supuesto.
To transpose.
Traspuesto.
To see.
VlSTO.
To foresee.
Previsto.
To review.
Revisto.
150
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Infinitive.
Pakt. eeg.
Part, iebeo.
Ahitarse.
To surfeit.
Ahitado.
Ahito.
Bendecir.
To bless.
Bendecido.
Bendito.
tfienquerer.
To esteem.
Bienquerido.
Bienquisto.
■Oircuncidar.
To circumcise.
Circnncidado.
Circunciso.
Compeler.
To compel.
Compelido.
Compulso.
Completar.
To complete.
Completado.
Completo.
Concluir
To conclude.
Concluido.
Concluso (1).
Confesai.
To confess.
Confesado.
Confeso (2).
Confundir. -j
To confound j
To confuse. j
Confundido.
Confuso.
Consumir.
To consume.
Consumido.
Consunto.
Contentar.
To content.
Contentado.
Contento (3).
Contundir.
To bruise.
Contundido.
Contuse
Oonvencer.
To convince.
Convencido.
Convicto.
Correjir.
To correct.
Correjido.
Correcto.
Corroniper.
To corrupt.
Corrompido.
Corrupto. .
Desertar.
To desert.
Desertado.
Desierto (4).
Despertar.
To awake.
Despertado.
DespieHo.
Desquitarse.
To retrieve.
Desquitado.
Desquito.
Difundir.
To diffuse.
Difundido.
Difuso .
Dispersar.
To scatter.
Dispersado.
Disperse
Dividir.
To divide.
Dividido.
Diviso.
Elejir.
To elect.
Elejido.
Electo.
Enjugar.
To wipe.
Enjugado.
Enjuto.
Erijir.
To erect.
Erijido.
Erecto.
Escluir.
To exclude.
Escluido.
Escluso.
Espeler.
To expel.
Espelido.
Esj^ulso.
Espresar.
To express.
Espresado.
Espreso.
Esiinir.
To exempt.
Eximido.
Exento.
Fechar.
To date.
Fechado.
Fecho.
Fijar.
To fix.
Fijado.
Fijo.
Freir.
To fry.
Freido.
Frito
Hartar.
To satiate.
Hartado.
Harto.
Incluir. )
To include. )
To inclose. j
Incluido.
Incluso.
Incurrir.
To incur.
Incurrido.
Incurso.
Infectar.
Inficionar.
To infect. 1
Infectado. (
Inricionado. )
Infecto.
Injerir.
Injertar.
To ingraft. >
Injerido. )
Injertado. j
Injerto.
1. Bar una causa 6 pleito per concluso — To consider a suit ready to
pass sentence upon.
2. Convicto y confeso— Found and plead guilty.
3. Contento, as a Noun, means contentment. +
4. Desierto, as a Noun, means desert.
PRACTICAL" EXERCISES.
151
Invertir.
To invert.
Invertido.
Inverso.
Juntar.
To join.
Juntado.
Junto.
Maldecir.
To curse.
maldecido.
Maldito.
Malquitarse
To get bated,
malquistado.
Malquisto.
Manifesfcar. >•
To sbow. )
To manifest. )
Manifestado. (■
)
Manifiesto (1)
Manumitir.
To manumit.
Manumitido.
Manumiso.
Marcbitar.
To witber.
Marchitado.
Marobito.
Ocultar.
To bide.
Ocultado.
Oculto.
Oniitir.
To omit.
Omitido .
Omiso.
Oprimir.
To oppress.
Oprimido.
Opreso.
Pagar.
To pay.
Pagado.
Pago (famil.)
Prender.
To seize.
Prendido.
Preso.
Proveer.
To provide.
Proveido.
Provisto.
Ranciarse.
To grow rancid.
Ranciado.
Rancio.
Repletar.
To stuff.
Repletado.
Repleto.
Recluir.
To sbut up.
Recluido.
Recluso.
Respouder.
To answer.
Respondido.
Respuesto.
Rizar.
To curl.
Rizado.
Rizo.
Romper.
To break.
Rompido.
Roto.
Salvar.
To save.
Salvado.
Salvo.
Situar.
To locate.
Situado.
Sito.
Soltar. |
To loosen. )
To release. J
Soltado. i
Suelto.
Sujetar.
To subdue.
Sujetado
Sujeto.
Suprimir.
To suppress.
Suprimido.
Supreso.
Surjir.
To anchor.
Surjido.
Surto.
Suspender.
To suspend.
Suspendido.
Suspense
Torcer.
To twist.
Torcido.
Tuerto.
Zafar.
To escape.
Zafado.
Zafo.
1. Manijiesto, ai
3 a Noun, means r
nanifest.
Exercise No. 87.
Is he a soldier? (*) No, but he has been. Am I not
your friend ? No, Sir ; you have been, but you are no
longer (ya). Is he young? Yes, Sir, he is. Is she pretty ?
No, Sir, she is ugly and old. Is this a gold pen ? It is not
of gold, but of silver. Are you well? No, Sir, I am not
* The scbolar will bear in mind tbat Ser affirms what a person or
thing is ; and Eslar indicates how or where it is. Examples :
What is that man ? Que es ese hombre ? He is a physician, a saiioJ,
a lawyer, a democrat, a friend or neighbor of mine, a young man, a
handsome man, a negro, etc. Es medico, marinero, abogado, democrat^
mi amigo, 6 mi vecino, joven, hermoso, negro.
152 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
very well. Is lie an honest man ? I believe lie is. Is he
sad ? No, Sir, he is very happy (contenlo). Where is he ?
He is here. Has your sister been in the garden ? She has
not. If the general has been victorious, he shall be praised
and rewarded ; but if he has been beaten (derrotado), he
ehall bo blamed, and perhaps also (acaso tambien) punished.
Exercise No. 88.
Is the door opened ? Yes, Sir, I have opened it. Are
the letters opened? No, Sir, nobody has opened them.
Have you covered the basket ? It is covered. Have you
found out any thing? All has been found out. Is the
packet unrolled ? Yes, Sir, I have unrolled it. Have you
dissolved the salt (la sal) in water ? It is already dissolved.
Has the Assembly (Asamblea) been dissolved ? Not yet.
Have you wrapped up all the papers ? They are all ready.
What have you resolved on that subject (sobre aquel asunto) ?
I have not yet resolved upon any thing. Has she returned ?
She has not. Have you told him any thing ? I have not
seen him. Have you contradicted him? Has he (se ha)
given the lie ? He has not. Had (habia) any body predict-
ed to you your fate (suerte) ? Nobody had. How many
letters have you already written ? I have not written any
yet. What has the physician prescribed for the sick ? He
has prescribed nothing yet. Has your friend been banish-
ed? Yes, Sir, he is already an exile. What have you
done ? I have done nothing. Where is the carpenter who
made that table? He is dead, and must be now in the
other world. Are you satisfied ? Have you ever seen a
How is he? Como estd? He is sick, sad, seated, laid down. Esla
malo (or enfcrmo), triste, sentado, acostado.
Where is he ? En donde estd ? He is here, at home, out, up stairs, in
his room, in Europe, etc. Enid aqui, en casa, fuera, arriba, en su cuarto,
en Europa.
Finally, when the verb to be is used in English speaking of any
thing that has happened, or will at any time happen, it is rendered m
Spanish by Ser ; as, he has been, or shall be punished, blamed, reward-
ed, applauded, praised, etc. Ha sido 6 sera casligado, culpado, reoom-
pensado, aplaudido, alabado, etc.
%.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 15?
book better printed than this ? It is very well printed
Who has placed that picture there? Who has put this
(thing) (esto) here? I have (Yo, or yo lo he puesto).
Exercise No. 89.
Blessed be (sea) the Lord ! Unfortunate is he who (Des-
graciado de aquel que) has never blessed Him ! Have you
completed your Dictionary? Yes, Sir, it is completed.
Have you awaked your brother ? He was (edaba) awaked
a long time ago (hacia mucho tiempo). Why (For que) are
these birds scattered? Because (porque) the children
have scattered them. Who has elected your friend ? He
has been elected by the people. Is the meaning of the law
well expressed ? Yes, Sir, I think (creo que) the body who
have passed it has expressed it weJl. The cook has fried
the eggs (huevon), thinking that you liked them fried.
Have you included in the bill (cuenla) all that I owe you ?
Yes, Sir, it is all included. Is your advertisement inserted?
The printer (impi'eso?-) has not inserted it yet. All the
flowers (lasjiores) of the garden are withered ; the sun has
been too hot (muy fuerte) to-day, and it has withered
them. Have you ever hid any thing ? I have never hid
anything. A thief has been- seized. Who has seized him?
Have you provided your friend with letters ? He is well
provided. Is that chair broken ? Who has broken it ?
Exercise No. 90.
The door is open, because the servant has opened it. He
is covered with wounds (de heridas). He has discovered
every thing (todo). He has concealed all his crimes (cri-
menes). He has unrolled the map (el mapa). The meeting
is dissolved. The pamphlet (folleto) is wrapped. He is
resolved to marry (a casarse). She has returned. He has
said the truth. He has contradicted himself. He has pre-
dicted it. I have written the letter. He has inscribed his
name. He has prescribed for the sick. He is proscribed.
Ho has made all his efforts. This letter is counterfeited
154
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
It is undone. Ifc is done over again. I am satisfied. She
is dead. He has died. He has placed it here. She has
composed it. It is discomposed. It is well disposed. It
is exposed. It is imposed. She is indisposed. He is op-
posed to that (a eso). I have proposed that. She lias re-
placed it. He has supposed that. He has transposed it.
She has seen that. I have foreseen it. It is already printed.
Exercise No. 91.
The soup (sopa) is warm, because the cook (fern,) has
warmed it. The book is completed, because the author
has completed it. The man is confused, because his friend
has confounded him. The boy is contented, because you
have pleased him. The criminal is convicted, because the
jury has convicted him. The exercise is corrected, because
you have corrected it. The youth is corrupted, because
bad company has corrupted him. The house is deserted,
because the people have deserted it. The child is undress-
ed, because the nurse (la nodriza) has undressed him. He
is awaked, because somebody has awaked him.
THIKTY-SIXTH LESSON.
To HAVE HAD.
Have you had my book ?
I have not had it.
Have you had the books ?
I have had them.
I have not had them.
Have I had them ?
You have had them.
You have not had them.
Has he had them ?
He has had them.
He has not had them.
What has he had ?
What has been the matter with
him?
He has had nothing.
Nothing has been tbe matter
with him.
Habek habido or Haber TENIDa
I Ha tenido Vd. mi libro ?
No lo he tenido.
I Ha tenido Vd. los libros ?
Los he tenido.
No los he tenido.
; Los he tenido yo?
Vd. los ha tenido.
Vd. no los ha tenido.
I Los ha tenido el ?
Los ha tenido.
No los ha tenido.
t i Que* ha tenido el ?
f No ha tenido nada.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
155
Have you been hungry ?
I have been afraid.
He has never been right
TO TAKE PLACE.
Does the ball take place this even-
ing?
tt does take place.
£t takes place this evening,
[t does not take place to-day.
When did the ball take place ?
Et took place yesterday.
Yestebday.
the dat before yestebday.
How many times ? (how often ?)
Once.
Twice.
Thrice (three times).
Many times.
JBeveral times.
t i Ha tenido Vd. hambre ?
f He tenido miedo.
t El nunca ha tenido razon.
f Teneb eeecto.
t Celebbaese or dabse.
f i Se da or se celebra el baile esta
noche ?
f Se da or se celebra.
t Se da or se celebra esta noche.
f No se da or no se celebra hoy.
t i Cuando se dio or se celebro el
baile ?
f Se dio or se celebro ayer.
Ayeb.
Anteayeb or Antes de ayeb.
I Cuantas vezes ?
Una vez.
Dos vezes.
Tres vezes.
Muchas vezes.
Varias vezes.
fobmerly.
Sometimes.
Do you go sometimes to the thea-
tre?
I go sometimes.
Have you gone thither sometimes?
Have you gone thither often ?
Oftener than you.
Have the men had my trunk ?
They have not had it.
Who has had it?
Nobody has had it.
Somebody has had it.
Have they had my knives ?
They have not had them.
Have I been right in buying books?
You have been right in buying
some.
The work.
The silver.
En oteo teempo — Anttguamente.
Algunas vezes.
^Va Vd. algunas vezes al teatro?
Voy algunas vezes.
,iHa ido Vd. alia algunas vezes?
j Ha ido Vd. alia a menudo ?
Mas a menudo que Vd.
I Han tenido los hombres mi baul ?
No lo han tenido.
I Quie'n lo ha tenido ?
Nadie lo ha tenido.
Alguien lo ha tenido.
I Han tenido ellos mis cuchillos ?
No los han tenido.
,;He tenido yo razon de or hechs
bien en comprar libros ?
Vd. ha tenido razon de or hecho
bien en comprar.
La obra.
La plata.
156 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Haber is employed as an auxiliary verb, and consequently is generally
used before a Past Participle. Ex. : He dicho. I have saia. Tenet
meaning to have, to hold, ty possess, is generally used as an active verb.
Ex. : He dicho que tengo un hijo. I have said that I have a son.
.The Past Participle of Haber (habido), is only used impersonally, and
it is rendered in English by that of the verb to be. Ex. : Ha habido un
rumor, There has been a rumor ; Ha habido un fuego en la ciudad,
There has been a fire in the city ; Ha habido un baile, There has been a
ball.
Haber is also used impersonally in any tense. Ex. : If there should be
any thing, I will tell you, Si hubiese algo se lo dire" a Vd.
Exercise No. 92.
Have you had my pocket-book ? I have had it. Have
you had my glove ? I have not had it. Hast thou had my
umbrella? I have not had it. Have I had your knife?
You have had it. When have you had it ? You have had
it yesterday. Have I had your gloves? You have had
them. Has your brother had my hammer ? He has had it.
Has he had my golden ribbon? He has not had it. Have
the English had my beautiful ship ? They have had it.
Who has had my handkerchiefs ? Your servants have had
them. Have we had the iron trunk of our good neighbor ?
We have had it. Have we had his fine gun ? We have not
had it. Have we had the mattresses of the foreigners? We
have not had them. Has the American had my good book?
He has had it. Has he had my silver knife ? He has not
had it. Has the young man had the first volume of my
work? He has not had the first, but the second. Has he
had it ? Yes, Sir, he has had it. When has he had it ? He
has had it this morning. Have you had any sugar? I have
had some. Have I had any paper ? You have not had any.
Has the cook of the Russian captain had any chickens? Hq
has not had any.
Exercise No. 93.
Has the Frenchman had good wine ? He has had some,
and he has still (awn) some. Hast thou had large books?
I have had some. Has thy brother had any ? He has not
PRACTICAL EXERCISER. 157
had any. Has the son of our gardener bad any butter ?
He lias had some. Have the Poles had good tobacco ?
They have had some. What tobacco have they had? They
have had tobacco and snuff. Have the English had as
touch sugar as tea ? They have had as much of the one, as
jf the other. Has the physician been right ? He has not
been right. Have the Mexicans been right or wrong ? They
have never been right. Have I been right in buying honey?
You have been right in buying some. What has the paint-
er had ? He has had fine pictures. Has he had fine gar-
dens ? He has not had any. Has your servant had my
shoes? He has not had tbem. What has the Spaniard
had ? He has had nothing. Who has had courage ? The
English sailors have had some. Have the Germans had
many friends ? They have had many. Have we had more
friends than enemies ? We have had more of the latter than
of the former. Has your son had more wine than cider ?
He has had more wine than cider. Has the Turk had more
hay than corn ? He has had less of the latter than of the
former. Has the Italian painter had any thing ? He has
had nothing.
Exercise No. 94.
Have I been right in writing to my brother ? You have
been right in writing to him. Have you had a sore foot ?
I have had a sore eye. Have you had any thing ? I have
had nothing. Did the ball take place yesterday ? It did
not take place. Does it take place to-day ? It takes place
to-morrow. When does the ball take place ? It takes place
this evening. Did it take place the day before yesterday ?
It did take place. At what o'clock did it take place ? It-
took place at eleven o'clock. Did you go {ha extado Vd.) to
my brother's? I went thither (he estado). How many
times have you been at my friend's ? I have been twice.
Do you go sometimes to the theatre ? I go sometimes.
How many times have you been at the theatre ? I have
been but once. Have you sometimes been at the ball ? I
have often been. Has your brother ever gone to the ball?
158 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
He has never gone. Has lie gone there as often as you ?
He has gone oftener than I. Dost thou go sometimes into
the garden ? I go sometimes. Hast thou often been there ?
I have often been there. Does your old cook often go to
the market ? He goes there often. Does he go there as
often as my gardener ? He goes oftener than he. Did that
take place ? It did take place. When did it take place ?
I do not know.
Exercise No. 95.
When have you been at the concert ? I was there the
day before yesterday. Did he find any body there ? He
found nobody there. Hast thou gone to the ball oftener
than thy brothers ? I have not gone thither oftener than
they. Has your friend often been at the play ? He has
been there several times. Have you sometimes been hun-
gry? I have often been hungry. Has your valet often
been thirsty ? He has never been either hungry or thirsty.
Did yon go to the play early ? I went late. Did I go to
the ball as early as you ? You went earlier than I. Did
your brother go there too late ? He went there too early.
Have your brothers had any thing? They have had no-
thing. Who has had my stick and my gloves ? Your ser-
vant has had both. Has he had my hat and my gun ? He
has had both. Hast thou had my horse and my brother's ?
I have had neither yours nor your brother's. Have I had
your note or the physician's ? You have had neither the
one nor the other. What has the physician had? He has
had nothing. Has any body had my gold candlestick ? No-
body has had it. Has any one had my silver knives ? No
one has had them.
THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
THE PAST INDEFINITE.
This tense is formed as the Perfect tense in English, viz. : from the
Present of the auxiliai y and the Past Participle of the verb you conju-
gate. Examples :
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
159
I have studied this morning.
I studied yesterday.
I studied last month.
I have studied this month.
Last month.
Last year.
Last week.
He estudiado esta manana.
He estudiado ayer.
He estudiado el mes pasado.
He estudiado este mes.
El mes pasado.
El alio pasado.
La semana pasada.
To MAKE, TO DO— MADE, DONE.
What have you done ?
I have done nothing.
Haceb* — HECHO.
J Que* ha hecho Vd. ?
No he hecho nada.
Has the shoemaker made my boots?
He lias made them.
He has not made them.
I Ha hecho el zapatero mis botas *
Las ha hecho.
No las ha hecho.
To put — PUT.
To PUT ON — PUT ON.
Have you put on your coat?
I have put it on.
Have you put on your shoes ?
I have put them on.
To TAKE OFF, TAKEN OFF.
Have you taken off your gloves ?
I have taken them off.
To TELIi, TO SAY — TOLD, SAID.
Ha^ you said the words ?
I nave said them.
Have you told me the word?
I have told you the word.
I have told it to you.
That, that thing.
This, this thing.
Has he told you that?
He has told me that.
Have I told you that ?
You have told me that.
It.
Have you t >ld it to me ?
PONEK* — PUESTO.
PONERSE — PUESTO, OT CALZARSE-
calzado (speaking of shoes).
I Se ha puesto Vd. ia casaca ?
Me la he puesto.
I Se ha calzado Vd. los zapatos ?
Me los he calzado.
QUITARSE, QUITADO.
I Se ha quitado Vd. los guantes ?
Me los he quitado.
Decir* — dicho.
j Ha dicho Vd. las palabras ?
Las he dicho.
I Me ha dichc Vd. la palabra ?
He dicho a Vd. la palabra.
Se la he dicho a Vd.
Aquello, eso.
Esto.
I Le ha dicho a Vd. eso ?
Me ha dicho eso.
I He dicho a Vd. eso ?
Vd. me ha dicho eso.
Lo — LA.
I Me loiia dicho Vd. ?
160
THE SPANISH TEACHEE.
The Pronouns me lo (it to me), se lo (it to him, to her,
to you), are used separate before the verb, except when the
verb is in the Infinitive, Present participle or Imperative,
in which case they are placed after the verb an<* joined to
it.
1 imagine it.
I promised it to you.
I may assure it to him.
Can you promise it to me ?
I have told it to you.
I have not told it to you.
Has he told it to you 1
He has told it to me.
He has not told it to me.
Have you told him that?
I have told it to him.
Me lo figuro.
Se Zo.prometo a Vd.
Puedo asegurarsefo.
I Puede Vd. promete'r?n to ?
Se lo he dicho a Vd.
No se lo he dicho a V<?
I Se lo ha dicho a Vd. ?
Me lo ha dicho.
No me lo ha dicho.
I Le ha dicho Vd. eso )
tie lo he dicho.
Have you spoken to the men ?
I have spoken to them.
To whom do you speak ?
^Ha hablado Vd. a los Ombres?
Les he hablado.
,; A qui en habla Vd. ?
Are you the brother of my friend ? | i Es Vd, el hermano de -"li amigo ?
The Pronoun lo, rendered in English by so, and more elegar'l ' omit-
ted, may in Spanish relate to a substantive, an adjective, or ».ven a
whole sentence. It alters neither gender nor number.
Are you rich ?
I am.
I am not.
Is he a lawyer ?
He is.
He is not.
Are your neighbors as poor as
they say?
They are so.
jEs Vd. rico?
Si, Senor (lo soy).
No, Senor (no lo soy).
,iEs (el) abogado?
Si, Senor (lo es).
No, Senor (no lo es).
I Son sus vecinos de Vd. tan f^^oi
como dicen ?
Si, Senor (lo son).
The letter.
To WRITE, WRITTEN.
Which letters have you written ?
I have written these.
Which words has he written ?
He has written these which you see.
La carta.
escribir, escrito.
I Cuales cartas ha escrito Vd. 1
He escrito estas.
I Cuales palabras ha escrito el1
Ha escrito esas que Vd. ve.
PRACTICAL EXEECISES.
161
To DRINK, DRUNK.
TO SEE, SEEN.
To read, read (past part).
Which men have you seen ?
I have seen those.
Which books have you read ?
I have read those which you have
lent me.
Have you beeu acquainted, with
those men ?
I have not been acquainted with
them.
To CALL.
To THROW, THROW AWAY.
Do you call me ?
I do call you.
Who calls me?
Your lather calls you.
Have you called the men ?
I have called them.
Do you throw your money away ?
I do not throw it away.
Who throws away his books ?
Have you thrown away any thing ?
I have thrown away my gloves.
Have you thrown them away ?
I have thrown them away.
Beber, bebddo.
Ver,* visto.
Leer,* leido.
) A cuales hombres ha visto Vd, ?
He visto a aquellos.
i Cuales libros ha leido Vd. ?
He leido los que Vd. me ha pres-
tado.
I Ha conocido Vd. a esos hombres ?
No los he conocido.
Llamar.
tlrar, echar, arrojab.
jMeHftnwVd.?
Llamo a Vd.
I Quie'n me llama ?
Su padre de Vd. le llama.
I Ha llamado Vd. a los hombres ?
Los he llamado.
j Tira Vd. su dinero ?
No lo tiro.
iQuien tira sus libros?
i Ha tirado Vd. algo V
He tirado mis guantes.
I Los ha tirado Vd. ?
Los he tirado.
Exercise No. 96.
Have you any thing to do ? I have nothing to do. "W hat
hast thou done ? I have done nothing. Have I done any
thing ? You have done something. What have I done ?
You have torn my books. What have your children done ?
They have torn their clothes ? What have we done ? You
have done nothing, but your brothers have burnt my fine
books. Has the tailor already made your coat ? He has
not yet made it. Has your shoemaker already made your
shoes? He has already made them. Have you ever made
a hat ? I have never made one. Have our neighbors ever
written books ? They wrote some formerly. How many
coats has your tailor made ? He has made twenty or thirty.
Has he made good or bad coats ? He has made good and
162 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
bad ones. Has your father put on his coat ? He has not
yet put it on, but he is going to put it on. Has your brother
put on his shoes ? He has put them on. Have our neigh-
bors put on their shoes and their gloves ? They have put
on neither (ni los unos ni los otros). What has the physician
taken away ? He has taken nothing away. What have you
taken off? I have taken off my large hat. Have your
children taken off their gloves ? They have taken them off.
When did the ball take place ? It took place the day be-
fore yesterday. Who has told you that ? My servant has
told it to me. What has your brother told you ? He has
told me nothing. Did I tell you that ? You did not tell it
to me. Has he told it to you ? He has told it to me.
Who has told it to your neighbors? The English have
told it to them. Have they told it to the French ? They
have told it to them. Who has told it to you ? Your son
has told it to me. Has he told it to me ? Are you willing
to tell your friends that ? I am willing to tell them.
Exercise No. 97.
Are you the brother of that young man ? I am. Is that
young man your son ? He is. Are your friends as rich as
they say? They are so. Are these men as learned as they
say ? They are not so. Do you often* sweep the warehouse ?
I sweep it as often as I can. Has our neighbor money
enough to buy some coal ? I do not know. Has your cook
gone to the market? He has not gone thither. Is he ill
(malo) ? He is. Am I ill ? You are not. Are you as tall
as I ? I am. Are you as fatigued as your brother ? I am
more so than he. Have you written a note ? I have not
written a note, but an exercise. What have your brothers
written? They have written their exercises. When did
they write them ? They wrote them yesterday. Have you
written your exercises ? I have written them. Has your
friend written his ? He has not written them yet. Which
exercises has your little brother written ? He has written
his own. Have you spoken to my father ? I have spoken
to him. When did you speak to him ? I spoke to him the
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 163
day before yesterday. How many times have yon spoken
to the captain ? I have spoken to him several times. Have
you often spoken to his son ? I have often spoken to him.
To which men has your friend spoken ? He has spoken to
these and to those.
Exercise No. 98.
Have you spoken to the Mexicans ? I have spoken to
them. Have the English ever spoken to you ? They have
often spoken to me. What has the German told you ? He
has told me the words. Which words has he told you ?
He has told me these words. What have you to tell me ?
I have a few words to tell you. Which exercises has your
friend written ? He has written those. Which books have
your children read ? They have read those which you have
lent them. Have you seen these men or those ? I hava
seen neither these nor those. Which men have you seen ?
I have seen those to whom you have spoken. Have you
been acquainted with these men ? I have been acquainted
with them. With which boys has your brother been ac-
quainted ? He has been acquainted with those . of our
merchant. Has he been acquainted with those Spaniards ?
He has not been acquainted with them. Which wine has
your servant drunk ? He has drunk mine. Have you seen
my brothers ? I have seen them. Where have you seen
them ? I have seen them at their own house. Have you
ever seen Greeks? I have never seen any. Has your
father seen any? He has sometimes seen some. Do you
call me? I do call you. Who calls your brother? M\
father calls him. Dost thou call any one ? I call no one.
Have you thrown away your hat ? I have not thrown it
away. Does your father throw away any thing? He
throws away the letters which he receives. Have you
thrown away your pencils ? I have not thrown them away.
Dost thou throw away thy book ? I do not throw it away ;
I want it to study Spanish.
J 61
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
NEUTEB VERBS.
In neuter verbs the action is intransitive ; that is, it remains in tha
f gent. They, in Spanish, always form their compound tenses with the
auxiliary haber, and the participle is indeclinable. In their simple
tenses they are conjugated like the verbs of the conjugation to which
they belong.
To arrive — arrived.
To go — gone.
To stay— stood.
To remain — remained.
To set out — set out.
To go out — gone out.
To come — come.
Did you stay long in that country '
When did you go to the ball ?
Llegar, (1) llegado.
Ir, * — ido.
Estarse, * — estado.
Quedarse— quedado.
Par l ir — par ti do.
Salir,* — salido.
Venir, * — venido.
(iHa estado (Estuvo) Vd. mucno
tiempo en aquel pais ?
I Cuando ha estado (estuvo Vd.) eu
el bade ?
Whenever the period or hour in which an action takes place is men-
tioned, the Preterite Definite must be used.
I went thither at midnight.
Did he remain long in Paris ?
He remained there a year.
Has your father set out ?
Have your friends set out ?
They have not set out.
When did your brothers go out ?
They went out at ten o'clock.
He estado (Estuve) alii a media
noche.
<;Ha estado el mucho tiempo an
Paris ?
Ha estado alii un afio.
I Ha partido su padre de Vd. ?
I Han partido sus amigos de Vd. ?
No han partido.
,; Cuando han salido (salieron) sua
hermanos de Vd. ?
Han salido (salieron) a las diez.
Which fire have you extinguished ?
Which warehouses have you open-
ed?
Have you conducted them to the
storehouse ?
I have conducted them thither.
Which books have you taken ?
How many notes have you receiv-
ed?
I Cual fuego ha apagado Vd. ?
I Cuales almacenes ha abierto Vd. ?
^Los ha conducido Vd. al almacen?
Los he conducido alia.
I Cuales libros ha tornado Vd. ?
I Cuantos billetes ha recibido Vd. ?
1. Llegar, although it is not an irregular verb, takes a u after the g,
in all the persons in which it is immediately followed by an e. This
rule applies to all verbs that end in gar.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
1G5
I have received but one.
Have you opened the trunks ?
I have oj)ened them.
Which nails has the carpenter
picked up ?
To PICK UP— PICKED UP.
Which letters have you answered ?
To answer a letter.
Which books has he taken ?
Have they broken the glasses ?
They have not broken them.
Have you the gloves which I gave
you?
I have had them, but have them no
longer.
On, upon.
On the bench.
Upon it.
UltDEB.
Under the bench.
Underneath (under it).
Where is my hat ?
It is upon the bench.
Are my gloves on the bench ?
They are under it.
Do you learn to read?
I do learn.
I learn to write.
Have you learned to speak ?
I have learned.
In the warehouse.
The stove.
In the stove.
In it or within.
To WASH.
To get or have mended.
Got or hud mended.
To get or to have washed.
Got or had washed.
To get or have made.
Got or had made.
No he recibido sino uno.
I Ha abierto Vd. los baules ?
Los he abierto.
iCuaLs clavos ha recojido el car
pintero ?
ReCOJER — RECOJIDO.
I A cuales cartas ha contestado Vd. ?
Contestar a una carta.
I Cuales libros ha tornado el ?
I Han quebrado los vasos ?
No los han quebrado.
£Tiene Vd. los guantes que le he
dado?
Los he tenido. pero no los tengo ya
Sobee.
Sobre el banco.
Sobre el.
Deb a jo de.
Debajo del banco.
Debajo.
I Donde esta mi sombrero ?
Esta sobre el banco.
I Estan mis guantes sobre el banco f
Estan debajo, or debajo de el.
I Api*ende Vd. a leer ?
Aprendo.
Aprendo a escribir.
<;Ha aprendido Vd. a hablar?
He aprendido.
En el almacen.
La estufa.
En la estufa.
Dentro.
Lavab.
f Mandar or hacer reparar.
t Mandado or hecho reparar.
f Mandar or hacer lavar.
f Mandado or hecho lavar.
t Mandar or hacer hacer.
t Mandado or hecho hacer.
166
THE SPANISH TEACHES.
Are you getting a coat made (do
you order a coat) ?
. am getting one made (I order
one).
I have had one made.
H^ve you had your coat mended ?
I have had it mended.
I have had my shoes mended.
1 have had them mended.
To WIPE.
Have you not seen my book ?
I have seen it.
When ? — Whebe ?
When did you see my brother ?
I saw him the day before yesterday.
Where have you seen him ?
I have seen him at the theatre.
f i Se manda or hace Vd. hacer una
casaca ?
t Me mando or "hago hacer una.
f Me he mandado or hecho hacer
una.
I Ha mandado or hecho Vd. reparar
su casaca ?
He mandado or hecho repararla.
He mandado or hecho reparar mis
zapatos.
He mandado or hecho repararlos.
Enjugab.
i No ha visto Vd. mi libro ?
Lo he visto.
I CUANDO 1—1 D6NDE ?— jEn
DONDE ?
^Cuando ha visto Vd. a mi her-
mano ?
Le he visto anteayer.
I En donde le ha visto Vd. ?
Le he visto en el teatro.
Exercise No. 99.
Where are your brothers gone ? They are gone to the
theatre. Have your friends left (partir) ? They have not
yet left. When do they set out ? This evening. At what
o'clock ? At half-past nine. When did the French boys
come to your brother ? They came to him yesterday. Did
their friends come also ? They came also. Has any one
come to us ? The good Germans have come to us. Who
has come to the English ? The French have come to them.
When did you drink any wine ? We drank some yesterday
and to-day. Has the servant carried my note? He has
carried it. Where has he carried it ? He has carried it to
your friend. Which letters have you carried ? I have car-
ried those which you have given me to carry. To wnom
have you carried them ? I have carried them to your father.
Which books has your servant taken ? He has taken those
which you do not read. Have your merchants opened their
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 167
warehouses ? They have opened them. Which warehouses
have they opened? They have opened those which you
have seen. When have they opened them? They have
opened to-day. Have you conducted the foreigners to the
warehouses ? I have conducted them thither. Which fires
have the men extinguished ? They have extinguished those
which you have seen. Have you received any letters ? We
have received some. How many letters have you received ?
I have received only one ; but my brother has received
more than I : he has received six.
Exercise No. 100.
Where is my coat ? It is on the bench. Are my shoes
upon the bench ? They are under it. Is the coal under
the bench ? It is in the stove. Have you put some coal in
the stove ? I have put some into it. Are you cold ? I am
not cold. Is the coal which I have seen in the stove ? It
is in it. Are my letters upon the stove ? They are in it
/within). Have you not been afraid to burn my letters?
[ have not been afraid to burn them. Have you sent your
little boy to the market? I have sent him thither. When
did you send him ? This morning. Have you written to
your father ? I have written to him. Has he answered
you ? He has not yet answered me Are you getting your
room swept ? I am getting it swept. Have you had your
counting-house swept ? I have not had it swept yet, but I
intend to have it swept to-day. Have you wiped your feet ?
I have wiped them. Where did you wipe them ? I wiped
them upon the carpet. Have you had your benches wiped ?
I have had them wiped. What does your servant wipe ?
He wipes the knives. Have you ever written to the physi-
cian ? I have never written to him. Has he ever written
to you ? He has often written to me. How many times
have your friends written to you ? They have written to
me more than twenty times. Have you seen my sons ? I
have never seen them.
168 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 101.
Have you ever seen any Greeks ? I have never seen any
Have you already seen the Mexicans ? I have already seen
one. Where have you seen one ? At the theatre. Have
you given the book to my brother ? I have given it to him.
Have you given money to the merchant? I have given him
some. How much have you given him? I have given him
fourteen dollars. Have you given any gold ribbon to the
children of our neighbors? I have given them some.
Wilt thou give me some wine ? I have given you some
already. When didst thou give me some? I gave you
some formerly. Wilt thou give me some now ? I cannot
give you any ; I have none. Has the American lent you
money ? He has never lent me any. Is he poor ? He is
not poor ; he is richer than you. Will you lend me a
dollar ? I will lend you two. Has your boy come to mine ?
He has come to him. When? This morning. At what
o'clock ? Early. Did he come earlier than I ? He came
earlier than you. At what o'clock did he come ? He came
at half-past live.
Exercise No. 102.
Has the. concert taken place? It has taken place. Bid
it take place late ? It took place early. At what o'clock ?
At twelve. At what o'clock did the ball take place ? It
took place at midnight. Does your brother learn to write ?
He does learn. Does he know how to read ? He does not
know how yet. Do you know the Frenchman whom I
know? I do not know the one whom yon know, but I
know another. Does your friend know the same (a los
mistnos) merchants that I know? He does not know the
3ame (a los mismos), but he kno.ws others. Have you ever
had your coat mended? I have sometimes had it mended
Hast thou already had thy shoes mended ? I have not yet
hid them mended. Has your brother had his vest mended ?
He has had it mended several times (varias vezes). Hast
thou had thy hat or thy vest mended ? I have neither had
the one nor the other mended. Have you had your gloves
PRACTICAL EXEKCISES.
.69
or your handkerchiefs mended ? I have had neither the
one nor the other mended. Has your brother had any
thing made? He has not had any thing made. Have you
looked for my gloves? I have looked for them. Where
have you looked for them? I have looked for them upon
the bed, and have found them under it. Have you found
my notes in the stove ? I have found them in it. Have
you found my shoes under the bed ? I have found them
upon it. How long did you stay in that country ? I stayed
there two years. Did your father remain long at the ball ?
He remained there only a few minutes.
THIRTY-NIISTH LESSON.
THE IMPERFECT.
The Imperfect of the Indicative is formed from the present of the In-
Cnitive, for the first conjugation by changing the termination ar,
For the singular into
For the plural into
1st. Per.
aba,
dbamos,
2d. Per.
abas,
dbais,
3d. Per.
aba.
aban.
And for the second and third conjugations, changing ee, and ru,
1st. Per. 2d. Per. 3d. Per.
. . ia, ias, ia.
. . iamos, lais, ian.
For the singular into . . . .
^r the plural into • . .
Pres. Infinitive.
To speak — I spoke. Hablar.
To fear — I was fearing. Temer.
To suffer— I was suffering. Sufrir.
Imperfect.
Yo hahlaba, Vd. habla&a, elhabia&a.
JELabldbamos, habldbais, habla&an.
Yo tenvia, Vd. temia, El tern ia.
Temiamos, temiais, temian
Yo sufrirt, tii sufrias, El sufria.
Sufriownos, sufriais, sufria^
The preceding rule holds good for all verbs whether regular or irregu-
lar, with only the three following
EXCEPTION'
To be — I was. Ser
To see — I was seeing. Ver.
To go— I was going. Ir.
Yo era, Vd. era, El era.
Eramos, Vds. eran, Ellos eran.
j Yo veia, Vd. veia, El vela.
\ Veiimos, Vds. veidn, El veian.
j Yo iba, Vd. iba, El iba.
\ lbamos, Vds. iban, Ellos, iban
170
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
The Imperfect tense denotes the past with relation to the
present, and makes known that a thing was present in a
past time ; as, yo escribia, or estaba escribiendo cuando Vd.
llegb, I wrote (was writing) when you arrived. Conse-
quently it answers to the English was, or were, followed by
the present participle.
It serves also to denote habitual action, or action often
repeated in a past time : as, yo iba a la opera el invierno
pasado dos vezes a la semana, I went (used to go) last winter
to the opera twice a week. In this case it answers to the
English used to go.
Besides this tense, there is another in Spanish which
answers to the English imperfect in other instances. It is
the Preterito definido, so called because it defines the time
or period when the action took place, (1) and denotes a
thing done at a time of which nothing remains : as, Comi
ayer en casa del Seflor Altida, I dined yesterday at the house
of Mr. Altula. It may be noticed therefore, that it answers
to the English did, or the termination ed of the past
definite.
The best and most certain rule for beginners to follow,
until they become well acquainted with these t\\v_ Senses
in Spanish, is the following one : to use the imperfect,
except when the period in which the action took place, is
expressed or otherwise understood, and entirely past ; or
when the words was, were, or used to could not be employed
in English ; as in the three following instances : I saw you
yesterday, Vi a Vd. ayer. Did you write last night ? $ Es-
cribib Vd. anoche? I wrote (or did write) two letters,
Escribi dos cartas^
When I was in Havana I often went
to see my friends.
When you were in Paris, you often
went to the Elysian fields.
Cuando yo estaba en la Habana,
iba a inenudo a ver a mis ami-
gos.
Cuando Vd. estaba en Paris, iba
frecuentemente a los Campoa
Eliseos.
1. However, it cannot be used for what took place to-day. It can-
not be accompanied by the words this week, this month, etc., or by any
others expressing a time which is not entirely past. The pastindehnito
is then employed.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
171
Rome was at first governed by
kings.
Ccesar was a great man.
Cicero was a great orator.
Our ancestors went a hunting every
day.
The Romans cultivated the arts and
sciences, and rewarded merit.
"Were you walking ?
I was not walking.
"Were you in Madrid when the Queen
was there V
I was there when she was there.
"Where were you when I was in
London ?
At what time did you (used you to)
dine when you were in Germany ?
I dined when my father dined.
Did you (used you to) work when
he was working ?
I studied when he was working.
Roma era al principio gobernada
por reyes.
Ce'sar era un grande hombre.
Ciceron era un grande orador.
Nuestros abuelos iban a la caza to-
dos los dias.
Los Rom an os cultivaban las artes
y las ciencias, y premiaban el
me'rito.
i Estaba Vd. paseando ?
No me paseaba.
,.; Estaba Vd. en Madrid cuando la
reina estaba alii ?
Yo estaba alii cuando ella estaba.
I En donde estaba Vd. cuando yo
estaba en Londres ?
I A que hora comia Vd. cuando es-
taba en Alemania ?
Yo comia cuando mi padre comia.
(iTrabajaba Vd. cuando el traba-
jaba ?
Yo estudiaba cuando 6*1 trabajab?*
Some fish.
Some game.
A fishing.
A hunting.
When I lived at my father's I rose
earlier than I do now.
"When we lived in that country we
went a fishing often.
When I was ill I kept my bed all
day.
Last summer, when I was in the
country, there was a great deal
of fruit.
Pez — Pescado.
Caza.
La pesca.
La caza.
Cuando yo vivia en casa de mi ps«
dre, me levantaba mas temprano
que ahora.
Cuando viviamos en aquel pais,
ibamos a menudo a la pesca.
Cuando yo estaba malo, me estaba
en cama todo el dia.
Cuando yo estaba en el campo el
verano pasado, habia muchas
frutas.
A THING.
The same thing.
The same (the very) man.
It is all one (the same).
Una cosa.
La misma cosa.
El mismo hombre.
Es todo uno (Es lo mismo.)
Such.
Such a man.
Buch men.
Tat,. Semejante. Igttai.
Tal hombre. Un hombre tal.
Tales hombres.
172
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Such a woman,
Such things.
Such men merit esteem
Tal mujer. Una mujer tal.
Tales cosas. Cosas semejantes.
Semejantes homhres merecen apre*
cio.
Out.
Out of the city.
Without, or out of doors.
The church stands outside the city.
The town or city gate.
The barrier, the turnpike.
Seldom, rarely.
Some brandy.
The life.
To earn one's livelihood by ...
I earn my livelihood by working.
He earns his livelihood by writing.
I gain my money by working.
By what does that man gain his
livelihood?
Afuera. Fuera.
Fuera de la ciudad.
Fuera.
La iglesia esta fuera de la ciudad.
La puerta de la ciudad.
La barrera.
Raramente, rara vez.
Aguardiente.
La vida.
Ganar la vida en ...
Gano la vida trabajando.
El gana la vida en escribir, or escri-
biendo.
Gano mi dinero trabajando.
I En que gana aquel hombre la vida ?
To PROCEED, TO GO ON, TO CONTINUE.
He continues his speech.
A good appetite.
The narrative, the tale.
The edge, the brink.
The bank, the shore.
The coast.
The edge of the brook.
On the sea shore.
People or folks.
They are good folks.
They are wicked folks.
I forgot. We forgot
fou forgot. (Sing, and Plur.)
Je forgot. They forgot.
Chou forgottest.
When we went to school we often
forgot our books.
flThen you went to church you often
prayed to God for your children.
CoNTINUAR. PrOSEGUIR.
El continua su discurso.
Un buen apetito.
La narracion, el cuento.
La orilla, la uiarjen.
La ribera, la playa.
La costa.
La orilla del arroyo.
En la orilla del mar.
Jente.
Es buena jente.
Es mala jente.
Yo olvidaba. Nosotros olvidaba-
mos.
Vd. olvidaba. Vds. olvidaban.
El olvidaba. Ellos olvidaban.
Tu olvidabas.
Cuando nosotros ibamos a la escue-
la, olvidabamos a menudo nues-
tros libros.
Cuando Vd. iba a la iglesia, rogaba
a menudo a Dios por sus hijos
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
173
I paid. We paid.
You paid. (Sing, and Plur.)
He paid. They paid.
Thou paidst.
When we received some money we
employed it in purchasing good
books.
When you bought of that merchant,
you did not always pay in cash.
Has your sister succeeded in mend-
ing your cravat ?
She has succeeded in it.
Has the woman returned from the
market ?
She has not yet returned.
Did the women agree to that ?
They did agree to it.
Where is your sister gone to?
She is gone to the church.
Yo pagaba. Nosotros pagabamos.
Vd. pagaba. Vds. pagaban.
El pagaba. Ellos pagaban.
Tii pagabas.
Ouando recibfamos dinero, lo em-
pleabamos en comprar buenoa
libros.
Cuando Vd. compraba de aquel co-
merciante, no siempre pagaba al
contado.
I Ha logrado componerle la corbata
su hermana de Vd.?
Lo ha logrado.
<;Ha vuelto del mercado la mujer?
No ha vuelto aun.
I Han convenido las mujeres en eso ?
Han convenido en ello.
,; Adonde ha ido su hermana de Vd. ?
Ella ha ido a la iglesia.
The United States.
Spain.
France.
England.
Mexico.
Why?
Because.
i Los Estados Unidos.
Espana.
Francia.
Inglaterra.
Mejico.
jPobque?
POBQUE.
Exercise No. 103.
Were you loved when you were in Mexico ? I was not
hated. Was your brother esteemed when he was in Lon-
don? He was loved and esteemed. When were you in
Spain ? I was there when you were there. Were you in
Madrid when the Queen was there ? I was there when she
was there. Was your uncle in London when I was there ?
He was there when you were there. Where were you when
I was in Spain ? I was in Paris. Where was your father
when you were in the United States ? He was in England.
At what time did you breakfast when you were in France ?
174 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I breakfasted when my uncle breakfasted. Did you work
when he was working ? I studied when he was working.
Did your brother work when you were working ? He play-
ed when I was working. On what (De que) lived our an
cestors ? They lived on nothing but fish and game, for
they went a hunting and fishing every day. What sort oi
people were the Romans? They were very good people,
for they cultivated the arts and sciences, and rewarded
merit. Did you often go to see your friends when you were
in Havana ? I went to see them often. Did you sometimes
go to the Elysian fields when you were at Paris? I often
went thither.
Exercise No. 104.
What did you do when you lived in that country ? When
we lived there we went a fishing often. Did you not go out
walking (iba a pasear)? I went out walking sometimes.
Do you rise early ? Not so early as you ; but when I lived
at my uncle's I rose earlier than I do now. Did you some-
times keep (quedar) your bed when you lived at your uncle's ?
When I was ill I kept my bed all day. Is there much fruit
this year ? I do not know ; but last summer, when I was
in the country, there was (habia) a great deal of fruit. What
do you get your livelihood by? I get my livelihood by
working. Does your friend get his livelihood by writing ?
He gets it by speaking and writing. Do these gentlemen
get their livelihood by working? They get it by doing
nothing, for they are too idle to work. How has your
friend made that money? He has made it by working.
What did you get your livelihood by when you were in
England ? I got it by writing. Did your cousin get his
livelihood by writing ? He got it by working. Have you
ever seen such a person ? I have never seen such a one.
Have you already seen our church ? I have not seen it yet.
Where does it stand? It stands outside the town. If you
wish to see it I will go with you in order to show it to you.
What do the people live upon that live on the sea shore?
They live, on fish alone. Why will you not go a hunting
PRACTICAL EXEECISES. 175
wwy more ? "Why do you not eat ? Because I have not a
g-»od appetite. Why does your brother eat so much ? Be*
cause he has a good appetite.
Exercise No. 105.
Whom are you looking for ? I am looking for my little
brother. If you wish to find him you must go into the gar-
den, for he is there. The garden is large and I shall not
be able to find him if you do not tell me in which part of it he
is. He is sitting under the large tree under which we were
sitting yesterday. Now I shall find him. Why did you not
bring my shoes ? They were not made, so that I could not
bring them ; but I bring them to you now. You have learn-
ed your lesson ; why has not your sister learned hers ? She
has taken a walk with my mother, so that (de suerte que)
she could not learn it ; but she will learn it to-morrow.
When will you correct my exercises ? I will correct them
when you bring me those of your sister. Do you think you
have made errors in them ? I do not know. If you have
made errors it is because you have not studied your lesson
well ; for the lesson must be learned well to make no errors
in the exercises. It is all the same ; if you do not correct
them to-day, I shall not learn them before (hasta) to-mor-
row. You must not make any errors in your exercises, for
you have all you want in order to make none.
Exercise No. 106.
Did you forget any thing when you went to school ? We
often forgot our books. Where did you forget them ? We
forgot them at the school. Did we forget any thing ? You
forgot nothing. Did your mother pray (rogar) for any one
when she went to church ? She prayed for her children.
For whom did we pray ? You prayed for your parents.
For whom did your parents pray ? They prayed for their
children. When you received your money what did you do
with it ? We employed it in purchasing some good books,
176 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Did you employ yours also in purchasing books ? No ; \v6
employed it in assisting the poor (en socorier a los pobres).
Did you not pay your tailor ? We did pay him. Did you
always pay in cash when yon bought of that merchant ? We
always paid in cash, for we never buy on credit (& credito).
Has your sister succeeded in mending your stockings ? She
has succeeded in it. Has your mother returned from
church? She has not yet returned. Whither has your
aunt gone ? She has gone to church. Whither have your
cousins (fern.) gone ? They have gone to the concert. Have
they not yet returned from it ? They have not yet returned.
FORTIETH LESSON.
THE PAST DEFINITE.
This tense is formed from the Infinitive, by changing, for tho first coat
•ugation, ab,
1st Per. 2d. 3d.
For the singular into . . . . e, aste, 6.
For the plural into dmos, dsteis, aron.
And for the second and third conjugations, changing eb, and ib,
Is* Per. 2d. 3d
For the singular into ... i, iste, id.
For the plural into imos, isteis, ieron.
examples.
Infinitive. Pbeteeite Definite.
Yo Vd. El Nosotros Vds. Ellos.
Amar (To love), ame, amd, amo, amamos, amaron, oxaaron.
Temer (To fear), temi, temio, temio, temimos, temieron, temieron.
Sufrir (To suffer) sufri, sufrio, sufrio, Bufrimos, sufrieron, safrieron,
exceptions.
The verbs which we give as exceptions to the formation of the imper-
fect of Subjunctive (Lesson 45th), form the same exceptions to the for-
mation of the Past Definite ; this is regularly formed from that tense as
in regular verbs, excepting only the verbs domlr, morir and podrir,
which are regular in the first two persons. Those having e in the peuuJ-
timate syllable of the third conjugation, are regular in the first twa
persons.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
177
1 bad done reading when he enter-
ed.
You had lost your purse when I
found mine.
Yo habia acabado de leer cuando
el entrd.
Vd. habia perdido su bolsa cuando
yo encontre la mia.
These examples show that the Pluperfect is formed in Spanish as in
English, viz. : with the imperfect of the auxiliary and the past participle
of the verb to be conjugated.
We dined when he arrived.
The King had appointed an Admi-
ral when he heard (did hear) of
you.
After having spoken you went away.
After shaving I washed my face.
After having warmed themselves,
they went into the garden.
As soon as the bell rung (did ring),
you awoke.
As soon as they called (did call)
me, I got (did get) up.
As soon as he was ready he came to
see me.
As soon as we had our money we
agreed to that.
As soon as he had his horse, he
came to show it to me.
After trying several times, they suc-
ceeded in doing it.
As soon as I saw him, I obtained
what I wanted (was wanting).
As soon as I spoke to him he did
what I told him.
The business was soon over.
Habiamos comido cuando 61 llego.
El rey habia nombrado un almiran-
te cuando le hablaron de Vd.
Despues de haber hablado, Vd. so
fue'.
Despues de haberme afeitado me
lave la cara.
Despues de haberse calentado, fue-
ron al jardin.
Luego que sono la campana, Vd. se
desperto.
Luego que me Uamaron, me levan-
te.
Luego que estuvo listo, vino a ver-
me.
Luego que tuvimos nuestro dinero,
convinimos en eso.
Luego que el tuvo su caballo, vino
a mostrarmelo.
Despues de haber probado varias
vezes, lograron hacerlo.
Luego que le vi, consegui lo que
queria.
Luego que le liable', hizo lo que le
dije.
El negocio estuvo pronto concluido.
This tense is composed of the Preiirito Definido of the auxiliary ha'
her, and the past participle of the verb to be conjugated. It is used
(from its name anterior), to express an action passed before anothel
which is likewise past ; and is hardly ever used except after one of the
conjunctions :
As soon as.
After.
When.
No sooner, scarcely.
I Luego que. Asf que.
I Despues que.
I Cuando.
Apenas.
173
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
As soon as I had finished my work,
I cat riod it to him.
As soon as I had dressed myself, I
went out.
When they had done playing, they
began singing.
When I had dined, it struck twelve.
As soon as the guests were assem-
bled, the repast commenced.
I had soon done eating.
After the soldiers had pillaged the
town, they slaughtered without
pity the women aud children.
Scarcely had we arrived, when we
were conducted to the king.
He had no sooner perceived us than
ho advanced towards us.
Luego que hube concluido mi tra-
bajo, se lo lleve*.
Luego que me hube vestido, sail.
Cuando hubieron acabado de jugar,
comenzaron a cantar.
Cuando hube comido dieron las
doce.
Luego que los hue'spedes se hubie-
ron reunido, comenzo el refri-
jerio.
Pronto hube acabado de comer.
Despues que los soldados hubieron
saqueado la ciudad, mataron sin
piedad las mujeres y los ninos.
Ape'nas hubimos llegado, cuando
nos condujeron al rey.
Ape'nas nos hubo visto que se acer-
co a nosotros.
Exercise No. 107.
What did you do {Que kizo Vd.) when you had finished
your letter ? I went to my brother who took me to the
theatre, where I had the pleasure to find (encontrar a) on6
of my friends whom I had not seen for ten years. What
did you do after getting up (levantarse) this morning?
When I had read the letter of the Polish Count, I went to
see the theatre of the Prince, which I had not seen before
(habia visto todavia). What did your father do when he had
breakfasted ? He shaved, and went out. What did your
friend do after he had been a walking ? He went to the
Baron. Did the Baron cut the meat after he had cut
(rebanar) the bread ? He cut the bread after he had cut
the meat. When do you set out ? I do not set out until to-
morrow ; for (pues) before I leave (partir), I will once more
see (volver a ver) my good friends. What did your children
do when they had breakfasted? They went a walking with
their dear preceptor. Where did your uncle go after he
had warmed himself (se hubo calentado) ? He went no-
where ; after he had warmed himself, he undressed (as
desnudo) and went to bed (se fue a la car.na). At what
%
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 179
o'clock did he get up ? He got up at sunrise (al salir el sol).
Did you wake him ? I had no nee 1 to wake him, for he had
got up before me. What did your cousin do, when ha
heard of the death (muerte) of his best friend ? He waa
much afflicted (qflijidu), and went to bed without saying a
word. Did you shave before you breakfasted ? I shaved
when I had breakfasted.- Did you go to bed when you had
supped (cenado) f When I had eaten supper I wrote my
letters, and when I had written them I went to bed. At
what^(De que) are you afflicted? I am afflicted at that
accident. Are you afflicted at the death of your relative?
I am much afflicted at it (de ella). When did your relation
die (murib) ? He died last month. Of whom do you com-
plain (se queja Vd.) t I complain of your boy. Why do you
complain of him ? Because he has killed the pretty dog
which I received from one of my friends. Of what has
your uncle complained ? He has complained of what you
have done. Has he complained of the letter which I sent
him the day before yesterday ? He has complained of it.
Did you go out last night ? No, Sir, I did not go out, be-
cause I was afraid of catching cold. Have you ever had a
sore throat {mat de garganta) ?
Exercise No. 108.
Why did you not stay longer (se estuvo Vd. mas tiempo) in
Havana ? Because I had no money to stay longer. Where
have you been since I saw you ? I have been in the United
States. A peasant having seen that old men (los ancianos)
used spectacles (anteojos) to read, went (se dirijib) to an
optician (un optica) and asked for a pair. The peasant then
took a book, and having opened it, said (dijo que) the
spectacles were not good. The optician took another pair
(por) of the best which he could find in his shop (la tieada)
and placed them (se lo puso) upon his (las) nose ; but the
peasant being still unable to read, the optician said to him :
" My friend, perhaps you cannot read at all" (sabe leer abso-
lutamente). " If I could" (Si yo supiera), said the peasant,
" I should not want (necesitaria) your spectacles." Henry
180 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
IV. meeting (encontrando) one day in his palace (palacio) a
man whom he did not know, asked him to whom he be-
longed. " I belong to myself" (Me pertenezco a mi mismo) t
replied (replied) the man. " My friend," said the King,
"you have a stupid master (un duetto muy necio)." Tell ua
what has happened to you lately (recientemente). Very
willingly (con mucho gusto) ; but on condition (bajo la con-
dition) that you will listen to me without interrupting (inte-
rrumpir) me. We will not interrupt you, you may be sure
(seguro) of it. Being lately at the theatre, I saw " The
Speaking Picture" (El cuadro parlante), and "The Weeping
Woman" (La mujer llorma) performed (ver represenlar).
This latter play (esta ultima pieza) not being very amusing
to me (no divirtUndome mucho), I went to the concert,
where the music gave me a violent headache. I then left
the concert, cursing it (echando pestes), and went straight
(en derechura) to the madhouse (casa de locos) in order to
see my cousin. On entering the hospital (Al entrar en el
hospital) of my cousin, I was struck with horror (quede
horrorizado) at seeing several madmen (locos) who came up
to me (que se acercaron a mi), jumping (sallando) and howl-
ing (aullando). What did you do then? I did the same
and they set up a laugh as they were withdrawing (se
echaron a reir al mismo tiempo que se retirahan).
Exercise No. 109.
give an answer to the following questions.
£Vio Vd. ayer a su primo? Si (or No), &c. £ Comen-
zaron Vds. anoche sus ejercicios ? Si, &c. £ Estuvo Vd. el
viernes pasado en la opera ? Si, &c. ft Salio Vd. el mier-
coles pasado ? <? Comio Vd. ayer en casa de su tio ? <? Es-
tuvo Vd. el afio pasado en la Habana ? <? Cerro Vd. la puerta
cuando Vd. salio ? (, Se dieron Vds. las manos (Did you
shake hands with him ? <; A que hora nos sentamos ayer a
la mesa (Did we sit down at table) ? ,; Durmio Vd. bien ante-
noche ? i Canto anoche su hermana de Vd. ? i Le hablo
Vd. en espafiol V £ Que sono Vd. antenoche ? £ Tomaron
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 181
Vds. a su salud (de el) ? iComio (ella) ayer alguna fruta ?
I Sintio Vd. anoclie algun dolor (any pain) ? A que bora
se fue Vd. a su casa ? j Dard mucho tiempo la peiea (the-
fight) ? ^Le dio a Vd. algo su hermano la semana pasada ?
I Estudiamos el mes pasado el frances ? <:Le escondio a
Vd. el sombrero cuando Vd. estuvo en su casa? £ Cum-
plieron ellos su promesa? <fLo dejo ella a la eleccion de
Vd. (Did she leave it to your choice) ? <: Le dejo a, Vd. ir al
teatro su padre de Vd. ? i Le encontramos por casualidad ?
I Le pagaron al liombre V £ Se levanto Vd. temprano ante-
ay er? <: Se levanto mi hermano antes que Vd. el domingo
pasado ? £ Puso Vd. (Did you set) el tintero sobre la mesa ?
I Le escribio Vd. la semana pasada ? <? Le envio a Vd. una
carta el lunes pasado ? <: Le vio Vd. el miercoles pasado ?
^Compramos algo ayer por la manana? <? Vendio Vd. su
pajaro el jueves pasado ? <? Llegaron a tiempo (in time) ?
I Estuvo Vd. malo el martes pasado ? i Contestamos a su
esquela (note) el sabado pasado? 4 Estuvo Vd. anoclie en
el concierto ? ^ Le gusto a Vd. ? £ Se divirtio Vd. (Did
you amuse yourself there) ? ,? Hallo Vd. lo que buscaba ?
I Se acordo Vd. (Did you remember) donde lo dejo ? £Ha-
bian ellos (or ellas) vuelto cuando Vd. llego ? <; Estaban
abiertas las puertas cuando Vds. llegaron ? £ Habia el es-
crito cuando Vd. la vio ? £ Lo habian impreso todo cuando
Vd. les hablo ? £ Habia ya muerto cuando llegamos ? £ Ha-
bia Vd. puesto el libro en su lugar cuando su padre de Vd.
lo pidio? ^Estaba indispuesto cuando Vds. le vieron?
Estaba ya roto su abanico de Vd. cuando lo compro ?
FORTY-FIKST LESSON.
To WAIT.
TO PEOMISE.
TO LEARN.
Do you promise me to come ?
I do promise you (it to you).
What have you promised the man ?
I have promised him nothing.
Prometer.
Aprendee.
EsPERAR.
Aguardar.
xilfl promete Vd. veuir?
Se lo prometo a Vd.
i Que' ha prometido Vd. al hombre !
No le he prometido nada.
182
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To LOSE — LOST. PeRDER* — PERDIDO.
B ow much has your brother lost ? ,; Cuanto ha perdidc su hermanc
de Vd. ?
He has lost about two dollars. | Ha perdido como uuos dos duros.
About.
It is about two o'clock.
Have you ever learned Spanish ?
I have learned it formerly.
Como. Como unos.
Son como las dos.
I Ha aprendido Vd. alguna vez el
espanol ?
Lo he aprendido en otro tiempo.
To WEAR OUT. TO USE.
To REFUSE.
To SPELL.
Usar. Gastar. Consumib.
Kehusar.
Deletreab.
How?
Well.
Badly.
1 Como ?
BlEN.
Mal. Malamente.
So. Thus.
So so.
Asi. De este modo.
Tal cual. Asf , ASf .
In this manner. -J
How has your brother written his
exercise ?
He has written it well.
De esta maneba.
De este modo.
^Como ha escrito su ejercicio su
hermano de Vd.?
Lo ha escrito bien.
To DRY.
Do you put your coat to dry ?
I do put it to dry.
How old are you ?
I am twelve years old.
How old is your brother ?
He is thirteen years old.
Almost.
He is almost fourteen years eld.
Secar.
I Pone Vd. a secar su casaca?
La pongo a secar.
f ,iQue' edad tiene Vd. ?
f i Cuantos aiios tiene Vd.
f Tengo doce aiios.
f ; Que- edad tiene su hermano de
Vd.?
f ; Cuantos aiios tiene su bermana
de Vd. ?
f Tiene trece aiios.
Casi.
f Tiene casi catorce aiios.
PRACTICAL EXEHCISES.
133
About. Something like.
Neaklt.
fam about (or something' like) fif-
teen years old.
COMO UNOS. COMO.
Cebca de.
f Tengo como unos quince afios.
Hardly.
You are hardly seventeen years old.
Apenas.
I Vd. tiene ape'nas diez y siete afioa
Not quite.
I am not quite eighteen years
old.
Are you older than your brother?
I am younger than he.
Of age.
ToDAVIA NO HA CUMPLIDO.
No —TOD AVI A. No —DEL TODO.
f Todavia no he cumplido diez y
ocho afios.
f No tengo todavia diez y ocho
afios.
f i Es Vd. mayor que su hermano ?
.{ ,; Es Vd. de mas edad que su her-
mano ?
f Soy menor que el.
{ Soy mas joven que el.
f S<>y de mdnos edad que el.
| MAYOR DE EDAD.
Mayor de edad (of age), is the person who has arrived at the age fixed
by the laws of the country to enable him to transact business on his
own account. According to the Spanish law, males are of age at twenty-
five, and females at twenty-three.
Aged.
Old.
Youug.
Avanzado en edad or afios.
Viejo. Anciano.
Joven.
There is. There are.
How many persons are there at the
ball?
There are nearly twenty.
To UNDERSTAND. -j
I understand. We understand.
You understand (Sing, and Plur.)
He understands. They understand
Thou understandest.
The noise. -j
The wind.
The noise (roaring) of the wind.
Do you hear the roaring of the
wind?
Hay.
,; Cuantas personas hay en el baile
Hay cerca de veinte.
Entendeb. *
compeender.
Yo entiendo. Nosotros entendemo*
Vd. entiende. Vds. entiendo i.
El entiende. Ellos entienden.
Tii entiendes.
El ruido. El esibuendo.
El susurro.
El viento.
El ruido, susurro or silbido del
viento.
{ Oye Vd. el ruido del viento ?
184:
THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
TO HEAK- -HEARD.
I liear. We hear.
Yon hear. (Sing, and Plur.)
He hears. They hear.
Thou hearest.
X do hear it.
To BARK.
The barking.
Have you heard the barking of the
dogs ?
I have heard it.
To wait for some one or some-
thing.
To expect some one or some-
thing.
To hope.
Are you waiting for my brother ?
I am waiting for him.
Do you expect your friends ?
I do expect them, but do not wait
for them.
Oir* — OIDO.
Sentib* senttdo.
Yo oigo or siento. Nosotros otmos
or sentimos.
Vd. oye or siente. Vds. oyen or
r sienten.
El oye or siente. Ellos oyen or
sienten.
Tii oyes or sientes.
Si, lo oigo. Lo siento.
Ladrar.
El ladrido.
,iHa oido Vd. los ladridos de los
perros ?
Los he oido.
Aguardar por alguien (algun<>) or
por algo (alguna cosa).
Esperar a alguien (alguno) or algo
(alguua cosa).
Esperar.
I Aguarda Vd. por mi herman * ?
Aguardo por e'l.
i Espera Vd. a sus amigos ?
Los espero, pero no aguardo por
ellos.
The nobleman.
Noblemen.
Gentle. Pretty.
Tame.
Where has the nobleman remain-
ed?
He has remained at home.
Has your brother remained with
him?
El noble. El hidalgo.
Los nobles. Los hidalgos.
Gracioso. Lindo. Bonito.
Manso.
^Eu donde se ha quedado el hidal-
go?
Se ha quedado en casa.
,; Se ha quedado su hermanc de Vd
con e'l?
Exercise No. 110.
Do you promise me to come to the ball ? I promise you.
Have I promised you any thing ? You have promised me
nothing. What lias my brother promised you ? He has
promised me a fine book. Have you received it ? Not yet.
Do you give me what you have promised me? I give it to
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 185
you. Has your friend received much money ? He has re-
ceived but little, How much has he received? He has re-
ceived but one dollar. How much money have you given
to my son? I have given him thirty dollars. Did you not
promise him more ? I have given him what I promised
him. Have you Spanish money ? I have some. Will you
lend your shoes to my brother ? I will lend them to him.
To whom have you lent your hat ? I have not lent it ; I
have given it to somebody. To whom have you given it ?
I have given it to a pauper (un pobre). Have you read my
book ? I have not quite read it. Has your friend finished
his books ? He has almost finished them. Do you under-
stand me ? I understand you. Does the Frenchman under-
stand us ? He understands us.
Exercise No. 111.
Does your little brother know how to spell? He does
know. Does he spell well? He spells well. How has
your little brother spelt ? He has spelt so so. How have
your children written their exercises ? They have written
them badly. Has my neighbor lent you his gloves ? He
has refused to lend them to me. Do you know Spanish ?
I know it. Does your son speak Italian ? He speaks it
well. How do your friends speak ? They do not speak
badly. Do they listen to what you tell him ? They listen
to it. How have you learned English ? I have learned in
this manner. Did you call me ? I have not called you, but
I have called your brother. Is he coming? Not yet
Where did you wet your clothes ? I wetted them in the
garden. Will you put them to dry ? I have already put
them to dr}r. Does the nobleman wish to give me any
thing to do ? He wishes to give you something to do
How old are you ? I am hardly eighteen years old. How
old is your brother ? He is twenty years old. Are you as
old as he ? I am not so old. How old art thou? I am
about twelve years old. Am I younger than you ? I do
not know. How old is your neighbor ? He is not quite
thirty years old. Are our friends a3 young as we ? They
136 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
are older than we. How old are they ? The one is nine-
teen, and the other twenty years old. Is your father as old
as mine ? He is older than yours.
Exercise No. 112.
Do you understand what we are telling you ? We under-
stand it. Dost thou understand Spanish ? I do not under-
stand it yet, but I am learning it. Do we understand
English? We do not understand it. Do the English
understand us ? They understand us. Do we understand
them? We hardly understand them. Do we hear any
noise ? We hear nothing. Have you heard the roaring of
the wind? I have heard it. What do you hear? I hear
the barking of the dogs. Whose dog is this ? It is the dog
of the Scotchman. Have you lost your stick ? I have not
lost it. Has your servant lost my notes? He has lost
them. Did you go to the ball ? I did go. Where did you
remain? I remained at home. Where did the nobleman
remain? He remained in the garden. Has your father
lost as much money as I ? He has lost more than you.
How much have I lost ? You have hardly lost one dollar.
Did your friends remain at the ball ? They remained there.
Do you know as much as the English physician ? I do not
know as much as he. How many books have you read ? I
have hardly read two. Do you wait for any one ? I wait
for no one. Do you wait for the man whom I saw this
morning ? I wait for him. Art thou waiting for thy book ?
I am waiting for it. Do you expect your father this evening ?
I do expect him. Do you expect any friends ? I do expect
some. Where is your little brother ? He is gone with the
nobleman. Is he gone to the play with him ? He is gone
there with him.
Exercise No. 113.
A lawyer addressing the court one day, spoke so long
without imparting any information, that the judge (jvez)
interrupted him by remarking that he appeared like {se
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
187
parecia) Necessity. The lawyer demanded the reason of
such a comparison, and the judge replied, " Because
Necessity knows no law,"
A young lady went to confess to a priest. He, after
having made many inquiries relative to her confession,
appeared desirous of knowing whom he confessed, and
asked her name. The young lady replied : " Father, my
name is not a sin."
FORTY-SECOND LESSON.
THE FUTURE.
The Future Absolute is formed, in all Spanish verbs, by adding tc the
infinitive an accented e for the first person singular, as for the 2d., and
for the 3d. an accented d ; for the first person plural imos, for the 2d.
as, and for the 3d. an.
EXAMPLES.
TO FINISH.
I shall or will finish. We, etc.
You, etc. (Sing, and Plur.)
He, etc. They, etc.
Thou shalt or wilt finish.
TO SEE.
I shall or will see. We, etc.
Y6u, etc. (Sing, and Plur.)
He, etc. They, etc.
Thou shalt or wilt see.
To SERVE.
I shall or will serve. We, etc.
You, etc. (Sing, and Plur.)
He, etc. They, etc.
Thou shalt or wilt serve.
ACABAR.
Acabar^. Acabar£??ios.
Vd. acabard. Vds. acabardw.
El acabard. Ellos acabardn.
Tu acabards.
Ver.
YerS. "Vertmos.
Vd. vera. Vds. verdn.
El vera. Ellos verdn.
Tu verds.
Server.
Servird. Ssrvir^mos.
Vd. servird. Vds. servirdn.
El servird. Ellos servirdn.
Tu servirds.
The following verbs, and the compounds of the first eight, form all
the exceptions to our rule on the formation of the future. We need not
give all the persons, as the first person singular of the exceptions beiug
once known, all the others are also known.
To have. I shall or will have.
To go out. I shall or will go out.
To do. I shall or will do.
To make. I shall or will make.
Haber.
Tener.
Salir.
• Hacer.
Yo habre*.
" tendre.
" saldre\
" har<S
188
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To put. I shall or will put.
To come. I shall or will come.
To be contained. To hold in. I, &c.
To be worth. I shall or will be worth.
To say. I shall or will say.
To tell. I shall or will tell.
To know. I shall or will know.
To be able (can) • I shall or will be able.
To be willing. I shall or will be willing.
To rot. I shali or will rot.
Poner.
Venir.
Caber.
Valer.
j- Decir.
Saber.
Poder
Querer.
Podrir.
pondre".
vend re.
cabre'.
valdre*.
diie'.
sabre*.
podre'.
querr^.
pudrire*.
When the verb to hold, meaning to contain, is used in English, the
verb caber is generally employed in Spanish ; as : This trunk cannot
bold all my clothes, Toda mi ropa no puede caber en este haul, which
means literally : All my clothes cannot hold in this trunk. Thus, it will
be perceived that the passive form is preferred in Spanish.
Shall or will he have money ?
He will have some.
He will not have any.
When will you do your exercises ?
[ will do them soon (ere long).
My brother will do his exercises to-
morrow.
Next Monday.
Last Monday.
Next month.
This month.
This country.
i Tendril el dinero ?
El tendra.
El no tendra.
I Cuando hara Vd. sus ejercicios ?
Los hare' pronto.
Mi hermano hara sus ejercicios nia^
flana.
El liines proximo.
El lunes pasado.
El mes pr6ximo (que entra or que
viene).
Este mes.
Este pais.
When will your cousin go to the
concert ?
He will go next Tuesday.
Shall you (plural) go anywhere ?
We shall go nowhere.
Will he send me the book ?
He will send it to you, if he has
done with it.
Will you be at home this evening ?
I shall be there.
Will your father be at home ?
He will be there.
Will your cousins be there ?
They will be there.
Will he send me the books ?
He will send them to you.
I Cuando ira al concierto su pnmo
de Vd. ?
Ira el martes pr6ximo.
,; Iran Vds. a alguna parte ?
No iremos a ninguna parte.
I Me enviara el libro ?
Se lo enviara a Vd. si lo ha conclu-
ido.
I Estara Vd. en casa esta noche ?
Yo estare.
I Estara en casa su padre de Vd. ?
El estara.
I Estaran alii sus primos de Vd. V
Ellos estaran alii.
I Me enviara el los libios ?
Se los enviara 4 Vd.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
189
Will you send some ink to my
cc unting-house ?
I will send some thither.
Will you be able to pay your shoe-
maker ?
I have lost my money, so that I
shall not be able to pay him.
My friend has lost his pocket-book,
so that he will not be able to pay
for his boots.
Will you hold any thing ?
I will hold your umbrella.
Will your friend come to my con-
cert?
He will come.
Will you come ?
I will come.
Will it be necessary to go to the
market?
It will be necessary to go to-morrow
morning.
It will not ba necessary to go.
Will you see my father to-day ?
I Enviara Vd. tinta a mi escrittrio ?
Yo enviare.
I Podra Vd. pagar a su zapatero ?
He perdido mi dinero, de suerte
que no podre pagarle.
Mi amigo ha perdido su cartera, de
modo que no podra pagar sus
botas.
,;.Tendra Vd. alguna cosa?
Tendre su paraguas de Vd.
,; Vendra su amigo de Vd. a mi
concierto?
El vendra.
i Vendra Vd. ?
Yo vendre\
I Sara menester (necesario or pro-
ciso) ir al mercado ?
Sera menester (necesario or pre-
ciso) ir maiiana por la maiiana.
No sera manester (or &c.) ir.
I Veran Vds. a mi padre hoy
To owe.
Deber.
Assiduous.
Laborioso.
Idle.
Perezoso.
Naughty.
Malo.
To despise.
Despreciar.
To punish.
Castigar.
Exercise No. 114.
Will you have any books ? I shall have some. Who will
give you any ? My uncle will give me some. When will
your cousin have money? He will have some next month.
How much money shall you have ? I shall have thirty-iive
dollars. Who will have good friends ? The English will
have some. Will your father be at home this evening ? He
will be at home. Will you be there ? I shall also be there.
Will your uncle go out to-day? He will go out if it is line
weather (si hace buen t tempo). Shall you go out? I shall
go out, if it does not rain (llueve). Will you love my son?
190 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I shall love him, if he is good. Will you pay your shoema-
ker? I shall pay him if I receive my money. Will you
love my children ? If they are good and assiduous I shall
love them ; but if they are idle and naughty I shall despise
and punish them. Am I right in speaking thus ? You are
right. Is your friend still writing? He is still writing.
Have you not done speaking? I shall soon have done.
Have our friends done reading ? They will soon have done.
Has the tailor made my coat ? He has not made it yet ;
but he will soon make it. .When will he make it ? When
he shall have (tenga) time. When will you do your exer-
cises ? I shall do them when I have (tenga) time. When
will your brother do his ? He will do them next Saturday.
Wilt thou come to me? I will come. When wilt thou
come ? I will come next Friday. When did you see my
uncle ? I saw him last Sunday. Will your cousins go to
the ball next Tuesday? They will go. Will you come to
my concert ? I will come if I am not ill.
Exercise No. 115.
When will you send me the money which you owe me
I will send it to you soon. Will your brothers send me the
books which I have lent them ? They will send them to
you. When will they send them to me ? They will send
them to you next month. Will you be able to pay me what
you owe me ? I shall not be able to pay it to you, for I
have lost all my money. Will the American be able to pay
for his shoes ? He has lost his pocket-book, so that he will
not be able to pay for them. Will it be necessary to send
for the physician ? Nobody is ill, so that it will not be
necessary to send for him. Will it be necessary to go to
the market to-morrow? It will be necessary to go thither,
for we want some beef (vaca), some bread and some wine.
Will you see your father to-day? I shall see him. Where
will he be ? He will be at his counting-house. Will you
go to the ball to-night? I shall not go, for I am too ill to
go to it. Will your friend go ? He will go, if you go. Will
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 191
our neighbors go ? They will not go ; they will remain at-
home, for they have a great deal to do.
Exercise No. 116.
Shall I come to-morrow ? Yes, and I will tell you many
things that will make you laugh very mucb. Shall we go
out to-morrow ? I do not know if it will be worth the trou-
ble, but we shall know this evening. Will you not be able
to go with me ? I hope ( Expero) that I shall be able to go
with you ; but I do not know if my sister will be willing to
go with us. Will that pine-apple get rotten ? I think it
will (Oreo que se pudrird, or que s£\. Will you put on your
new coat to-morrow ? I will put it on when I go (vat/a) to
the concert. Will your brothers be willing to accompany
us? I think they will (que querrdn, or que Hi). Where will
you put all the books that you wish to buy ? I shall put
them in my book-case (entante). Do you think it will hold
them? I think it will (que cabrdn, or que Hi). I wonder if
the stage will hold us all ? We shall know it very soon. Will
you come to my ball ? I will come, and I hope to have a
good time there. Do you think that my father will be will-
ing that I should go (vaya) ? I think he will (que querrd,
or que si). Who will do my work to-morrow ? I will do it
for you. What will you do this evening ? I will make a
table.
Exercise No. 117.
An Italian greatly addicted to gaming (al juego) and in
bad circumstances, used to say (acostumbraba deeir) when-
ever he lost : O treacherous Fortune ! (/ 0 Foriuna trai-
dora!) thou canst make me lose, but thou shalt never force
me (podrdss hacerme) to pay.
Philip, King of Macedon (Macedonia), wrote to Aristotle
(Arislbteles) the following letter : " I give you notice that I
have a son born (Pongo en vuedra noticia que acaba de nacerme
un hijo). I rendei thanks to the gods, not so much for his
192
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
birth (nacimiento) as for the happiness {felicidad) he has in
coming into the world {de haber venido al mundo) whilst
such a man as Aristotle is living {mienlras vive un Aria-
ibteles) ; for I hope that, brought up by you, he will prove
i himself {Regard a aer) worthy of the glory of his father and
of the empire that I will leave him."
Alexander {Alejandro) did not love Aristotle less than his
own father ; for, said he, to the one I am indebted for living
{debo el vivir), and to the other for my living well {el vivtr
lien).
A man who had contributed to make King Philip master
of the city of Olynthus {Olinto), of which he was a citizen
{ciudadano), complained to him that the Lacedemonians
{Lacedemonioa) called him traitor {traidor). I don't know
why you wonder at it {os adm.ira.is de ello), said the King ;
the Lacedemonians are naturally clownish and unmannerly
{naluralmente non ruslicos y groseros), and call everything by
its name.
FOKTY-THIRD LESSON.
To bite — bitten.
To beat — beaten.
To strike— struck.
Why do you beat the dog ?
I beat him (it) because he (it) has
bitten me.
Have the enemy been beaten ?
How much do you owe me ?
I owe you five hundred dollars.
Do our neighbors owe as much as
we?
We owe more than they.
How much dost thou owe ?
A hundred.
A hundred dollars.
Morder. *
Derrotar.
Batir.
Pegar.
Golpear.
Apalear.
Dar,* {familiar) dado.
I Por que' le pega Vd. al perro ?
Le pego porque me ha mordido.
I Ha sido derrotado el enemigo ?
I Cuanto me debe Vd. ?
Le debo a Vd. quinientos pesos.
^Deben nuestros vecinos tauto
como nosotros ?
Nosotros debemos mas que ellos.
I Cuanto debes tii ?
Ciento.
Cien pesos.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
193
Ate you t<? : Have you to . . ?
I am to . . I have to . .
Where have you to go to this morn-
ing?
I am to go to the storehouse.
hi your brother to come hither to-
day?
Soon. Shortly.
He is to come hither soon.
j i Tiene Vd. que . .? Dsbo Vd. . . ,
Ha de . . Vd. . . ?
f Tengo que . . Debo . . He de. . .
| I Adonde tiene Vd. que ir esta
mafia na ?
t Tengo que ir al almaeen.
t i Ha de venir aqui hoy su her-
mano de Vd.?
Pronto. Luego.
f El debe estar aqui pronto
To return. -j
At what o'clock do you return from
the market?
I return at twelve o'clock.
Volver. *
Regresar.
I A que* hora vuelve Vd. del mer-
cado. ?
Vuelvo a las doce.
From it. From there. Thence.
Does the servant return early from
the warehouse ?
He returns from it at six o'clock
in the morning.
At nine o'clock in the morning.
At five o'clock in the afternoon.
At eleven o'clock at night.
De ALLf. De aliX De ahi.
,; Vuelve el criado temprano del al-
maeen ?
Vuelve de alii a las seis de la
mafiana.
A las nueve de la mafiana.
A las cinco de la tarde.
A las once de la noche.
How long ?
During. For. -j
How long has he remained there ?
A. minute.
An hour.
A day.
A week.
A month.
A year.
The summer.
The winter.
,; Cuanto ttempo ?
Durante. Por espacio de.
Por (1)
j Cuanto tiempo ha estado el allf ?
Un minuto.
Una hora.
Un dia.
Una semana.
Un mes.
Un afio.
El verano, el estfo.
El invierno.
The names of seasons, months, and days, are of the masculine gander,
except la prbnavera, the spring, which is feminine.
1 . Durante or por espacio de, when it signifies for, may be left out in
Spanish as in English, but it is then understood.
194
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To live. To reside. To STOP.
Where do you live ?
I live in Queen street, number one.
Where has your brother lived ?
He has lived in King street, num-
ber fourteen.
Dost thou live at thy brother's
house ?
I do not live with him, but at my
father's.
Does your friend still live where I
lived?
He lives no longer where you lived.
Long (speaking of time).
No LONGER.
How long were you speaking to
the man ?
I spoke to him for two hours.
Did you remain long with my
father ?
I did not remain long.
I remained with him an hour.
Yivie. Kestdir. Parar.
; En doude vive Vd. ?
Vivo en la calle de la Eeina-
niimero uno.
<;En donde ha vivido su hermano
de Vd. ?
Ha vivido en la calle del Key, nii-
mero catorce.
I Vives tu en casa de tu hermano ?
No vivo en su casa, sino en casa de
mi padre.
I Vive todavia su amigo de Vd. en
donde yo vivia ?
Ya no vive en d6nde Vd. vivia.
mucho tiempo. laego tiempo.
Ya no. Ya no— mas.
I Cuanto tiempo ha estado Vd. ha-
blando al hombre ?
Le he hablado durante or por es-
pacio de dos horas.
I Ha estado Vd. mucho tiempo con
mi padre ?
No he estado mucho tiempo.
He estado con el una hora.
Exercise No. 118.
Why do you not drink ? I do not drink, because I am
not thirsty. Why do you pick up this ribbon? I pick it
up, because I want it. Why do you lend money to this
man ? I lend him some, because he wants it. Why does
your brother study ? He studies, because he wishes to
learn Spanish. Has your cousin drank already ? He has
not drank yet, because he has not yet been thirsty. Does
the servant show you the floor which he sweeps ? He does
not show me that which he sweeps now, but that which he
swept yesterday. Why do you love that man ? I love him
because he is good. Why does your neighbor beat his dog ?
Because it bas bitten his boy. Why do our friends love us ?
They love us, because we are (somox) good. Why do you
bring me wine ? I bring you some, because you are thirsty.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 195
Why does the sailor drink? He drinks, because he is
thirsty. Do you see the sailor who is in the ship ? I do
not see the one who is in the ship, but the one who is in
the market. Do you read the books which my father has
given you? I read them. Do you understand them? I
understand them so so. Do you know the Italians whom
we know ? We do not know those whom you know, but
we know others. Does the shoemaker mend the boots
which you have sent him ? He does not mend them, be-
cause they are worn out.
Exercise No. 119.
Will your servant return from market early ? He will not
return very early. At what o'clock will your brother re-
turn from the ball? He will return from it at one o'clock
in the morning. At what o'clock didst thou come back
from thy friend ? I came back at eleven o'clock in the
morning. Didst thou remain long with him ? I remained
with him about an hour. How long do you intend to re-
main at the ball ? I intend to remain there a few minutes.
How long did the Frenchman remain with you ? He re-
mained with me for two hours. How long did your brothers
remain in town (la ciudad) ? They remained there during
the winter. Do you intend to remain long with us ? I
intend to remain with you during the summer. How much
do I owe you? You do not owe me much. How much do
you owe your tailor ? I owe him eighty dollars. How
much dost thou owe thy shoemaker ? I owe him already
eighty-five dollars. Do I owe you any thing ? You owe
me nothing. How much does the Englishman owe you ?
He owes me more than you do. Do the English owe as
much as the Spaniards ? Not so much. Do I owe you as
much as my brother ? You owe me more than he does.
Do our friends owe you as much as we do ? They owe me
less than you do. How much do they owe you? They
owe me two hundred and fifty dollars. How much do we
owe you ? You owe me three hundred dollars.
196 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 120.
Why do you give money to the merchant? I give him
some, because he has sold me something. Whither are you
to go ? I am to go to the market Is your friend to come
hither to-day ? He is to come hither. When is he to
come hither? He is to come hither soon. When are our
sons to go to the play ? They are to go to-night. When
are they to return from it? They are to return at half-past
ten. When are you to go to the physician ? I am to go to
him at ten o'clock at night. When is your sou to return
from the painter's ? He is to return from him at five o'clock
in the evening. Where do you live ? I live in Q:ieen street,
number one. Where does your father live ? He lives at
his friend's house. Where do your brothers live ? They
live in King street, number fourteen. Dost thou live at thy
brother's house? I live at his house. Do you still live
where you did ? I live there still. Does your friend still
live where he did? He no longer lives where he did.
Where does he live at present? He lives at his father's
house.
Exercise No. 121.
Give an answer to the following questions :
I Quien formo el mundo ? £ Quien fue el primer hombre ?
I Quien descubrio la America ? ^ Quien fue el primer Pre-
sidente de los Estados Unidos? £ Quien fue el segundo ?
I Quien invento la imprenta ? <; Quien invento el vapor ?
I Quien conquisto a Mejico ? J En que dia nacio Jorge
Washington? £Eu donde murio Napoleon Bonaparte?
^En que ano comenzo la guerra de la revolucion de las
colonias ingiesas ? <; En que ano se firmo la Declaracion
de su'independencia ? <: Quien la redacto ? <?, Cuantos afios
duro esta guerra ? £ Quien formo la actual Constitucion de
los Estados Unidos? £ Quien conquisto el Peru? £ Quien
causo la destruction de Troya? £ Quien hallo aMoises?
I Quien liberto a la America del Sur del poder de Espana ?
i Quien conquisto la Persia ? £ En que ano se dio la batalla
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
197
de Waterloo? <iQuien ia gano ? £ Quien invento el tele-
grafo ? i Quien invento el daguerreotipo ? £ Quien descu-
brio ia brujula ?
^Cual es la cosa mas antigua ? Dios, pues Dios ha existido
siempre. £ Cual es la (cosa) mas bella ? El mundo, pues
es la obra de Dios. iCual es la (cosa) mas grande ? El
espacio, pues lo comprende todo. £ Cual es la (cosa) mejor ?
La virtud, pues sin ella no se puede decir ni hacer nada
bueno. i Cual es la (cosa) mas facil? Dar consejos. ^Cual
es la (cosa) mas dificil ? Conocerse a si mismo.
FOKTY-FOURTH LESSON.
THE PAST FUTUKK.
The past or compound Future is formed from the future of the Aux'<
liary, and the past participle of the verb to be conjugated.
I shall have loved.
You will have loved.
He {or she) will have loved.
We shall have loved.
You will have loved.
They will have loved.
Thou wilt have loved.
I shall have been praised.
You will have been praised.
He or she will have been prais-
ed.
We shall have been praised.
You will have been praised.
They will have been praised.
Thou wilt have been praised.
Yo habre" amado.
Vd. habra amado.
El (or ella) habra amado.
Nosotros habremos amado.
Vds. habran amado.
Ellos (or ellas) habran amado.
Tu habras amado.
Yo habre" sido alabado (or alabada,
if it is a female).
yd. habra sido alabado (or alabada) ,
El habra sido alabado.
Ella habra sido alabada.
Nosotros habre'mos sido alabados.
Nosotras habre'mos sido alabadas.
Vds. habran sido alabados (or ala
badas).
Ellos habran sido alabados.
Ellas habran sido alabadas.
Tu habras sido alabado (or alabada).
When you will return, I shall have
my work finished.
When you will arrive, we shall have
spoken to him.
Will you have written when we
shall arrive ?
Cuando Vd. vuelva (or este de vuel-
ta), habre" concluido mi trabajo.
Cuando Vd. llegue, le habre'mos
hablado.
I Habra Vd. escrito cuando llegue-
mos?
198
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
By the preceding and following examples it will be perceived that
whenever two futures are used connected in a sentence in English, the
cne that follows immediately after cuando que (and some other words,
which will be given at the proper time), must be lendered in Spanish
by the Subjunctive mood.
When we shall arrive, he will have
seen him.
When you will come, all will be
over.
Before we shall arrive, the steamer
will be gone.
Before the next number will be pub-
lished, I shall have finished this.
When you will come, the hour will
have struck.
When my father will call me, I shall
have returned.
Before the help will come to us, we
shall have perished.
Cuando lleguemos, el le habra
visto.
Cuando Vd. venga, todo se habra
concluido.
Antes que lleguemos, se habra ido
el vapor.
Antes que se publique la siguiente
entrega, habre' concluido esta.
Cuando Vd. venga, habra dado la
hora.
Cuando mi padre me Uame, yo ha-
bre' vuelto (or estare' de vuelta).
Antes que nos llegue el socorro> ha-
bremos perecido
Idioms with Hacer.
How is the weather?
It is fine weather.
Is it cold?
It is very cold.
Is it warm ?
It is very warm.
Is it windy ?
It is very windy.
How long ago :( or
How long is it since?
It is three years ago.
How much does that pitcher hold ?
It holds two pints.
Virtue renders man happy.
Will you have my room swept ?
I will have it swept.
I will cause the servant to be pun-
ished.
That actress performs (or plays)
her part very well
1. As the phrase i Qui Uempo hace ? has a double meaning, viz. : How
is the weather ? and How long is it since or ago ? — in order to avoid mis-
undenstanding, it would be preferable to make use of the nex'; one. that
is, £ Como estd el Uempo ?
I Que* tiempo hace ? (1)
I Como esta el tiempo ?
Hace buen tiempo.
Hace hermoso tiempo.
El tiempo esta hermoso.
I Hace frio ?
Hace mucho frio.
I Hace calor?
Hace mucho calor.
I Hace viento ?
Hace mucho viento.
£ Cuanto tiempo hace (or ha) ?
I Qud tiempo hace (or ha) ?
Hace tres afios.
I Cuanto hace ese jarro ?
Hace dos pintas or azumbres.
La virtud hace al hombre feliz.
I Hard Vd. barrer mi cuarto ?
Lo hari barrer.
Hari castigar al criado.
Aquella actriz hace (or representa)
muy bien su papel.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
199
Mr. N makes a great show (or
figure) in this city.
Nobody minds him (or takes no-
tice of him).
He acts as Consul.
He performs a good action.
The steamer stops to take in water.
The vessel leaks.
I want to ask you a question.
Will you play a game at chess ?
You pay me a compliment.
Will you pay me a visit ?
He boasts of every thing.
He faces any one.
He braves all dangers.
He keeps me waiting too long.
He exhausts my patience.
The sun shines.
The moon shines.
Never miud.
It is cool here.
We shall lodge (or sleep) at Niagara.
You reckon without the host.
El Sefior N . . . . hace un gran papel
en esta ciudad.
Nadie le hace caso (or se ocupa de
el).
Hace de consul.
Hace una buena acoion.
El vapor se detiene para hacer
aguada.
El buque hace agua.
Quiero hacer a Vd. una pregunta.
I Quiere Vd. hacer una partida al
ajedrez?
Vd. me hace un cumplimiento.
I Me hard Vd. una visita ?
Hace alarde de todo.
Le hace cara or frente a cualquiera.
Hace cara a (or arrostra) los peli-
gros.
Me hace aguardar demasiado.
Me hace perder la paciencia.
Hace sol.
Hace luna.
No le hace.
Aqui hace fresco.
Harimos noche en Niagara.
Vd. hace la cuenta sin la huespeda.
Idioms with Hacer se.
Have you become a merchant ?
What has become of my umbrella ?
What has become of you ?
He has become a man.
You get, grow or become rich.
He gets, grows or becomes poor.
He pretends to be wise.
He plays the fool.
He gets accustomed to every thing.
I will have some one. to accompany
me.
He makes himself to be loved.
The vessel is setting sail.
It becomes or is becoming late.
It becomes or is becoming night.
It grows dark.
It is becoming day.
I Se ha hecho Vd. comerciante ?
<; Qud se ha hecho de mi paraguas ?
,; Que* .se ha hecho de Vd ?
Se ha hecho hombre.
Vd. se hace rico.
Se hace pobre.
Se hace el sabio.
Se hace el tonto or bobo.
Se hace a todo.
Me hart" acompahar de alguno.
Se hace querer.
El buque se hace (or se eMd hacier*
do) a la vela.
Se hace (or se estd haciendo) tarde.
Se hace (se estd haciendo) noche
(or simply anochece).
f Oscurece.
Se hace (se estd haciendo) dia, (or
simply amanece).
200 THE SPANISH TEACH EK.
The weather is too hot. | El tiempo esta muy caloroso.
To ENTEB, TO COME IN.
Will you go into my room ?
I will go in.
Shall I go in?
Will you walk in ?
To srr DOWN.
To SIT, TO BE SEATED.
He is seated upon the large chair
or arm-chair.
She is seated upon the bench.
To FILL WITH.
To fill a bottle with wine.
Do you fill that bottle with water ?
I fill my purse with money.
The purse.
The pocket.
Alone.
Have you come quite alone ?
No ; I have brought all my men
along with me.
To BEING.
He has brought all his men with
him.
Have you brought your brother
along with you ?
I have brought him along with me.
The stable. j
The groom. ■]
Have you told the groom to bring
horse ?
LUVO JUU LU1U 111
me the horse ?
Are you bringing me my books ?
I am bringing them to you.
To TAKE, TO CAEBT.
Will you take that horse to the sta-
ble?
I will take it thither.
ENTEAE. PaSAE ADEIANTE.
I Quiere Vd. entrar en mi cuarto f
Si, Sefior ; entrare'.
I Entrare" ?
I Quiere Vd. pasar adelante T
Sentaese. *
estae sentado.
El esta sentado en el sillon {or la
silla de brazos).
Ella -^ita sentada en el banco.
Llenae de.
Llenar de vino una botella.
I Llena Vd. de agua esa botella ?
Lleno de dinero mi bolsa.
La bolsa.
La faltriquera. El bolsillo.
Solo.
j Ha venido Vd. absolutamente solo ?
No ; he traido toda mi jente con-
migo.
Teaee.
Ha traido toda su jente consigo.
£Ha traido Vd. consigo a su her^
mano?
Lo he traido conmigo.
La caballeriza.
El establo.
El caballerizo.
El mozo de caballos,
^Ha dicho Vd. al caballerizo or
mozo de caballos que traiga mi
caballo ?
I Me trae Vd. mis libros ?
Se los traigo a Vd.
LliEVAE. CONDUCIB.
,; Quiere Vd. llevar ese caballo a 1*
caballeriza or al establc ?
Lo llevar e" alia.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
Are you carrying that gun to my
father ?
I carry it to him.
The cane, the stick.
To GO DOWN, TO COME DOWN.
To go down into the well.
To go down the hill.
To go down the river.
To alight from one's horse.
To dismount.
To alight, to get out.
To GO UP, TO MOUNT, TO ASCEND.
To go up the mountain.
Where is your brother gone 1
He has ascended the hill.
To mount the horse.
To get into the coach.
To GET ON BOARD THE SHIP.
To DESIRE, TO BEG, TO PRAY,
TO REQUEST.
Will you desire your brother to
come down ?
The beard.
The river.
The stream. The torrent.
To go or come up the river.
Does it rain ?
It rains.
Does it snow ?
It snows.
Is it muddy ?
] t is muddy.
Is it muddy out of doors ?
It is very muddy.
Is it dusty ?
It is very dusty.
Is it smoky ?
It is very smoky.
Out of doors.
: Lleva Vd.
201
fusil a mi padre ?
Se lo llevo a el.
La caua, el baston.
Bajar.
Bajar al pozo.
Bajar la colina, el cerro.
Bajar el rio.
f Apearse del caballo.
Desmontarse.
f Apearse, bajar, salir de.
SUBIR. MONTAR.
Subir el monte.
; Adonde ha ido su hermaro de
Vd.?
Ha subido la colina.
Montar el caballo.
Entrar en el coche.
Embarcarse. Ib abordo del
BUQUE.
Desear. Pedir. Rogab.
suplicar.
I Quiere Vd. suplicar a su he) oaanc
de Vd. que baje ?
La barba.
El rio.
La corriente. El torrente.
Subir el rio.
I Llueve ?
Llueve.
,; Nieva ?
Nieva.
I Hay lodo ?
Hay lodo.
,; Hay lodo en las calles ?
Hay mucho lodo.
,; Hay polvo ?
Hay mucho polvo.
I Hay humo ?
Hay mucho humo.
Afuera, fuera, en la calle.
202
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TO HAVE LEFT.
When I have paid for the horse, I
shall have only ten dollars left.
How much money have you left?
I have one dollar left.
Country (out of town).
Country (region).
Country (native land).
Country-seat.
Country-house.
To take care.
To take a walk.
At last. At length.
Parents.
QUEDAB. SoBBAB.
Cuando yo haya pagado el cabailo,
solo me quedaran diez duros.
(jCuanto dinero le queda a Yd. ?
Me queda un peso.
Campo.
Pais.
Patria.
Haciendo de campo.
Casa de campo.
Tener cuidado. Cuidar.
Dar un paseo.
Por ultimo. Al fin.
Padres.
Exercise No. 122.
Will you have seen your father when we shall return ?
When you will return I shall have seen him. Will all be
over before I shall come ? Before you will come all will be
over. Shall we have finished this number before the next
will be published? You will not have yet finished this,
when the next will be published ; because it will soon be
published. Will you soon be back ? I shall be back in two
years. Will you be back when we shall want you ? When
you will want me I shall have returned. Will you have told
him what we are looking for, when we shall see him ? I
shall have told it to him already. Will you have sent me
back my book, when my brother will want it ? I shall have
sent it back to you. Will they have written when we shall
speak to them ? They will already have written. Will he
be banished when he will be eighteen years of age ? Be-
fore he will be seventeen he will have been banished. Will
the book have been printed when we shall return ? When
you will return, the book will have been printed. Will my
father be dead when my brother will arrrve home ? When
your brother will arrive home, your father will not be dead.
Will the servant have put in its place my cousin's book,
when he will come? When your cousin will come, the
servant will have put the book in its place. Will my aunt
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 203
have already given her order ? "Will the doors be opened
when we shall arrive there ? "When you will arrive, the
doors will yet be shut (cerradas).
Exercise No. 123.
Will your parents go to the country to-morrow ? They
will not go, for it is too dusty. Shall we take a walk to-
day ? We will not, for it is too muddy out of doors. Do
you see the country-house of my aunt, behind (detras de)
that hill ? I see it. Shall we go in ? We will go in, if
you like. Will you go into that room ? I shall not go into
it, for it is smoky. I wish you good morning, Madam.
Will you not come in ? Will you not sit down ? I will sit
down upon this large chair. Will you tell me what has be-
come of your brother ? I will tell you. Where is your
sister? Do you not see her? She sits upon the bench. Is
your father seated upon the bench ? No, he sits upon the
chair. Hast thou spent all thy money ? I have not spent
all. How much hast thou left ? I have not much left, I
have but ten dollars left. How much money have thy
sisters left ? They have but three dollars left. Have you
money enough left to pay the tailor ? I have enough left to
pay him ; but if I pay him, I shall have but little left. How
much money will your brothers have left when they shall
have paid for their horses? They will have a hundred
dollars left. When will you go to Havana ? I shall go as
soon as I have (luego que haya) learned Spanish. When
will your brothers go to France? They will go thither as
soon as they know (sepan) French. When will they learn
it? They will learn it when they have found a good
teacher. How much money shall we have left when we have
paid for our horses? When we have paid for them we
shall have only a hundred dollars left.
Exercise No. 124.
Do you gain any thing by (en) that business ? I do not
gain much by it ; but my brother gains a good deal by it ;
204: THE SPANISH TEACHER.
he fills his purse with money. How much money have you
gained ? I have gained only a little ; but my cousin has
gained much by it ; he has filled his pocket with money.
With what have you filled that bottle ? I have filled it
with wine. Will this man take care of my horse ? He will
take care of it. Who will take care of my servant V I will
take care of him. Does your servant take care of your
horses ? He does take care of them. Is he taking care of
your clothes ? He takes care of them, for he brushes them
every morning. Have you ever drank Madeira wine {vino
de Madera) J I have never drank any. Is it long since
you saw my parents? It is almost three years since.
Exercise No. 125.
Is your father arrived ab last ? Every body ( Todos) says
that he has arrived, but I have not seen him yet. Are you
pleased with your servant? I am pleased with him, for he
is fit for any thing {apto para todo). What doors lie know ?
He knows every thing {de todo). Can he ride {Sabe montar
a caballo) ? He can. Has your brother returned at last
from England ? He has returned thence, and has brought
you a fine horse. Has he told his groom to bring it to me ?
He has told him to bring it to you. What do you think
{Que le parece a Vd., or Que dice Vd.) of that horse? I
think that it is a fine and good one {Me parece que es hermoxo
y bueno), and I beg you to lead it into the stable. In what
did you spend your time yesterday ? I went to the concert,
and afterwards {despues) to the play. When did that man
go down into the well ? pe went down into it this morn-
ing. Has he not come up again yet {vuelto a subir) f He
came up an hour ago. Where is your brother ? He is in
his room. Will you tell him to come down ? I will tell him
bo, but he is not dressed yet. Is your friend still on the
mountain ? He has already come down. Did you go down
or up the river ? We went down it. Did my cousin speak
to you before he started {antes de partir) ? He spoke to mo
before he got into the coach. Have you seen my brother ?
I saw him before I went on board the ship. Is it better to
%
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
205
get into a coach than to go on board the ship ? It is not
worth while to get into a coach, nor to go on board a ship
when one has no wish to travel (deseo de viajar).
Exercise No. 126.
The Ass and the Wild Boar.
An ass had the impudence to follow a wild boar (jabali)
and bray near him to (para) insult him. The courageous
animal was at first (at pronto) enraged ; but turning his
(/a) head, and seeing whence the insult came, he continued
quietly on his way, without honoring the despicable animal
with a single word. Silence and contempt are the .only
revenge that we ought to take of fools.
FORTY-FIFTH LESSON.
THE CONDITIONAL, OR POTENTIAL PRESENT.
This mood is formed by adding to the Infinitive of any of the three
conjugations.
SINGULAB.
PLURAL.
1st Per.
2d Per.
3d Per.
1st Per.
2d Per.
3d Per.
ia.
ias.
ia.
1 iamos.
iais.
ian.
To SPEA.K.
1 should speak. We should speak.
You should speak. (Sing. andPlur.)
He should speak. They should
speak.
Thou wouldst speak.
To BE.
I should be. We should be.
You would be. (Sing* and Plur.)
He would be . They would be .
Thou wouldst be.
Hablab.
Yo hablaria . Nosotros hablar iamos .
Vd. Hablaria. Vds. hablarian.
El hablaria. Ellos hablarian.
Tu hablarias.
See, or Estab.
Yo seria or estaria. Nosotros ?.e
riamos or estariamos.
Vd. seria or estaria. Vd. serian or
estarian.
El seria or estaria. Ellos serian or
estarian .
Tu serias or estarias.
206
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
The following; Verbs form all the exceptions to our rule for the forma-
tion of the Conditional. It must be remembered that the lirst personal
singular of the exceptions being once known, all the other persons are
likewise known.
To be contained, to hold in. 1 1 Caber. Yo cabria.
should be contained.
» To tell or say. I should tell or Decir. Yo diria.
say.
and its compounds, except maldecir (to curse), and
bendecir (to bless), which follow the general rule.
To have. I should have,
To make, to do. I should make,
do.
To be able. I should be able.
To put, place. I should put, place.
To wish, to want. I should wish,
&c.
To know. I should know.
To go out. I should go out.
To have. I should have.
To be worth. I should be worth.
To come. I should come.
Haber. Yo habria.
Hacer. Yo haria.
and all its compounds
•Poder. Yo podria.
Poner. Yo pondria.
and all Us compounds.
Querer.. Yo querria.
Saber. Yo sabria.
Salir. Yo saldria.
and all its compounds
Tener. Yo tendria.
and all its compounds.
Valer. Yo valdria.
and all its compounds
Venir. Yo vendria.
and all its compounds.
Whenever this mood is used, there is always an if in the sentence,
expressed or understood ; as, If I had (or, Had I) some money I would
buy a new coat. But in Spanish, if is always expressed, and we say,
Si yo luviera (or tuviese) dinero compraria una casaca nueva. The Verb
which immediately follows if, must be in the Imperfect of the Subjunc-
tive.
To GIVE.
If I should give. If we should give.
If you would give. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would give. If they would
give.
If thou wouldst give.
Dar.
Si yo diera or diese. Si dieramos
or diesemos.
Si Vd. diera or diese. Si Vds. die-
ran or dieisen.
Si el diera or diese. Si ellos dieran
or diesen.
Si tii dieras or dieses.
TO BE.
If I should be. If we should be.
Estar.
Si yo estuviera or estuviese. Si
estuvie'ramos or estuvie'semos.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
207
If you would ba (Sing, and Plur. )
If he would be. If they would be.
If thou wouldst be.
Andar is conjugated like Estar.
Si Vd. estuviera or estuviese. SI
Vds. estuvieran or estuviesen.
Si el estuviera or estuviese. Si
ellos estuvieran or estuviesen.
Si tii estuvieras or estuvieses.
To have. (An auxiliary.)
If I should have. If we should
have.
If you would have. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would have. If they would
have.
If thou wouldst have.
HvBER.
Si yo hubiera or hubiese. Si hu-
bie'ramos or hubie'semos.
Si Vd. hubiera or hubiese. Si Vds.
hubieran or hubieseu.
Si e'l hubiera or hubiese. Si ellos
hubieran or hubiesen.
Si tu hubieras or hubieses.
Teneb and its compounds are conjugated like Haber.
To MAKE, TO DO.
If I should do. If we should do.
If you would do. (Sing, and Plur. )
If he would do. If they would do.
If thou wouldst do.
And all its compounds
Haceb.
Si yo hiciera or hiciese . Si hiciera-
mos or hicie'semos.
Si Vd. hiciera or hiciese.
hicieran or hiciesen.
Si el hiciera or hiciese.
hicieran or hiciesen.
Si tu hicieras or hicieses.
Si Vds.
Si ellos
To KNOW.
Ef I should know. If we should
know.
If you should know. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would know. If they would
know,
[f thou wouldst know.
Sabeb.
Si yo supiera or supiese. Si supie-
ramos or supiesemos.
Si Vd. supiera or supiese. Si Vds.
supieran or supiesen.
Si e'l supiera or supiese. Si ellns
supieran or supiesen.
Si tu supieras or supieses.
To being.
If I should bring. If we should
bring.
If you would bring. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would bring. If they would
bring.
K thov wouldst bring.
Tbaeb.
Si yo tr ajera or trajese. Si trajdra-
mos or traje'semos.
Si Vd. trajera or trajese. Si Vds.
trajeran or trajesen.
Si el trajera or trajese. Si ellos
trajeran or trajesen.
Si tii trajeras or trajeses.
And all its compounds.
208
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Advertir, and all verbs having an e in the last syllable but one of till
infinitive, change e into i in the imperfect of the subjunctive, as :
Si yo advirtiese or 6 dvirtrera. Si
advirtiesemos or advirtieramos.
Si Vd. advirtiese or advirtiera. Si
Vds. advertiesen or advirtieran.
Si el advirtiese or advirtiera. Si
ellos advirtiesen or advirtieran.
Si tii advirtieses or advirtieras.
If I should observe. If we should
observe.
If I should observe. {Sing, and
Plur.
If he would observe. If they would
observe.
If thou wouldst observe.
TO LOVE, TO WISH.
If I should wish. If we should
wish.
If you would wish. (Sing, and
Plur.
If he would wish. If they would
wish.
If thou wouldst wish.
Querer.
Si yo quisiera or quisiese. Si qui-
sie'ramos or quisidsemos.
Si Vd. quisiera or quisiese. Si Vds,
quisieran or quisiesen.
Si e'l quisiera or quisiese. Si ellos
quisieran or quisiesen.
Si tii quisieras or quisieses.
To TELE, TO SAT.
If I should say or tell. If we should
say, etc.
If you would say. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would say. If they would
say.
If thou wouldst say.
Dectr.
Si yo dijera or dijese. Si dijerantos
or dije'semos.
Si Vd. dijera or dijese. Si Vds.
dijeran or dijesen.
Si e'l dijera or dijese. Si ellos di-
jeran or dijesen.
Si t'i dijeras or dijeses.
And all its compounds.
To CONDUCT.
If I should conduct. If we should
conduct.
If you would conduct. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would conduct. If they
conduct.
If thou wouldst conduct.
CoNDUCTR.
Si yo condujera or condujese. Si
conduj eramos or conduj e"semos .
Si Vd. condujera or condujese. Si
Vds. conduj eran or conduj esen.
Si el condujera or condujese. Si
ellos condujeran or condujesen.
Si tii condujeras or condujeses.
All verbs ending in ducir, as traducir (to translate), inducir, producir,
reproducir, reducir, seducir, etc., are conjugated like conducir.
Togo.
If I should go. If we should go.
If you would go. (Sing, and
Plur.)
If he would go. If they would go.
If thou wouldst go.
Ir.
Si yo fuera or fuese. Si fuerainos
o»* fuesemos.
Si Vd. fuera or fuese. Si Vds.
fueran or fuesen.
Si e'l fuera or fuese. Si ellos fueran
or fuesen.
Si t u fueras or fueses.
*>
PRACTICAL EXEIiCISES.
209
Verbs ending in eer, oir, or uir. in those terminations which. 1 avo an i,
change it into y whenever it is to be joined to another vowel ; as, Oir, t<
hear ; si yo oyera or oyese, if I should hear ; Creer, to believe ; si yo
oreyera or creye.se, if I should believe ; Hair, to ilee ; si yo huyera or
huye.se, if I should flee, etc.
The verbs dormir, to sleep ; morir, to die ; poner, to put or place ;
poder, to be able ; podrir, to rot ; and their compounds, change o into
u ; as, si yo durmiera or durmiese, if I should sleep ; si yo muriera or
muriese, if I should die, etc.
If I had money I would buy a new
coat.
If you could do this you would do
that.
Si yo tuviera (or tuviese) dinero,
compraria (comprara) una casaca
nueva.
Si Vd. pudiera (or pudiese) hacer
esto, querria (or quisiera) hacer
aquello.
The termination ra is common to both the conditional and the imper-
fect of the subjunctive, and may be used for either of the termination ia
or se, as in the above example ; but, for the sake of euphony, it should
not be used in both tenses in the same sentence, especially when the
same verb is made use of in both tenses ; as, "If I had money I would
have a fine hat," a phrase which may be rendered in various ways : Si
yo luoiera dinero, tendria un sombrero fino, or, Si yo tuviese dinero, tuviera
or tendria, etc. ; but not Si yo tuviera dinero, tuviera, etc.
If he could, he would.
I would go, if I had time.
If he knew what you have done, he
would scold you.
If there were any wood, he would
make a fire.
Should the men come, it would be
necessary to give them something
to drink.
Should we receive our letters, we
would not read them until to-
morrow.
Si el pudiese (or pudiera), e'l quer-
ria (or quisiera).
Yo iria (or fuera), si tuviese (or
tuviera) tiempo.
Si el supiese (or supiera) lo que Vd.
ha hecho, le regaiiaria (or rega-
hara).
Si hubiese (or hubiera) leQa, el
haria (or hiciera) fuego.
Si viniesen (or vinieran) los hom-
bres, seria (or fuera) menester
darles algo de beber.
Si recibiesemos (or recibie'ramos)
nuestras cartas, no las leeriamoa
(or leye'ramos) hasta maiiana.
Exercise No. 127.
"Would you come to see me of tener if I were iu the .;ity ?
If you were in the city I would come to see you every day.
What would you buy if you had a great deal of money ? If
I had the money you would know it. Would you love me if
210 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I were a cousin of yours? If you were my cousin, perhaps
I would love you a great deal. Would you take me to the
country if the weather was not so bad? If it were fine
weather, I would certainly take you whenever (adonde) you
liked. Would you bring your brother along with you were
he well ? If he were well I would bring him along with
me. Would you come with us were you not busy? If I
were not so busy, I would go with you with the greatest
(mayor) pleasure. Would you go to bed were you sleepy?
If I were sleepy, I would without doubt go to bed. Would
you warm yourself were you cold ? If I were cold I would
like to warm myself. Would you translate a letter into
Spanish for me, if I should ask -you? I would do it with
the greatest pleasure. Would you go to the opera if my
cousin would go ? I should tell you, if she would go.
Would you study your Spanish lesson better than you do,
had you not some other lessons to study? If I had but
the Spanish to study, I would certainly learn it better, for
I like it (me gusta) very much.
Exercise No. 128.
Would this trunk hold all my clothes (ropa) were it a
little larger ? I think it would (que cabria). Would you
tell me all that you wish were you alone with me ? I
would (Si, Seftor). Would you have done what I told you
if you had had time ? I would certainly have done it, but
you know that I have had no time. Would you do it if
you could ? If I could, I would do it with great pleasure.
Would you put on (Se pondria Vd.) your new hat to-day, if
it were finished ? If it were finished, I should put it on to-
morrow. Would your sister go out to-day if it were fine
weather ? I believe she would not go out even if it wero
the finest weather. Would it be worth the trouble ( Valdria
la pena) to go to school (la escuela) to-day if it were fine
weather ? It would certainly be worth the trouble, because
to-morrow you would be worth more than (de lo que) you
are (worth) to-day. Would you come to see me every
other day, if I were at home ? If I were certain always to
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 211
meet you at home, I would come and see you, not every
other day, because I am now more busy than formerly, but
I would come as often as I could.
Exercise No. 129.
If I accepted (aceptar) this proposition, woald I be
blamed ? You would be blamed if you accepted it. Would
he have answered my letter if he had received it in time
(a tiempo) ? He would have answered it. Would he arrive
in time if he had started ( partir) an hour ago ? He would
arrive in time. Would your uncle finish his house if he
had the means (los medio*) ? He would finish it if he were
richer than he is. Would you sit down if you had time ?
I would sit down with great pleasure, if I had time.
Would you buy these books if you wanted them ? I should
buy them if I wanted them. Would you dance with your
cousin if you were not engaged (comprometer) ? If I were
not engaged I would dance with him, if he wished. Would
you read a little if you had time ? If I had time I would
read a little ; but my teacher of music (maestro de musica)
will come at ten o'clock, and I have not yet prepared my
lesson, so that I have not a single moment to spare (un
nolo momento que perder).
Exercise No. 130.
give an answer to the following questions i
I Que me daria Vd. si yo le dijese un secreto ? £ Que
comprariamos si tuviesemos dinero ? ,? Saldrian Vds. hoy si
hiciera buen tiempo ? <; Seria mas amable su amigo de Vd.
si fuera muy rico ? £ Me haria Vd. una visita si yo se lo
supHcase? £ Haria Vd. una partida al ajedrez con su pri-
rao de Vd., si el supiera jugar ? ,; Tocaria Vd. el piano si su
prima de Vd. se lo pidiera ? £ Bailaria conmigo su hija de
Vd. si yo la invitara ? £ Comeria Vd. hoy con nosotros si se
lo suplicaramos ? Si yo le hiciese a Vd. una proposicion,
212 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
I la aceptaria Vd. ? £ Estudiaria Vd. si yo estudiara ?
^Estaria Vd. en casa si no lloviese? jlria Vd. a la Habaua
si yo fuese ? £ Irian al concierto sus primas de Vd. si Vds.
fuesen ? £ Querria Vd. a mi hermanito si fuese bueno y
estudioso ? £ Me haria Vd. un favor si yo se le pidiera ?
Exercise No. 131.
Cierto sujeto que se habia casado con una muda, se
canso de vivir condenado a perpetuo silencio, y acudio a un
medico para que procurase restituirla el uso de la lengua.
Tuvo la mujer la felicidad de recobrarle ; y de tal suerte se
daba priesa a desquitarse del tiempo de su mudez. que
hablaba, como suele decirse, hasta por los codos. Cansado
el marido de tanta cliarla, volvio al facultativo a suplicarle
que emplease en enmudecer a su mujer la misma habilidad
que habia manifestado para hacerla hablar. " Esta en mi
mano," le contesto el medico, " liacer hablar a una mujer ;
pero se necesita mucha mayor ciencia para hacerla callar.
Solo encuentro un remedio, calmante a lo menos, que es
dejar a Vd. sordo."
FOUTY-SIXTH LESSON.
CONDITIONAL, OR POTENTIAL PAST.
This is formed from the Present of the Conditional of the Auxiliary,
and the Past Participle of the verb to be conjugated.
I should have, We should have.
You would have (Sing, and Plur).
He would have, They would have.
Thou wouldst have.
Yo habria, Habriamos.
Vd. habria, Yds. habrian.
El habria, Ellos habrian.
Tii habrias.
SPOKEN. HABLADO.
1 should have, We should have.
You would have (Sing, and Plur).
He would have. They would have.
Thou wouldst have.
Yo habria, Habriamos.
Vd. habria, Vds. habrian.
El habria, Ellos habrian.
Tii habrias.
m
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
213
DEPAKTED.
If I had received my money, I
would have bought new shoes.
If you had risen early, you would
not have caught cold.
If they had got rid of their old
horse, they would have procured
a better one.
If he had washed his hands, he
would have wiped them.
If I knew (if I had known) that, I
would have behaved differently.
If thou hadst taken notice of that,
thou wouldst not have been mis-
taken.
paetido.
Si yo hubiera (or hubiese) reeibido
mi dmero, habria comprado za-
patos nuevos.
Si Vd. se hubiera levantado tern-
prano, no se habria resfriado.
Si se hubieran deshecho de su ca-
ballo viejo, habrian conseguido
otro mejor.
Si dl se hubiera lavado las manos,
se las habria enjugado.
Si yo hubiera sabido eso, me habria
comportado de otro modo.
Si hubieras advertido eso, no te ha-
brias equivocado.
Would you learn Spanish, if I learn-
ed if?
I would learn it, if you learned it.
Would you have learned German,
if 1 had learned it ?
I would have learned it, if you had
learned it.
Would you go to France, if I went
thither with you ?
I would go if you went with me.
Would you have gone to Germany,
if I had gone with you ?
Would you go out if I remained at
home?
I would remain at home if you went
out.
Would you have written a letter, if
I had written a note ?
There is my boot.
Here is my book.
There it is.
There they are.
Here I am.
That is the reason why.
Therefore I say so.
I Aprenderia Vd. el espafioL si yo
lo aprendiera ?
Yo lo aprenderia si Vd. lo apren-
diera.
I Habria Vd. aprendido el alemau
si yo lo hubiera aprendido ?
Yo lo habria aprendido, si Vd. lo
hubiese aprendido.
I Iria Vd. a Francia, si yo fuese con
Vd.?
Yo iria si Vd. fuera conmigo.
I Habria Vd. ido a Alemania, si yo
hubiera ido con Vd. ?
I Saldria Vd. si yo me quedara en
casa ?
Yo me quedaria en casa si Vd. sa-
liera.
I Habria Vd. escrito una carta, si yo
hubiera escrito una esquela ?
Alii esta mi libro. Alii tiene Vd.
mi libro. He' alii mi libro.
Aqui esta mi hbro. Aqui tiene Vd.
mi hbro. He aqui mi libro.
Alii esta. Alii lo tiene Vd. Heloalli.
Alliestan. Alii lo tiene Vd. He'losalli
Aqui estoy. Aqui me tiene Vd.
He'teme aqui.
Esta (or esa) es la razon por que'.
He aqui (or ahi) la razon por que.
Por eso (or por tanto) lo digo.
214
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
My feet are cold.
His feet are cold.
Her bauds are cold.
My body is cold.
My bead hurts me.
I have tbe headacbe.
Her arm hurts her.
He has a pain iu his aide.
Her tongue hurts her very much.
The son-in-law.
The step-son.
The daughter-in-law.
The step-daughter.
The father-in-law.
The step-father.
The mother-in-law.
The step-mother.
The sister-in-law.
The brother-in-law.
Tbe progress.
To improve in learning.
Tbe progress of a malady.
A plate.
f Tengo los pies frioa
f Tiene los pies frios.
f Tiene las manos frias.
f Tengo el cuerpo frio.
t Me duele la cabeza.
f Tengo dolor de cabeza.
f Le duele el brazo.
t Tiene dolor de costado.
f Le duele mucho la lengua.
El yerno, or hijo politico.
El bijastro, or entenado.
La nuera, or hija politica.
La hijastra, or entenada.
El suegro, or padre politico.
El padrastro.
La suegra, or madre politica.
La madrastra.
La cufiada, or hermana politica.
El cufiado, or bermano politico.
El progreso.
Adelantar en los estudios.
Los progresos de una enfermedad
Un plato.
Exercise No. 132.
Who is there ? It is I (Soy yo). Who are those men ?
They are foreigners who wish to speak to yon. Of what
country are they? They are Americans. Where is my
book ? There it is. And my pen ? Here it is. Where is
your sister ? There she is. Where are our cousins (fern.) ?
There they are. Where are you, John (Juan) ? Here I am.
Why do your children live in Spain ? They wish to learn
Spanish ; that is the reason why they live in Spain. Why
do you sit near the fire ? My hands and feet are cold ; that
is the reason why I sit near the fire. Are your sister's
hands Cold ? No ; but her feet are cold. What is the mat-
ter with your aunt? Her arm hurts her. Is there any
thing the matter with you ? My head hurts me. What ia
the matter with that woman ? Her tongue hurts her very
much. Why do you not eat ? I shall not eat before (sin)
I have a good appetite. Has your sister a good appetite ?
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 215
She has a very good appetite ; that is the reason why she
eats so much. If you have read the books which I have
lent you, why do you not return them to me ? I intend
reading them once more (volverios a leer) ; that is the rea-
son why I have not returned them to you ; but I will return
them to you as soon as I have read them a second time
(haya leido otra vez). Why have you not brought my shoes?
They were not made, therefore I did not bring them ; but
I bring them to you now ; here they are. Why has your
daughter not written her exercises ? She has taken a walk
with her companion (fern.), that is the reason why she has
not written them ; but she promises to write them to-mor-
row, if you do not scold her.
Exercise No. 133.
Would you have money if your father were here ? I
should have some if he were here. Would you be pleased
if I had some books ? I should be much pleased if you had
some. Would you praise my little brother if he were good ?
If he were good I should certainly praise him. Would my
sister be praised if she were not assiduous ? She would
certainly not be praised if she were not assiduous and good.
Would you give me someifciing if I were very good ? If you
were very good, and if you worked well, I would give you a
fine book. Would you write to your sister if you were in
Paris? I would write to her, and send her something
handsome, if I were there. Would you speak if I listened
to you ? I would speak if you listened to me and if you
would answer me. Would you have spoken to my mother
if you had seen her ? I would have spoken to her. and
have begged of her to send you a handsome gold watch, if
I had seen her.
Exercise No. 134.
One of the valets-de-chambre (ayuda de cdmara) of Louis
XIV. requested that prince, as he was going to bed (a/
216 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
tiempo que el se xba a la cama), to recommend to the first Pre-
sident a lawsuit (un pleito) which he had against (contra)
his father-in-law : and, in urging him (urjiendole) , said :
" Ah, Sire (Ah, Seilor), you ( Vuestra Majedad) have but to
say one word." "Well," said Louis XIV., "it is not that
which embarrasses me (me embaraza); but tell me, if thou
wert in thy father-in law's place, and thy father-in-law in
thine, wouldst thou be glad (te alegrarias) if I said that
word ?
If the men should come, it would be necessary to give
them something to drink. If he could do this, he would do
that. I have always flattered myself (me he lisonjeado), my
dear brother, that you loved me as much as I love you; but
I now see that I have been mistaken. I should like to
know why you went walking without me. I have heard,
my dear sister, that you are angry (edda enfadada) with me,
because I went walking without you. I assure you that,
had I known you were not ill, I should have come for you ;
but I inquired at your physician's about your health, and
he told me that you had been keeping your bed the last
eight days (habias edado en cama durante ocho dias).
Exercise No. 135.
A French oflfoer having arrived at the court of Vienna,,
the Empress Theresa asked him (la emperatriz Teresa le pre-
guntb) if he believed that the Princess of N., whom he had
seen the day before (el dia anterior), was really the hand-
somest woman in the world (delmundo), as was said. " Ma-
dam," replied (replied) the officer, "I thought so yesterday."
How do you like that meat? I like it very well. May I
ask you for a piece (Paedo tomarme la libertad de pedir a Vd.
un poco) of that fish? If you will have the goodness to
pass me your plate, I will give you some (le pondre a Vd.)
Would you have the goodness to pour me out something to
drink (echarme de beber) ? WTith much pleasure.
Cicero seeing his son-in-law, who was very short, arrive
with a long sword (que era may pequeKo, venir con una espada
larga) at his side (a la cinla), exclaimed : " Who has fasten-
ed (atado) my son-in-law to that sword?"
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
217
FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON.
The Present Participle in Spanish is formed from the Infinitive, by
changing, for the first conjugation, the termination ar into ando; and
for the two others, er and ir into iendo. Ex. :
To speak, — speaking.
To sell, — selling.
To write, — writing.
1. Hablar, — hs.bla.ndo.
2. Vender, — vendiendo.
3. Escribir, — escvibiendo.
The above rule holds good for all Verbs, whether regular or irregular.
There are, however, some exceptions, which are confined to some
Verbs of the 2d and 3d conjugations.
To attract, — attracting.
To believe, — believing.
To gnaw, — gnawing.
To hear, — hearing.
To flee, — fleeing.
To ai-gue, — arguing.
To distinguish, —distinguishing.
To laugh, — laughing.
Atraer, — atrayendo.
Creer, — cieyendo.
Roer, — xoyendo.
Oir, — oyendo.
Huir, — huyendo.
Argiiir, — nrgayendo.
Distinguir, — distinguiendo.
Reir, — r iendo.
Verbs of the 3d conjugation having an e in the last syllable but one,
change the e into i before taking the termination iendo. Ex. :
To say, — saying.
To follow,— following.
To amuse, — amusing.
Decir, — diciendo.
Seguir, — siguie?ido.
Divertir, — divirtiendo.
The four following Verbs change o into u, to take the termination of
the Present Participle :
To be able,— being able.
To sleep,— sleeping.
To die,— dying.
To rot, — rotting.
Poder, — pudiendo.
Dormir, - - durmierafo.
Morir, — muriendo.
Podir, — pudrierafo.
It is to be observed that the Present Participle is not so often used in
Spanish as in English ; for, whenever it is used in English after a
Preposition, it is rendered in Spanish by the present of the Iufinitive(l).
Moreover, it is often substituted by the Infinitive with one of the Pre-
positions con or en. Ex. :
I. pass my time in reading.
I gain nothing by going there.
Paso el tiempo en leer (leyendo).
Nada gano con ir (yendo) alia.
1. Excepting only the Preposition en (in), when it has the meaning
of cuando (when), as in the following instances : En casdndose (cuando
se case) sera masfeliz, when she gets married she will be happier ; En
yendo (cuando vaya) a su casa, le hablare, when I go to his house, I will
speak to him.
218
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
> The Article, preceded by the Preposition d, is used before an Infini-
tive, when "tiempo de" (time of) is understood. Ex. :
At (the time of) arriving at my
house.
In going out of the church.
Upon opening the door.
Al llegar a mi casa.
Al salir de la iglesia.
Al abrir la puerta.
Yet the Present Participle is used when an agent performs two
tions at the same time. Ex. :
He learns while teaching.
I correct while reading.
It instructs while delighting.
El aprende ensefiando (1).
Corrijo leyendo (or mie'ntras leo).
Instruye deleitando.
When a certain continuation or succession of time is to be expressed,
the Present Participle is made use of with the Verb estar, and some-
times with ir. Ex. :
I am writing.
Are you reading ?
He is telling me his misfortunes.
He is gathering flowers in the gar-
den.
She was crying all day.
Her grief is consuming her by de-
grees.
You are thinking.
What were you doing when I ar-
rived?
I was dining.
To QUESTTOH,
The cravat.
The carriage.
The family.
The promise.
The leg.
The sore throat.
I have a sore throat.
The meat.
Estoy escribiendo.
j Esta Vd. leyendo ?
Me esta contando sus desgracias.
Esta cojiendo flores en el jardin.
Estuvo Uorando todo el dia.
Su dolor la va consumiendo gra-
duahneDte, or por grados.
Vd. esta pensando.
I Que estaba Vd. haciendo cuando
yo llegue' ?
Estaba comiendo, or comia.
Peeguntae.
La corbata.
El carruaje.
La familia.
La promesa.
La pierna.
El mal de garganta.
Tengo mal de garganta.
f Tengo la garganta mala.
La came.
' 1. While is expressed by mie'ntras or entreianto ; but we cannot say
El aprende mienlras ensehando, for if we make use of mi/.niras, the Verb
which follows must be in the Infinitive, unless the verb Estar is used
before the Present Participle : El aprende mi£nlra>s enseia, or widntras
esta ensenando.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
219
The salt meat.
The fresh meat.
Cool water.
The food, the victuals.
The dish (mess).
Milk food.
The traveller.
Carne salada.
Carne fresca.
Agua fresca.
El alimento, la comida.
El plato.
Lacticinios.
El viajero, or viajante.
To MARCH. To WALK. To STEP. I CAMINAR. AnDAE. * I>AR* UN PASO.
I have walked a good deal to-day. | Hoy he caminado muchisimo.
Caminar or Andar must not be mistaken for Pasear. The former
means to walk ; and the latter, to walk for pleasure.
He estado paseando con mi madre
I have been walking in the garden
with my mother.
To walk, to travel a league, two
leagues.
To walk a step.
To take a step (meaning, to take
measures).
To go on a journey.
To make a speech.
A piece of business, an affair.
To transact business.
TO MEDDLE WITH SOMETHING. -j
What are you meddling with *?
I am meddling with my own busi-
That man always meddles with
other people's business.
I do not meddle with other people's
business.
Others. Other people.
He employs himself in painting. •)
The art of painting. -j
Chemistry.
The chemist.
The art
Strange.
Surprising.
It is strange.
en el jar din.
Caminar (andar or hacer) una
legua, dos leguas.
Dar* un paso.
j Tomar sus medidas or providea-
cias.
f Hacer un viaje.
f Salir a un viaje.
Hacer un discurso.
Un negocio, un asunto.
Hacer negocios.
Meterse. mezclarse or entro-
METERSE EN ALGUNA COSA.
I En que se mete or mezcla Vd. ?
Me mezclo en mis propios asuntos.
Ese hombre se mezcla siempre en
los asuntos de otros or ajenoB.
No me mezclo en los asuntos
ajenos.
Otros. Otra jente.
f Trabaja de pintor.
El se ocupa en la pintura.
El arte de la pintura.
La pintura.
La quimica.
El quimico.
El arte.
Estrauo. Singular.
Sorprendente.
Es estraiio.
TO EMPLOY ONE'S-SELF IN. EmPLEAESE (Or OCUPARSE)
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To CONCERN SOME ONE.
TO LOOK AT SOME ONE.
I do not like to meddle with things
that do not concern me.
To concern one's-self about some-
thing.
To trouble one's head about some-
thing.
TOCAR, CoNCERNIR, ImPORTAR, In-
TERESAR, INCUMBIR, PeRTENECER.
MlRAR A ALGUNO.
No me gusta mezclarme en las
cosas que no me conciernen (or
tocan).
Molestarse por (or de) al'guna cosa.
Inquietarse por (or de) alguna
cosa.
To ATTRACT.
Loadstone attracts iron.
Her singing attracts me.
To charm.
To enchant.
I am charmed with it
The beauty.
The harmony.
The voice.
The power.
Atraer*.
El iman atrae el hierro.
Su canto me atrae.
Encantar. Hechizar.
Embelesar.
Estoy encantado de ello (or con
ello).
La hermosura.
La armonia.
La voz.
El poder.
To repeat.
The repetition.
The commencement, the beginning.
The wisdom.
Study.
The Lord.
A good memory.
A memorandum.
The nightingale.
All beginnings are difficult
To create.
Creation.
The Creator.
The benefit.
The benefactor.
The fear of the Lord.
Heaven.
Earth.
Solitude.
The lesson.
The goodness.
Floixr, meat
The mill.
Kepetib.
La repeticion.
El principio.
La sabiduria, el saber.
El estudio.
El Senor.
Una buena memoria.
Memoranda, nota, apunte.
El ruisefior.
Todos los principios son diffcilea.
Cbear. Criap
La creacion.
El Creador.
El beneficio.
El bienhechor, or benefactor.
El temor de Dios, or del Sefior,
El cielo.
La tierra.
La soledad.
La leccion.
La bondad.
La harina.
El molino.
» h>
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 221
Exercise No. 136.
Will you dine with us to to-day ? With much pleasure.
What have you for dinner ? We have good soup, some
fresh and salt meat, and some milk food. Do you like milk
food ? I like it better than any other food. Are you ready
to dine ? I am ready. Do you intend to set out soon ? I
intend setting out next week. Do you travel alone (solo) f
No, Madam, I travel with my uncle. Do you travel on foot
or in a carriage ? We travel in a carriage. Did you meet
any one in your last journey to Berlin ? We met many
travellers. How do you intend to spend your time this
summer ? I intend to take a short journey. Did you walk
much in your last journey ? No ; I like much to walk, but
my uncle likes to go in a carriage. Did he not wish to
walk ? He wished to walk at first, but got into the coach
after having walked a little, so that I did not walk much.
What have you been doing at school to-day? We have
been listening to our professor. What did he say? He
made a long speech on the goodness of God. After saying,
" Repetition is the mother of studies, and a good memory
is a great benefit of God," he said, " God is the Creator of
Heaven and earth ; the fear of the Lord is the beginning
of all wisdom." What are you doing all day in this garden ?
I am walking in it. What is there in it that attracts you ?
The singing of the birds attracts me. Are there any night-
ingales in it ? There are, and the harmony of their singing
enchants me. Have those nightingales more power over
(sobre) you than the beauties of painting, or the voice of
your tender (tierna) mother so much ? I confess that the
harmony of the singing of those little birds has- more power
over me than the most tender words of my dearest friends.
Exercise No. 137.
What does your niece amuse herself with in her solitude ?
She reads a good deal, and writes letters to her mother.
What does your uncle amuse himself with in his solitude ?
He employs himself in painting and chemistry. Does he no
222 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
longer do any business ? He no longer does any, for lift ig
too old. Why does he meddle with your business ? He
does not generally (jeneralmeate) meddle with other people's
business ; but he meddles with mine because he loves me.
Has your master made you repeat your lesson to-day ? H
made me repeat it. Did you know it ? I knew it pretty
well. Have you also written your exercises ? I have
written some ; but what is that to you, I beg (sir vase Vd.
decirme que le importa eso a Vd.) ? I do not generally
meddle with things that do not concern me, but I love you
so much that I concern myself much about what you are
doing. Does any one trouble his head about you ? No one
troubles his head about me, for I am not worth the trouble.
"Who corrects your exercises ? My master corrects them.
How does he correct them ? He corrects them in reading
them, and in reading them he speaks to me. How many
things does your master do at the same time (a la vez) ?
He does four things at the same time. How so ( Ccmo) ?
He reads and corrects my exercises, speaks to me and ques-
tions me, all at once (todo a la vez). Does your sister sing
while dancing ? She sings while working, but she cannot
sing while dancing. Has your mother left ? She has not
left yet. When will she set out ? She will set out to-
morrow evening. At what o'clock ? At a quarter to seven.
Have your sisters arrived ? They have not arrived yet ;
but we expect them this evening. Will they spend the
evening with us ? They will spend it with us, for they have
promised me to do so. Where have you spent the morning ?
I have spent it in the country. Do you go every morning
to the country ? I do not go every morning, but I go twice
a week. Why has your niece not called upon me ( venido a
verme) f She is very ill, and has spent the whoje day in
her room.
Exercise No. 138.
Pedaretes, no habiendo tenido el honor de ser escojido por
uno de los trescientos que tenian cierto rango de distincion
en la ciudad, volvio a su casa muy contento y alegre, did'
^^
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 223
endo que estaba lleno de gozo porque Esparta habia hallado
trescientos hombres mejores que el.
Alejandro el Grande, rey de Macedonia, habiendo vencido
a Dario, rey de Persia, tomo un gran numero de prisioneros,
y entre otros la mujer y la madre de Dario. Segun las
leyes de la guerra de aquel tiempo, podia haberlas hecho
esclavas ; pero tenia un alma demasiado elevada para abu-
sar de la victoria : el por lo tanto las trato como a reinas,
y les mostro las mismas atenciones y respeto que si hubiera
sido su vasallo : lo que habiendo llegado a oidos de Dario,
dijo este, que Alejandro habia merecido ser victorioso, y era
el unico digno de reinar en su lugar. La virtud y grandeza
de alma compelen a prestar alabanzas aun a los mismos
enemigos.
Julio Cesar, primer emperador de los romanos, estaba
tambien poseido de un grado eminente de humanidad y
grandeza de alma. Despues de haber vencido al granPom-
peyo en la batalla de Farsalia, perdon6 a todos aquellos
que, segun las leyes de la guerra que entonces rejian, podia
haber condenado a muerte ; y no solo les concedio la vida,
sino que tambien les devolvio sus bienes y honores. Con
cuyo motivo Ciceron, en una de sus oraciones, hace esta
bella observacion hablando a Julio Cesar : La fortuna no
podia hacer mas por ti, que darte el poder de perdonar tarda
jente ; ni la naturaleza seruirte mejor, que dandote la voluntad
de hacerlo. Se ve por estos ejemplos cuanta gloria y ala-
banzas se ganan obrando bien ; ademas del placer que se
siente interiormente, y que escede a todos los demas.
Preguntado {for Habiendo sido preguntado) Caton, i por
que, habiendo merecido bien de la patria, no le habian eriji-
do estatuas ? " Quiero mas," respondio, " que me hagan
esa pregunta, que si me preguntaran por que me las habian
erijido."
224
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON.
HOW LONG ?
Till. Until.
Till twelve o'clock.
Till noon.
Till to-morrow.
Till the day after to-morrow.
Till Sunday.
Till Monday.
Till this evening.
Till evening.
Until morning.
Until the next day.
Until that day.
Until that moment.
Till now. Hitherto.
Till then or that time.
Then.
Till I return.
Till my brother's return.
Till my brother returns.
Till four o'clock in the morning.
Till midnight
Till twelve o'clock at night.
The return or coming back.
I CuANTO TISMPO }
I Hasta cuando ?
,; Hasma que hoba ?
Hasta.
Hasta las doce.
Hasta el medio dia.
Hasta manana.
Hasta pasado manana.
Hasta el domingo.
Hasta el limes.
Hasta esta noche.
Hasta la noche.
Hasta la manana.
Hasta el dia siguiente.
Hasta aquel dia.
Hasta aquel momento.
Hasta ahora. Hasta aquf.
Hasta ent6nces.
Entonces.
Hasta que vuelva.
Hasta mi vuelta.
Hasta la vuelta de mi hermano.
Hasta que vuelva mi hermano.
Hasta las cuatro de la manana.
Hasta media noche.
Hasta las doce de la noche.
La vuelta.
How long did you remain at my
father's house ?
I remained till eleven o'clock.
It is. . . They (the people).
It is said (that is, people say).
I Hasta que* hora se estuvo (or que-
do) Vd. en casa de mi padre ?
Me estuve (or quede") hasta las onco.
Se . . . (or, a verb in the third
person).
Se dice or dicen.
When it is not determined whether it is one or many persons who
perform the action represented by the verb, the reciprocal pronoun ia
generally used in Spanish. Ex. :
It is said that only the Americans
have been able to take the castle
of San Juan de Uliia.
Se dice que solamente los Ameri-
canos han podido tomar el caa-
tillo de San Juan de Ulua.
But they is sometimes used without determining whether it modifies a
masculine or feminine noun. In such a case we put the verb in the
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
225
third person plural, which has the same import as they in English ; but
we do n jt express the pronoun. Ex. :
They say that the \merican Union
will, in a short time, be the most
powerful nation on the earth.
Have they brought my hat ?
They have brought it.
They have not brought it.
What have they said ?
They have not said any thing.
They have said nothing.
What have they done ?
They have not done any thing.
They have done nothing.
TO BE WILLING (WISH)— BEEN
WILLING (WISHED).
Have they been willing to mend my
coat?
They have not been willing to
mend it.
Have they been willing to mend my
coats?
They have been willing to mend
them.
To BE ABLE (CAN)— BEEN ABLE i
(COULD). J
Have they been able to find the
book?
They could not find it.
It could not be found.
Can they find it ?
Can it be found ?
They cannot find it.
It cannot be found.
Can they do what they wish ?
They do what they can, but not
what they wish.
Dicen que, en poco tiempo, sera la
Union americana la nacion niaa
poderosa de la tierra.
I Han traido mi sombrero ?
Lo han traido.
No lo han traido.
,i Que* han dicho ?
No han dicho nada.
Nada han dicho.
I Que hail hecho ?
No han hecho nada.
Nada han hecho.
QuERER* — QUERIDO.
I Han querido componer mi rasa.
ca?
No han querido componerla.
I Han querido componer mis
cas?
Han querido componerlas.
Poder* — PODIDO.
,; Han podido hallar el libro ?
No han podido hallarlo.
No lo han podido hallar.
No se ha podido hallar.
No ha podido hallarse.
I Pueden hallarlo ?
^Lo pueden hallar ?
I Se puede hallar ?
1 Puede hallar.se ?
No pueden hallarlo.
No lo pueden hallar.
No se puede hallar.
No puede hallarse.
i Pueden hacer lo que quieren
Hacen lo que pueden, pero no lo qut
quieren.
226
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
What do they say ?
What do they say now ?
They say nothing now.
Something new.
Any thing new.
Nothing new.
Not any thing new.
Do they believe that ?
They do not believe it.
Do they speak of that ?
They do speak of it.
They do not speak of it.
To brush.
The brush.
I Que' dicen ?
I Que' se dice ?
I Que dicen de nuevo ?
I Que* se dice de nuevo ?
No dicen. nada de nuevo.
No se dice nada de nuevo.
Nada dicen de nuevo.
Nada .se dice de nuevo.
Algo de nuevo.
Nada de nuevo.
I Oreen eso ? 1 Se cree eso ?
No lo creen. No se cree.
,; llablan de eso ? j Se habla de eso!
Hablan de ello. £e ZiaWa de ello ?
No hablan de ello.
No se ftafr/a de ello.
Acepillar.
El cepillo.
Exercise No. 139.
How long have you been writing ? I have been writing
until midnight. How long have I been working? You
have been working until four o'clock in the morning. How
long did my brother remain with you? He remained with
me until evening. How long hast thou been working ? I
have been working until now. Hast thou still long to
write ? I have to write till the day after to-morrow. Has
the physician still long to work ? He has to work till to-
morrow. Am I to remain here long ? You are to remain
here till Sunday. Is my brother to remain long with you ?
He is to remain with us till Monday. How long are we to
work ? You are to work till the day after to-morrow.
Have you still long to speak? I have still an hour to
speak. Did you speak long ? I spoke till the next day.
Did you remain long in my counting-house ? I remained
there until this moment. Have you still long to live at the
Frenchman's house ? I have still long to live at his house.
How long have you to remain at his house ? Till Tuesday.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 227
Has the servant brushed my clothes? He has brushed
them. Has he swept the room ? He has swept it. How
long did he remain here ? Till noon (el medio dia). Does
your friend still live with you ? He lives with me no longer.
How long did he live with you ? He lived with me only
a year. How long did you remain at the ball ? I remained
there till midnight. How long did you remain in the ship ?
I remained an hour. Have you remained in the garden till
now ? I have remained there till now.
Exercise No. 140.
What do you do in the morning ? I read. And what
do you do then (despues) ? I breakfast and study. Do you
breakfast before you read? No, Sir ; I read before I break-
fast. Dost thou play instead of studying? I study in-
stead of playing. Does thy brother go to the play instead
of going into the garden ? He goes neither to the play
nor into the garden. What do you do in the evening ? I
study. What hast thou done this evening ? I have brush-
ed your clothes, and (have) gone to the theatre. Didst
thou remain long at the theatre ? I remained there but a
few minutes. Are you willing to wait here ? How long
am I to wait here ? You are to wait till my father returns.
Has any body come ? Somebody has come. What did they
want ? They wanted to speak to you. Would they not
wait? They would not wait. Have you waited for me
long ? I have waited for you two hours. Have you been
able to read my note ? I have been able to read it. Have
you understood it ? I have understood it. Have you shown
it to any body ? I have shown it to nobody. Have they
brought my fine clothes ? They have not brought them yet.
Have they swept my room and brushed my clothes ? They
have done both (lo uno y lo otro, or dmbas cosas. ) What have
they said? They have said nothing What have they
done ? They have done nothing. Has your little brother
been spelling? He has not been willing to spell. Has the
merchant's boy been willing to work ? He has not been
willing. What has he been willing to do ? He has not
been willing to do any thing.
228 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Exercise No. 141.
Has any thing been lost ? Nothing has been lost. Is it
known who has been elected ? It is not yet known with
certainty (con cerleza, or de cierto), but it is said that your
father will be elected. Do they think so ? Almost every-
body does. Has any thing been found out about that af-
fair ? Nothing has been found out yet. Do they say any
thing about it ? There is a little said in the papers, but
nobody believes any thing of what they say. Where is your
book sold ? It is sold at every bookstore in (de) the city.
Does it sell well ? They say it sells very well. They say
it is very dear (caro). It cannot be sold cheaper (mas
barato). They sell everything cheap in this country (pais).
If your book were a little cheaper, many more would be
sold. That cannot be doubted. By the by, be pleased to
be seated and tell me what language is spoken in Mexico,
South America, and the West Indies (Anlillas). The Span-
ish language is spoken in all those countries. What lan-
guage is spoken in your country? The English is the
only one spoken in my country. And in your country,
what language is spoken there? In my country all lan-
guages are spoken. How is that word pronounced ? It is
pronounced thus .... How is it spelled (se escribe) ? It
is spelled thus .... Is your work published ? It has not
yet been printed, that is the reason why it has not yet
been published. Can you lend me your Spanish Gram-
mar ? I cannot lend it to you. Will you give those flow-
ers to my children ? I will give them to them with great
pleasure. Will you send your umbrella to my brother ?
I have sent it to him already. How many houses have
been burnt down ? It is believed that more than (de) six
have been burnt down. Who has told you that ? Your
servant has told it to me. Has he told it to you ? He has
told it to me. Will you tell it to my sons ? I will tell it
to them. Have you told it to your cousin? I have not
told it to him yet, but I will (tell it to him). Have you
told it to your brother ? I have not told it to him, because
he told it to me. Who has told it to your friend ? I have
told it to him. You did not tell it to me. No ; but I tell
it to you now.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 229
Exercise No. 142.
los dos amigos.
Dos amigos que hacia mucho tiempo que no se veian, se
encontraron por casualidad {by chance). <? Como te va ?
dijo el uno. No me me va muy bien, respondio el otro ;
pues me he casado despues que no nos vemos. Buena no-
ticia! No es del todo {altogether) buena, porque me he
casado con una mujer muy ma] a. Malo ! Pero no tan
malo, porque su dote era de 40,000 duros. Muy bien ! eso
a lo menos consuela. No enteramente, porque yo empiee
esa cantidad en carneros {sheep) que se me murieron todos
de morrina(*). En verdad que esa es una desgracia
{misfortune). No es tanta la desgracia, porque la venta de
sus pieles {skins) me produjo mas que los. carneros. En-
t6nces estas indemnizado. Pero no del todo, porque mi
casa donde habia puesto el dinero, se me quemo. Oh ! esa
es una desgracia que debiashaberme contado {related) antes
de todas. No es tan grande como te la has figurado
{imagined), porque mi mujer y mi casa se quemaron juntas
(were burnt together),
* Morriha, murrain, a plague among cattle.
FORTY-NINTH LESSON.
PKESENT OP THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
In Begular, as well as in Irregular Verbs, the present of the Sub-
junctive, in Spanish, is formed from the first person singular of the
present of the Indicative, by changing its last letter o, with which it
generally terminates, for the first conjugation •
1st Per. 2d. 3d.
For the singular into ..... e, es, e.
For the plural into emos, its, en.
And for the second and third conjugations :
1st Per. 2d. 31
For the singular into a, as, a.
For the plural into amos, dis, an.
230 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
examples.
Pees, of the Indicative. Pees, of the Subjunctive.
Que Yo Vd. El Nosoteos Vds. Ellos
Estoy (I am). eaU, est6, est£ estemos, estin, esten.
Tengo (I have). tenga, tenga, tenga, tengamos, tenga n, tenga n.
Digo (I say). diga, diga, diga, digamos, digan, digan.
Que Tii estes, tengas, digas. Que Vosotros Esteis, tengais, digais.
The above Kule has only the following four
EXCEPTIONS.
Pees, of the Indicative.
Pees, of the Subjunctive.
Que Yo
Vd.
El Nosoteos Vds.
Ellos.
He (I have). haya,
haya,
haya, hayamos, hay an,
hayan.
Soy (I am). sea,
sea,
sea, seamos, sean,
sean.
Se (I know). sepa,
sepa,
sepa, sepamos, sepan,
sepan.
Voy (I am going), vaya,
vaya,
vaya, vayamos, vayan,
vayan.
Que Tii hayas, seas, sepas,
vayas.
Que Vosotros hayais, seais
, sepais,
vayais.
When may is used only as an auxiliary, or in other words, whenever
the emphasis is not laid upon it. the present of the Subjunctive is used ;
as, "I fear he may come." ** Temo que il venga."
The tenses of the Indicative correspond to those of the
Subjunctive. The only difference between them is this : the
tenses of the Indicative denote poFitive and certain actions
or events, present, past, or future ; and those of the Sub-
junctive, uncertain, contingent, or conditional. For in-
stance : aunque estaha alii, though he was there. In this
sentence, the act of his being there is expressed as certain,
and therefore the Verb is in the Indicative. If we say,
however, aunque estuviese alii, though he should be there ;
we speak in a doubtful and uncertain manner with regard
to his being there ; and for this reason it is put in the
Subjunctive.
There exists an erroneous impression concerning con-
junctions and the Subjunctive mood. It is generally sup-
posed that a conjunction requires the Subjunctive mood,
merely because such a conjunction is placed before a Verb.
It is not the conjunction that has any influence over the
Verb, — but our meaning. Hence it is that the student
PKACTICAL EXERCISES. 231
should not be carried away with the idea that any Verb is
placed in the Subjunctive because the conjunction which
precedes requires it. If I say, "Aunque llega hoy no le vcre,"
though he comes to-day I shall not see him ; I speak of his
arrival as certain, yet the conjunction presents no objection
whatever to the Verb being placed in the Indicative.
Should my intention be to express his arrival as doubtful,
then the Verb must necessarily be placed in the Subjunc-
tive, thus : "Aunque viniese hoy no le veria" though he
should come to-day I would not see him. There are a few
conjunctive expressions which, as they express doubt in
themselves, if they be used at all, require the Subjunctive.
They are dado que, granted that ; con tal que, provided ; para
que, that, or in order that ; a menos que, unless ; and por tal
que, for the interest that, &c. Of this we shall speak in
its proper place.
To elucidate this most difficult part of the Spanish
Grammar, it will be necessary here to introduce the regi-
men or government of Verbs, in order to show when Verbs
are required to be in the Subjunctive, and to point out
when and under what circumstances the several tenses of
this mood ought to be used. With this view, we lay down
the following rules on the regimen of the Subjunctive :
Rule I. — When the signification of the governing or
governed Verb does not refer to the person or thing which
is the nominative of the first, the second is governed in
Subjunctive with the conjunction que, if the first Verb de-
notes desire or wish, admiration, command, doubt, fear, entreat-
ing, asking, or any other like meaning ; as, deseo que apren-
das, I wish you to learn.
Rule II. — If the first Verb is in the future of the Indica-
tive, it governs the second Verb with que or cuando in the
present of the Subjunctive ; as, habrd querido que le dejen en
libertad, he would have wished to be left at liberty ; lo hare
cuando tenga tiempo, I will do it when I have time.
Rule III. — The Verbs decir and pensar, and all of like
meaning, as declarar, manifestar, esponer, concebir, imajinar,
creer, if they are in the Indicative and govern Verb;* whose
actions refer to them and their nominative, the second
232 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Verb will also be in the Indicative, and in any tense ; as,
digo que my, que iba, que ird, &c. : but if a negative is used,
and the second Verb does not refer to the nominative of
the first, the second will be in the Subjunctive ; and ob-
serve, if the first is in the present, the second will be in the
future of the Indicative, or present of the Subjunctive ; as,
no imajino, piemo or creo que se case or canard hoy, I think
he will not marry to-day.
CHANGES IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
The Subjunctive changes its tenses according to the governing Verb.
EXAMPLES.
IF THE GOVERNING VERB THE GOVERNED VERB
IS USED IN THE MUST BE USED IN THE
1. Indicative present, 1. Subjunc. present,
3. Indicative future, 3. Subjunc. present,
4. Conditional, 4. Subjunc. imperfect.
Le suplico que hable.
Le suplicaba que habla-
se.
Le suplicare que hable.
Le suplicaria que hable*
se or hablara.
The second termination of the Subjunctive imperfect may be used
instead of the first, or instead of the Conditional, when employed in
the following meaning ; and as the termination ria expresses futurity,
and we but seldom affirm future events, it is often used as depending
on a condition ; as, El comeria or comiera si tuvlese or tuviera pan, he
would eat if he had bread.
"When, in English, would, should, might and could are not employed
as signs of the Subjunctive mood, but as principal Verbs, they are
translated by querer and poder; that is, should and would by the for-
mer, and might and could by the latter ; as,
He would if he could. I El querria si pudiera.
I might if I could. | Yo podria si quisiera.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS USED, IN SPANISH, AFTER THE FOLLOWING IMPERSON-
ALS, WHEN THE VERB THAT FOLLOWS IS PRECEDED BX que.
Es necesario (preciso, cr menester)
que.
Es lastima que.
Es justo que.
Conviene que.
Es estrafio que.
It is necessary that.
It is a pity that.
It is right that.
It is proper that.
It is strange that.
PKACTICAL EXERCISES.
233
It is becoming that.
It is time that.
It is important that.
It is sufficient (it suffices) that.
It is to be wished that.
It is possible that.
It is better that.
It is necessary that you should be
here at an early hour.
You must do that.
It is necessary that one should have
money.
I must go to market.
I must go away.
It is right that you should be pun-
ished.
It is sufficient for you to know that.
It is time for you to speak.
We must sell our goods immediate-
ly-
It is important that that should be
done.
What must I say ?
It is proper that we should set out.
It is to be wished, that you should
go to the country.
It is to be desired that you should
return soon.
It is necessary that I should finish
to-day.
It is sufficient that you are satis-
fied.
It is better that we should have ar-
rived this morning.
Es propio, or conviene que.
Es tiempo que.
Importa que.
Basta que.
Es de desear que.
Es posible que.
Es mejor (or vale mas) que.
Es necesario (or menester) que Vd,
esti aqui temprano.
Es preciso que Vd. haga eso.
Es menester que uno tenga dinero.
Es necesario que yo vaya al mer-
cado.
Es necesario que yo me vaya.
Es justo que Vd. sea castigado.
Basta que Vd. sepa eso.
Es tiempo que Vd. hable.
Es preciso que vendamos luego
nuestras mercancias.
Importa que eso se haga.
j Que* es necesario que yo dlga t
Convieue que parlamos.
Es de desear que Vd. vaya al cam-
po.
Es de desear que Vd. vuelva pron-
to.
Es necesario qse yo concluya hoy.
Basta que Vd. esU satisfecho.
Es mejor (or vale mas) que haya*
mos llegado esta manana.
Exercise No. 143.
Does that young lady like me to hold (tener) her books ?
She likes to hold them. Does she like it better that yon
should hold them ? She does not like that we should hold
them ; she likes her brother to hold them. Does your
father wish you to go to the play ? He does not wisk me
to go unless I go with you. Do you wish me to go to the
234 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
market ? I wish you to go there. Does the merchant wish
us to go to the store ? He wishes us to go there. Do you
desire that I may be happy ? I desire that you may be so.
Do you give any money to my brother, that he may return ?
I give him some, that he may soon return. Does that young
lady wish me to take her parasol ? She wishes her friend
to take it. Does your father permit me to take his horse ?
He does not like us to take it. Is he afraid that those boys
may take it ? He is not afraid that they will take it. Does
my mother desire that I should learn Spanish ? She desires
that you should learn it. Do you fear that we cannot finish
our exercises to-day ? I fear that you cannot finish them.
Will you go out hunting, provided that I give you some
powder (pblvora) ? I will go, provided that you will give me
some powder and lend me a gun.
Exercise No. 144.
Does your mother approve of your playing all day ? She
approves of my playing often, but she desires me to read
and write six hours every day. Is it necessary for you to
see my father ? If he is at home, it is necessary that I
should see him. What do you wish me to buy ? I wish
you to buy some needles and pins (agujas y alfileres), and
bring them home. Is it necessary for me to be there ? It
is proper that you should be there. Will you tell the ser-
vant to bring me a glass of water ? I will tell him to bring
it to you. When will you begin this work ? I will begin
it when I shall have time or as soon as I have finished this
one. When will you pay me what you owe me ? I will
Pay you when I shall receive some money. Shall I begin
my exercises before you come ? You must not begin them
until I come. Will you come to see me when I shall be a
home ? I will come to see you whenever (siempre que)
have time. Do you wish him to go away or to remain ? I
wish him neither to go away nor to remain ; he may do
what he pleases.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 235
Exercise No. 145.
Will you relate (contar) something to me ? What do you
wish me to relate to you ? A little anecdote, if you like. A
little boy, one day at table (a la mesa) asked for some meat,
his father said that it was not polite to ask for any, and
that he should wait until some was given to him. The poor
boy, seeing every one eat, and that nothing was given to
him, said to his father : " My dear father, give me a little
salt, if you please." " What will you do with it ?" (* Que
jztieres hacer con ella) ? asked the father. " I wish to eat it
with (echarle a) the meat which you will give me," replied
{replied) the child. Every body admired the little boy's
wit ; and his father, perceiving that he had nothing, gave
him meat without his asking for it. Who was that little
boy that asked for meat at table ? He was the son of ono
of my friends. Why did he ask for some meat ? He asked
for some because he had a good appetite. Why did his
father not give him some immediately ? Because he had
forgotten it. Was the little boy wrong in asking for some ?
He was wrong, for he ought to have waited. Why did he
ask his father for some salt ? He asked for some salt, that
his father might perceive that he had no meat, and that he
might give him some. Do you wish me to relate to you
another anecdote ? You will greatly oblige me (se lo agra-
decere a Vd. muchisimo). Some one purchasing some goods
from a shopkeeper (tendero), said to him : " You ask too
much ; you should not sell so dear to me as to another, be-
cause I am a friend." The merchant replied: "Sir, we
must gain something by (con) our friends, for our enemies
will never come to the shop (tienda).
FIFTIETH LESSON.
The following Examples on the use of the Subjunctive in Spanish
rendered in various tenses in English, will, we think, furnish the best
rules and guide that can be given to those scholars, who not being per-
fectly acquainted with the general Grammar, are unable to understand
fully the rules given in the preceding Lesson, on the regimen of verbs ;
and to the others, these examples will, at the same time, serve as a com-
plement of those rules.
236
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Temo que venga.
Dudo que escriba.
I fear he may come.
I doubt if or whether he will write,
"Whenever desire, wish, begging, asking, requesting or entreating is im-
plied, the Subjunctive is used, as :
El desea, quiere,
pide ruega or f que
suplica
que
Vd. vaya, escriba He desires, wishes, asks,
coma, nable, lea, prays or begs you to
vea, etc. go, write, eat, speak,
read, see, etc.
haga ? What do you wish me to
do?
que venga ? Do you wish me to come ?
I Que" quiere Vd.
I Quiere Vd.
The Subjunctive is also used with a negative :
No hay nada que no sea de Vd,
There is nothing but
what is yours.
No hay desgracia que no me suceda a mi. There is no misfortune
but what haj>pens to
me.
Moreover the Subjunctive is employed after the impersonals already
mentioned, when they are used with a pronoun, but when the pronoun
is not expressed or otherwise understood, the verb is put in the present
of the Infinitive. Ex.
Es necesario, lastima, justo, or
conveniente que Vd. lo haga.
Es necesario, lastima, etc., hacerlo.
Farther, the Subjunctive is used after the following conjunctions,
which are the only ones, after which it is always indispensably used.
It is necessary, a pity, just, or
proper for you to (or that you
should) do it.
It is necessary, a pity, etc., to do it.
Con tal que, provided.
A menosque, ) ^Q^
A no ser que, J
Para que, ) th t { d ft t
A fin deque, j '
Ora, ya or j whether
Sea que, Men sea que, \
For temer de que, (for fear that
No sea que, J or lest that.
Antes que, before.
No porque, not because, etc.
Quiera Dios que, \ would to God
Ojalu que, J that, etc.
En caso que, in case, etc.
Sin que, without.
Puede ser que, it may be that, etc.
Quienquiera que, whoever.
Gualquiera que, whichsoever.
Nadie que, nobody who.
Por (grande or any other adjective)
que, however.
Por mas (an adjective) que, how-
ever, etc.
Sea el (la or lo)que, ] fuere (
Sea de ello lo que, [ or )
Oomo quiera que, ) sea, (
?itas it
may.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 237
Exercise No. 146.
give an answer to the following questions !
I Quiere Vd. que yo vuelva hoy, 6 manana ? j Que le
a^onseja a Vd. su maestro que estudie ? £ Que desea Vd.
que yo le diga a mi hermano ? <? Me trae Vd. esos libroa
para que los lea ? i Quiere Vd. decirle a su hermanita que
toque y cante un poco ? £ Quiere Vd. teuer la bondad de
decirle a su primo que venga esta noche a casa ? i Desea
Vd. que le diga a su tio que le envie a Vd. el dinero que
reciba hoy ? <? Estara Vd. escribiendo cuando el llegue ?
I Habra Vd. concluido sus cartas antes que saiga el vapor ?
I Cuantas manzanas quiere Vd. que le de a los ninos ? <? Que
quiere Vd. que yo haga ? ,? Que quiere Vd. que le diga a su
amigo ? i No quiere Vd. que el sepa nada ? ,: Quiere Vd. que
1g llamemos cuando acabemos de escribir, 6 cuando volva-
mos ? <? Cuando quiere Vd. que vengan mis hermanos V
Exercise No. 147.
A young prince, seven years old, was admired by every
body for his wit (injenio). Being once in the society of an
old officer, the latter observed, in speaking of the young
prince, that when children discovered so much genius in
their early days, they generally grew very stupid when they
come to maturity. u If that is the case," said the prince,
who had heard it, " then you must have been very remarka-
ble for your genius when yoii were a child."
An Englishman, on first visiting France, met with a very
young child in the streets of Calais, who spoke the French
language with fluency and elegance. "Good heaven (Santo
cielo), is it possible?" exclaimed he, " that even (aun) chil-
dren here speak the French language with purity (pureza)."
Let us seek (solwitemos) the friendship of the good, aud
avoid the society of the wicked ; for bad company corrupt
good manners. How is the weather to-day ? It snows
continually, as i* snowed yesterday, and according to
(Begun) all appearances (apariencias), will also snow to-
morrow. Let it snow f Que nieve) ; I should like it to
238 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
snow (que nemra) still more, for I am always very well
when it is very cold. And I am always very well when it is
neither cold nor warm. It is too windy to-d.ay, and we
should do (hariamos) better if we stayed (queddsemos) at
home. Whatever weather it may be, I mast go out ; for I
promised to be wi'uh my sister at a quarter past eleven, and
I must keep my word.
FIFTY-FIRST LESSON.
IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
This tense is formed from the present of the Infinitive by changing,
for the first conjugation, the termination ar :
1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per.
For the singular into . . ara or ase, aras or ases, ara or a.?e.
For the plural into . . . dramos or dsemos, drais or dseis, aran or asen^
and for the second and third conjugations, by changing er or ir:
1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per.
For the singular into . iera or iese, ieras or ieses, iera or ie.se.
For the plural into . . Uramos or iisemos, ierais or iiseis, ieran or iesen.
EXAMPLES.
Hablar (to speak). Yo hablara or hablase. Vd. hablara or hablase,
El hablara or hablase.
Nosotros hablaramos or habldsemos. Vds. hablaran or hablasen. Ellos
hablaran or hablasen.
Tu hablaras or hablases. Vosotros hablarais or hablaseis.
Temer (to fear). Yo temiera or temiesg. Vd. temiera or temiese. El
temiera or temiese.
Nosotros temieVaraos or temie*semos. Vds. temieran or temiesen. Ellos
temieran or temiesen.
Tu temieras or temieses. Vosotros temierais cr teniie'seis.
Sufrir (to suffer). Yo sufriera or sufriese. Vd. sufriera or sufriese. El
sufriera or sufriese.
Nosotros sufrieramos or sufri&emos. Vds. sufrieran or sufriesen. Ellos
sufrieran or sufriesen.
Tu sufrieras or sufrieses. Vosotros sufrierais or sufri dseis.
Although the termination ra is common to the Conditional and the
Imperfect of the Subjunctive, it is necessary to remark that whenever
PRACTICAL EiEKCISES.
239
the conjunction if, in English, is used in the sense of whether, the ter-
mination ia of the Conditional is the only one that can be employed, as :
I asked him if his brother, or whether his brother would come to-morrow,
le pregunte si su hcrmano vendria mahana : he wrote to us to know if
(whether) we would buy the house, nos escribio para saber si compraria-
mos la casa.
Again, when the governing verb denotes promise, information or an-
nouncement, the termination ia is the only one that can be used, as : He
promised me that he would come, me promelid que vendria ; I told you
that I would go out, le dije a Vd. que saldria ; it was announced that
she would sing, se anuncw que cantaria.
On the contrary, if, instead of promise, etc., the governing verb im-
plies command, request, advice or a purpose, then the termination ra or
se should be used, as : I told him to go away, le dije que se fuera or
fuese ; She requested me to accompany her, me suplico que la acompa-
fiara or acompaiiase ; I advised him to he down, le aconseje. que se acos-
tara or acostase ; I gave her the letter that she might read it, le dila
carta para que la ley era or leyese.
However rich and learned a man
may be, he ought not to be
proud.
However feeble or weak a man
may be, he may do you a great
injury or a great benefit.
Be industrious, that your parents
may be satisfied.
"Whether I read or write, it is noth-
ing to you.
I can say nothing without your
knowing it.
Do not begin before I give you no-
tice.
Wait till your father returns.
I will not have her for a wife, how-
ever rich she may be, only be-
cause she is not good-hearted
Por rico 6 sabio que sea un hombre,
no debe ser orgulloso.
Por de'bil que sea un hombre
puede ser capaz de hacernos un
gran dafio 6 un gran beneficio.
Sea Vd. industrioso para que sus
padres est en contentos.
Que yo lea, 6 que escriba, nada le
importa a Vd.
No puedo decir nada sin que Vd.
lo sepa.
No enipieze Vd. antes que yo le
avise.
Aguarde Vd. que su padre vuelva
{que stands for hasta que).
No la quiero por esposa por rica
que sea, solamente porque no
tiene buen corazon.
However, howsoever.
However good you may be.
How rich soever they may be.
Por, Por mas que,
Por bueno que Vd. sea.
Por ricos que sean.
"Whatever, whatsoever. -j
However much courage you may
have, he has more than you.
However much patience we may
have, we will never have enough.
OUALQUIERA, CuALESQUIERA (pL )
Sea cual fuere. Por mucho que.
Por mucho valor que Vd. tenga, 61
tiene mas que Vd.
Por mucha paciencia que iengamost
nunca tendre'mos bastante.
240
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Whatsoever riches he may have, he
will soon see the end of them.
However much kindness I have for
him, I never shall have as much
as he merits.
Whatsoever faults you may make, I
will take care to correct them.
Whatsoever may be the happiness
which you enjoy, I am happier
than you.
Whatsoever may be the fortune
which you enjoy, you may lose
it in an instant.
Whatsoever may be the efforts
which you make, you never can
succeed.
Whatsoever may be the pains which
you take, no one will be under
obligation to you for them.
Por muchas riquezas que el tenga*
pronto vera el fin de ellas.
Por mucha bonded que yo tenga
por e'l, jamas tendre tanta come
merece.
Sean cuales fueren las falta&que Vd.
haga, cuidare' de correjirlas.
Por mucha que sea la felicidad de
que Vd. goze, yo soy mas feliz
que Vd.
Por mucha que sea la fortuna de
que Vd. goze, Vd. puede perderla
en un instante.
Sean cuales fueren los esfuerzos
que Vd. haga, no podia jamas
tener buen exito.
Por muchas que sean las molestias
que Vd. se tome, nadie se lo agra-
decera.
None. No one.
Whateveb, whatsoever.
Ninguno. Nadie.
cualquiera cosa que. todo cuan-
to. todo lo que.
Whatever or whatsoever (meaning all things soever) is generally ex-
pressed by cualquiera cosa que, todo cuanto, or todo lo que, when at the
beginning of a sentence, and by cualquiera que sea or absoluiamente, when
after a verb, or at the end of a sentence.
Whatever you may do for my father,
he will reward you for it.
I complain of nothing whatsoever.
Cualquiera cosa que Vd. haga por mi
padre, e'l se lo recompensara.
No me quejo de nada absolutamente.
Whoever, whosoever.
QUIENQULERA, CUALQUIERA.
The indeterminate pronouns, quienquiera, cualquiera, whoever ; por
mas 6 por mucho que, &c, whatever ; nadie, nobody ; nada, nothing ; re-
quire the next verb in the subjunctive.
Of whomsoever you may speak,
avoid slander.
I know nobody who is so good as
you are.
1 have seen nothing that could be
blamed in his conduct.
De quienquiera, que Vd. hable, evita
la calumnia.
No conozco a nadie que sea tan
bueno como Vd.
No he visto nada que pudiera cul-
parse en su conducta.
The subjunctive is employed at the beginning of a sentence to express a
rirprise, a desire, or an imprecation.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
241
(juiem el cielo preservar a Vd. do
una desgracia semejante !
/ Ojala ! i Plague a Dios or al Cielo !
/ Plugulera a Dios or al Cielo !
/ Quiera Dios, or el Cielo !
; Ojala que el lo hubiese hecho !
j Ojala que todos los grandes sefiores
amasen la paz !
j Ojala (or plegue a Dios or al Cielo)
que nunca seamos mas desdicha-
dos !
/ Sea Vd. feliz !
It may be remarked, in conclusion, on the use of the Subjunctive, that
the Relative pronouns quien, que, cuyo, etc., govern the Indicative when
the phrase expresses any thing certain ; and the Subjunctive when it re-
lates to any thing uncertain or doubtful. Ex. :
May heaven ever preserve you from
such a misfortune I
Would to God ! J
Would to God he had done it !
Would to God that all great lords
loved peace !
Would to God we never be more
unhappy !
May you be happy !
Here is a book which you may con-
sult occasionally.
Give me a book that I may consult
occasionally.
Lend me that book which you do
not want.
Lend me a book which you may
not be in want of.
I know a woman whose soul is very
sensible.
I do not know a woman whose soul
is more sensible than that of
Mrs. N.
Ind. He" aqui un libro que Vd. puede
consultar do cuando en cuando.
Subj. Deme Vd. un libro que yo
pueda consultar cuando se me
ofrezca.
Ind. Presteme Vd. ese libro que Vd.
no necesiia.
Subj. Presteme Vd. un libro que
Vd. no necesite.
Ind. Conozco una mujer cuya alma
es muy sensible.
Subj. No conozco una mujer cuya
alma sea mas sensible que la de
la Sefiora N.
To fly into a passion.
To conquer or perish.
God forbid !
Thoroughly.
To discourage or dishearten.
Debt.
f Encolerizarse.
Veneer 6 morir.
f j No quiera Dios or el Cielo !
t Con perfeccion or a fondo.
Desanimar.
Deuda.
Exercise No. 148.
¥ou will never be respected unless you forsake the bad
company you keep. You cannot finish your work to-night
unless I help you. I will explain to you every difficulty,
that you may not be disheartened in your undertaking.
212 THE SPANISH TEACHEE.
Suppose you should lose your friends, what would become
of you ? In case you want any assistance, call me ; I shall
help you. A wise and prudent man lives with economy when
young, in order that he may enjoy the fruit of his labor
when he is old. Carry this money to Mr. N. in order that
he may be able to pay his debts. Will you lend me that
money ? I will not lend it to you, unless you promise to re-
turn it to me as soon as you can. Did the general arrive ?
He arrived yesterday morning at the camp, weary and tired,
but very seasonably ; he immediately gave his orders to be-
gin the action, though he had not yet all his troops. Are
your sisters happy ? They are not, though they are rich,
because they are not contented. Although they have a good
memory, that is not enough to learn any language what-
ever ; they must make use of their judgment. Will you
lend me your violin 1 I will lend it to you, provided you
return it to me to-night. Will your mother call upon me ?
She will, provided you will promise to take her to the con-
cert. I shall not cease to importune her till she has for-
given me. Give me that penknife. I will give it to you,
provided you will not make a bad use of it. Shall you go
to London ? I will go, provided you accompany me, and I
will write again to your brother, lest he should not have re-
ceived my letter.
Exercise No. 149.
Where were you during the engagement ? I was in bed
having my wounds dressed. Would to God I had been
there! I would have conquered or perished. We avoided
an engagement for fear we should be taken, their force be-
ing superior to ours. God forbid I should blame your
conduct, but your business will never be done properly un-
less you do it yourself. Will you set out soon ? I shall
not set out till I have dined. Why did you tell me that my
father had arrived, when you knew the contrary ? You are
so hasty that however little you are contradicted you fiy
into a jDassion in an instant. If your father does not arrive
to-day, and if you want money, I will lend you some. I
%
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 243
am much obliged to you. Have you done your task? Not
quite ; if I had had time, and if I had not been so uneasy
about the arrival of my father, I should have done it. If
you study, and are attentive, I assure you that you will
learn the Spanish language in a very short time.
Exercise No. 150.
You must have patience, though you have no desire to
have it ; for I must also wait till I receive my money.
Should I receive it to-day, I will pay you all that I owe
you. Do not believe that I have forgotten it ; for I think
of it every day. Or do you believe perhaps that I have al-
ready received it ? I do not believe that you have received
it ; but I fear that your other creditors may already have
receive 1 it. You wish you had more time to study, and
your brothers wish they did not need to learn. Would to
God you had what I wish you, and that I had what I wish !
Though we have not had what we wish, yet we have almost
always been contented ; and Messrs. B have almost always
been discontented, though they have had every thing a
reasonable man can be contented with. Do not believe,
madam, that I have had your fan. Who tells you that I
believe it? My brother-in-law wishes he had not had what
he has had. Wherefore? He has always had many credi-
tors, and no money. I wish you would always speak Span-
ish to me, and you must obey, if you wish to learn, and if
you do not wish to lose your time uselessly I wish you
were more industrious, and more attentive when I speak to
you. If I were not your friend, and if yoa were not mine,
I should not speak thus to you. Do not trust him, for he
flatters you. Do you think a flatterer can be a friend ?
You do not know him as well as I, though you see him
every day. Do not think that I am angry with him be-
cause his father has offended me. Oh ! here he is coming ;
you may tell him all yourself. Whatever your intentions
may be, you should have acted differently. Whatever the
reasons be which you allege, they will not excuse your ac-
tion, blamable in itself. Whatever may happen to you in
24 k THE SPANISH TEACHER.
this world, never murmur against Divine Providence, for
whatever we may suffer, we deserve it. Whatever I may
do, you are never satisfied.
FIFTY-SECOND LESSON.
PUTUEE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
The Future of the Subjunctive is formed from the present of the In-
finitive by changing, for the first conjugation, the termination ar :
1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per.
For the singular into . . . ... . are, ares, are.
For the plural into dremos, areis, aren.
and for the second and third conjugations by changing er or ir :
1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per
For the singular into iere, ieres, iere.
For the plural into ieremos, iereis, ieren
Yo. Vd. El. Nosotros. Vds. Ellos.
Amar (to love), amare, amare, amare, amdremos, amaren, amaren
Beber (to drink), bebiere, bebiere, beblere, bebieremos, bebieren, bebieren.
Unir (to unite), uniere, uniere, uniere, unieremos, unieren, unieren.
Tii amares, bebieres, unieres. — Vosotros, amareis, bebiereis, uniereis.
This Euture is used when the English employ the Future
of the Indicative preceded by when or if. This tense may
be rendered by will, shall, or should. If si and cuando, when
used with the Perfect, do not always apply to past time,
they never apply to a future time, as when used with this
tense. Examples : Guando yo bebiere el vino, when I shall
drink the wine (not cuando bebere, etc. ) ; Si me diere, if he
will give me (not si me dard) ; Si el edificare las casas, if he
.should build the houses (not edificara, etc.)
In the definition that we have given of the above tenses,
we have said that both these tenses could represent a fu-
ture action. That the student may not misapply them, he
must observe, that the future expressed by the imperfect is
always referred to time past, counting from the period in
which we speak ; and that which is expressed by the future
represents an action which is yet to take place. If we say
that such a person would be rich, if he had been economi-
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
245
cal, we have no reference whatever to time coming, only to
time past. The futurity expressed by would be extends only
to the time in which the observation is made. In the
phrase, " the teacher ordered that the students should write
exercises," there is futurity expressed, but it only extends
to this present moment, for the students may have already
complied with the wishes of the teacher, and consequently
the imperfect should be employed. But if the phrase be,
" the teacher says that every student that shall not write
exercises will be punished," the act of writing the exercises
is yet to take place, and therefore to commence after the
time in which we make the assertion, the future, and only
the future, could be used. The first sentence would there-
fore be translated by El maestro ordenb que los discipulos
escribiesen ejercicios ; and the second by El maestro dice que
el discipulo que no escriba or escribiere, ejercicios sera casti-
gado. We say escriba or escribiere, for the present may be
used for the future of the Subjunctive, or vice versa, pro-
vided the conjunction if be not employed.
Just a little, ever so little.
Will you do me the favor to give
me a piece of bread ?
Do you wish a great deal?
No ; just a little.
To TURN TO ACCOUNT. To MAKE
THE BEST OF. . .
That man does not know how to
make the most of his talents.
That man turns his money to ac-
count in trade.
How do you employ your money ?
I employ it in the stocks.
No MAS QUE UN POCO. UN POCO
SOLAMENTE. Un POQUITO.
(iQuiere Vd. hacerme el favor de
darme un pedazo de pan ?
I Quiere Vd. mucho 'i
No, un poco solamente.
f Hacer valer. Sacar el mejor
PARTIDO DE . . ApROVECHARSE.
fAquel hombre no sabe hacer valer
su talento. *
f Ese hombre hace valer su dinero
en el comeroio.
f i Como emplea Vd. su dinero ?
f Lo pongo en los fondos publicos.
To BOAST, TO BRAG.
I do not like that man, because he
boasts too much.
Jactarse.
No me gusta ese hombre, porque
se jacta demasiado.
Notwithstanding that. For all
that. Although.
That man is a little bit of a rogue,
but notwithstanding he passes
for an honest man.
No DEJAR DE. . . NO OBSTANTE. SlN
EMBARGO. CON TODO. iUNQUE.
Aquel hombre es algo picarc, pero
no deja de pasar por hi»n>h*e cle
bien.
246
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Although that man is not very well,
he notwithstanding works a great
deal.
Although that woman is not very
pretty, still she is very amiable.
Although that mau has not the
least talent, yet for all that he
boasts a great deal.
I received your letter on the fifth.
On the sixth.
Aunque ese hcmbre no este* muy
bueno, no deja de trabajar mu-
chisimo.
Aunque esa mujer no sea muy bo-
nita, con todo es muy amable.
Aunque ese hombre no tenga el
meuor talento, no deja de jactarse
muchisimo de e'l.
Recibi su carta de Vd. el cinco.
El seis.
To GO BACK, TO RETURN.
YOLVEB.
The top.
The bottom.
Up to the top.
From top to bottom.
The eldest brother.
The eldest sister.
He is the eldest.
El tope. La cima. Lo alto. La
CUMBRE.
El pie. El fondo. Lo bajo.
Hasta el tope. Hasta arriba.
De arriba abajo.
El hermano mayor.
La hermana mayor.
El es el mayor.
To APPEAR, TO SEEM.
I appear, thou appearest, he ap-
pears.
To KEEP, TO MAINTAIN. •?
My keeping or maintenance.
My keeping costs me six hundred
dollars a year.
To drive in. To sink.
To converse with.
A conversation.
To spare.
Spare your money.
To get tired.
To be tired.
To handle.
To lean against.
Lean against me.
Lean against the wall.
Pareceb.
Yo parezco, tii pareces, e'l parece.
Tener. Conservar.
Mantener, Sostener.
Mi mantenimiento or manuten-
cion. Mis gastos.
Mis gastos ascienden a seiscientoa
pesos al afio.
Clavar. Hundir.
Conversar con.
Una conversacion.
Ahorrar. Economizar.
Ahorre or economize Vd. su dinero
Cansarse.
Estar cansado.
Mauejar.
Apoyarse. Reclinarse. Recostarse.
llecue'stese Vd. sobre mi.
Apoyese Vd. en la pared.
PRACTICAL EXEECISES.
247
To AIM AT.
Short.
To stop short.
Virtue is amiable.
Vice is odious.
Apuntae. Asbstae. Dirijib,
Corto. Breve.
Pararse. Acortarsa
La virtud es amable.
El vicio es odioso.
The definite article is used in Spanish before substantives taken in a
general sense, and in the whole extent of their signification. In sucn
instances no article is made use of in English. Ex. :
Men are mortal.
Gold is precious.
Corn is sold at a dollar a bushel.
Beef costs sixpence a pound.
The horror of vice and the love of
virtue are the delights of the
wise.
Los hombres son mortales.
El oro es precioso.
El maiz se vende a un peso la
fanega.
La carne cuesta a medio real la
libra.
El horror del vicio y el amor de la
virtud, son las delicias del sabio.
England is a fine country.
| Inglaterra es un hermoso pais.
The definite article is not used by modern writers before the names of
kingdoms, countries, and provinces, especially when preceded by a pre-
position. (1.)
Italy is the garden of Europe.
I shall go to Germany on my return
to France.
The dog is the friend and compa-
nion of man.
Italia es el jardin de Europa.
Ird a Alemania a mi vuelta da
Francia.
El perro es el amigo y el companero
del hombre.
The articles are repeated in Spanish before every substantive, and
agree with it in gender and number. Ex. :
He ate the bread, meat, apples and
cakes, and drank the wine, beer
and cider.
Beauty, gracefulness, and wit, are
valuable endowments when heigh-
tened by modesty.
El se comi6 el pan, la carne, las
manzanas y los dulces ; y se be-
bi6 el vino, la cerveza y la sidra.
La hermosura, las gracias, y el in-
jenio, son dotes apreciables cuan-
do estan adornadas de la mo-
destia.
1 . El Japan, el Peru, el Canada", la Habana, la Florida, la Barbada, el
Ferrol, la Coruna, el Brasil, el Paraguay, are exceptions to the rule.
248
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
To be shot.
f Ser pasado por las arnuuk
To shudder.
Aturdir.
To take leave.
Despedirse
To inhabit.
Habitar.
Inhabitants.
Habitantes.
A law-suit.
Un pleito.
Court-house.
Casa de los tribunales.
Even if.
Aunque. Aim cuando.
Kingdom. Empire.
Reino. Imperio.
The West Indies.
Las Antillas.
The South.
El Sur or Mediodfa.
England. France.
Inglaterra. Francia.
Spain. Portugal.
Espafia. Portugal.
Germany. Holland.
Alemania. Holanda.
Italy. Poland.
Italia Polonia.
Russia. Prussia.
Rusia. Prusia.
Sweden. Switzerland.
Suecia. Suiza.
The Alps.
Los Alpes.
The Pyrenees.
Los Pirineos.
Englishman.
Ingles.
Frenchman.
Frances.
Spaniard.
EspaiioL
Italian.
Italiano.
Pole.
Polaco.
Portuguese.
Portugues.
German.
Aleman.
Dutchman.
Holandes.
Russian.
Ruso.
Prussian.
Prusiano.
Swede.
Sueco.
Swiss.
Suizo.
Mahometans.
Mahometanos.
Exercise
No. 151.
Though it should rain (Uover) to-day, the weather will
not be cooler. If my father should arrive next Monday I
shall certainly relate to him this affair. Should my suit be
finished to-morrow, I sball depart immediately. Even when
such a thing should have happened (mceder) before he
arrives, do not divulge (divulgar) it. Should it not have
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 249
rained to-morrow by ten o'clock, we will find all the plants
withered (marchitas). If they should have pronounced the
sentence before we reach the court-house, we shall have
walked in vain. The general issued an order that all the
soldiers who might desert should be shot. If he should not
come to-day, I will not wait any longer. If the contract
had been made last year, it would be valid (vdlido), and
there would be no necessity that another should be made.
There are some men who would not shudder, even if the
whole world were to perish. By what appellation (nombre)
should we distinguish the wretch who should repay with
ingratitude the favors received in time of need? What
words can express the pity we feel (sentir) for him who has
an irresistible desire to do good, and not the means of
doing it?
Exercise No. 152.
Where shall you go next year ? I shall go to England,
for it is a fine kingdom where I intend spending the
summer on (a) my return from France. Where shall you
go in the winter ? I shall go to Italy and thence to the
West Indies, but before that I must go to Holland to take
leave of my friends. What country do these people inhabit ?
They inhabit the south of Europe ; their countries are called
Italy, Spain. Portugal, and they themselves are called
Italians, Spaniards, or Portuguese, but the people called
Russians, Swedes and Poles, inhabit the north of Europe ;
and the names of their countries are Russia, Sweden and
Poland. France is separated from Italy by the Alps, and
from Spain by the Pyrenees. Though the Mahometans
are forbidden the use of wine, yet for all that, some of them
drink it. Has your brother eaten any thing this morning ?
He has eaten a great deal ; though he said he had no
appetite, yet for all that he ate all the meat, bread, and
vegetables, and drank all the wine, beer and cider. Are
eggs dear at present V They are sold at one dollar a hun-
dred. Do you like grapes (nvas) ? I do not like grapes
only, but also plums, almonds, nuts, and all sorts of fruit
250
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Though modesty, candor, and an amiable disposition are
valuable endowments, yet for all that, there are some ladies
that are neither modest, candid, nor amiable, The fear of
death, and the love of life, being natural to men, they ought
to shun {liuir) vice, and practice virtue.
FIFTY-THIKD LESSON.
OF THE IMPERATIVE.
This mood is used in the same manner as in English. It is used to
command, exhort, entreat or permit. For the first conjugation it is
formed by changing the termination ar, of the Infinitive :
1st Per. 2d 3d.
For tho singular into .... a or e (1), e.
For the plural into emos, ad or en (2), en.
and for the second and third conjugations, by changing er and ir,
For the singular into
For the plural into
Infinitive .
Amar*. ama or ame,
Temer. teme or tema,
Sufrir. sufre or surra,
Tu. Vd.
1st Per.
amos,
2d.
e or a (3),
j$ [or an (4),
3d.
a.
Examples.
Imperative.
ame, ameraos,
tema, temamos,
sufra, suframos,
El. Nosotros.
amaa" or amer?, amen.
temed or teman, teman.
sufrid" or sufran, sufrara.
Vosotbos. Vds. Ellos.
Whenever the Imperative is used with a negation, the conjugation ot
the same, in all verbs, whether regular or irregular, is exactly alike as
that of the Present of the Subjunctive.
Look.
Let him look.
Let us look.
Look ye.
Let them look.
Mira tu. Mire Vd.
Mire el.
Miremos nosotros.
Mirad vosotros. Miren Vds.
Miren ellos.
1. According to the pronoun that should be made use of : if it is tu,
then, the termination is a, as, ama tu; if it is Usted, the termination
should be e, as, ame Vd.
2. Ad is the termination, when using the pronoun vosot.'os, as, amad
vosotros ; and en, when using Ustedes, as, amen Vds.
3. The termination e belong to the pronoun tu, as, teme or sufre tu ;
and a is used with listed, tema or sufra Vd.
4. Ed and id should be used with the pronoun vosotros, as, ienvil or
sufrid vosotros; and the termination an, when using bstedes, as teman
or suj'ran Vds%
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
251
Do not look
Let us not look.
Do not do that.
Do not say that.
Do not deny that.
Let us not deny that.
Do not believe that.
Do not go.
Let us not go.
No mires tii. No mire Vd. No
mire'is vosotros. No miren Vds.
No miremos.
No hagas eso. No haga Vd. eso. No
hagais eso. No hagan Vds, eso.
No digas eso. No diga Vd. eso! No
digais eso. No digan Vds. eso.
No niegues eso. No niegue Vd. eso.
No negudis eso. No nieguen
Vds. eso.
No neguemos eso.
No creas eso. No crea Vd. eeo
No creais eso. No crean Vds. eso.
No vayas tii. No vaya Vd. No
vayais vosotros. No vayan Vds.
No vayamos.
The reciprocal pronouns which belong to reflective verbs, and the
dative and accusative of personal pronouns that precede the verb, must
be placed after the imperative and joined to it so as to form a single
word when it is affirmative, and precede it when it is negative, each pro-
noun being placed separately.
Give it to me.
Do not give it to me.
Send it to him.
Do not send it to him.
Tell it to me.
Do not tell it to me.
Return it to him.
Do not return it to him.
DameZo. ~D6melo Vd.
No me lo des. No me lo dd Vd.
Envia.sdo. Enviesefo Vd.
No se lo envies. No se lo envfe Vd.
Dimelo. Dig&melo Vd.
No me lo digas. No me lo diga Vd.
Devue'lvesefo. Devuelvasafo Vd.
No se lo devuelvas. No se lo de-
vuelva Vd.
The first and second person plural of the Imperative of the reflective
verbs, lose the final s and d before the reciprocal pronouns nos and os
respectively, when they follow the verb, that is, when it is not used ne-
gatively. Ex. :
Let us raise ourselves.
Arm ye, yourselves.
Let us not raise ourselves.
Do not arm yourselves.
Let us go away.
Let us not go away.
Levante'monos.
Armaos.
No nos levantemos.
No os arme'is.
Vamonos. Vayamonos. (1 )
No nos vayamos.
The conjunction and, which in English is used after the verbs to come,
to go, and to stay, when another verb follows them, is rendered in Spanish
by the preposition d. Ex. :
1. Vayamonos is more grammatical, but vamonos is more in use, with*
oat a negative.
252
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Come and dine with me.
Go and see him .
Stay and sup with us,
To borrow.
I will borrow some money of you.
I will borrow that money of you.
Borrow it of him.
I borrow it of him.
If you want to know the worth of a
dollar, ask the loan of it.
Patience.
Impatience.
The neighbor.
The snuff-box.
Be good.
Be good. Be ye good.
Know it.
Know it. Know ye it.
Obey your masters and never cause
them any trouble.
Pay what you owe, comfort the af-
flicted, and do good to those that
have offended you.
Love God and thy neighbor as thy-
self.
To obey.
To comfort.
To offend.
Let us always love and practise vir-
tue, and we shall be happy both
in this life and the next.
Ven, or vengaVd. a comer conmigo.
Ve, or vaya Vd. d verle.
Quddate, or que'dese Vd. & cena*
con nosotros.
Pedir prestado.
Quiero pedir a Vd. prestado algun
dinero.
Quiero pedir a Vd. prestado esa
dinero.
Pidaselo Vd. prestado a el.
Se lo pido prestado a el.
Si quieres saber el valor de un peso,
pidelo prestado.
Paciencia.
Impaciencia.
El projimo.
La caja de polvo.
La tabaquera.
Se bueno.
Sea Vd. bueno.
Sean Vds. buenos.
Sed buenos.
Sepalo Vd.
Sepanlo Vds.
Sabedlo vosotros.
Obedezca 7d. a sus maestros, y no
les cause jamas ninguna molestia.
Pague Vd. lo que deba, consuele a
los aflijidos, y haga bien a loa
que le hayan ofendido.
Ama a Dios, y a tu projimo como
a ti mismo.
Obedecer.
Consolar. Amparar.
Ofender.
Amemos y practiquemos siempre 1»
virtud, y seremos dichosos tanto
en esta vida como en la otra.
To practise.
Praotice.
Let us see which of us can shoot
best.
Practicar.
Practica.
Veamos cual de nosotros sabe tirar
mejor.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
253
To express.
To express one's self.
To make one's self understood.
To have the habit. J
To accustom . 1
To accustom one's self to some-
thing.
Children must be early accustomed
to labor.
To be accustomed to a thing.
Espresar.
Espresarse.
Hacerse entender, or comprender.
Tener la costumbre de. . . .
Estar acostumbrado.
Acostumbrarse. Soler.
Acostumbrarse a alguna cosa.
A los nifios es menester acostum*
brarlos temprano al trabajo.
Estar acostumbrado a una cosa.
I cannot express myself in English,
because I am not in the habit of
speaking it.
You speak properly.
I am afraid of being laughed at.
To converse. To talk.
To chatter. To prate.
A chatterer.
A prattler.
To permit. To allow.
The permission.
I permit you to go there.
Do good to the poor, have compas-
sion on the unfortunate, and God
will take care of the rest.
To do good.
To have compassion on some one.
Pity.
The rest.
If he comes, tell him I am in the
garden.
Ask the merchant whether he can
let me have the horse at the price
I have offered him.
I read and was told.
"What we conceive well, we express
clearly.
We do not like to see those to whom
we are under many obligations.
No puedo espresarme en ingles,
porque no tengo la costumbre de
hablarlo.
Vd. habla con propiedad.
Tengo miedo de que se rian de mf.
Conversar.
Charlar. Platicar.
Un charlatan. Un hablador.
parlanchin.
Un
Permitir. Conceder.
El permiso.
Le permito a Vd. que vaya alia.
Haga Vd. bien a los pobres, tenga
compasion de los desgraciados, y
Dios cuidara de lo demas.
Hacer bien.
Tener compasion, or compadecerse
de alguno.
Lastima.
Lo demas. El resto.
Si el viene, digale Vd. que estoy en
el jardin.
Preguntele Vd. al comerciante si
puede venderme el caballo al
precio que le he ofrecido.
Lei, y me dijeron.
Lo que se concibe bien, se espresa
con claridad.
No nos gusta ver a aquellos a quie-
nes debemos muchos favores.
254
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
It is from a king (Agesilaus) we
have this excellent maxim : ''That
a man is great only inasmuch as
he is just.
To be sad.
Be not sad.
Sadness.
Be not afraid.
Do not fear.
Pray lend me that.
Borrow it of somebody else.
To draw a landscape.
Tolerably well for so short a time.
So, so.
You jest.
He kept his word.
Not quite.
That will come in time.
He fell asleep.
That is nothing.
To behave well or badly.
Bad behavior or conduct
To do harm.
To be angry.
To natter.
Creditors.
Debtor.
Notwithstanding.
However.
In spite of that.
Besides.
Moreover.
Further.
Just now.
You have said it just now.
He is gone just now.
Tutor.
Bitter.
Iu short.
Strong.
Strongly.
Since.
With all my heart.
Added he going away.
De un rey (Ajesilao) es de quien
tenemos aquella gran maxima :
"Que uno no es grande sino en
cuanto es justo."
Estar triste.
No estd Vd. triste.
La tristeza.
No tenga Vd. miedo.
No tema Vd. No tenga Vd. cui-
dado.
Hagame Vd. el favor de prestarme
eso.
Pidaselo Vd. prestado a otro.
Dibujar un paisaje.
Bastante bien para tan corto tiem-
po.
Asi, asi.
f Vd. se chancea.
f Cumplio con su palabra.
f No del todo. No enteramente.
f Eso vendra con el tiempo.
} Se quedo dorm i do.
f Eso no es natta . >?* no le hace.
Comportarse bien 6 mal.
Mai proceder. Mala conducta.
Hacer daiio.
Estar enfadado.
Lisonjear. Adular.
Acreedores.
Deudor.
No obstante.
Sin embargo.
A pesar de eso.
Ademas.
En este momento.
Vd. acaba de decirlo
Acaba de irse.
Ayo, preceptor.
Amai'go.
En una palabra.
Fuerte.
Fuertemente.
Ya que. Desde que.
f De todo corazon.
Aiiadio al irse.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 255
Exercise No. 153.
Have patience, my dear friend, and be not sad ; for
nothing is gained by sadness ; and impatience makes bad
worse. Be not afraid of your creditors ; be sure that they
will do you no harm. They will wait if you cannot pay
them yet. When will you pay me what you owe me ? A3
soon as I have money I will pay all that you have lent me.
I have not forgotten it, for I think of it every day. I am
your debtor, and I shall never deny it. What a beautiful
inkstand you have there ! pray lend it to me. What do
you wish to do with it ? I wish to show it to my sister.
Take it, but take care not to break it. Do not fear. What
do you want of my brother? I want to borrow some
money of him. Borrow some of somebody else. If he will
not lend me any, I will borrow some of somebody else.
You will do well. Do not wish for what you cannot have,
but be contented with what Providence has given you, and
consider that there are many men who have not what you
have. Life being short, let us endeavor to make it as
agreeable as possible. But let us also consider that the
abuse of pleasure makes it bitter. Have you done your
exercises ? I could not do them, because my brother was
not at home. You must not haye your exercises done by
your brother, but you must do them yourself. What are
you doing there ? I am reading the book which you lent
me. You are not right in reading it always. What am I
to do ? Draw this landscape, and when you have drawn it,
you shall decline some substantives with adjectives.
Exercise No. 154.
What must be done in order to be happy ? Always love
and practice virtue, and you will be happy both in this life
and. in the next. Since we wish to be happy, let us do good
to the poor, and let us have compassion on the unfortunate ;
let us obey our masters, and never give them any trouble ;
let us comfort the unfortunate, love our neighbor as our-
selves, and not hate those that have offended us ; in short,
256 THE SPANISH TEACHEB.
let us always fulfil our duty, and God will tak<} care of the
rest. My son, in order to be loved, you must be laborious
and good. You are accused of being idle and negligent in
your affairs. You know, however, that your brother has
been punished for being naughty. Being lately in town, I
received a letter from your tutor, in which he strongly com-
plained of you. Do not weep. Now to your room, learn
your lesson, and be a good boy. I shall be so good, my
dear father, that you will certainly be satisfied with me.
Has the little boy kept his word? Not quite; for after
having said that, he went into his room, took his books,
sat down at the table, and fell asleep. He is a good boy
when he sleeps. He is a good boy when he sleeps, said his
father, seeing him some time after.
Good morning, Miss N. Ah ! here are you at last ; I
have been waiting for you with impatience. You will
pardon me, my dear, I could not come sooner. Sit down,
if you please. How is your mother ? She is better to-day
than she was yesterday. I am glad of it. Were you at the
ball yesterday? I was there. Were you much amused.
Only so so. At what o'clock did you return home ? At a
quarter past eleven.
Exercise No. 155.
Have you been learning Spanish long ? No, Sir, I have
been learning it only these six months. Is it possible ! you
speak tolerably well for so short a time. You jest ; I do
not know much of it yet. Indeed, you speak it well already.
I think you flatter me a little. Not at all ; you speak it
properly. In order to speak it properly one must know
more of it than I know. You know enough of it to make
yourself understood. I still make many mistakes. That is
nothing ; you must not be bashful ; besides, you have made
no mistakes in all you have said just now. I am still timid,
because I am afraid of being laughed at. They would be
very impolite to laugh at you. Who would be so impolite
as to laugh at you ? Do you not know the proverb ? What
I>roverb? He who wishes to speak well must begin by
PEACTICAL EXERCISES. 257
speaking badly. Do you understand all I am telling you ?
I understand and comprehend it very well ; but I cannot
yet express myself well in Spanish, because I am not in the
habit of speaking it. That will come in time. I wish it
with all my heart.
Do you sometimes see my brother? I see him some-
times ; when I met him the other day he complained of
you. "If he had behaved better, and had been more
economical," said he, " he would have had no debts, and I
would not have been angry with him." I begged him to
have compassion on you, telling him that you had not even
money enough to buy bread. " Tell him when you see him,"
replied he to me, " that notwithstanding his bad behavior
towards me, I pardon him. Tell him also," continued he,
" that one must not laugh at those to whom one is under
obligations. Have the goodness to tell him this, and I
shall be much obliged to you," added he, going away.
Exercise No. 156.
Come and take a walk. I thank you, I will rather stay
at home till you return. Let us go and pay a visit to Miss
B. No, because I have promised your mother to stay and
take dinner with her. Come and take a cup of chocolate.
I am much obliged to you ; I am in a hurry. I have to go
and see my uncle, who has just arrived from China. Come
and speak Spanish to this gentleman, I cannot speak it
well yet. Finish your exercise. I have finished it already.
Let us send to the Post-office for our letters. I have sent
the boy for them already. Don't sell all your books. I
have to sell them all, because I am going to Europe ; and
besides that, I am short of money. Tell the servant to
dress the children and take them to school. Count that
money. How much is it ? Three thousand and thirty-five
dollars.
258
THE SPANISH TEACHEB.
FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON.
To double.
The double.
Your share, your part.
That merchant asks twice as much
as he ought.
You must bargain with him ; he
will give it to you for the half.
You have twice your share.
You have three times your share.
To renew.
To stun.
Wild, giddy.
Open, frank.
I told him yes.
I told him no.
Allow me, my lady, to introduce to
you Mr. G. , an old friend of our
family.
I am delighted to become acquaint-
ed with you, sir (or to make your
acquaintance).
I shall endeavor to deserve it.
Ladies, allow me to introduce to
you Mr. B., whose brother has
rendered eminent services to
your cousin.
Sir, we are very happy to see you
at our house.
To whip.
A whipping.
At farthest.
He may have a hundred dollars,
at farthest.
Even.
And even then he will not be able
to pay all his debts.
I have paid him, and we are even.
Doblar or duplicar.
El duplo or el doble.
Su parte de Vd.
Aquel comerciante pide el duplo
de lo que debe pedir.
Vd. debe ajustarse con dl ; el se lo
dara por la mitad.
Vd. tiene doble parte de lo que le
toca.
Vd. tiene tres vezes mas de lo que
le toca.
Kenovar.
Aturdir. Atontar.
Atolondrado, atronado.
Franco, injenuo.
Le dije que sf.
Le dije que no.
Permitame, Vd., Sefiora, que le
presente al Sefior de G., antigue
amigo de nuestra familia.
Celebro mucho, caballero, de hacer
su conocimiento.
Me esforzare en merecerlo.
Sefloras, permitanme Vds. que le«
presente al Senor de B., cuyo
hermano ha hecho importantes
servicios al pnmo de Vdo.
Caballero, nos alegramos mucho
de ver a Vd. en nuestra casa.
Azotar, zurrar.
Una zurra.
A lo mas.
El puede tener cien pesos & lo mas.
Aiin.
Y aiin ent6nces el no podra pagar
todas sus deudas.
Le he pagado, y estamos en paz.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES.
259
Further.
Further improvements
I cannot go further.
To deliver.
To deliver a letter.
To deliver a speech.
To report.
A report.
Off hand.
To preach off hand.
Good luck.
Faith !
Sloth.
Pro and con.
A beautiful turn.
To conceal.
To be deeply concerned in
spiracy.
Resolutely.
Torture.
Will that do i
To enchant
Ulterior. Mas adelante.
Mejoras ulteriores.
No puedo ir mas adelante.
Entregar.
Entregar una carta
f Pronunciar un discurso.
Informar.
Un informe.
f De improviso.
t Predicar de improviso.
Buena suerte. Buena fortuna.
Por cierto !
La pereza.
En pro y en contra.
Un hermoso rasgo.
Ocultar or esconder.
Estar muy iniplicado en una cons*
piracion.
Resueltamente.
La tortura.
f i Bastara eso ?
Encantar.
Exekcise No. 157.
Have you already received your share ? Of course ; and
have you received yours ? Not yet. Has your brother re-
ceived his ? He has received twice his share. Have you
ever bought of that merchant ? No, because he asks for
every thing three times as much as he ought Allow me,
Sir, to introduce to you Mr. A., an intimate friend of mine.
I am delighted to become acquainted with you, Sir ; I shall
be happy to cultivate your acquaintance. I shall endeavor
to deserve it, Sir. Ladies, allow me to introduce to you
Mr. M., who has just arrived from Europe. He is a stran-
ger in this country. Sir, we are very happy to see you at
our house. Why does that man wish to whip that boy ?
Because he deserves a good whipping. Do you intend to
make any further advance of money to that man V I do,
because otherwise he will not be able to go any farther
with his work. When did you deliver my letter to your
father ? I delivered it to him yesterday. Where did your
brother deliver his speech ? He delivered it at the Capitol
( Capitolio).
260 THE SPANISH TEACHES.
Exercise No. 158.
*A man had two sons, one of whom liked to sleep very
late in the morning ; the other was very industrious, and
always rose at day-break. The latter having one day gone
out very early, found a purse filled with money. He ran
to his brother to inform him of his good luck, and said to
him : " See, Louis, what is got by rising early." " Faith!"
answered his brother, " if the person to whom it belongs
had not risen earlier than I, he would not have lost it."
A lazy fellow was asked what made him lie in bed so
long. "lam busied," said he, " in hearing counsel every
morning. Industry advises me to get up ; sloth to lie still.
I always hear what is said on both sides, and by the time
the cause is over, dinner is ready (y cuando la causa se ha
concluido, la comida estd lista)"
It was a beautiful reply given by a distinguished lady,
who being asked where her husband was, when he lay con-
cealed for having been deeply concerned in a conspiracy,
resolutely answered she had him hid. This confession drew
her before the king, who told her that her discovering
where her lord was concealed could save her from tor-
ture. " And will that do ?" said the lady. " Yes," replied
the king, " I will give you my word for it. " Then," said
she, " I have hid him in my heart, where you will find him."
This surprising answer disarmed her enemies.
Exercise No. 159.
Cornelia, la ilustre madre de los Gracos, despues de la
muerte de su marido, quien le dejo doce.hijos, se dedico al
cuidado de su familia con tal acierto y prudencia que le
granjearon (1) la estimacion universal. De los doce, sola-
mente tres vivieron hasta edad madura ; una hija, Sem-
pronia, que caso con el segundo Escipion el Africo-no, y dos
hijos. Tiberio y Cayo, a quienes educo con tanto cuidado,
que aunque se confesaba jeneralmente que habian uu.eulo
PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 261
con fas mejores disposiciones, se juzgaba que aim mas de-
bian ellos a la educacion que a la naturaleza. La respuesta
que dio Cornelia a una seiiora de Campania (2) con refe-
renda aellos, es muy famosa, y contiene una grande instruc-
cion para las seiloras y las madres.
Esta senora, que era muy rica y apasionada a la pompa
y a la ostentacion (3), habiendole ensenado sus diam antes,
sus perlas y sus mas ricas joyas, suplico con mucho empeno
a Cornelia que le dejase ver tambien las suyas. Cornelia
dirijio diestramente la conversacion a otro asunto para dar
tiempo a que volviesen sus kijos (4), quienes habian ido a la
escuela. Cuando volvieron y entraron en la sala (5) de su
madre, esta, ensefiandoselos a la senora de Campania, le
drjo : " He aqui mis joyas y los unicos adornos que yo apre-
cio (6)." Y adornos como estos, que son la fuerza y el
sosten (7) de la sociedad, dan un lustre mas relevante a la
hermosura (8) que todas las joyas del Oriente (9).
1. Granjearon, acquired. 2. Una senora de Campania, a Campanian
lady. 3. Apasionada a la pompa y d la ostentacion, fond of pomp and
show. 4. Cornelia dirijio diestramente la conversacion d otro asunto para
dar tiempo d que volviesen sus hijos, Cornelia dexterously turned the
conversation to another object to give time for the return of her sons.
5. Sola, apartment. 6. He aqui mis joyas y los unicos adornos que yo
aprecio, There are my jewels, and the only ornaments I prize. 7. La
fuerza y el sosten, the strength and support. 8. Dan un lustre mas rele-
vante a la hermosura, add a brighter lustre to the iair. 9. Oriente, East.
FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON.
RULES TO DISTINGUISH THE GENDER OP NOUNS.
Rule 1. — Nouns ending in a, d, ie, ez, umbre, or ion, arc
feminine ; ending otherwise are masculine. Exceptions to
this rule will be found below.
Rule 2. — The names of the letters of the alphabet are
feminine ; the months of the year and days of the week are
masculine.
262
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Masculine Nouns having a feminine termination :
Adalid,
the chief of a
Escorpion,
scorpion.
band of war-
Gorrion,
sparrow.
riors.
Guarda or guar-
custom-houso
Agricola (sub.),
a lover of agricul-
dacosta,
cutter.
ture.
Guardamarina,
midshipman.
Agricola (adj.),
agricultural.
Guardia (2).
a soldier of the
Ajedrez,
chess.
king's guard.
Alerta,
watchword.
Guion,
dash.
Albacea,
executor.
Herrumbre,
rust.
Almirez,
mortar.
Huesped,
guest.
Alumbre,
alum.
Idioma,
language.
Azumbre,
pint.
Laud,
lute.
Anagrama,
anagram.
Lema,
lemma.
Antipodas,
antipodes.
Mana,
manna.
Apotegma,
apothegm.
Mapa,
map.
Ardid,
stratagem.
Morrion,
mui-rion.
Aroma,
aroma.
Paraguas,
umbrella.
Ataud,
coffin.
Panorama,
panorama.
Axioma,
axiom.
Planeta,
planet.
Cesped,
turf.
Poema,
poem.
Clima,
climate.
Prisma,
prism.
Colera (plague)
cholera.
Problema,
problem.
Coineta (1),
comet,
Relumbre,
brightness.
Cortapliimas,
penknife.
Sarampion,
measles.
Crisma,
chrism.
Sintoma,
symptom.
Dia,
day.
Sistenia,
system.
Diagrama,
diagram.
Sofa,
sola.
Dilema,
dilemma.
Soiisma,
sophism.
Diploma,
diploma.
Sud,
south.
Dogma,
dogma.
Tapaboca,
a slap giveu on
Drama,
drama.
the mouth
Emblema,
emblem.
Tema,
theme.
Embrion,
embryo.
Teorema,
theorem.
Enigma,
enigma.
Viva,
cheer, huzza.
Epf grama,
epigram.
Feminine Nouns, though they do not terminate in a, d,
ie, umbre, ez, or ion :
the
Armazon,
carcass or frame.
Bilis,
bile.
Arte,
art
Bocacalles,
junction of
Ave,
fowL
streets.
Base,
basis.
Cal,
lime.
1. Cometa, meaning a kite, is feminine.
2. When guardia means a guard, a body of soldiers, then it is femin-
ine.
TRACTICAL EXERCISES.
263
Calle,
street.
Hiel,
gall.
Canal (1),
gutter.
Hijiene,
hygiene.
Capital (2),
metropolis.
Hinchazon,
swelling.
Carcel,
prison.
Hipotesis,
hypothesis.
Cargazon,
cargo.
Hoz,
sickle.
Carne,
flesh, meat.
Hueste,
host.
Oatastrofe,
catastrophe.
Hiperbole,
hyperbole.
Catedral,
cathedral.
Imajen,
image.
Cerviz,
nape.
Indole,
temper.
Clase,
class.
Ingle,
groin.
Cicatriz,
a scar.
Jente,
people.
Clavazon,
a row of nails.
Labor,
Work.
Clave,
key-stone, key.
Larinje,
larynx.
Clin or crin,
mane.
Leche,
milk.
Codorniz,
quail.
Ley,
law.
Col,
cabbage.
Liebre,
hare.
Coliflor,
cauliflower.
Liendre,
nit.
Corriente,
stream.
Ligazon,
contexture.
Corte (3),
court.
Lombriz,
a sort of worm.
Coz,
kick.
Luz,
light.
Creciente.
flood-tide.
Llave,
M-
Crisis,
crisis.
Mano,
hand.
Cruz,
cross.
Marjen (5),
bank (of a river).
Ciispide.
cuspis.
Matriz,
matrix.
Desazon,
uneasiness.
Menguante
last quarter.
Diocesi,
diocese.
Mente,
mind.
Estirpe,
race.
Metamorfosu*,
m etamorphosis
Falanje,
phalanx.
Metropoli,
metropolis.
Fase,
phase.
Miel,
honey.
Fauces (plural),
fauces.
Mies,
crop.
Faz,
face.
Mole,
mass.
Fe,
faith.
Moral,
ethics, moral.
Fiebre,
fever.
Muerte,
death.
Frase,
phrase.
Nave or nao,
ship.
Frente (4),
forehead.
Nariz,
nose.
Fuente,
fountain.
Nieve,
snow.
Flor,
flower.
Noche,
night.
Grey,
flock.
Nube,
cloud.
Hanibre,
hunger.
Orden (6),
command
1. When meaning canal or channel, is masculine.
2. When meaning money, is masculine.
3. When corte means the sharp edge of a tool, a pattern for a dress, it
is masculine.
4. When frente means the front, it is masculine.
5. When marjen means the margin of a book, then it is masculine.
6. When meaning regular disposition, or methodical arrangement of
things, it is nraculine.
264
THE SPANISH TEACHEB.
Parafrasis,
Paralisis,
Parte (1),
Patente,
Paz,
Perdiz,
Perifrasis,
Poste,
Piel,
Pir&inide,
Plebe,
Podre,
Prole,
Raiz,
Razon,
Res,
Sal,
Sangre,
Sarten,
Sazon,
Sede,
paraphrase.
Segazon,
palsy.
Segur,
part.
Serial,
patent
Serpiente,
peace.
Sien,
partridge.
Sierpe,
periphrasis.
Simientc
plague.
Sincope,
skin.
Sinrazon,
pyramid.
Sintaxis,
common people.
Sobrepelhz,
pus.
Suerte,
issue.
Tarde,
root.
Tilde,
reason.
Torre,
head of cattle.
Tos,
salt.
Trabazon,
blood.
Tribu,
frying-pan.
Ubre,
seasoning.
Vocal (2),
a see.
Voz,
reaping season.
axe.
signal.
serpent.
temple.
young serpent
seed.
syncope.
injustice.
syntax.
surplice.
chance, fate.
afternoon.
a dot
tower.
cough
juncture.
tribe.
udder.
vowel.
voice.
Nouns which are common to both genders, and therefor*
may be used with the masculine or the feminine article,
thus : el cutis or la cutis, the skin.
Anatema,
anathema (for ex-
Guia,
guide.
communication).
Lente (5),
eye-glass.
Azucar (3),
sugar.
Mar (6),
sea.
Cisma,
schism.
Puente,
bridge.
Cutis,
skin.
Reuma,
rheum.
Dote (4),
gift
1. When parte means a report, it is masculine.
2. When vocal means a member of a corporation, it is masculine.
3. Azucar is most commonly used with the masculine article.
4. Dote, when meaning a gift of nature or endowment, is femininej
and it is generally used in the plural (las dotes).
5. Lente is more generaUy used with the masculine article.
6. Mar, when qualified by the adjectives Red, Mediterranean, etc., is
masculine (El mar hojo).
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
FIRST CONVERSATION.
Good morning or good day, Sir.
Good afternoon, Madam.
Good evening or good night, Miss .
How do you do ?
Very well, and you ?
Very well, at your service.
Good-bye.
Until to-morrow.
Until the day after to-morrow.
1 shall be very happy to see you.
Buenos or felizes dias, Seflor (1),
Buenas or felizes tardes, Senora.
Buenas or felizes noches, Sefiorita
I Ooino lo pasa Vd. ?
May bien, -t y Vd. ?
Sin novedad, para servir a Vd. (2.
A Dios.
Hasta manana.
Hasta pas ado mafiana.
Me alegrare mucho de ver a Vd.
How do you do, Sir ? Very well, and you ? Very well,
at your service. Good evening, Miss. Good evening, Sir.
Good-bye, Sir, until the day after to-morrow — perhaps {tat
vez or quizd) to-morrow. I shall be very happy to see you.
Thank you (gracias).
SECOND CONVERSATION.
Will you favor me with your name?
If you please.
With much pleasure.
I am much obhged to you.
Not at all.
I present to you my best respects,
Miss.
I am your humble servant, Sir.
I Quiere Vd. hacerme el favor de
darme su nombre ?
Si Vd. gusta.
Con mucho gusto.
f Quedo a Vd. muy agradecido (3).
f No hay de que*,
f A los pies de Vd. (4) SeSorita.
fBeso a Vd. las manos (5) ca-
ballero.
1. In Spanish we never say "good morning," but "good day." buenos
dias, in the plural.
2. Para servir 6- Vd.t — it is used also as an equivalent of the English
expression, "You nro wc-kiome," to answer any person who thanks us.
3. If it is a female, it must be agradecida, to agree in gender.
4. Literally translated, ;iI am at your feet" (to be said only to ladies).
5. Literal translation, "I kiss your hand," (to be said only to gentle-
men). Tb& Spaniards use also in their letters, as a polite expression, the
following writing bcluie the signature — Que besa sus manos (who kissea
your hands), abbreviated thus : Q. B. S. M.
2G6
TIIE SPANISH TEACHER.
Good morning, Sir. How do you do? Very well, Sir,
and you ? Very well, at your service. Will you favor me
with your name? Yes, Sir, with much pleasure. I am
much obKirCMi to you, Sir. Not at all. I present to you
my best respects, Miss. I am your humble servant, Sir.
Good-bye, until to-morrow,r l<S^j| the day after to-morrow
I shall be very happy to see you.
THIRD CONVERSATION.
"Walk in, come in.
Be pleased to sit down.
Will you walk in, {or come in) ?
Excuse me a moment.
You are quite a stranger.
I am always busy.
Adelante. Entre Vd.
Sirvase Vd. sentarse.
,; Quiere Vd. pasar adelante {or en«
trar) ?
Dispenseme Vd. un momento.
f No hay quien vea a Vd.
Estoy siempre ocupado (or ocupvda
if it is a female).
I present to you my best respects, Miss. How do you do,
Sir ? Very well, at your service. You are quite a stranger.
Are (estd) you very busy? I am always busy. Will you
walk in? Yes, Miss, with much pleasure. Be pleased to
sit down, and excuse me a moment. How is your friend
($ Gomo lo pasa su amigo de Vd. ? fern, amiga). Very well, I
thank you. Is he (eatd el) as busy as (tan ocupado como)
you? By no means (De ningun modo). He is always in
company with ladies (El anda siempre en sociedad de sefloras).
I am much obliged to you, Miss. You are welcome, Sir.
FOURTH CONVERSATION,
"What is the best news with you ?
Nothing particular.
What is that?
Are you in a hurry ?
I am not in a hurry.
Are you ready ?
I am ready.
I am very glad to see you.
,; Qud nos dice Vd. or que* hay de
nuevo ?
Nada particular.
I Que es eso ?
,;Esta Vd. de priesa?
f No estoy de priesa.
fiEsta Vd. listo?
f Estoy lislo.
} Me alegro mucho de ver a Vd.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
267
Walk in. Good evening. How do you do? I am very
glad to see you. You are quite a stranger. Be pleased to
take a seat. What is the best ne ws ? Nothing particular.
Are you ready? Not yet (todavia). Excuse me a moment,
if you please. Certainly (seguramente) with much pleasure,
Are you in a hurry? No, Sir, I am not in a hurry. I pre-
sent to you my best respects, Miss. I am your humble ser-
vant, Sir. Will you walk in ? I am much obliged to you,
Miss ; I am in a hurry. Good-bye, until to-morrow, or the
day after to-morrow. I shall be happy to see you.
FIFTH CONVERSATION.
Bookkeeper.
Cashier.
In haste.
Do not trouble yourself.
It is not a trouble.
I thank you for your kindness.
I am sorry to trouble you for a mo-
ment.
Not at all. By no means.
When shall I have the pleasure to
see you again ?
Tenedor de libros.
Cajero.
t De priesa.
f No se moleste Vd.
No es molestia.
f Mil gracias por su bondad.
f Siento molestar a Vd. por un mo-
rn ento.
f De ningun modo.
I Cuando volvere a tener el placer
de ver a Vd. ?
I am sorry to trouble you for a moment. Not at all. I
thank you for your kindness. You are welcome. I am very
glad to see you. How have you been (Gomo lo ha pasado
Vd.) ? Very well, at your service. When shall I have the
pleasure to see you again? Thank you, Sir, perhaps to-
morrow, or the day after. I shall be very happy to see you.
Is your bookkeeper busy? He is always busy. Is your
cashier in a hurry for the money ? By no means ; there ia
no hurry (no corre priesa) .
Sunday.
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
SIXTH CONVERSATION.
Domingo.
Lunes.
Martes.
Miercoles.
Jueves.
Vie'rnes.
THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
Saturday.
On Sunday.
On Monday next.
On Monday last.
What day of the week is it ?
Sabado.
El domingo.
El limes proximo.
El liines pasado.
I Que- dia de la semana es hoy ?
When shall I have the pleasure of seeing you again ? On
Monday next, or perhaps before (antes). I will be very
happy to see you. Thank you. What day of the week is
it ? To-day is (hoy es) Sunday. To-day is Monday. To-
day is Tuesday. To-day is Wednesday. To-day is Thurs-
day. To-day is Friday. To-day is Saturday. Sunday.
Monday. Tuesday. Wednesday. Thursday. Friday. Sa-
turday. Next Sunday. Last Sunday.
SEVENTH CONVERSATION.
Who is there ?
Who is it?
How are you ?
I am rather indisposed.
Has the steamer arrived?
It has just arrived.
It brings bad news.
I am very sorry.
I am very glad.
;. Quien esta ahi ?
,; Quien es ?
I Como esta Vd. ?
Estoy algo indispuesto,
I Ha Uegado el vapor ?
f Acaba de llegar.
Trae malas noticias.
f Lo siento mucho.
f Me alegro mueho.
Who is it ? Who is there ? Walk in. How do you do ?
I am rather indisposed to-day. How are you ? Very well,
I thank you. Sit down (sientese Vd.). What is the best
news with you ? It is said that (se dice que) the steamer
has just arrived. What news does it bring (Que noticias
trae) ? It is said that it brings very bad news. I am very
sorry. It is said that it brings good news. I am very glad.
What is that?
Take care !
Be careful.
The mail.
The post-office.
That is it
EIGHTH CONVERSATION.
I Que* es eso ?
f j Cuidado !
f Tenga Vd. cuidado.
El correo.
La estafeta de correos.
Eso es.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
269
Has the mail arrived ? It has not arrived yet. What is
it? The mail has just arrived. I am glad. Is there any
thing new? {Hay algo de nuevo) ? Nothing particular.
Are you (estd Vd.) very busy to-day? Rather so (aljo or un
poco). What day of the week is it ? It is Monday. That
is it. Take care ! to-day is mail day, (dia de correo). Are
you not busy ? By no means.
NINTH CONVERSATION.
Shall you go to the concert ?
I suppose so.
Of course.
By all means.
Any how.
By no means.
On no account.
Otherwise.
I would go.
jlra Vd. al concierto ?
f Supongo que si.
f Por supuesto.
| De todos modos.
t De cualquier modo.
f De ningun modo.
f Por ningun motivo or pretesto.
f De otro modo.
Iria.
Shall you go to the concert ? I am very busy ; to-day is
mail day, otherwise I would go. Shall you go to-morrow ?
I suppose so ; and you ? Of course, by all means. I will
accompany you (acompaftare a Vd.) if you please. With
much pleasure. I will be happy to go (ir) with you.
Thank you. What is the best news with you ? Nothing
particular. How is your brother ? Very well I thank you.
Remember me to him (Hdgale Vd. mis recuerdos). I will
do so {Lo hare) with much pleasure.
TENTH CONVERSATION.
Is it cold?
It is very cold.
It is very warm.
How is the weather ?
It is very fine weather.
It is a very fine day.
It is bad weather.
To-morrow morning.
t i Hace frio ?
f Hace mucho frio.
f Hace mucho calor.
f i Que* tiempo hace ? or i Como
esta el tiempo ?
f Hace muy buen tiempo.
f Hace un dia muy hermoso, or
hermosisimo.
f Hace mal tiempo.
f Mafiana por la manana.
270
THE SFANISH TEACHER.
Is it cold ? It is not very cold. Is it warm ? It is very
warm. It is neither cold nor warm. How is the weather ?
It is bad weather. It is very fine weather. It is a very
fine day. "When shall I have the pleasure to see you again ?
Perhaps to-morrow morning. I will be very happy to see
you. How is your son ? He is much better to-day (edd
mucho mejor hoy). I am very glad to hear it {me alegro
mucho). He is worse (peor). I am very sorry to hear it
{lo siento mucho).
ELEVENTH CONVERSATION.
I come to take leave of you for
Havana .
When is your departure ?
It may be this afternoon.
Don't you like the city ?
I like the people very much.
But the climate does not agree
with me.
Vengo a despedirme de Vd.
la Habana.
,: Cuando es su partida ?
Puede que sea esta tarde.
I No le gusta a Vd. la ciudad ?
La jente me gusta mucho.
Pero el chma no me sienta bien.
para
I come to take leave of you for Havana. "When is your
departure ? It may be this afternoon. Don't you like the
city ? I like the people very much ; but the climate does
not agree with me. Do you intend to return (jriensa Vd.
volver) ? I do intend to return after this winter is over
(pienso volver despues depatada el invierno). I shall be very
happy to see you.
TWTELFTH CONVERSATION.
I wish you good success.
An honest man.
I do not know whether he is mar-
ried or single.
Is it Mr. N. to whom I have the
honor to speak ?
That is my name, Sir.
Deseo a Vd. buen e*xito.
Un hombre de bien.
No se si es casado 6 soltero (/em.
casada 6 soltera).
^Es al Seiior N. a quien tengo el
honor de hablar ?
f Un servidor de Vd.
Is your friend single or married ? He is married. I do
not know whether be is single or married? I know that
(se qm ) he is an honest man ? Is it Mr. N. to whom I have
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
271
the honor to speak ? That is my name, Sir. I wish you
good success in your undertaking (eh su empiesa). I thank
you very much (mil gracias). Are you very busy? Not at
this moment. I am sorry to trouble you. When is your
departure ? It may be to-morrow morning. Are you
ready ? No, Sir, I am not ready yet. I shall not be (no
edare) ready before (hasta el) next Thursday. I am very
sorry. Sit down, and excuse me a moment. Certainly.
Are you in a hurry ? No, Sir, I am not in a hurry. I shall
wait on you in a moment (me pondre or estare a sus brdenes
en un momento).
THIRTEENTH CONVERSATION.
What time is it ?
It is one o'clock.
It is two o'clock.
It is three o'clock.
It is four o'clock.
It is five o'clock.
It is six o'clock.
It is seven o'clock.
It is eight o'clock.
It is nine o'clock.
It is ten o'clock.
It- is eleven o'clock.
It is twelve o'clock.
I Que' hora es ?
Es La una.
Son las dos.
Son las ires.
Son las cuatro.
Son las cinco.
Son las seis.
Son las siete.
Son las ocho.
Son las nueve.
Son las diez.
Son las once.
Son las doce.
What hour is it ? It is one o'clock. It is two o'clock. It
is three o'clock. It is four o'clock. It is five o'clock, etc,
FOURTEENTH CONVERSATION.
Is it late?
It is not early.
It is half after one.
It is a quarter after one.
It is a quarter to one .
It is five minutes to one.
It is half alter two.
It is ten minutes after two.
I Es tarde ?
No es temprano.
Es la una y media.
Es la una y cuarto.
Es la una ine'nos cuarto.
Es la una menos cinco minutos.
Son las dos y media.
Son las dos y diez minutos.
Is it late ? It is not late. It is early. What hour is it i
It is one o'clock. It is two o'clock. It is half after two.
272
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
It is three o'clock. It is a quarter to three. It is four
o'clock. It is two minutes after four. It is five o'clock.
It is five minutes to five. It is six o'clock. It is a quarter
to six. It is seven o'clock. It is half after seven. It ia
eight o'clock. It is a quarter after eight. It is nine o'clock.
It is ten minutes to nine. It is ten o'clock. It is half after
ten It is eleven o'clock. It is five minutes to eleven. It
is twelve o'clock. It is a quarter after twelve.
FIFTEENTH CONVERSATION.
I wish (or want) to ask you a-ques-
tion.
I beg your pardon.
Sooner or later.
Before hand.
To be well off.
To look out.
Put out the light.
To put out the fire.
Go on.
To miss.
I miss.
Have you good sight ?
I am short-sighted.
To bell the cat.
The baker's dozen.
f Deseo or quiero hacer a Yd. una
pregunta.
f Perdone Vd.
f Tarde 6 temprano.
f De antemano, or con anticipa-
cion.
t Estar bien.
t Precaverse.
t Apague Vd. la luz.
f Apagar el fuego.
t Adelante. Prosiga, or ccniimie
Vd.
f Echar de me*nos.
f Echo de me'nos.
I Tiene Vd. buena vista*
I Soy corto de vista,
f Poner el cascabel al gate,
f La docena del fraile.
Are you very busy to-day ? I wish to ask you a question.
I will be happy to be able to satisfy you (poder satisfacer a
Vd.) Is your friend well off? I do not know whether he
is well off or not. I beg your pardon. Not at all. Will
you put out the fire and the light before hand? Certainly,
with much pleasure. Go on. What do you miss ? I miss
my book and my silk gloves. What hour is it ? It is half
past six. How much is (cuanto es) the baker's dozen ?
Twelve. I beg your pardon, Sir ; it is thirteen (trece).
That is it ; you are right. Have you good sight ? No, Sir,
I am short-sighted. Do you like this city ? I like the
people very much, but the climate does not agree with me.
Do you intend to return to Havana ? Yes, Sir, I do intend
m
CONYERSATIONAL EXEKCISES. 273
to return before winter. When is your departure ? It may
be next week. Are you ready ? I am always ready. Who
wishes to bell the cat ? Nobody.
SIXTEENTH CONVERSATION.
Asiatic luxury.
Every other day.
The advertisement
An advice.
To advise.
The copy-book.
Lujo asiatico.
f Cada dos dias.
El anuncio or aviso.
Un consejo.
Aconsejar.
El cuaderno.
This gentleman lives in (vive con un) Asiatic luxury. How
often is this advertisement published (4 Con que free uencid
se publica este anuncio) ? It is published every other day.
Every other Monday. Every other Saturday. Every other
Friday. Every other Thursday. Every other Sunday.
Every other Wednesday. Every other Tuesday. Every
other week. Every other evening. Every other night.
Have you received good advice from your friend ? No, Sir,
he is not accustomed (ffl no acoslumbra) to advise any one
(a nadie). I am sorry to trouble you for my copy-book.
It is not a trouble.
SEVENTEENTH CONVERSATION.
What do you call this ?
A quotation.
An appointment.
To pay a compliment.
To quote from him.
The bell.
The little bell.
Railroad.
I C6mo se llama esto ?
Una cita.
Hacer un cumplimiento.
Citarle.
La campana.
La campanilla.
Ferro-carril or camino de hierro.
Which is the greatest (mayor) compliment that can be
paid (puede hacerse) to an author? To quote from him.
What do you call wafer in Spanish ? It is called oblea. What
do you call railroad in Spanish ? It is called ferro-carril or
'.'.amino de hierro. Have you an appointment with that man ?
Yes, I have an appointment with him to-night (esta noche).
274
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Have you heard (ha Udo Vd.) the bell? What is that? It
is the little bell. I am much obliged to you for your kind-
ness (por su boadad). Not at all. You are welcome. Are
you ready? I am not ready yet. Excuse me a moment.
Certainly.
EIGHTEENTH CONVERSATION.
A copy of a book or periodical.
As you please.
A copy.
To copy.
To copy fairly.
The dictionary.
The grammar.
Will you have the goodness to, &c. ?
Un ejemplar.
Como Vd. guste.
Una copia.
Copiar.
f Poner en limpio.
El diccionario.
La gramatica.
I Quiere Vd. tener la bondad dc,&c?
"Will you have the goodness to copy fairly this letter?
With much pleasure. Do you like to go to the concert or
to the opera ? As you please. Have you a copy of my Dic-
tionary ? I have not a copy of your Dictionary, but I have
one of your Grammar. Have you a copy of this letter ? I
have one. Will you have the goodness to tell me (de de-
tinue) the names of the months of the year in Spanish?
Certainly, with much pleasure : January, February, March,
April, May, June, July, August, September, October, No-
vember, December. Now (ahora) be pleased to translate
(iraducir) into (al) Spanish the following dates (las fechas
siguientes) : Jan. 1st, 1848. March 2d, 1836. June 3d, 1824.
August 14, 1785. July 4th, 1776. December 15th, 1555.
September 6th, 1847. April, 1820. October, 1111. Feb-
ruary 22d, 1732. November, 1492. May 2d, 1808.
NINETEENTH CONVERSATION,
Never mind, no matter, it is of no , No importa. No le hace.
consequence.
Blotting paper. | Teleta.
Do you wish a receipt? 1 i Quiere Vd. un recibo?
A promissory note. Un pagard.
An order. Una orden.
1
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 275
Hie key.
The key (of a book).
The signature.
La Have (fem.).
La clave (fem.).
La firma.
To sign. Firmar.
Will you have (qi< iere Vd. ) a receipt ? As you please. It
is of no consequence. Do you wish a promissory note ? If
you please. Will you sign this receipt ? Yes, and the or-
der also (tambien) if you wish. Have you seen my signa-
ture ? I have seen it once (una vez), twice (dos vezes). Will
you have the kindness to (de) pass me (pasarme) the blot-
ting paper ? Do you want it ? Of course. Have you the
key of the door of my room (cuarto) ? I have not the key
of your room, I have the key of your Grammar. What date
has the promissory note? It has the date January 1st or
2d. What a beautiful signature ! Is this (es este) your
name ? No, Sir, it is my brother's name. Is his advertise-
ment published ? No, Sir, he is not accustomed to publish
advertisements. Who lives in this house ? My friend ; he
lives in Asiatic luxury.
TWENTIETH CONVERSATION.
Tenemos a la vista.
Un hombre raro or singular.
,j No es asl ?
Asf es.
Eso es.
Si'rvase Vd.
Asi lo espero.
We have before us.
A curious man.
Is it not so ?
It is so.
That is.
Help yourself.
I hope so.
We have before us your favor of the 2d instant (la apre-
ciable de Vd. de 2 del corriente). Is not that a curious man ?
So he appears to me (Asi me parece). Help yourself. How
beautiful she looks ( Que hermosa parece) ! Is your friend an
honest man ? No doubt he is (Sin duda lo es). I wish him
good success in his undertaking. Has he written (escrito)
his exercise well? I hope so. I suppose so. I suppose
not. I am your humble servant, Sir. I present to you my
respects, Miss. Will you have the kindness to walk in ( pa*
sar adelante) ? Are you busy ? Not at this moment (en este
momento). What is the best news with you ? Nothing par-
ticular.
276
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
TWENTY-FIRST CONVERSATION.
That is right.
That is wrong.
"What else?
Nothing else.
He will repent it.
The visiting card.
The atlas.
The map.
The veil.
It is very strange.
Strange !
Or else.
f Bien hecho.
f Mai hecho.
(iQue' mas?
Nada mas.
El se arrepentira.
La tarjeta.
El atlas (plur. los atlas).
El mapa.
El velo.
Es muy estrano.
f ; Cosa rara !
f 0 de lo contrario.
Will you have the goodness to write to my father ? of
else he will be offended (se ofenderd). I will do so with
much pleasure. It is very strange that he does not come
(venga). Strange ! He will repent it. Have you received
my visiting card ? Yes, Sir, and I have also received youi
atlas. And what else ? The veil, nothing more. "What do
you call railroad in Spanish? How many copies ©f your
atlas have you printed (impreso) ? I have printed few at-
lases, but many maps. That is right. That is wrong. Al-
low me to advise you in the matter (Permitame Vd. aconse-
jarle sobre este asunto.) Certainly, I will be much obliged to
you. ( Quedare a Vd. muy agradecido, or Se lo agradecere a
Vd. mucho)
TWENTY-SECOND CONVERSATION.
Have you gone through the book ?
I have.
To pay attention.
Early next week. ■<
Early in April.
Charge" d' Affaires.
Business or affairs.
Matter or subject.
He will pay you when two Sundays
meet.
Instalment.
,» Ha concluido Vd. el libro ?
Si, Senor.
f Poner atencion.
A principios de la semana pr6xima,
or que viene or entrante.
A principios de Abril.
Encargado de negocios.
Negocios.
Asunto or materia.
Le pagara a Vd. en tres plazos,
tarde, mal y nunca.
Plazo.
I
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
277
Have you gone through the book? I have (Si, Setter),
In order to learn we must pay attention (Para aprender es
meneder poner atencion). When shall I have the pleasure
to see you again ? Early next week. Has the Charge
d' Affaires arrived? He has just arrived (Acaba de llegar).
Have you business with him ? Yes, on (mbre) an important
subject. That man never pays his debts (Use hombre nunca
paga sus deudas). You are mistaken (Vd. se equivoca). He
always pays his debts when two Sundays meet. It is a good
instalment.
TWENTY-THIKD CONVERSATION.
With open arms.
To-morrow week, or eight
from to-morrow.
It is no such thing.
An old bachelor.
An old maid.
Widow, widower.
Do you wish this ?
No.
And this ?
Neither that.
As little, so little.
So well, or as well.
Also.
Con los brazos abiertos.
De manana en una semana, 6 de
mafiana en ocho dias.
No hay tal cosa.
Un solteron.
Una solterona.
Viuda, viudo.
I Quiere Vd. esto ?
No.
4 Y esto?
Tampoco.
Tan poco.
Tan bien.
Tambien.
When will your brother arrive ? To-morrow week, of
eight days from to-morrow. I will receive him with open
arms. Is your friend a bachelor? No, he is a widower. Is
that lady a widow? (without the article.) No, she is an old
maid. Excuse me, Sir, you are mistaken, it is no such
thing. Do you wish this ? No. And this ? Neither that.
How much do you ask for this hat ? Three dollars. So
little. Who writes so well ? It is my brother, but I can
also write as well. Have you gone through all the book ?
Yes, Sir. Indeed! and have you paid good attention (ha
puedo Vd. mucha atencion) ? Yes, Sir, a great deal (muchi-
sima). That is right. Where does the poor man sleep?
In the open air (al raao). I am sorry to trouble you for a
moment. Not at all. What day of the week is it '/ To-day
278 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
is Friday. Who is there? It is I (yo soy). How are you
(gcbmo esta Vd.) ? I am rather indisposed. I am very
sorry. "When will the Charge d' Affaires arrive? Early next
week, or perhaps before. I shall be very glad to see him
(Me alegrare mucho de verle). Shall you go to-morrow ? Yes,
at any rate (a toda costa). And you? I suppose so, of
course, by all means. How is your brother ? He is much
f better. He is much worse. "What time is it? It is half-
past twelve. And are you not ready yet ?
TWENTY-FOUKTH CONVERSATION.
He has assisted me much.
Look here.
On the other hand.
On the first story.
The second story.
Is the opera over ?
The India rubber.
The printing-office.
The printer.
The press.
The copy (for printing).
The proofs.
Me ha ayudado mucho.
Mire Vd.
Por otra parte.
En el primer piso.
El segundo piso.
I Se ha concluido la 6pera ?
La goma elastica.
La imprenta.
El impresor.
La prensa.
El original.
Las pruebas
This man has much assisted him. On (en) which story
is your room? On the first story. On the second story.
Is the opera over ? It is over. Where is the India rubber ?
Where is the printer? In the printing-office. Is the copy
ready for the printer ? Yes. Are the proofs corrected ?
They are. How often is this advertisement published? It
is published every other Monday. What do you call copy-
book in Spanish ? Allow me to advise you in this matter.
Certainly, I will be much obliged to you. We have before
us your favor of the 2d instant.
TWENTY-FIFTH CONVERSATION.
Look-out !
The matches.
The seal.
The pictorial Bible.
j Cuidado !
Los fosforos.
El sello.
Biblia con laminas.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 279
The -wafer. La oblea
The stair.
The lamp.
The gilding.
The steeple.
The scissors.
The slate.
La escalera.
La lampara.
El dorado.
La torre.
Las tijeras.
La pizarra.
Have you seen the pictorial Bible ? No. They say it is
a neat work (se dice que en una obra primorosa). Where is
the key ? It is in the door. Be good enough to hand me
the seal. (Tenga Vd. la bondad de pamrme el sello). Have
you a copy of the key to (de) the Spanish Grammar? I
have one. How beautiful is the gilding of that work !
"Where is the printer ? He is in the printing-office. Have
you seen the scissors ? No, but I have seen the slate and
wafers. I present to you my best respects, Miss. How do
you do, Sir ? Very well, I thank you. You are quite a
stranger (No hay quien vea a Vd., or more familiar, Dlchosos
los ojos que ven a Vd., which literally translated is : happy
are the eyes which see you).
TWENTY-SIXTH CONVERSATION.
Bookseller.
Bookstore.
An engraver.
The washerwoman.
N. Nichols, M. D.
The seamstress.
A musician.
The milliner.
The chimney.
A minister.
Librero.
Libreria.
Un grabador.
La lavandera.
N. Nicholas, Doctor en medicina.
La costurera.
Ud miisico.
La modista.
La chimenea.
Un cle'rigo.
Where is the bookseller ? He is in his bookstore. Where
is the engraver ? He is in his office. Where is the washer-
woman ? She is at her house. Is she a white or a black
woman (Es blanca b negra) f She is a white woman. Is
your friend an M. D. (without the definite article). No
Sir, he is a D. D (Doctor en Teolojia) and an L.L. D.
{Doctor en Leyes). Where is the musician? He is at the
concert. Is the milliner busy ? She is very busy. How
280 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
many seamstresses has she ? She has six good ones.
Where is the minister ? He is in the church. Where is
my book ? It is on the mantel-piece (repim) of the chimney.
When will your brother arrive ? To-morrow week, or eight
days from to-morrow. I will receive him with open arms.
Do you pay (Pone Vd.) attention to the lesson? I pay
(pongo) much attention. That is right. When do you ex-
pect (espera Vd. ) your father ? Early next month, or per-
haps before. What excellent matches ! What good scis-
sors ! Have the goodness to hand me the slate. Do you
expect that this man will pay you ? Yes, when two Sundays
meet. It is a bad affair. So it is.
TWENTY-SEVENTH CONVERSATION.
A watch.
A clock.
The watchmaker.
Your watch goes too fast.
It goes too slow.
It has run down.
To wind up a watch or clock.
Dry goods store.
An apothecary's shop.
Apothecary.
Barber.
A barber's shop.
Un reloj.
El reloj ero.
Su reloj de Vd. va muy adelantado.
Va muy atrasado.
f No tiene cuerda.
f Dar cuerda a un reloj.
f Almacen de jeneros.
Una botica.
Boticario.
Barbero.
Una barberia.
What time is it ? I do not know, my watch goes too
slow. It goes too fast. It has run down. It must be (es
preciso darle) wound up. How many watches has the watch-
maker ? He has a great many. How many clocks has he ?
He has not many. Where is the barber? He is in the
barber'3 shop. Where is the shopkeeper (tendero) f Ho is
in the dry good's store. Where is the apothecary ? He is
in the apothecary's shop. Does this gentlemen keep (tiene)
a dry good's store ? No, Sir, he keeps an apothecary's
shop. Is your brother a bookseller? No, Sir, he is a
musician. Where are the seamstresses ? They are at the
milliner's store (Almacen de modas). Where is your visiting
card ? It is on the mantel-piece of the chimney. Has the
washerwoman the clothes (la ropa) ? She has not yet re*
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
£81
eeived them. When does your class begin Q cudndc prin-
cipia su clase de Vd.) f On the fifteenth instant, if nothing
happens to prevent it (si nada ocurre que lo impida). These
scissors are very good. This tower is very high. Do you
aee the pinnacle (la cuspide) of this tower ? Where is the
lamp ? What a pretty slate ! This key is too large. Look
out ! Is your friend single or married ? He is a widower.
Is your cousin a widow or married ? She is a widow. It
is very strange,- she is very young. She does not look like
(no parece) a widow. Look here ! In which story is your
friend's room? In the first story. In the second story.
In the third story. Is the concert over ? It is over long
ago (mucho tiempo ha). Will you be good enough to hand
me the blotting-paper ? With much pleasure.
TWENTY-EIGHTH CONVERSATION.
I cannot wait longer.
My patience is exhausted.
He exhausts my patience.
To be penniless.
To make a great show.
In earnest.
Arm in arm.
Much noise and little work.
Never be weary of well doing.
Necessity is the mother of invention.
To be engaged in marriage.
No puedo aguardar (or esperar)
mas.
f He perdido la paciencia.
t Me hace perder la paciencia.
f Estar sin un cuarto (or sin blanca,
fern.)
f Hacer gran papel.
f De ve'ras.
f De brazo.
f Mas es el ruido que las nuezes.
f Haz bien y no mires a quien.
La necesidad es la madre de la in-
vencion.
Estar comprometido.
I cannot wait longer. My patience is exhausted. He ex-
hausts my patience. What is the matter with that man ?
He is penniless. In earnest. Is it the custom in this
country (Es costumbre en este pais) for the gentleman and
lady to walk (paseen) arm in arm ? Not unless they are
(No, a menos que esten) engaged. It seems (parece) that
this gentlemen makes a great show in this country. Is he
rich (Es rico) ? Can you not assist this man ? Remember
the proverb (Acuerdese del proverbio). Never be weary of
well-doing. Yes, Sir, I remember (me acuerdo) the proverb,
282 THE SrANISH TEACHER.
but you ought to know (debe saber) that he is in need, and
notwithstanding (no obstante) has no mind to work. Per-
haps he does not understand (no entiende) that necessity is
the mother of invention. Have you any clock? Yes, I
have it. Have you the time ( Tiene Vd. reloj) f I have not.
Have you matches ? No, but I have some fire. Have you
a slate? No, but I have a wafer. Have you the key to (de)
the exercises ? No, but I have the key of the room. How
beautiful is the gilding of that pictorial Bible ! Is that child
fond of pies ? He likes them very much. Have you a wafer
and a seal ? I have no wafer, but I have a seal.
TWENTY-NINTH CONVEBSATION.
Something is better than nothing.
Join with good men and you will
be one of them.
Look before you leap.
He that has a trade may get a living
anywhere.
Put it down.
I understand what you tell me.
In the least.
f Mas vale algo que nada.
f Allegate a los buenos y seras uno
de ellos.
f Antes que te cases mira lo que
haces .
f Quien tiene arte va por todaa
partes.
Pongalo ahi.
Quedo enterado or entiendo lo que
Vd. me dice,
f En lo mas minimo
That (eso) cannot assist me in the least. Something is
better than nothing. Is your friend going to be married
(g Va a casarse su amigo de Vd.) ? Remind him (recuerdele
Vd.) of the proverb, look before you leap. Never mind (no
importa). He that has a trade may get a living anywhere.
I understand what you say. Here is something for you
(He aqui algo para Vd.). Put it down. Who sent it (Quien
lo envia) ? The mistress of the house sent it. In earnest.
What time is it ? I do not know ; my watch goes too slow.
It goes too fast. It must be wound up. Where is the
watchmaker ? He is in his room. When does your class
begin ? On the 10th instant, if nothing occurs to prevent
it. Where are the seamstresses ? They are in the milliner's
store. Where are you going ? I am going to the barber's
chop to see the barber. Where is your son? He is in his
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
283
room in the third story. Where is the musician ? He is
gone to church {Ha ido a la iglesia). Where are you
going ? I am going to the bookstore to see the bookseller.
Where are the scissors ? The silversmith has them. Where
is your brother ? He is gone with his friends. Tell him to
join with good men and he will be one of them (Digale Vd.
±ue se allegue a los buenos y sera uno de ellos).
THIRTIETH CONVERSATION.
It is better to avoid the evil than
afterwards to apply the remedy.
Either.
Give it to me.
Till I see you again.
A/t soon as possible.
I cnust go.
I Dught to pay the postage of this
letter.
J have only the direction to write.
Mas vale evitar el mal que despuoa
poner el remedio.
Uno u otro or cualquiera.
Demelo.
f Hasta otra vista,
t Tan pronto como sea posible.
f Es preciso que me vaya.
Debo franquear esta carta.
No me falta mas que poner el sobre-
scrito.
You ought not to go there. Why? {For que?) Because
{Porque) it is better to avoid the evil than afterwards to
apply the remedy. Here are two penknives, which will
you have {quiere Vd.) ? Either. Give it to me. I must
go as soon as possible. Good-bye, till I see you again. Is
your letter ready ? It is almost (estd cast) ready. I have
only the direction to write. I cannot wait longer. I ought
to pay the postage of this letter, but I am penniless. Never
mind, if you are penniless, I will pay the postage of it
( Yo la franqueare) . On no account. Don't do that {No
haga Vd. eso). That is not right. That is wrong. Is this
young lady engaged ? Yes, Sir, she is engaged to {con)
my cousin. Why don't you go to the concert ? Because I
am busy. Can you not go to-morrow? Neither {tamjioco)
to-morrow. Shall you be {estard Vd.) busy the day after
to-morrow also ? Yes, Sir, the day after to-morrow I shall
be {estare) busy also.
284
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
THIRTY-FIRST CONVERSATION.
I think so, I believe so.
At leisure.
Pretty well.
You are very kind.
You are very polite.
You are very amiable.
Whose contents, or the contents of
which.
In the twinkling of an eye.
Whereabouts.
To play a trick.
I know him like a book.
To pay in the same coin.
At his ease.
f Creo que sf.
f Con comodidad.
f Tal cual.
Vd. es muy bondadoso.
Vd. es muy corte's.
Vd. es muy amable.
Cuyo contenido.
En un abrir y cerrar de ojos
f Rum bo.
Jugar una treta.
t Le conozco como a mis m .0.1.
Pagar en la misma moneda
A sus anchuras.
Does your brother speak Spanish? I think so. How
does he speak it? Pretty well. Will you have tb, kind-
ness to copy this letter for me at your leisure ? I wiil do it
in the twinkling of an eye. You are very kind. You are
very polite. You are very amiable. I have received a let-
ter, the contents of which are very pleasing (grato). Do
you know the whereabouts of your cousin ? I do not know.
Do you know that man ? I know him like a book. This
man has played me a trick, but I will pay him in his own
coin. Is the concert over ? It is over long ago. Will you
be kind enough to wind up my watch ? It has run down.
I must go. Good-bye, till I see you again.
THIRTY-SECOND CONVERSATION.
Last night.
The night before last.
Yesterday afternoon.
Yesterday morning,
The day before yesterday.
To-morrow morning.
A kiss.
My darling.
My beloved.
My angel.
My dearest.
Sweetheart.
Anoche.
Antenoche.
Ayer tarde or por la tarde.
Ayer maiiana or por la maiiana.
Anteayer.
f Maiiana por la mafiana.
Un beso.
f Tierno bien mio (for both gets*
ders).
Mi amado— a.
Anjel mio (for both genders).
Mi queridito or queridisimo.
f Euamorado— a.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
285
To make love.
To fall in love.
Little rogue.
What beautiful eyes !
What pretty feet !
What pretty hands !
f Enamorar.
f Enamorarse.
Picarillo.
; Qud hermosos ojos !
; Que" bonitos pies !
; Que bonitas manos !
Where were you Q En dbnde estuvo Vd.) last night? I
Was (estuve) at the concert. Where were you the night
before last? At a party (en el sarao). Where were you
the day before yesterday ? I was at the theatre. Where
were you yesterday afternoon ? I was at home. Where
were you yesterday morning ? In the garden. Where will
you be to-morrow morning? At church. My dear son
(querido hijo mid), give me a kiss (wie das un beso) ? Yes,
my dear father (Si, querido padre mio). My angel. My
beloved. My dearest. Where is your little friend (fern.) ?
Will you fall in love with her (de ella) ? I do not know
how to make love, dear father. You are (Tu eres) a little
rogue. What beautiful eyes she has ! What pretty feet !
What pretty hands! Where is she? She is at home.
When do you go to see her? When you will let me go
(cuando Vd. me deje ir). You ought to go there. Why ?
Because it is better to go there to see her than to go to
catch butterflies (cojer mariposas). You are very amiable,
dear papa (papa).
THIRTY-THIRD CONVERSATION.
To take one unawares.
To miss.
To be mislaid.
There is no doubt about it.
To pass along.
To have remorse.
With the utmost pleasure.
To defend with all one's might.
What is said is said.
To pass the night without sleep.
To take one at his word.
I take you at your word,
To cut the coat according to the
cloth.
Too much familiarity breeds con-
tempt.
To reckon without the host.
Cojer a uno desprevenido.
Echar de mdnos.
Estar traspapelado.
No hay que dudarlo.
Pasar de largo.
Acusar la conciencia a uno.
Con mil am ores (familial).
Defender a capa y espada,
Lo dicho dicho.
Pasar la noche en claro.
Tomar a uno la palabra.
Tomo a Vd. la palabra.
Consultar con el bolsillo.
La mucha confianza es causa de
menosprecio.
Hacer la cuenta sin la hue*speda
286 THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
How did that mean play you that trick ? He took me (me
cojio) unawares. He will have remorse for it. Where is
your friend ? In Havana. We have missed him very
much. There is no doubt about it. Has your friend been
here ? No, he has just passed along. He is a very good
friend ; he is always ready to defend his friends with all
his might. Will you go with us to the concert ? I will go
(Tre). I take you at your word. What is said is said.
How are you to-day ? I am rather indisposed ; I have
passed the night without sleep. It seems that that gentle-
man makes a great show. Much noise and little work
( Mas es el ruido que las nuezes). Many forget (oluidan) to
cut the coat according to the cloth. You are right, many
reckon without the host. This man takes too many liber-
ties {Esle hombre se toma mucha confianza). Give him an
inch and he will take an ell (Al villano dale el pie, y tomard
la mano). Too much familiarity breeds contempt.
THIKTY-FOUKTH CONVEKSATTON.
Well brought up, well bred.
Alter all, yet.
All the time, always.
Every thing, all.
The bearer.
The watchman.
Poor little thing !
Do you wish me to come ?
Mischief.
Some of his tricks.
Bien educado, bien criado
Sin embargo.
Siempre.
Todo.
El portador.
El sereno.
j Pobrecito !
I Quiere Vd. que venga ?
Travesura.
Alguna de las suyas.
That gentleman is well brought up, and yet he makes
much mischief. What has he done ? He has played (hecho)
some of his tricks. John, I wish you to give to the bearer
my cloak, and India rubber shoes, because it is very damp
(hay mucha humedad) and I fear that I may take a cold
(temo cojer un resfriado). What a pity ! Poor little thing 1
I went (estuve) to my counting-house last night. What did
you see (vib) there? I saw (vi) a watchman by the door.
What did he say (dijo) ? Nothing particular. Do you wish
me to come in (entrd)? Yes, Sir, walk in, if you please.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 287
My dear daughter, why are your hands so cold? I ha\e
been in the school, and have lost my gloves in the street.
Come, warm your hands. Did you see any (algano) of your
friends in the theatre last night? I was not in the theatre
last night, but the night before last. Have you seen your
little friend {female) ? Yes, Sir, I saw her yesterday morn-
ing, and I hope to see her again this evening or to-morrow
morning. What beautiful eyes she has! Has she not {no
es verdad) ?
THIRTY-FIFTH CONVERSATION.
Unless.
Provided.
To spoil.
It seems, or looks.
To miss.
To conelude a treaty.
The bride.
The bridegroom.
The wedding.
The honey-moon.
A menos que.
Con tal que.
Echar a perder.
Parece.
Echar de mdnos.
Ajustar un tratado.
La no via.
El novio.
La boda.
La luna de miel.
I shall go to the city of Washington to-morrow, unless
the treaty is concluded, and provided that you will go {vaya)
with me. Boy, I wish you not to spoil my books. My son,
when you have time {teagas tiempo), come here. I wish you
to look for one of my books that I miss from my library.
Do you see that lady ? Yes, Sir ; how beautiful she looks !
She is a bride, and the gentleman who is walking arm in
arm with her is her bridegroom. The wedding took place
this morning at St. Peter's Church ; and they are going to
pass the honey-moon in the country. It seems that they in-
tend to remain there a long time, as (pues) they carry with
them {consigo) a great many musicians, seamstresses, and
milliners. I congratulate them. When will you be {extara
Vd.) ready to accompany me to the country? I shall not
be {No estare) ready before (hasta) Wednesday or Thursday.
Very well ; in the mean time {entretanlo) I will read {leerc)
the book that you were so good as to present me {t)ivo la
bondad de regalarme) yesterday. Why do you wish me to go
288 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
with you ? Because I would not ' like to go alone ; and I
shall be much obliged to you if you will come. Of course I
will with pleasure.
THIRTY-SIXTH CONVERSATION
Atade to order.
Whenever.
It is worth while.
What detained you ?
Short of money.
To take a glance.
It is bad walking. ■]
To play at chess.
fMandado a hacer, hecho de en-
cargo,
f Siempre que.
f Vale la pena.
tiQudledetuvoa Vd.?
t Escaso de diuero.
f Echar una ojeada.
f El piso est a malo.
f Las calles estan malas.
f Jugar al ajedrez.
Where did you buy your coat ? I had it made to order.
Whenever I want a coat I have it made to or ler. Have
you had it made for your wedding ? No ; but I shall put
it on next Sunday. Is it worth while to go out to-day ?
No ; but it is worth while to go to the opera to-night, for
(pues) it is said there will be good singing (canto) there. I
shall go if you will accompany me. I will do so with plea-
sure. What detained you ? The performance will be over
before we get there (la representation se habrd concluido antes
que Ueguemos). I stopped to take a glance at the new store
that has just been opened (acaba de abrirse) in Broadway.
Have you any money? No; I am short of money. Then
(entbnces) we cannot go in a coach, and as the walking is
very bad we stay (nos quedaremos) at home and play at chess.
What do you miss? I miss the chess-board (tablero). Will
you come to my house this evening? I will come provided
that you will play on the piano. Certainly, I will with
pleasure. What is the matter with your carpet ? The
children have spoilt it. What is the news with you ? They
say that the government have concluded a treaty with Mex-
ico, and we shall have a peace at last. Where are all these
ladies and gentlemen going to ? They are going to a wed-
ding that will take place at twelve o'clock, in Saint Mary's
church. Who is the bride ? The bride is a very handsome
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
28(.)
young lady, but I do not know what her name is. Do yon
knew the name of the bridegroom ? They say it is Mr. N.
but it is more likely to be {probable que sea) Mr. B., who has
just arrived from England.
THIRTY-SEVENTH CONVERSATION.
Ever since.
For sale (to be had or sold).
All right.
It brings the dead to life.
At hrst sight.
At the first glance.
At least one.
Not even one.
On aur average.
Come and see roe.
f Desde entonces. Desde que . . .
} Do venta (se halla de venta or
vende).
f Esta bien. Corriente.
t Hace resucitar a los muertos.
f A primera vista,
f A la primera ojeada.
f Siquiera (or a lo mdnos) uno.
f Ni siquiera uno.
f Por te'rmino medio,
f Venga Vd. a verme.
When did you see my brother ? I saw him last month,
and have not seen him again ever since. For sale : a four
story house, with twelve rooms. How much do you ask
(pide Vd.) for it? I ask ten thousand dollars for it. Are
the titles (Ulutos) good ? They are good. The aroma (el
aroma) of this flower (edafior) brings the dead to life. How
do you do ? Oh ! excuse me, Sir, I have been mistaken (me
he equivocado). At first sight, I thought that you were a
friend of mine whom I am looking for, ever since I am in
this city. Is your book for sale at all the principal book-
stores in (librerias de) the city? No, Sir, all the edition has
been sold, and not a single copy is to be found any where
(se ha vendido or agotado, y no paede hallarse ni un solo exem-
plar enninguna parte). Not even a cojry? Can you not
get for me (conseguirme) at least one ? You can do it, can't
you (710 es verdad) ? I will try (tratare de) to get a copy for
you. I shall be much obliged to you. My book was sold
(se vendib) on an average of fifty copies per day. Indeed !
Where did you get that hat ? I got it at the store of Messrs.
N. It was made to order. Whenever I want a hat I have
it made to order. Do you think it worth while to take so
much trouble ? Yes, I always do it, except when I am short
290 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
of money. "What detained you so long this morning ? A
gentleman came to see me on business, and I was not able
to come before. Do you like to play a game at cards (hacer
una partida a los naipes) ? I do not play cards ; I play at
nothing but chess. Will you come with me to take a glance
at the ladies in Broadway ? Certainly, with pleasure (con
mucho gusto). But, my dear Sir, (amigo mio), it is very bad
walking. It is only at the crossings (lospasos). Let us go,
then (Vdmos, pues).
THIRTY-EIGHTH CONVERSATION.
Come here.
Go there.
I am coming.
Make haste.
Go quickly.
To gratify you.
I will endeavor to.
To congratulate.
Now and then.
Occasionally.
Seldom.
Venga Vd. aca. Ven aca.
Vaya Vd. alia. Ve alia.
f Voy. Voy alia.
f De'se Vd. priesa. Date priesa.
Ande Vd. lijero or pronto. Anda
lijero.
f Para complacer a Vd.
f Me esforzare en.
f Felicitar.
f Una que otra vez.
f De cuando en cuando, or de
tiempo en tiempo.
f Kara vez.
My dear child, come and see me occasionally, and I will
endeavor to gratify you. Thank you, Madam. John, go
home quickly to congratulate your sister before she goes
out (antes que saiga). I am going ( Voy) now. Come here,
my son. Make haste, I wish to speak to you. I am com-
ing, father. Have you been to your cousin's this week?
Not yet ; I seldom go there. You must go there now and
then ; your cousin is an honest man, and very well brought
up. You ought always remember the proverb : " Join with
good men and you will become one of them." Have you
written the letter ? Yes, Sir, it is ready since this morning.
Give it to me. I ought to pay the postage of this letter.
I must go to the Post Office as soon as possible (to ma*
pronto posible). Who is there? Who is it? It is I. Walk
in. I am glad to see you. How are you ? Very well, Sir,
and how do you do ? Very well, I thank you. I am much
CONVEBSATIONAL EXEltCISES.
291
obliged to you for your kindness the other day. Not at all.
I am sorry to have to (tener que) trouble you again. By no
means ; I am always at your service. You are very kind.
What is your wish ( Qui se le ofrece a Vd.)? What can I
do for you (En que puedo servir a Vd.)? What time is it?
Is it late ? No, Sir, it is very early. Do me the favor to
sit down, and excuse me a moment. Certainly, with great
pleasure ((Jon muchisimo gusto). What is the best news with
you ? It is said that the steamer B. has just arrived. What
news does she bring? Some people say (Algunos dlcen)
that she brings good news. I am very glad. But some
others (otrvs) say quite the contrary (todo lo contrario), that
she brings very bad news. I am very sorry if it is the case
(si es asi).
THIRTY-NINTH CONVERSATION.
All at once. At once.
Once begun. . .
As usual.
To be married to. . .
Here it is.
There it is.
Suddenly.
To be silent.
To hold one's peace.
Be silent.
Hold your peace.
I have heard.
Since.
Boys, I am very glad to see that you learn your lesson
all at once, and since you have once begun, I hope that you
will continue to do so every time. My friend, I have heard
that you are going to be married to a young lady of New
York ; as usual, you are always with the ladies. Who has
a copy of "the Spanish Grammar ? I have one. Where is
it ? Here it is. And where is the Key to it ? I havn't it
here ; it is at home. Can you send for it ? Yes, Sir. Can
you see the Spanish ship from this tower ? Yes, there it
f A la vez. De una vez.
f Una vez empezado. . .
f Conio de costunibre.
j Casarse con. . .
f He'lo aqui. Aquf esta.
t Aqui lo tiene Vd.
f Helo alii. Alii esta.
f Alii lo tiene Vd.
f Repentinamente.
f De repente.
f Callarse. Guardar silencio.
f Callese Vd. Callate.
f He sabido. He oido decir.
f Ya que. . . Una vez que.
292 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
is. Have you seen the book that was on the table ? I
have seen it ; there it is. How is your father to-day? He
is a little indisposed. In earnest? Then we must be silent.
Do you wish to read the Pictorial Bible ? Not at present.
Perhaps you wish to read the book that I have published ?
Not that either. What day of the month is it ? It is the
thirtieth. What day of the week is it ? To-day is Tues-
day. What month is it? The month of January, one
thousand eight hundred and seventy-one. Why do you
carry that umbrella in such fine weather ? Because rain
(la lluvia) may come suddenly. Is your grandfather dead ?
Yes, Sir ; he died a sudden death (rnurio de repente). And
since that time (Desde entonces) you think that every thing
may happen (suceder) suddenly, do you not (no es verdad) ?
Certainly. Come hither and tell me where you have been.
I am coming. Make haste. I will endeavor to go as soon
as possible. Is it true (Es verdad or cierto) that you have
got married? It is true. Then, Sir, I congratulate you
with all my heart (de todo corazon). Do you go to the
Opera often ? I go very seldom ; my brother goes now
and then, but my sister goes twice every week. Does your
wife go with you ? She goes occasionally ; she doesn't like
to go too often, for her health is very delicate, and she can-
not go out at night without catching a cold (cojer un resfri-
ado).
FORTIETH CONVERSATION.
It is customary.
All things being equal.
At the middle of next month.
That is not my business.
That is not your business.
That is his business.
To attract, to call, to invite the at
tention.
It looks like (resembles).
Altogether.
t Se acostumbra. Es costumbre.
{ En igualdad de circunstancias.
{ A mediados del mes proximo, que
eutra or que viene.
Esa no es cuenta mia or asunto mio.
Esa no es a cuenta de Vd.
Esa es cuenta suya (de el).
Llamar la atencion.
f Se parece.
Enteramente. Del todo. Todo.
Todo junto.
Are you ready ? Not yet. When will you be ready to
go to Spain ? I shall be ready about the middle of next
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
293
month. I have heard that it is customary in this country
to eat in a hurry. It is not altogether true (verdad or cierto),
for, all things being equal, the people of this country eat as
slowly (deqjacio) as those of other countries. Why do some
foreigners (algunos estranjeroo) play at chess, cards, and
every kind of game (todo clone dejuego) on Sunday? Be-
cause it is customary among themselves (entre ellos) ; but
it is not your business, nor mine either, but their own busi-
ness. Certainly. That young lady puts on a great many
jewels, in order to attract the attention of people. She
puts them on in order to gratify her father, who (quien)
wishes to see her richly attired. She looks very fine. She
resembles her mother very much.
A MAGNANIMOUS ANSWER.
A lady made a complaint (presenlo una queja) to Frede-
rick the Great, King of Prussia.
" Sire,'' said she. " my husband treats me (me trata) very
ill."
" That is not my business," replied the monarch.
" But he speaks of Your Majesty ( Vuestra Majestad) in the
most injurious terms (en los terminos mas ofensivos)."
" That is not your business.''
FORTY-FIRST CONVERSATION.
To meet with his match.
Come what may (or will.)
According to. After . . .
He ran alter him.
To long for.
To sigh for his liberty.
To apply for an office.
He served under the command of
General T ....
To have good times (to amuse one's-
self).
f Encontrarse con la horma de su
zapato.
t Venga lo que viniere.
f Segun. Conforme a . . . .
j- Corrio tras el.
f Apetecer. Desear.
f Suspirar por su libertad.
f Solicitar un empleo.
f Sirvio a las 6rdenes del jeneral
T....
Tener buenos ratos, divertirse.
I am going to the ball to-night, as I expect ( pues espero)
to have a good time there. It is likely that I will go also
294
THE SPANISH TEACHEE.
This word is correct according to Webster's Dictionary,
The child has just passed, and the nurse runs after him.
Are you in a hurry ? I am in a hurry at present, but I shall
have the pleasure to be at your disposal in a moment. My
friend is in prison, and he sighs for his liberty. What does
that man wish ? He applies for an office ; he served under
the command of General T . . . . What are you in want of ?
I am not in want of any thing ; I have all that I can wish
for. Has the mail arrived ? It has just arrived. It has
not yet arrived. Will you go to the concert with me ? I
will (go) with pleasure. What are the best news ? Nothing
particular. How is your brother ? Very well, I thank you.
Remember me to him. I will do so with pleasure. When
do you set out ? I intend to set out in the middle of next
month. Why does that man ride in a carriage with four
horses ? Perhaps he does it in order to attract the atten-
tion of the people ; but is not that his own business ? Is it
customary in this city for ladies to walk in the streets with-
out gentlemen ? Certainly it is, in this and all other cities
in the United States.
FORTY-SECOND CONVERSATION.
On horseback.
On foot.
In the meantime. (Meanwhile.)
I beg your pardon.
I cannot help it.
I cannot but. . .,
To call on me (on business).
Call and see me.
Come to see me.
Sit by her or him.
Ring.
The title-page of a book.
f A caballo.
f A pie'.
f Entretanto, mie'ntras tanto.
f Perdone Vd.
f No puedo evitarlo.
f No puedo mdnos sino or de
f Acercarse a mi casa.
f VengaVd. a verme or visitarme.
f Sientese Vd. a su lado.
A.nillo, sortija.
La portada de un libro.
Did he come on horseback or on foot ? He came on foot.
He does not look as well as usual. He has been somewhat
indisposed, but he is better now. This is my book. I beg
your pardon, Sir, it is mine. I cannot but believe that I
was mistaken. Here is my mother, come and sit by her ;
in the meantime I wish to read a book. Can you pay me
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 295
to-day ? I cannot ; but if you call on me to-morrow I will
pay you. I must go. Why do you go so early ? I cannot
help it, for I have promised to be at home at four o'clock.
Good-bye, until to-morrow. Good-bye (Pdselo Vd. bien),
come and see me as often as possible. I will do so with
pleasure. What is that? It is a ring. Give it to me.
Take it. I thank you. Have you seen the title-page of
that book ? The title-page is the thing least important in
a book. Are you going away to-morrow? Come what
will, I shall go, according to my promise. Where is your
tailor? He has just gone out, but my boy will run after
him and conduct him to your house. What is there new in
Washington ? Nothing particular, except that two or three
hundred men are there to apply for offices. Who is that
soldier who has but one arm ? He is one who served
under the command of General T . . . . in the Mexican war
(guerra). And that one who has but one leg ? It is his
brother, who served under the command of General S. . . .,
in the same war. They return now to their homes, from
which they have been absent more than three years. Have
you finished your exercise ? Yes Sir ; once begun, it was
necessary to finish it. Have you done it as usual ? Not so
well as usual, because I wrote it in haste (de priesa). Have
you finished the book? Not quite (altogether), but I hope
to finish it next week. Do you think that your school-mate
(co?idi$cipulo) will also finish his by that time ? I believe
not. Why not ? It will be very strange, since you both
began at once. It seems that he is not very fond of study.
It seems not. Strange ! Please advise him to study, or
else sooner or later he will repent it ; for neither the in-
equality of fortune, nor that of power or strength, is so
great as that of knowledge (pues ni la desigualdad de la for-
tuna, ni la del poder 6 la fuerza, es tan grande como la de cono-
cimientos).
FORTY-THIRD CONVERSATION.
At the first glance. j f A tiro de ballesta (sarcastic) .
To bring some one to duty. 1 f Ponerle a alguno las peras
cuarto.
296
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
Come and drink a cup of coffee
and milk.
By and by.
It is all the same to me.
It matters little.
It all comes to the same thing.
The clock strikes twelve.
To strike oat, or to erase. (
To blot. J
To wash out a slain.
Venga Vd. (Ven) d tomar una taza
de cafe' con leche.
f Presto, luego.
t Me es igual.
t Poco importa.
f Todo viene a ser lo mismo.
f El reloj da las doce.
Borrar.
t Quitar (or lavar) una mancha.
Will you do me the favor to come and take a glass of
cool water with me ? I am very much obliged to you, Sir ;
I had rather take a cup of coffee and milk. What is the
hour? It is nearly nine o'clock. It is too late to go to the
opera. It will be almost over when I shall arrive there.
It matters little, for I have seen the same piece several
times. Where is your visiting-card ? Here it is. Shall I
give it to my father or my mother ? Give it to either one ;
it is all the same. Have you a watch ? Yes, but it has run
down ; I must wind it up. It goes too fast. It goes too
slow. I must send it to the watchmaker. How often does
your brother go to the ball ? He goes now and then ; bat
he goes to the opera almost every night. Do you go there
often ? I go sometimes. Does your sister go oftener than
you ? She does not ; she goes very seldom ; but my mother
goes occasionally ever since we have had the opera. Does
she like it ? She is very fond of it. Is it bad walking ? It
is not very bad, except at the crossings of the streets.
Boy, why do you spoil those books ? Why are you so
mischievous (travieso) ? Take care ! or else your father
will punish you. The clock strikes nine, and you have not
yet studied your lesson. What will become of you, if you
will not study ! If you will continue so, it will be neces-
sary to strike out your name from the list of scholars. Do
you not yet know the fate (suerteordedino) that always awaits
(espera) the lazy man ? Misery without end (Miserias sin
Jin). There is nothing more easily known (que pueda cono-
cerse mas facihnente) than a man badly brought up. He is
known at first sight. Do you think this is a translation
(traduction) ? It is known at the first glance. What is
that? It is a stain that cannot be washed out. It re-
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 297
sembles those that fall upon the reputation of some men,
which, according to the expressive phrase of Cicero, can
neither be cleansed by the lapse of time, nor washed out by
the waters of all the rivers. Will you strike out that word ?
I will, with pleasure, if you will give me another in its
place.
FORTY-FOURTH CONVERSATION.
Make up your mind.
By the way. By the by.
He is doing well or better.
To keep a holy-day.
To live high.
To run in debt.
To put in mind. To remind.
I have changed my mind.
f Determinese Vd. Resuelvase. Re-
signese.
t De paso . A todo esto.
f Va bien or mejor.
t Santificar, guardar or observar ua
dia de fiesta,
f Vivir suntuosamente.
t Contraer deudas. Adeudarso.
f Hacer recordar, pensar.
t He mudado de parecer, de idea.
How is the weather ? It is very pleasant (Eda muy a gra-
dable). Is it warm or cold? It is neither warm nor cold.
It is a very fine day (Hace un dia, or el dia estd, muy hermoso).
Is it very windy? It is not. How long is it since you left
(dejb) Madrid? It is nearly two years since. How much
does that bottle hold ? It holds nearly three pints. What
is it that renders man happy ? Virtue, which also inspires
all the good qualities that render man respectable. Will
you have our rooms swept? I will have them swept. Will
you cause the boy to be punished if he will not sweep them ?
Certainly I will (Seg uramente que si). Do you think that
both the actresses play well their parts ? I think this one
does not play very well ; but the other one does {pero la
otra si). I think that one plays very well, but this one does
not (pero la otra no). It seems that Mr. N. makes a great
show (or figure) in this country. So it appears (Asi parece).
He acts as Consul-General. Formerly nobody minded him.
What does that man do there ? He is performing a good
action (deed). He gives alms (Hace, or da, una limosna) to
a pauper. Does the steamer stop? She stops to take in
water. Does the vessel leak? She does (Si, Seftor). Can
(Sabe) you play chess? Yes, I can. Have you a chess*
298 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
board? I have (Si), Then let us play (Hagamos, pues,) a
game. Which is the best compliment that can be paid
(puede hacerae) to an author? To quote from him.
Have you become a physician ? No, Sir, but I have be-
come a lawyer. What has become of my hat ? I have not
seeii it. What has become of you.? You are quite a
stranger. We see you but once in a while. I am always
busy, and hardly have time to see my friends. That don't
matter, provided you get rich. Yes, but it is not the case
(no e$ asi) with me ; on the contrary, I am getting poorer
every day. That will not do (Esq no estd bueno, or no con-
viene) ; but I rather think that you pretend to be poorer
than you really are ; don't you ? I cannot but believe that
you want to make game (hacer burla) of me. By no means.
Never mind ; I get accustomed to every thing. By the
way ; are you going alone to the ball ? No ; I will have
some one to accompany me. When does your friend take
his departure ? He sets out now ; the vessel is setting sail.
He is a young man that makes himself to be loved by every
body. Every one who knows him says the same of him, so
that you are not the only one who pays him that compli-
ment. I do not doubt it. By the way, what time is it ? It
is becoming late. I really don't know what time it is. My
watch either goes too slow or it has run down ; I must wind
it up ; and the clock goes too fast. It is becoming night.
It is growing dark. I beg your pardon, Sir ; it is becoming
day.
FORTY-FIFTH CONVERSATION.
Birth-day.
In spite of him.
About the break of day.
Abroad.
He has his arms folded.
The most distant idea.
Against his will.
By land.
By sea.
At first.
f Cumpleafios.
t A pesar or despecho suyo.
j-Hacia el amanecer. Al romp*i
del dia.
f En el estranjero or fuera.
Tiene los brazos cruzadoa.
La idea mas remota.
Contra su voluntad.
Por tierra.
Por mar.
f Al principio.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
209
A while.
A little while.
To strive against the stream.
Let all things be ready by the lime
we come back.
You have seen my father, have you
not?
He will not travel much, will he ?
Un rato.
Un ratito.
f Luchar contra la corriente.
f Que todo este* listo para cuando
volvamos.
Vd. ha visto a mi padre, ^no es
, verdad?
El no viajara mucho, <i es verdad
If, in common conversation, the verb is repeated in English in the
affirmative, when the sentence is in the negative ; and vice versa, in the
negative, when the sentence is in the affirmative ; to render, as it is pre-
sumed, the interrogatory more expressive, the words J es verdad ? (is it
true?) ino es verdad? (is it not true?) are used in Spanish.
I am going to France. When do you start ? I start to-
morrow about the break of day. That man appears to be
at his ease, as ( pues) he has his arms folded. That man
has not had good success in his enterprise. He undertakes
every thing, although he knows he is very unfortunate.
Then he likes to strive against the stream. Miss, your
mother told you not to play, and you play in spite of her.
Why does that man work so slowly? Because he works
against his will. Where are you going, master (mi amo) ?
I am going to the market, and then I shall come home ; let
all things be ready by the time I come back. Yes, Sir, all
shall be ready. My child, what beautiful eyes your little
friend (fern.) has! I have fallen in love with her. You
ought to go to see her. Why, father ? Because it is better
to go there than to run after the butterflies. Do you think
that she is pretty ? I think so. I wish to go and see her
this evening, will you go with me ? Certainly. When do
you think your friends will set out for Europe ? I have not
the most distant idea ; but I suppose they will not set out
until the spring or the summer, and perhaps they will not
be ready until the winter. How will they travel ? Some
( £7/208) will go by land and others by sea ; but a few will
go at first by land, and afterwards by sea. And how long
will they remain abroad ? Until they get rich enough to
live with comfort (con comodidad) all their lives.
When is your birth-day ? It is precisely to-morrow. In-
deed 1 You have seen my brother, have you not ? Yes,
Miss, I have seen him. I came to see if he were going
300
THE SPANISH TEACHEK.
away (se iba) this summer, and be says that lie will stait to-
morrow at the break of day. But he will not travel much,
will he ? I believe not, as he has been indisposed for some
time (por algun tiempo). What church do those ladies and
gentlemen go to ? The gentlemen go to the Catholic
church, and the ladies to the Methodist. Are you going
already ? Why such a hurry ? Why don't you stay a little
while longer (mas) ? Because I have already been a very
long while, and I fear I am troubling you with such a long
visit. The visit of a friend like you can never be trouble-
some (molesta) to me. I thank you ; you are very kind.
FORTY-SIXTH CONVERSATION.
The holidays of the yeab.
Christmas.
New Year's day.
Lent.
Palm Sunday.
The Holy Week.
Ash Wednesday.
Maundy Thursday.
Good Friday.
Ember days.
Easter Sunday.
Low Sunday.
Whitsunday.
The Eve.
The Harvest.
High Mass.
Low Mass.
May God reward you !
DlAS DE FIESTA DEL AtJO.
La Navidad.
Dia de Alio Nuevo.
La Cuaresma.
Domingo de Ramos.
La Semana Santa.
Mie'rcoles de ceniza.
t Jue'ves Santo.
f Vie'rnes Santo.
f Las cuatro Temporas.
f Domingo de Pascua.
f Dominica in albis.
f La Pentecostes.
La Vijilia.
La cosecha de granos.
f Misa cantada.
f Misa rezada.
f Dios se lo pague a Vd.
When is your birth-day ? On the second day of January.
Will you tell me which are the principal festivals (festivi-
dades) of the year ? Certainly, witli great pleasure. How
shall I mention them to you, alphabetically or chronologi-
cally (en orden alfabetico b cronolqjico) ? As you please.
Then I will mention them to you chronologically : 1st fes-
tival, Christmas ; 2d. New Year's day ; 3d. Lent ; 4th. Palm
Sunday ; 5th. The Holy Week ; 6th. Ash Wednesday ; 7th.
Maundy Thursday ; 8th. Good Friday ; 9th. Ember days ;
10th. Easter Sunday ; 11th. Low Sunday ; 12th. Whitsun-
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
bul
day ; 13th. The Eve ; 14th. The Harvest. I am much obliged
to you for your kindness. Not at all. Will you have the
goodness to give me two wafers ? I am sorry I cannot oblige
you, for I have none. Have you been at church ? Yes,
Sir ; and I have heard a Low Mass, which I like better
than a High Mass, for many reasons. Here is a beggar
(mendigo). What does he want ? He asks for alms {una
limosna). I would give him something if I could. If you
have not money I have some and will give him some. You
are very kind. Oh, it is nothing. It may be nothing for
you, but it is a great deal for me. May God reward you !
Thank you. Good actions performed on earth meet with
their reward in Heaven. There are no actions greater or
more commendable than those which, stimulated neither
by vanity nor sustained by the hope of reward or the allure-
ment of glory, spring from the purest motives of religion,
honor and benevolence.
FORTY-SEVENTH CONVERSATION.
Hacer con los demas lo que quisie-
ramos que hiciesen cou nosotros.
El arte de agradar.
t Con que.
Desaiiar.
f Poco me importa.
f Andar en puntillas.
f Estan reflidos. No se llevan bien.
f Levantese Vd. Levantate.
f Tiempo muerto.
Estar enfadado.
To do as you would be done by.
The art of pleasing.
So then.
'To challenge.
I don't care.
To go on tip-toe.
They are not on good terms.
Get up.
Dull season.
To be angry or vexed.
To do as you would be done by is the plain, sure and
undisputed rule of morality and justice, and at the same
time one of the great secrets of the difficult art of pleasing.
Why do you speak to your brother ? he is angry with you.
Because I did not know it ; I don't care, I shall speak to
the man who lives on the other side of the road. But he
also is vexed with you. I cannot help it ; I shall speak to
myself. Why do you not get up ? Because I am sleepy.
Has your brother been to Mr. N/s house to-day ? No ;
they are not. on good terms. Who is that man ? He is a
302
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
friend of mine. I come to take leave of you for Spain. Do
you intend to return ? I do intend to return after the win-
ter is over. It will give me the greatest pleasure to see you
again.
So, then, you are going to be married to Miss N. ? I
beg your pardon, Sir, but I cannot but believe that they
have informed you wrong (mat). I hope that you do not
wish to challenge me for what I have said. No, Sir, I
have not the most distant idea of doing so. Do you intend
going to the play to-night ? I do, because I wish to see
the piece (pieza) that has been so long in rehearsal. It is
said that Mr. N. performs his character well. So they say.
Somebody is at the door. Who is there? Who is it?
Come in. Be pleased to walk on your toes, as my father
has gone to bed very sick. Please sit down. I am very
happy to see you. How have you been ($• Gbmo lo ha pasado
Vd.)? Very well. lam very glad to hear it. And how
are you? I am very well, at your service. What is the
matter with your father ? I really don't know, but he looks
very sick. I am very sorry to hear it. I thought he was
getting better. How does business go ( & Go mo van- los ne,go~
cios) ? How do you get along with that business (^ Gomo
le va a Vd. con aquel negocio) ? Now, as it is a dull season,
we cannot do much. Business of every description is dull
(entorpecido).
FORTY-EIGHTH CONVERSATION.
Business before pleasure.
Be it as it may.
He is behind the age.
He does not go behind him.
He is not behind any one.
To go ahead.
Beforehand .
To fall backwards.
Step here.
That will pass away.
Before all things.
Sky-light.
f Primero es la obligacion que la
devocion.
f Sea de ello lo que fuese.
f El esta atrasado de noticias. No
ya con el siglo.
f El no le va en zaga.
t Nadie le aventaja.
t Ir adelante.
t De antemano. Con anticipation,
t Caer de espaldas.
t Lleguese Vd. lldgate aca.
f Eso pasara.
Ante todas cosas.
Claraboya.
CONvEJRSATIONAL EXERCISES. 30B
Had you told me that beforehand, I should have gone
home to pass the Christmas holidays in company with my
parents (padres). Be it as it may, you cannot go now, for
you know, business before pleasure. Very well ; but, be-
fore all things, let us go and see our friend Mr. N., and
have a little conversation with him. I do not like to con-
verse with any man who is so much behind the age as he
is. What is the matter with yo u ? I have a horrible head-
ache. That will very soon pass away (Eso se le pasard a Vd.
may pronto), do not mind it. Is that the sky-light that be-
longs to your room? Yes, that is the one (Esa es). Why
don't you study as much as your schoolmates ? you will al-
ways be behind them (ellos siempre le avantqjardn a Vd.)
" Go ahead," is an Americanism, is it not? Yes, it is ; and
it is also, if we may say so (si podemos decirlo asi), the motto
of the age (era or epoca). What does it mean (Que quiere
decir, or signified) in Spanish ? It means " Adelante." The
following two maxims, the first from Penn, and the second
from Say, mean, substantially, nearly the same thing :
"Time is what we want most, but, alas! (dy !) what we use
worst." " The economy of our (del) time depends on do-
ing now what we must necessarily do afterwards."
FORTY-NINTH CONVERSATION.
The last but one.
To learn by heart.
By that time.
Down town.
Up town.
Up the river.
Down the river.
A sleigh or sledge .
f El penultimo or la peniiltia>a.
t Aprender de memoria.
t Para entonces.
f Parte baja de la ciudad.
t Parte alta de la ciudad.
f Rio arriba.
t Rio abajo.
Un trineo.
How have you been able to recite your lesson so well ?
Because I learnt it by heart. I am going up town ; will
you come with me ? No, Sir, I have to go down town, and
then (despues) I will take the steamboat that travels (ec vd-
por que nduegd) up the river. Will you have the kindness
to hand my card to your brother ? With much pleasure.
What are you doing ? I am teaching this boy his lesson.
804
THE SPANISH TEACHER.
That is right. Can you pay me to-day ? No, Sir, out I can
give you a promissory note. Is it very cold to-day ? No,
Sir, it is neither cold nor warm. It is a very line day. It
is very line weather. Have you gone through the book ?
not yet. Look, what a beautiful child ! What a handsome
sleigh ! To-morrow evening will be given the last opera of
this season {lemporada). ■ I beg your pardon, Sir ; it will
not be the last, but the last but one. I am very glad. I am
very sorry. I wish to advise my brother what he ought to
do, but he is not accustomed to receive advice from any
body. How often is this paper published ? It is published
every other week. I wish to make a quotation from it, in
order to pay a compliment to the editor. You may do it
if you wish. Do you wish a copy of this work (obra) ? As
you please. I wish to copy fairly this letter. Here is a
pen, ink and paper. Will you take a sleigh ride (dar un
paseo en trineo) ? I have no sleigh. Why do you not buy
one? This sleigh is sold very cheap. How much do they
wish for it ? Only fifty dollars. Then I shall buy it. Be-
fore doing it, permit me to advise you in this matter. Cer-
tainly. I shall be very much obliged to you for your kind-
ness.
FIFTIETH CONVERSATION.
Real estate.
Personal estate.
Dog-days.
Mad dog.
Bull-dog.
Mad-house.
Madmen.
Crazy.
Insane.
Are you crazy ?
Are you angry ?
Are you mad ?
Are you vexed ?
Td be well oft".
Is there ? Are there ?
Neither pro nor con.
We are even.
At oven or odds.
f Bienes raizes,
f Bienes muebles.
f La canicula.
f Perro rabioso.
f Perro de presa.
f Casa de locos,
f Loco rabioso.
f Loco delirante.
Demente.
I Esta Vd. loco ?
^Esta Vd. colerico ?
I Esta Vd. enfadado ?
f Estar bien.
*Hay?
Ni en pro ni en contra.
Estamos iguales.
A pares y nones.
CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES.
305
For ever and ever.
Ever since.
Now more than ever.
I For siempre jamas.
Desde entonces.
Ahora mas que nunca ,
Why are there so many mad dogs this year ? Because
the dog-days are very hot. Have you been to see the mad-
house ? No, because I don't like to see madmen. Are
you mad ? No, Sir, but I am vexed. What are you going
to do ? Are you crazy ? What is the matter with that
man ? He is insane. Mr. N. is worth (tiene) a million of
dollars in real estate. Yes, Sir, and is worth also half a
million of dollars in personal estate. He is very well off.
Does that great lawyer speak against my cause ? He speaks
neither pro nor con. Then I and my enemy are even. How
long have you been here ? I came here this morning, and
have been here ever since.
FIFTY-FIRST CONVERSATION.
The house was full or crowded.
A good house.
Overflowing.
The steamer P. has made the
quickest time on record.
House of Representatives.
To be running about.
To get clear.
To ran away. To make his (her,
etc.) escape.
Be it so.
So it be no trouble to you.
From afar.
By far.
At x distance.
Though ever so good.
At public auction.
For my sake.
f El teatro estaba lleno.
f Una bueua entrada.
f Rebozando.
f Ei vapor P. ha hecho el viaje maa
breve de que hay memoria.
t Cainara de los Representantes.
t Andar de zeca en Meca.
f Salir bien.
f Tomar las de Villadiego ; esca
parse, huirse.
f Euhorabuena.
} Con tal que no le incomode a Vd
f Desde lejos.
t Con mucho.
t A lo lejos.
\ Por bueno que sea.
} En venduta piiblica.
f Por mi.
What news does the steamer bring? She brings very
good news. Are you ready ? Yes, I am ready. Let us go,
then. Wait a moment, I wish to put out the light. Why
have you not come to see me before ? Because I thought
you were vexed with me. You were much mistaken. I am
glad to know that I was mistaken. That being the case, 1
308 THE SPANISH TEACHER.
shall come as often as ever. You are going to the Post-
office, are you not ? Yes. Do you wish me to accompany
you ? I should be very glad, if it be no trouble to you.
Have you seen Mr. N.... ? I met him by chance this
morning. Why does your sister not marry my nephew ?
He is a very honest man. She does not wish to marry
him, though he may be ever so honest. She is going to be
married to a gentleman who is richer, by far, than your
nephew. Your sister is coming. How do you know it? I
have seen her at a distance. Where is the vessel ? She is
far off.
FIFTY-SECOND CONVERSATION.
Country (out of town).
Country (region).
Country (native land).
Ancient.
TJonsolation.
The people (folks).
The peopie (at large).
The town.
The exile.
As yet. Hitherto.
To cause to be done.
A fortnight.
The neighborhood.
Campo.
Pais.
Patria.
Antiguo.
Consuelo.
La jente, Las jentes.
El pueblo.
El pueblo.
El destierro.
Hasta ahora.
Hacer que se haga.
f Quince dias.
La vecindad.
Do you wish to read the journals of your country ? Cer-
tainly. Then I will send to you a few that I have recently
received, Miat you may read them. I shall be very much
obliged to you, for in this my exile, like Ulysses, to hear of
my country is all my consolation. What do you intend to
do in this country ? I intend to visit the ancient monu-
ments of this city, and then I shall go to see a friend of
mine who lives in the country, from whom I hope to obtain
some information of the manners and customs of the people
of the country at large, and of the folks in his neighbor-
hood in particular. What a pity that our President died so
soon ! It was his intention to cause many things to be done
that had hitherto been neglected ; which would have been
of great importance to the country. How long is it since
he died? It is not yet a fortnight.
A SYNOPSIS
OF
THE SPANISH GRAMMAR,
ETYMOLOGY.
THE AKTICLES.
Iii Spanish there are three Articles : the Definite ; the
Indefinite ; and the Partitive.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
Singular.
Mas. Fern. Neat.
Nbm el la, lo.
Poss del, de la, de lo.
Obj al, a la, a lo.
Plural.
%om , ,los' ,0 J"" (The Neuter has no
The Neuter Article is used before the masculine singular
of adjectives, to express an abstract quality, as : lo buenot
the good ; lo util, the useful ; lo hermoso, the beautiful.
INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
Mas. Fern.
tfom un, una.
Poss de un, de una.
Obj a un, & una.
308 ETTMOLOGI. — SUBSTANTIVES — ADJECTIVES.
PARTITIVE ARTICLE
Singular.
JVo'w . . .
Mas,
algun,
Fern.
alguna.
de alguna.
a alguna.
Poss. .
06/....
...de algun,
... a algun,
Plural.
Nom. . .
Poss. . .
Obj....
Mas.
. . . algunos or unos,
. . . de algunos or unos,
. ..a algunos or unos,
Fern.
algunas or unas.
de algunas or unas.
a algunas or unaa.
SUBSTANTIVES.
The names of rivers, kingdoms, towns, winds, and those
which denote males or their professions, &c, are masculine.
The names of arts and sciences, figures of Grammar,
Poetry and Rhetoric, letters of the alphabet, and those
which denote females, their professions, &c, are feminine.
Nouns ending in a, d, ie, ez, umbre or ion, are feminine ;
ending otherwise, are masculine. Exceptions to this rule
will be found in Lesson 60th.
To form the plural add s to the singular ; but if the sub-
stantive ends in a consonant, or in ey, add es. For more
particulars, see Lesson 9th.
Augmentatives end in on, azo, masculine ; ona, aza, femi-
nine. Diminutives of endearment end in ito, ico, mascu-
line ; and ita, ica, feminine ; those of contempt, in illo, mas-
culine, ilia, feminine. They are added sometimes to adjec-
tives as well as to substantives ; and if the adjective or sub-
stantive end in a vowel, that vowel is suppressed before the
augmentative or diminutive. For particulars see Lesson
9th.
ADJECTIVES,
If the masculine ends in o, change it into a for the femi-
nine ; if the masculine ends in on or an, add a for the femi-
nine. If the adjective expresses a national quality, as ingle*,
ETYMOLOGY. — PRONOUNS.
309
English, add a; if tlie masculine ends in a, the feminine
and the masculine are then the same. All others are the
same in both genders. Form the plural of all, the same as
if they were substantives. See Lesson 15th, for particulars.
COMPARISON.
Regular.
Positive.
Boberbio,
Comparative.
mas soberbio,
el mas
Superlative.
soberbio, or la mas soberbia.
Irregular.
bueno,
malo,
grande,
pequeno,
alto,
bajo,
mejor,
peor,
mayor,
menor,
superior,
interior,
6ptimo.
pe'simo.
maximo.
minimo.
supremo.
innmo.
For more
part
iculars,
see Lesson 30th.
PRONOUNS.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
Singular.
1st Per.— m. and f. Yo, I.
2d Tu, Thou.
3d m El, He or it.
/ Ella, She or it.
n Lo, Ello, It.
. m. and f. Usted, You, Your Honor, or Your Worship.
Plural
1st Per. — m. andf. Nosotros-as or nos, "We.
2d Vosotros-as or vos, You.
3d ... . ...in Ellos, They.
/ Ellas, They.
n ( The Neuter has no plural. )
m. andf. Ustedes, You, or Your Honors, &c.
Sing m. andf. Se, Himself, herself, itself ; or to
himself, to herself, to itself.
Plur m. andf. Se, Themselves, or to themselves.
Usted is commonly written V., or Vd., and ustedes Vs., or
Vds., and they require the verb in the third person. Yo
310
ETYMOLOGY.— PRONOUNS.
makes mi, and tu makes It, in the oblique cases Oonmigo,
with me ; contigo, with thee ; consigo, with himself, with
herself, with itself, with themselves ; con el, with him ; con
ella, with her ; con ellos, con ellas, with them.
Objective case : a mi, or me ; a nosotros or nos; a ti or ie ;
a vosotros, or os; a el, or le; a ella, or le; a ellos, or les; a
ellas, or les.
POSSESSIVE.
Singular.
Plural.
Mas.
Fern,
Mas.
Fern.
Mio,
mia,
mios,
mias,
my.
tuyo,
tuya,
tuyos,
tuyas,
thy.
suyo,
suya,
suyos,
suyas,
his, hers, theirs.
nuestro,
nuestra,
nuestros,
nuestras,
our.
vuestro,
vuestra,
vuestros,
vuestras,
your.
KELATIVE.
Que (that, who, or which), is of all genders, numbers, and
cases.
Cual (which, plural cuales), is of both genders.
Quien (who, plural quienes), relates to persons only.
Cuyo (whose), almost always precedes its substantive, and
follows the declension of adjectives of two terminations.
Ambos, entrdmbos, and ambos a dos, both, are declined in the
same manner.
DEMONSTRATIVE.
Singular.
Mas.
Este,
ese,
aquel,
Fern. Neut.
esta, esto, this,
esa, eso, ) «.
aquella, aquello, J '
Plural.
Mas.
estos,
esos,
aquellos,
Fern.
estas, these.
esas> I *u™«
aquellas, \ those-
(The neuter has no plural.)
CONJUGATION OF AUXILIARY VERBS.
Haoer, to have.
INFINITIVE.
Haber, to have.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE,
Habiendo, having.
PRESENT.
Yo lie, I have, &c.
Tu has,
El ha,
Nosotros hemos,
Vosotros habeis,
Ellos hm
IMPERFECT.
Yo habia, I had, &c.
Tu habias,
El habia,
Nosotros liabiamos,
Vosotros babiais,
Ellos habian.
PAST PARTICIPLE.
Habido, had.
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
Yo hube, / had, &c.
Tu hubiste,
El hubo,
Nosotros liubimos,
Vosotros hubisteis.
Ellos hubieroii.
FUTURE.
Yo habre, / shall or will have,
Tu habras,
El habra,
Nosotros habremos,
Vosotros habreis,
Ellos habran.
[do
CONDITIONAL.
Yo liabria, I should have, &c. Nosotros liabriamos,
Tu habrias, Vosotros habriais,
El habria, Ellos habrian.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
Yo liaya, that I havet &c.
Tu hayas,
El haya,
Nosotros hayamos,
Vosotros hayais,
Ellos hayan.
IMPERFECT.
Yo hubiera — hubiese, that 1
[should have, &c.
Tii liubieras — hubieses,
El hubiera — hubiese,
Nosotros hubieramos — hu-
biesemos,
Vosotros hubierais—hubieseis,
Ellos hubieran — hubiesen.
312
ETYMOLOGY.
FUTURE.
Yo hubiere, that 1 shall have,
Tu lmbieres, \&c.
El lmbiere,
Nosotros hubieremos,
Vosotros hubiereis,
Ellos hubieren.
As haber is now only employed as an auxiliary, the compound tenses
are omitted Formerly it was used as an equivalent to tener, and was
conjugated throughout the compound, having habido for its paitieipla
past.
Ser, to be.
INFINITIVE.
Ser, to be.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
Siendo, being.
PRESENT.
Yo soy, I am, &c.
Tu eres,
El es,
Nosotros somos,
Vosotros sois,
Ellos son.
PAST PARTICU-Uk
Sido, been.
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
Yo fui, Twos, &C.
Tu fuiste,
El fue\
Nosotros fuimos,
Vosotros fuisteis,
Ellos fueron.
IMPERFECT.
Yo era, I wan, &c.
Tu eras,
El era,
Nosotros erarnos,
Vosotros erais,
Ellos eran.
FUTURE.
Yo sere, I shall be, &c
Tu seras,
El sera,
Nosotros seremos,
Vosotros sereis,
Ellos seran.
CONDITIONAL.
Yo seria, I should be, dec.
Tu serias,
El seria,
Nosotros seriamos,
Vosotros seriais,
Ellos serian.
CONJUGATION OP AUXILIARY VERBS. 313
SUBJUNCTIVE.
I RESENT. IMPERFECT.
Yo sea, that I be, &c. Yofuera — fuese, that I should
Tu seas, Tu. fueras — fueses, [be, Sc.
El sea, El fuera — fuese,
Nosotros seamos, Nosotros fueramos — fuese >
mos.
Vosotros seais, Vosotros fuerais — fueseis,
Ellos sean. Ellos fueran — fuesen.
FUTURE.
Yo fuere, that I shall be, &c. Nosotros fuereruos,
Tu fueres, Vosotros fuereis,
El fuere, Ellos fueren.
IMPERATIVE.
Se tu, be thou, dec. Sed vosotros,
Sea el, Sean ellos.
Seamos nosotros,
COMPOUND TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE.
PRESENT. PERFECT.
Yo he sido, etc., I have been, Yo hube sido, etc., I had been,
[&c. [fa
IMPERFECT. FUTURE.
Yo habia sido, etc., I had been, Yo habre sido, etc., I shall have
[&c. [been, &o.
COMPOUND TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
Yo kaya sido, etc., I may have Yo hubiera ) . , I might,
[been, &c. Yo hubiese j sldo' should or
[would have been, &c,
FUTURE.
Yo hubiere sido, etc., I should have been, &o,
COMPOUND TENSE OF THE CONDITIONAL.
Yo habria sido, etc., I would have been% &c.
314
ETYMOLOGY.
Estar, to I>e«
INFINITIVE.
Estar, to be.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
Estando, being.
PRESENT.
Yo estoy, I am, &o.
Tu estas,
El esta,
Nosotros estamos,
Vosotros estais,
Ellos estan.
IMPERFECT.
Yo estaba, I was, &c.
Tu estabas,
El estaba,
Nosotros estabamos,
Vosotros estabais,
Ellos estaban.
Yo estaria, I should be,
Tu estarias,
El estaria,
PAST PARTICIPLE.
Estado, been.
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
Yo estuve, I was, do.
Tu estuviste,
El estuvo,
Nosotros estuvimos,
Vosotros estuvisteis,
Ellos estuvieron.
FUTURE.
Yo estare, / shall be, dbc.
Tu estaras,
El estara,
Nosotros estaremos,
Vosotros estareis,
Ellos estaran.
CONDITIONAL.
&c. Nosotros estariamos,
Vosotros estariais,
Ellos estarian.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
Yo estd, that I be, &c.
Tu estes,
El este,
Nosotros estemos,
Vosotros esteis,
EUos esten.
IMPERFECT.
Yo estuviera — estuviese, that
(I should be, &c.
Tu estuvieras— estuvieses,
El estuviera — estuviese,
Nosotros estuvieramos — estu-
viesemos,
Vosotros estuvierais — estuvie-
seis,
Ellos estuvieran — estuviesen.
CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 315
FUTURE.
Yo estuviere, that I shall be, &e. Nosotros estuvieremos,
Tu estuvieres, Vosotros estuviereis,
El estuviere, Ellos estuvieren.
IMPERATIVE.
Esta tu, be thou. Estad vosotros,
Este el, Esten ellos.
Estemos nosotros,
COMPOUND TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE.
PRESENT. PERFECT.
Yo he estado, etc., Thave been, Yo hube estado, etc., I had
[&c. [been, &c.
IMPERFECT. FUTURE.
Yo habia estado, etc., I had Yo habre estado, etc., I shall
[been, &c. [have been, &e.
COMPOUND TENSE OF THE CONDITIONAL.
Yo habria estado, etc., I would have been, &c.
COMPOUND TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
Yo hay a estado, etc., I may Yo hubiera ) . -, .
[have been, &c. Yo hubiese j estaao> etc->
I might, should or would have
been, &c.
FUTURE.
Yo hubiere estado, etc., / should have been, &c.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
INFINITIVE.
Anaar, to Iotc
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE.
Amando, loving. Amado, loved.
316
ETYMOLOGY.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
Yo amo, I love, &c.
Tu anias,
El ama,
Nosotros amamos,
Vosotros amais,
Ellos aman.
IMPERFECT.
Yo amaba, / love, &c.
Tu amabas,
El amaba,
Nosotros amabamos,
Vosotros amabais,
Ellos amaban.
PERFECT.
Yo ame, I loved, &c.
Tu amaste,
El amo,
Nosotros amaraos,
Vosotros amasteis,
Ellos amaron.
FUTURE.
Yo amare, 1 shall love, &c.
Tti amaras,
El amara,
Nosotros amaremos,
Vosotros amareis,
Ellos amaran.
CONDITIONAL.
Yo amaria, I should love, &c. Nosotros amariamos,
Tti amarias, Vosotros amariais,
El amaria, Ellos amarian.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
Yo ame, that I love, &c.
Tti ames,
El ame,
Nosotros amemos,
Vosotros ameis,
Ellos amen.
Yo amare, that I shall love.
Tii amares,
El amare,
IMPERFECT.
Yo amara — amase, that I should
[love, &c.
Tti amaras — amases,
El amara — amase,
Nosotros amaramos — amase-
mos,
Vosotros amarais — amaseis,
Ellos amaran, amasen.
FUTURE.
Nosotros amaremos,
Vosotros amareis,
Ellos amaren.
IMPERATIVE.
Ama tti, love thou, &o. Amad vosotros,
Ame el,
Amemos nosotros,
Amen ellos.
CONJUGATION OF THE BEGULAB VERBS.
317
SECOND CONJUGATION.
INFINITIVE.
Temer, to fear.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE,
Temiendo, fearing.
PAST PARTICIPLE.
Temido, feared.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
To temo, I fear, &c.
Tu temes,
El teme,
Nosotros tememos,
Vosotros temeis,
Ellos teuien.
IMPERFECT.
Yo temia, I feared, &c.
Tu tenrias,
El temia,
Nosotros temiamos,
Vosotros temiais,
Ellos temian.
PERFECT.
To temi, I feared, So.
Tu temiste,
El temio,
Nosotros temimos,
Vosotros temisteis,
Ellos temieron.
FUTURE.
To temere, / shall fear, &c*
Tu temeras,
El temera,
Nosotros temeremos,
Vosotros temereis,
Ellos temerai?.
CONDITIONAL.
To temeria, I should fear, &c. Nosotros temeriamos,
Tu temerias, Vosotros temeriais,
El temeria, Ellos temerian.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
To tern a, that I fear, &c.
Tu temas.
El tema,
Nosotros temamos,
Vosotros temais,
Ellos tenian.
IMPERFECT.
To temiera — temiese, that I
[shoidd fear, &c.
Tu temieras — temieses,
El temiera — temiese,
Nosotros temieramos — temie-
esemos,
Vosotros temierais— temieseis,
Ellos temieraii — temiesen.
318 ETYMOLOGY.
FUTURE.
YotemiereJhalT shall fear,d;c. Nosotros temiereinos,
Tu temieres, Vosotros temiereis,
El temiere, Ellos teniieren.
IMPERATIVE.
Teme tu, fear thou, &c. Temed vosotros,
Tema el, Teman ellos.
Teinauios nosotros,
THIED CONJUGATION.
INFINITIVE.
Partir, to divide.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE.
Partlendo, dividing. Partido, divided.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT. PERFECT.
To parto, I divide, &c. Yo parti, I divided, &o*
Tu partes, Tu partiste,
El parte, El parti6,
Nosotros partimos, Nosotros partimos,
Vosotros partis, Vosotros partisteis,
Ellos parten. Ellos partieron.
IMPERFECT. FUTURE.
Yo partia, I divided, &c. Yo partire, / shall divide, &c,
Tu partias, Tu partiras,
El partia, El partira,
Nosotros partiamos, Nosotros partiremos,
Vosotros partiais, Vosotros partireis,
Ellos partian. Ellos partiran.
CONDITIONAL.
Yo -p&rhiria,, I should divide,dcc. Nosotros partiriamos,
Tu partirias, Vosotros partiriais,
El partiria, Ellos partirian.
.
REFLECTIVE YERBS. 319
SUBJUNCTIVE.
* PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
Yo parta, that I divide, dec. Yo partiera — partiese, that I
[should divide, f.i\,
Tu partas, Tu partieras — partieses,
El parta, El partiera — partiese,
Nosotros partamos, Nosotros partieramos — par-
tiesemos,
Vosotros partais, Vosotros partierais — partie-
seis,
Ellos partan. Ellos partieran — partiesen.
FUTURE.
Yo partiere, that I shall divide, Nosotros partieremos,
[dec.
Tu partieres, Vosotros partiereis,
El partiere, Ellos partieren.
IMPERATIVE.
Parte tu, divide thou, dec. Partid vosotros,
Parta el, Partan ellos.
Partamos nosotros,
REFLECTIVE VERBS.
INFINITIVE.
Ocultarse, to hide one's self.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE.
Ocultandose, hiding one's self. Ocultadose, having hid one*s
[self.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
Yo me oculto, I hide myself, dec. Nosotros nos ocultamos,
Tu te ocultas, Vosotros os ocultais,
El se oculta, Ellos se ocultan.
The other simple tenses are conjugated in like manner.
Yo me he ocultado, I have hid Nosotros nos hemos ocultado
[myself, dec.
Tu te has ocultado, Vosotros os habeis ocultado^
El se ha ocultado, Ellos se nan ocultado.
320 ETYMOLOGY.
The other composed tenses are conjugated in like manner.
IMPERATIVE.
Ocultate, hide thyself, &c. Ocultaos,
Ocultese, Ocultense.
Ocultemonos,
THE PASSIVE EORM.
The passive voice is formed with the auxiliary ser and the
participle of the verbs.
INFINITIVE.
Ser amado, to be loved.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE.
Siendo amado, being loved. Sido amado, been loved.
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
Yo soy amado, I am loved, &e. Yo era amado, I was loved, &c.
Tu eres amado, Tu eras amado,
El es amado, El era amado,
Nosotros somos amados, Nosotros eramos amados,
Vosotros sois amados, Vosotros eraia amados,
Ellos son amados. Ellos eran amados.
PERFECT. FUTURE.
Yo fui amado, I was loved, &c. Yo sere amado, I shall be loved,
Tti fuiste amado, Tu seras amado,
El fue amado, El sera amado,
Nosotros fuimos amados, Nosotros seremos amados,
Vosotros fuisteis amados, Vosotros serels amados,
Ellos fueron amados. Ellos seran amados.
CONDITIONAL.
Yo seria amado, I should be Nosotros seriamos amados,
[loved, &c.
Tu serias amado, Vosotros seriais amados,
El seria amado, Ellos serian amados.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
321
PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
To sea amado, that I be loved, To fuera — fuese amado, that 1
[&c. [should be loved, &c,
Tu seas amado, Tu fueras — fueses amado,
El sea amado. El fuera — fuese amado,^
Nosotros seamos amados, Nosotros fueramos — fuesemos
amados,
Vosotros seals amados, Yosotros f uerais — fueseis ama-
dos,
Ellos sean amados. Ellos fueran — fuesen amados.
FUTURE.
To fuere amado, thai I shall be Nosotros fueremos amados,
[loved, &c. Vosotros fuereis amados,
Tu fueres amado, Ellos fueren amados.
El fuere amado,
IMPERATIVE.
Se amado, be (thou) loved, &g. Sed amados,
Sea amado, Sean amados.
Seamos amados,
IMPERSONAL VERBS
Are almost always used in the third person singular, as :
Tronar, to thunder.
Granizar, to hail.
Helar, to freeze.
Llover, to rain.
Nevar, to snow.
Amanecer, to dawn.
iconteeeer,}toha^en-
Deshelar, to thaw.
Lloviznar, to drizzle.
Relampaguear, to lighten.
Anochecer, to become night.
Suceder, to happen.
Placer, to please.
TABLE OF THK
FIKST
Inf. Pres.
Ind. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
Acertar
to guess.
acierto
aciertas
acierta
acertamos
acertais
aciertan.
Kegular.
Reg.
Reg.
Acordar
to agree.
acuerdo
acuerdas
acuerda
acordamos
acordais
acuerdan.
Beg.
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
anduve
anduvisto
Reg.
Andar
to walk.
anduvo
anduvlmos
anduvisteis
anduvieron.
doy
Reg.
dl
Reg.
das
diste
da
di6
Dar
to give.
danios
dais
dan.
dimo«
disteia
dieroii.
— -
CONJUGATION.
Conditional.
Subj. Pres.
Imperf.
Imperative.
Participles,
Beg.
acierte
aciertes
acierte
acertemos
acertels
acierten
Beg.
acierta
acierte
acertad
acierten.
Beg.
Beg.
acuerde
acuerdes
acuerde
acordemos
acorde'is
acuerden.
Beg.
acuerda .
acuerde
acordad
acuerden.
Beg.
keg.
Reg.
anduviera
—ese
anduvieras
— eses
anduviera
— ese
anduvie'ramos
— dsenios
anduvidrais
— e'seis
anduvieran
— esen.
Beg.
Beg.
Beg.
Beg.
diera
—ese
dieras
— eses
diera
—ese
die'ramos
— dsemos
dierais
— e'seis
dieran
— esen.
Beg.
Keg.
324
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Pres.
Ind. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfeet.
Future.
Jugar
to play.
juego
juegas
juega
jugamos
jugais
juegan.
Beg.
Reg.
Reg.
SECOND
Aborrecer
to hate.
aborrezco
aborreces
aborrece
aborrecemos
aborrecdis
aborrecen.
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
Atender
to pay attention.
atiendo
atiendes
atiende
atendemos
atenddis
atienden.
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
quepo
Reg.
cupe
cabrd
cabes
cupiste
cabras
Caber
to be contained.
cabe
cabemos
cupo
cupimos
cabra
cabrdmos
cabeis
cupfsteis
cabrdis
caben.
cupieron
cabran.
caigo
Reg.
cai
Reg.
caes
caiste
Caer
to/all.
cae
caemos
cadis
caen.
cay6
caimos
cafsteis
cayeron.
[RREGULAR VERBS.
325
Conditional.
Subj. Pres.
Imperf.
Imperative,
Partieiples.
Reg.
juegue
juegues
juegue
juguemos
jugue'is
jueguen.
Keg.
juega
juegue
jugad
jueguen.
CONJUGATION.
Reg.
aborrezca
aborrezcas
aborrezca
aborrezcamos
aborrezcais
aborrezcan.
Reg.
aborrece
aborrezca
aborreced
aborrezcan.
Reg.
Reg.
atienda
atiendas
atienda
atendamos
atendais
atiendan
Reg.
atiende
atienda
atended
atiendan.
Reg.
cabria
quepa
cupiera
— ese
cabe
Reg.
cabrias
quepas
cupieras
— eses
quepa
cabria
quepa
cupiera
— ese
cabed
cabrfamos
quepamos
cupie'ramos
— dsemos
quepan.
cabrfais
quepais
cupidrais
— e'seis
cabrian.
quepan.
cupieran
— esen
Reg.
caiga
cayera
— ese
cae
Pres. —cay en-
do.
caigas
cayeras
— eses
caiga
caiga
cayera
— ese
caed
caigamos
cayeramos
— dsemos
caigan.
caigais
caye'rais
— dscis
caigan.
cayeran
— esen.
326
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Pres.
liid. Pics.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Fatiue.
Cocer
to cook.
cuezo
cueces
cuece
cocemos
coce'is
cuecen
Regular.
Keg.
Reg.
hago
Beg.
nice
hare
haces
hiciste
haras
Hacer
to do.
hace
hacemos
hizo
hicimos
hara
haremos
hacdis
hicfsteis
harels
hacen
hicieron
haran
Mover
to move.
muevo
mueves
mueve
movemos
movels
mueven
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
Oler
to smelL
huelo
hueles
huele
olemos
olels
huelen
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
puedo
Reg.
pude
podrd
'
puedes
pudiste
podras
Poder
iu he able,
puede
podemos
pudo
pudimos
podra
podre'mos
podels
pudlsteis
podrels
pveden
pudieron
podran
IRREGULAR YERBS.
327
Conditional.
Subj. Pres.
lmperf.
Imperative.
Participles.
Beg.
cueza
cuezas
cueza
cozamos
cozais
cuezan
Reg.
cuece
cueza
coced
cuezan
Reg.
harla
haga
hiciera
— ese
haz
Past — hecho.
harias
hagas
hicieras
— eses
haga
haria
haga
hiciera
— ese
haced
harfamos
hagamos
hicie'ramos
— e*semos
hagan
harfais
hagais
hicie'rais
— eseis
harian
hagan
hicieran
— esen
Keg.
mueva
muevas
mueva
movamos
movais
muevan
Reg.
mueve
mueva
moved
muevan
Reg.
Beg.
huela
huelas
huela
olamos
olais
huelan
Reg.
huele
huela
oled
huelan
Reg.
podria
pueda
pudiera
—ese
warding.
Pres. — purU^
[endo
podrias
puedas
pudieras
— eses
podria
pueda
pudiera
— ese
podrfamos
podamos
pudieramos
— esenios
podrfais
podais
pudidrais
— e*seis
podrian
puedan
pudieran
— esen
328
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Pics.
Intl. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
pODgO
Beg.
puse
pondre'
pones
pusiste
pondras
Poner
topvi.
pone
ponemos
puso
pusimos
pondra
pondremos
poneis
pusfsteis
pondrels
ponen
pusieron
pondran
quiero
Reg.
quise
querrd
quieres
quisiste
querras
Querer
to wish.
quiere
queremos
quiso
quisimos
querri
querre'moa
quereis
quisfsteis
querrela
quieren
quisieron
querran
sd
Eeg.
supe
sabrd
sabes
supiste
sabras
Saber
to know.
sabe
sabemos
supo
supiinos
sabra
sabremos
sabgis
supfsteis
sabre*ia
saben
supieron
sabran
tengo
Reg. '
tuve
tendre"
tienes
tuviste
tendraa
Tener
to have.
tiene
tenemos
tuvo
tuvimos
tendra
tendre'mos
teneis
tuvfsteis
tendre'is
tienen
tuvieron
tendran
IRREGULAR VERBS.
329
Conditional.
Subj. Prcs.
Imperf.
Imperative.
Participles.
pondria
pondrias
pondria
pondriamos
pondrfais
pondrian
ponga
pongas
ponga
pongamos
pongais
pougan
pusiera
— ese
pusieras
— eses
pusiera
— ese
pusie'ramos
— e'semos
pusie'rais
— e'seis
pusieran
— esen
pon
ponga
poned
pongan
Past— puesto.
querria
querrias
querria
querrfamos
querriais
querrian
quiera
quieras
quiera
queramos
querais
quieran
quisiera
— ese
quisieras
— eses
quisiera
— ese
quisie'ramos
— e'semos
quisie'rais
— e'seis
quisieran
— esen
quiere
quiera
quered
quieran
Keg.
sabria
sabrias
sabria
sabriamos
sabriais
sabrian
sepa
sepas
sepa
sepamos
sepais
sepan
supiera
— ese
supieras
— eses
supiera
— ese
supidramos
— esemos
supie'rais
— e'seis
supieran
— esen
sabe
sepa
sabed
sepan
Reg.
tendria
tendrias
tendria
tendriamos
teudriais
tendrian
tenga
tengas
tenga
tengamos
tengais
tengan
tuviera
— ese
tuvieras
— eses
tuviera
— ese
tuvie'ramos
— e'semos
tuvierais
— e'seis
tuvieran
— esen
ten
tenga
tened
tengan
Keg.
d'dO
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Pres.
Inrt. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
traigo
Beg.
traje
Reg.
traes
trajiste
Traer
to bring.
trae
traemos
tradis
traen
•
trajo
trajimos
trajfsteis
trajeron
Valer
to be icorth.
valgo
vales
vale
valemos
vale'is
valen
Reg.
Reg.
valdre*
valdras
valdra
valdremos
valdre'is
valdran
Ver
veo
ves
ve
veia
veias
veia
Reg.
Reg.
to see.
vemos
vels
ven
veiamos
veiais
veian
THIRD
Asir
asgo
ases
ase
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
to seize.
asimos
asfs
asen
conduzco
Reg.
conduje
Reg.
conduces
condujiste
Conducir
to conduct.
conduce
conducimos
conducis
conducen
condujo
condujimos
condujlsteis
condujeron
IRREGULAR VERBS.
331
Conditional.
Subj. Fres.
Imperf.
Imperative.
Participles.
tog,
traiga
trajera
— ese
trae
Pres. — trv
[yendo.
traigas
trajeras
— eses
traiga
•
traiga
trajera
— ese
traed
traigamos
trajdramos
- — e'semos
traigan
traigais
traje'rais
— eseis
traigan
trajeran
— esen
valdria
valga
Reg.
vale
Reg.
valdrias
valgas
valga
valdria
valga
valed
V
valdriamos
valgamos
valgan
valdrlais
valgais
valdrian
valgan
Beg.
vea
veas
vea
veamos
veais
vean
Reg.
ve
vea
ved
vean
Past — visto.
CONJUGATION.
asga
asgas
asgamos
;ais
asgan
Reg.
asid
asgan
Reg.
Bee;.
conduzca
conduzcas
conduzca
conduzcamos
conduzcais
conduzcan
condujera
— ese
condujeras
— eses
condujera
— ese
condujeraniO!
— e'semos
condujerais
— Cseis
condujeran
conduce
conduzca
conducid
conduzcan
Reg.
332
ETYMOLOGY.
Int. Prcs.
Iinl. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
digo
Reg.
dije
dire-
dices
dijiste
diras
Decir
to say.
dice
decinios
dijo
dijimos
dira
dire'mos
decis
dijisteis
dire'is
dicen
dijeron
diran
duermo
Reg.
dormi
Reg.
duermes
dormiste
Dormir
to sleep.
duerme
dormimos
dormis
durmi6
dormimos
dormfsteis
duermen
durmieron
huyo
Reg.
hui
Reg.
huyes
huiste
Huir
tofly.
huye
huimos
huis
huyen
huy6
huimos
huisteis
huyeron
voy
iba
fui
ird
vas
ibas
fuiste
iras
Ir
to go.
va
vamos
iba
ibamos
fud
fuimos
ira
iremos
vais
ibais
fuisteis
irels
van
iban
fueron
iran
IRREGULAR VERBS.
333
Conditional.
Snbj. Pres.
Imperf.
Imperative.
Participles.
diria
diga
dijera
- ese
di
Pres.
dirias
digas
dijeras
— eses
diga
diciendo
diria
diga
dijera
— ese
decid
Past
dirlamos
digamos
dijeramos
— e'semos
digan
dicho
dirfais
digais
dije'rais
— dseis
dirian
digan
dijeran
— esen
Keg.
duerma
durmiera
— ese
duerme
Pres. — dur-
[miendo.
duermas
durmieras
duerma
duerma
durmiera
— ese
dormid
durmamos
durmieramos
— esemos
duerman
durmais
durmierais
— e'seis
duerman
durmieran
— esen
Reg.
buy a
huyera
— ese
huye
Pres.— huyeu-
Tdo.
huyas
huyeras
— eses
huya
huya
huyera
— ese
huid
huyamos
huye'rumos
— e'semos
huyan
huyais
huyerais
— e'seis
huyan
huyerau
--esen
iria
vaya
fuera
— ese
vd
Pres.— yenda
irias
vayas
fueras
— eses
vaya
iria
vaya
fuera
— ese
id
iriamos
vayainos
fue'ramos
— e'semos
vayan
irlais
vayais
fudrais
— e'seis
irian
vayan
fueran
— esen
334
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Prcs.
Inrl. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
Lucir
to shine.
luzco
luces
luce
lucimos
lucis
lucen
Reg.
Keg.
Reg.
pido
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
pides
Pedir
pide
to ask.
pedimos
pedis
piden
pudro
Reg.
pudri
Reg.
pudres
pudriste
Podrir
pudre
pudri6
to rot
podrimos
podris
pudren
pudrimos
pudrfsteis
pudrieron
salgo
sales
Reg.
Reg.
saldre"
saldras
Salir
sale
saldra
to go oui.
salimos
salis
salen
saldre'mos
saldre'is
saldran
siento
Reg.
Reg.
Reg.
sientes
siente
Sentir
tofeel.
sentimos
sentis
sienten
IRREGULAR YERBS.
335
Conditional.
Subj. Pres.
Impel f.
Imperative.
Participles.
Keg.
luzca
luzcaa
luzca
luzcamos
luzcais
luzcan
Reg.
luce
luzca
lucid
luzcan
Reg.
Reg.
pida
pidiera
pide
Pres. — pi-
[diendo.
pidas
pidieras
— eses
pida
pida
pidiera
— ese
pedid
pidamos
pidie'ramos
— e'semos
pidan
pidais
pidie'rais
— eseis
pidan
pidieran
— esen
Reg.
pudra
pudriera
— ese
pudre,
Pies. — pu-
[driendo
pudras
pudrieras
pudra
pudra
pudriera
— ese
podrid
podramos
pudrie'ramos
— esemos
pudran
podrais
pudrie'rais
— dseis
pudran
pudrieran
— esen
saldria
saiga
Reg.
sal
Reg.
saldrias
saigas
saiga
saldria
saiga
salid
saldriamos
salgamos
salgan
saldrfais
salgais
saldrian
salgan
Reg.
sienta
sintiera
— ese
siente
Pres. — sin*
[tiendo.
sientas
sintieras
— eses
sienta
sienta
sintiera
— ese
sentid
sintarnos
sintieraruos
— e'semos
sientan
sintais
sintie'rais
— dseis
sientan
sintieran
— €sen
ETYMOLOGY.
Inf. Prcs.
Ind. Pres.
Imperfect.
Perfect.
Future.
vengo
Reg.
vine
vendr^
vienes
viniste
vendras
Venir
to oome.
viene
venimos
vino
vinimos
vendra
vendremos
venis
vinfsteis
vendreis
vienen
vinieron
vendr&n
The verb haber, used impersonally, is employed alike in both num-
bers ; and like most impersonal verbs, it is used only in the third per-
son of the several tenses, as follows :
Ind. Present.
hay,
there is or there are.
Imperf.
habia,
there was or there were.
Perfect.
hubo,
«< <(
Future.
habrd,
there will be.
Conditional.
habria,
there would be.
Subj. Present.
haya,
there may be.
Imperf.
j hubiera,
l hubiese,
there should, might or
would be.
Future.
hubiere,
there should be.
Imperative.
Imya,
let there be.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS.
The verbs in car, cer, cir, gar, ger, guir and quir, are not
irregular, although those ending in car change the c into
qu when the c is to be followed by an e ; those in cer and
<Ar, some excepted, change the c into z when it is to be fol-
lowed by a or o ; those in gar have an u before the termina-
tion e ; those in ger and gir change the g into j when it is
followed by an a or an o ; those in guir lose the u before
either of the last two named vowels ; and those in quir
change the qu into c before the same already quoted vowels :
HlKEGULAR VERBS.
337
Conditional.
Subj. Pres.
I nip erf.
Imperative.
Participles.
vendria
venga
viniera
- ese
ven
Pres. — vini-
[endo
vendrias
vengas
vmieras
— eses
venga
vendria
venga
vmiera
—ese
venid
vandriamos
vengamos
vinie'ramos
— e'semos
vengan
vendrfais
vengais
vinierais
— dseis
vendrian
vengan
vmieran
— esen
this change being made in order to preserve the soft or
strong pronunciation of the root, as : pecar, peque ; veneer,
venzo, venza ; uncir, unzo, unza ; pagar, pague ; coger, coja,
cojo ; fingir, firijo, fivja ; seguir, sigo, siga ; delmquir, delinco,
delinca.
Even the verbs of the first conjugation, whose infinitive
have an e for the last radical letter, are not irregular ; and
this e is doubled in some tenses, as ; alancear, alancee, to
wound with a lance ; aguijonear, aguijonee, to prick forward ;
gorjmr, gorjee, to warble ; golpear, golpee, to strike : because
the first e is radical, and the second is the invariable ter-
mination of the regular verbs of the first conjugation in the
same tenses.
Neither are the verbs ending in aer, eer, oir, uir, irregular
(these two vowels being two syllables), as : caer, creer, oir,
huir. They only change the radical i into y in the gerund,
preterite, and its dependants, as : cayendo, cayo, cayera,
cayese, cayere.
All the verbs ending in ucir take a z before the radical e
(like the verbs ending in ecer of the second conjugation),
in the first person singular of the present of the indicative,
in all those of the present of the subjunctive in the first
plural, and in the third of the singular and plural of the
imperative, as : carezco, carezca, from carecer, to want ; luzco,
luzca, from lucir, to shine.
338
ETYMOLOGY.
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE IEBEGULAB VEEBS,
Arranged according to their terminations, with references to the Verba
like which they are conjugated.
FIKST CONJUGATION,
Acertar,
to ascertain,
(See Table of Irr. Verbs.)
acordar,
agree,
ib.
acordar,
remember,
ib.
acostar,
lie down,
acordar.
acrecentar,
increase,
acertar.
adestrar,
guide, to instruct,
ib.
agorar,
augur,
acordar.
alentar,
encourage,
acertar.
ahnorzar,
breakfast,
acordar.
amolar,
grind,
ib.
andar,
walk, to go,
(See Table,")
apacentar,
graze,
acertar.
aporcar,
dirt,
acordar.
aportar,
arrive at port,
ib.
apostar,
bet,
ib.
apretar,
press,
acertar.
aprobar,
approve,
acordar.
arrendar,
rent,
acertar.
asentar,
note down,
ib.
asestar,
take aim,
ib.
asolar,
destroy,
acordar.
asoldar,
furnish money,
ib.
asonar,
accord in sound,
ib.
aterrar,
terrify,
acertar.
atentar,
attempt,
ib.
atestar,
cram,
ib.
atravesar,
cross, to pierce,
ib.
aventar,
fan,
ib.
avergonzar,
be ashamed,
acordar.
bregar,
contend,
acertar.
calentar,
warm,
ib.
cegar,
blind,
ib.
cerrar,
to shut, to close,
ib.
cimentai
found,
ib.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
339
colar,
to strain liquor,
acordar.
colgar,
hang,
ib.
co nenzar,
commence,
acertar.
comprobar,
corroborate,
acordar.
concertar,
concert,
acertar.
concordar,
agree,
acordar.
confesar,
confess,
acertar.
consolar,
comfort,
acordar.
consonar,
agree in tone, to rhyme.
ib.
contar,
count,
ib.
costar,
cost,
ib.
dar
give,
(See Table.)
decentar,
handsel,
acertar.
degollar,
decapitate,
acordar.
dernonstrar,
demonstrate,
ib.
denegar,
refuse,
acertar.
denostrar,
revile,
acordar.
derrengar,
cripple,
acertar.
desacertar,
mistake,
ib.
desacordar,
be discordant,
acordar.
desalentar,
discourage,
acertar.
desapretar,
loosen,
ib.
desaprobar,
disapprove,
acordar.
desasosegar,
disturb,
acertar.
desatentar,
perplex,
ib.
descolgar,
unhang,
acordar.
descollar,
surpass,
ib.
desconcertar,
disarrange,
acertar.
desconsolar,
afflict,
acordar.
descontar,
discount,
ib.
desencerrar,
let out, or loose,
acertar.
desengrosar,
diminish in thickness,
acordar.
desenterrar,
disinter,
acertar.
desflocar,
ravel out,
acordar.
desfogar,
give vent to passion,
ib.
deshelar,
thaw,
acertar
desherrar,
unshoe horses,
ib.
desmembrar,
dismember,
ib.
desolar,
desolate,
acordar
340
desollar,
desovar,
aespernar,
despertar,
desplegar,
despoblar,
desterrar,
desvergonzar,
dezmar,
descordar,
empedrar,
empezar,
emporcar,
encensar,
encerrar,
encomendar,
encontrar,
encordar,
encubertar,
engrosar,
enmendar,
enrodar,
ensangrentar,
enterrar,
errar,*
escarmentar,
esforzarse,
estregar,
forzar,
fregar,
gobernar,
helar,
berrar,
holgar,
bollar,
infernar,
invernar,
* This verb
Yerro, yerras.
ETYMOLOGY.
to flay,
acordar.
spawn,
ib.
cut off legs, or break legs,
acertar.
awake,
ib.
unfold,
ib.
depopulate,
acordar
banish,
acertar.
be impudent,
acordar.
tithe,
acertar.
disagree,
acordar.
pave,
acertar.
begin,
ib.
soil,
acordar.
cense,
acertar.
enclose,
ib.
recommend,
ib.
find, to meet,
acordar.
strings
ib.
cover with clothes,
acertar.
grow stout,
acordar.
mend,
acertar.
break on the wheel,
acordar.
stain with blood,
acertar.
bury,
ib.
err,
ib.
learn by experience,
ib.
endeavor,
acordar.
scour,
acertar.
force,
acordar.
rub, to scrub,
acertar.
govern,
ib.
freeze,
ib.
shoe horses,
ib.
rest,
acordar.
trample,
ib.
provoke, to damn,
acertar.
winter,
ib.
has the following tenses and persons irregular . Ind. Pre*
yerra; Subj. Pres. Yerre, yerres, yerre.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
341
jugar,
to play,
(See Table.)
manifested,
manifest,
acertar.
mentar,
mention,
ib.
merendar,
take a collation,
ib.
mostrar,
show,
acordar.
negar,
deny,
acertar.
nevar,
snow,
ib.
pensar,
think,
ib.
perniquebrar,
break legs,
ib.
plegar,
plait, to fold,
ib.
poblar,
people,
acordar.
probar,
prove,
ib.
quebrar,
break,
acertar.
recomendar,
recommend,
ib.
recordar,
remind,
acordar.
recostar,
recline,
ib.
reforzar,
reinforce,
ib.
regar,
water,
acertar.
regoldar,
belch,
acordar.
remendar,
mend,
acertar.
renegar,
abjure,
ib.
renovar,
renew,
acordar.
replegar,
fall back from a position,
acertar.
reprobar,
reprove,
acordar.
requebrar,
cajole, to flatter,
acertar.
rescontrar,
compensate,
acordar.
resollar,
breathe,
ib.
resonar,
resound,
ib.
reternblar,
vibrate,
acertar.
retentar,
threaten with a relapse,
ib.
reventar,
burst,
ib.
revolar,
fly again,
acordar.
revolcar,
wallow,
ib.
rodar,
roll,
ib.
rogar,
pray,
ib.
segar,
reap corn,
acertar
sembrar,
sow,
ib.
sentar,
sit,
ib.
serrar,
saw,
ib.
342
ETYMOLOGY.
solar,
to sole,
acordar.
soldar,
solder,
ib,
soltar,
let go, or loose,
ib.
sonar,
sound,
ib.
sonar,
dream,
ib.
sosegar,
tranquillize,
acertar.
soterrar,
bury,
ib.
temblar,
tremble,
ib.
tentar,
tempt,
ib.
tostar,
toast,
acordar.
trascolar,
strain, to percolate,
ib.
trascordar,
forget,
ib.
trasegar,
decant,
acertar.
trasofiar,
dream, to fancy,
acordar.
trocar,
barter,
ib.
tronar,
thunder,
ib.
tropezar,
stumble,
acertar.
volar,
fly,
acordar.
volcar,
overset,
ib.
SECOND CONJUGATION,
Abastecer
provide,
aborrecer.
aborrecer,
hate,
(See Table.)
absolver,
absolve
mover.
absorver,
absorb,
ib.
abstraer,
abstract,
traer.
acaecer,
happen,
aborrecer.
acontecer
happen,
ib.
adolecer,
be seized with illness,
ib
adormecer,
fall asleep, to lull,
ib.
agradecer,
be thankful,
ib.
amanecer,
dawn,
ib.
anochecer,
grow dark,
ib.
anteponer,
prefer, to place before,
poner.
antever,
foresee,
ver.
aparecer,
appear,
aborrecer.
apetecer,
long for,
ib.
ascender,
ascend,
atender.
IEEEGULAB VEKBS.
34
atender,
to attend,
(See Table.)
atenerse,
stand to,
tener.
atraer,
attract,
traer.
caber,
contain, etc.,
(See Table.)
caer,
fall,
ib.
canecer,
become gray headed,
aborrecer.
carecer,
be deficient,
ib.
cerner,
sift,
atender.
cocer,
boil,
(See Table.)
compadecer,
pity,
aborrecer.
comparecer,
appear before,
ib.
complacer,
give pleasure,
ib.
componer,
compose,
poner.
condescender,
condescend,
ascender.
condoler,
condole,
mover.
conmover,
excite commotion,
ib.
conocer,
know,
aborrecer.
contender,
contend,
atender.
contener,
contain,
tener.
contrahacer,
counterfeit,
hacer.
contraer,
contract,
traer.
convalecer,
be convalescent,
aborrecer.
crecer,
grow,
ib.
decaer
decay,
caer.
defender,
defend.
atender.
demoler,
demolish,
mover.
deponer,
depose,
poner.
desaparecer,
disappear,
aborrecer.
desatender,
neglect,
atender
descender
descend,
ib.
descomponer,
decompose,
poner.
desconocer,
disown,
aborrecer.
desentender,
feign ignorance, mistake,
"atender.
desentorpecer,
recover from numbness, to
reanimate,
aborrecer.
desenvolver,
unroll,
mover.
desfallecer,
pine,
aborrecer.
desflaquecer,
become emaciated,
ib.
desguarnecer,
ungarnish,
ib.
344
ETYMOLOGY.
deshacer,
to undo,
hacer.
desobedecer,
disobey,
aborrecer.
desplacer,
displease,
ib.
destorcer,
untwist,
mover.
desvanecer,
vanish,
aborrecer.
detener,
detain,
tener.
devolver,
restore,
mover.
disolver,
dissolve,
ib.
disponer,
dispose,
poner.
distraer,
distract, to amuse,
traer.
doler,
ache,
mover.
dolerse,
grieve,
ib.
embravecer,
become furious,
aborrecer.
embrutecer,
become brutal,
ib.
emplumecer,
become fledged,
ib.
empobrecer,
impoverish,
ib.
encalvecer,
become bald,
ib.
encallecer,
render callous,
ib.
encarecer,
enhance the value,
ib.
encender,
light, to kindle,
atender.
encrudecer,
become raw,
aborrecer.
encruelecer,
render or become cruel,
ib.
endentecer,
cut the teeth,
ib.
endurecer,
harden,
ib.
enflaquecer,
grow lean, or weak,
ib.
enfurecer,
become furious,
ib.
engrandecer,
aggrandize, to enlarge,
ib.
enloquecer,
become or render mad,
ib.
enmohecer,
grow mouldy,
ib.
enmudecer,
become dumb,
ib.
3nnegrecer,
blacken,
ib.
ennoblecer,
ennoble,
ib.
enrarecer,
rarefy,
ib.
enriquecer,
enrich,
ib.
ensoberbecer,
become haughty,
ib.
entallecer,
sprout,
ib.
entender,
understand,
atender.
enternecer,
soften,
aborrecex;
eutorpecer, "
benumb, to stupify,
ib.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
345
entretener,
to entertain,
tener.
entristecer,
sadden,
aborrecer.
entullecer,
cripple,
ib.
entumecer,
swell,
ib.
envejecer,
grow old,
ib.
enverdecer,
grow green,
ib.
envolver,
wrap,
mover.
equivaler,
be equivalent,
valer.
escarnecer,
scoff,
aborrecer.
esclarecer,
illuminate,
ib.
escocer,
smart,
cocer.
establecer,
establisk,
aborrecer.
estremecer,
shudder,
ib.
esponer,
expose,
poner.
estender,
extend,
ascender.
estraer,
extract,
traer.
fallecer,
die,
aborrecer.
favorecer,
favor,
ib.
feuecer,
terminate,
ib.
fortalecer,
fortify,
ib.
guarnecer,
garnish,
ib.
hacer,
make, to do,
ib.
heder,
stink,
atender.
bender,
split,
ib.
humedecer,
moisten,
aborrecer.
imponer,
impose,
poner.
indisponer,
indispose,
ib.
Hover,
rain,
mover.
mantener,
maintain,
tener.
merecer,
deserve,
aborrecer.
moler,
grind,
mover.
morder,
bite,
ib.
mover,
move,
(See Table.)
nacer,
be born,
aborrecer.
negrecer,
grow black,
ib.
obedecer,
obey,
ib.
obscurecer,
darken,
ib.
obtener,
obtain,
tener.
ofrecer,
offer,
aborrecer.
346
ETYMOLOGY.
oler,
to smell,
(See Table.)
oponer,
oppose,
poner.
pacer,
graze,
aborrecer.
padecer,
suffer,
ib.
parecer,
seem,
ib.
pgrder,
lose,
atender.
perecer,
perish,
aborrecer.
pertenecer,
belong,
ib.
poder,
be able
(See Table, i
poner,
put, to place,
ib.
preponer,
place before,
poner.
presuponer,
presuppose,
ib.
prevalecer,
prevail,
aborrecer.
prever,
foresee,
ver.
promover,
promote,
mover.
proponer,
propose,
poner.
querer,
like, to be •willing,
(See Table.)
recaer,
relapse,
caer.
recocer,
re-boil,
cocer.
reconocer,
acknowledge,
aborrecer.
reerecer,
grow again,
ib.
reflorecer,
re-blossom,
ib.
rehacer,
do over again,
hacer.
renianecer,
remain,
aborrecer.
remorder,
bite repeatedly,
mover*
remover,
remove,
ib.
reponer,
replace,
poner.
resolver,
resolve,
mover.
restablecer,
re-establish,
aborrecer.
retener,
retain,
tener.
retorcer
twist, to sprain,
mover.
retraer,
retract, to draw back,
traer.
retrotraer,
bring about what has hap-
pened before,
ib.
rever,
review,
ver.
reverdecer,
grow green again,
aborrecer.
reverter,
overflow,
ascender.
revolver,
revolve,
mover.
saber,
know,
(Se* Table.)
IRREGULAR VERBS.
34?
satisfacer,
to satisfy,
liacer.
sobreponer,
place over,
poner.
soler,
be wont,
mover.
sostener,
sustain,
tener.
substraer,
subtract,
traer.
supouer,
suppose,
poner.
tender,
spread out,
atender.
tener,
have, to bold,
(See Table.)
torcer,
twist,
mover.
traer,
bring, to fetch,
(See Table.;
trascender,
transcend,
atender.
trasponer,
transpose,
poner.
valer,
be worth,
(See Table.)
ver,
see,
ib.
verter,
spill, to shed,
atender.
volver,
return,
mover,
THIKD CONJUGATION,
A.dherir,
adhere,
sentir,
adquirir,
acquire,
ib.
advertir,
advert,
ib.
asir,
seize,
(See Table.)
argiiir,
argue,
huir.
arrepentir,
repent,
sentir.
asentir,
assent,
ib.
atribuir,
attribute,
huir.
avenirse,
agree,
venir.
bendecir,
bless,
decir.
cefiir,
gird,
pedir.
colegir,
collect,
ib.
comedir,
grow moderate,
ib.
competir,
compete,
ib.
concebir,
conceive,
pedir.
concluir,
conclude,
huir.
conducir,
conduct, to conduce,
(See Table.)
conferir,
•confer,
sentir.
conseguir,
obtain, to succeed,
pedir.
consentir,
consent,
sentir.
348
ETYMOLOGY.
constituir,
to constitute,
huir.
constrenir,
constrain,
pedir.
construir,
construe,
huir.
contradecir,
contradict,
decir.
contravenir,
oppose,
venir.
contribuir,
contribute,
huir.
controvertir,
controvert,
sentir.
convenir,
suit,
venir.
convertir,
convert,
sentir.
correjir,
correct,
pedir.
decir,
say, to tell,
(See Table.)
deducir,
infer,
conducir.
deferir,
defer,
sentir.
derretir,
melt,
pedir.
desavenir,
disagree,
venir.
descenir,
ungird,
pedir.
descomedir,
grow rude, unruly,
ib.
desconsentir,
dissent,
sentir.
desdecir,
retract,
decir.
desleir,
dilute,
pedir.
deslucir,
tarnish,
lucir.
desmentir,
contradict,
sentir.
despedir,
dismiss,
pedir.
despedirse,
take leave,
ib.
destefiir,
discolor,
ib.
destruir,
destroy,
huir.
diferir,
differ, to defer,
sentir.
digerir,
digest,
ib.
disnnnuir,
diminish,
huir.
distribuir,
distribute,
ib.
divertir,
divert,
sentir.
dormir,
sleep,
(See Tabic)
elegir,
elect,
pedir.
embestir,
assail,
ib.
engreirsa,
become vain,
ib.
enlucir,
whitewash, to scour plate,
lucir.
entreoir,
hear distinctly,
oir.
envestir,
invest,
pedir.
erguir,
hold up the head,
sentir.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
349
estrefiir.
to produce astringency,
pedir.
excluir,
exclude,
huir.
expedir,
expedite,
pedir.
fluir,
flow,
huir.
freir,
fry,
pedir.
geinir,
moan,
ib.
heiiir,
knead,
ib.
herir,
wound,
sentir.
liervir,
boil,
ib.
huir,
flee,
(See Table.)
imbuir,
imbue,
ib.
impedir,
impede,
pedir.
incluir,
include,
huir.
inducir,
induce,
conducir.
inferir,
infer,
sentir.
ingerir,
ingraft,
ib.
intervenir,
intervene,
venir.
instituir,
institute,
huir.
instruir,
instruct,
ib.
introducir,
introduce,
conducir.
invertir,
invert,
sentir.
investir,
invest,
pedir.
ir
go,
(See Table.
lucir,
shine,
ib.
luir,
wear by friction,
huir.
nialdecir,
curse,
decir.
medir,
measure,
pedir.
mentir,
lie,
sentir.
xnorir,
die,
dormir.
obstrtiir,
obstruct,
instruir.
oir,
hear,
(See Table.)
pedir,
ask, to beg,
ib.
perseguir,
persecute,
pedir.
pervertir,
pervert,
sentir.
podrir
rot,
(See Table.)
predecir,
predict,
decir.
preferir,
prefer,
sentir.
presentir,
have a presentiment,
ib.
prevenir,
prevent, to warn,
venir.
350
ETYMOLOGY.
producir,
to produce,
conduoir.
proferir,
utter,
sentir.
proseguir,
prosecute,
pedir.
prostituir,
prostitute,
huir.
provenir,
proceed from,
venir.
tecluir,
cloister,
huir.
reducir,
reduce,
conducir,
referir,
refer,
sentir.
regir,
rule,
pedir.
reir,
laugh,
ib.
rendir,
yield,
ib.
reuir,
quarrel, to scold,
ib.
repetir,
repeat,
ib.
reproducir,
reproduce,
conducir.
requerir,
require,
sentir.
reseutir,
resent,
ib.
restituir,
restore,
huir.
retenir,
dye again,
pedir.
retribuir,
compensate,
huir.
revestir,
revest, to dress,
pedir.
salir,
go out, to come out,
(See Table.)
scducir,
seduce,
conducir.
seguir,
follow,
pedir.
sentir,
feel,
(See Table.)
servir,
serve,
pedir.
sobresalir,
surpass,
salir.
sobrevenir
happen,
venir.
sonreirse,
smile,
pedir.
Bubstituir,
substitute,
huir.
sugerir,
suggest,
sentir.
tefiir,
dye,
pedir.
traducir,
translate,
conducir.
venir,
come,
(See TabhO
vestir,
dress,
pedir.
zaherir
censure,
eentir.
ADVERBS. 353
ADVEEBS.
An Adverb is an indeclinable part of speech which quali-
fies the meaning of a verb, a participle, and even of another
adverb ; for instance, leer mat, to read badly ; ciegamente
apasionado, blindly passionate ; Men heeho, well made or done.
Sometimes the adverb is united to a noun, because constant
use has sanctioned it ; for instance when we say, Carlos, an-
tes soldado y hoy rey, Charles, formerly a soldier and now a
king ; Alejandro, siempre heroe, Alexander, always a hero ;
ayer comerciante y hoy mendigo, yesterday a merchant, to-day
a beggar, etc.
Adverbs are divided into ten classes, viz :
1. of place. 5. of order. 8. of doubt.
2. of time. 6. of affirmation 9. of interrogation.
3. of quantity 7. of negation 10. of manner.
4: of comparison.
Most of the English adverbs ending in ly, are formed in
Spanish, by adding mente to adjectives ; as cortes, polite ;
' cortesmente, politely ; eomun, common ; comunmente, com-
monly. Should the adjective from which the adverb is
derived, have two terminations, the feminine must be select-
ed for the forming of the adverb ; as, alto, alta, altamenle,
highly ; piadoso, piadosa, piadosamenle, piously. When two
or more adverbs in mente, are to modify the same verb, all
the adverbs lose the termination mente, except the last ; as,
el habla clara y elegantemente, he speaks clearly and elegantly ;
cuando calumnian a tu amigo, abierla y descaramente, defiende
su causa, when thy friend is calumniated, openly and boldly
defend his cause.
OF PLACE.
Aqui, here. Debajo, underneath.
Alii, ahi, there. Aba jo, down, under.
Alia, yonder. De abajo, from below.
Por aqui, this way. De adelante, /rom before.
Hasta aqui, hitherto. De atras. from behind.
Fuera, out, abroad. Cerca, a la mano, nigh at hand
Lejos (de lejos), far (afar En alguna parte, somewhere,
fffi). En ninguna parte, nowhere.
352
ETYMOLOGY.
Cerca, near,
Al lado, by the side.
Aparte, aside.
Arriba, above.
Sobre, over.
Encima, upon.
En cualquiera parte, anywhere,
En alguna otra parte, some*
where else.
En otra parte, elseiohere.
En ninguna otra parte, no*
where else.
OF TIME.
Entonces, then.
Hoy, to-day.
Ayer, yesterday.
Cada dia, todos los dias, every
day.
Ayer mafiana, yesterday morn-
ing.
Ayer tarde, yesterday evening.
Anoche, last night.
Mariana, to-morrow.
Pasado mafiana, the day after
to-morrow.
Mariana en la noche, to-mor-
row night.
El otro dia, the other day.
La semana pasada, last week.
Ultimamente, lately.
Ya, already.
Aun, dill, yet.
Luego, presently.
Prontamente, puiclcly.
En breve, brevemente, shortly.
Tarde, late.
Temprano, early.
Presto, soon.
Con tiempo, betimes.
Antiguamente, formerly.
En tiempos atras, heretofore.
En lo sucesivo, hereafter, hence*
forth.
Siempre, ever, always,
Nunca, never.
Pocas vezes, seldom.
A menudo, often.
Algunas vezes or a vezes,
sometimes.
De cuando en cuando, occa-
sionally.
De tiempo en tiempo, from
time to time,
De vez en cuando, now and
then.
Antes, before.
Despues, after.
Desde, si?ice.
Mucho tiempo ha, long ago.
Hasta, till, until.
Continuamente, continually.
OF QUANTITY.
Mucho, much.
Demasiado, too much.
Mas, more.
Poco, little.
Casi, almost.
Bastante, enough.
Harto, sufficiently,
Totalmente, wholly.
ADVEKBS. 353
OF COMPARISON.
Mas que, more than. Antes bien, rather more.
Menos, less. Peor, worse.
Me] or, better. Muy, very.
Del misrao modo, likewise. Con mucho, by far.
OF ORDER.
Primero, first. Confusamente, confusedly.
Sobre todo, above all. Indistintamente, sin distiu-
Despues. after. cion, indiscriminately.
A montones, in heaps.
OF AFFIRMATION.
Si, yes. Seguramente, certainly.
Aun, even. De todos modos. by all means.
Sin duda, without doubt. Por supuesto, of course.
Ciertamente, surely.
OF NEGATION.
No, no. De ningun modo, by no means.
Ni, nor. De ninguna suerte, in no wise,
Tampoco, neither.
OF DOUBT.
Tal vez, quiza, acaso, perhaps. Probablemente, probably.
Apenas, scarcely. Es dudoso, it is doubtful.
OF INTERROGATION.
I Adonde ? whither ? i Cuando ? when f
^Donde? ,;End6nde? where? ^Cuanto? how much T
i, Cbmo ? how ? £ Por que ? why ?
OF MANNER.
Bien, well. Kecio, strongly,
Mai, badly. Apriesa, hastily,
Asi, thus. Bajo, lowly.
Despacio, slowly. Presto, quickly.
Alto, loudly. Fuerteniente, strongly.
And all those ending in mente.
354
ETYMOLOGY.
ADVERBS REQUIRING de BEFORE THE NOUNS.
Acerca de ; as, acerca de lo que me dijo, concerning what hi
told me.
A cubierto de ; as, a cubierto de la lluvia, under shelter from
the rain.
Ademas de ; as, ademas de lo que 01, besides what I heard.
Al lado de ; as, sientese Vd. al lado de ella, sit down by her.
Antes de ; as, antes del sermon, before the sermon.
Apesar de ; as, apesar de el, in spite of him.
Cerca de ; as, cerca de casa, near home.
Debajo de ; as, debajo de la silla, under the chair.
Delante de ; as, delante del rey, before the king.
Dentro de ; as, dentro de la iglesia, within or inside of the
church.
PEEPOSITIONS.
A' preposition is an indeclinable part of speech, which ex-
presses the relation between nouns and verbs.
Prepositions are divided into seven different classes, viz ;
1. of place. 4 of exception. 6. of end.
2. of time. 5. of opposition. 7. of causes.
3. of union.
Prepositions of place, are those which refer to a place or
to a situation, and are as follows :
A, to.
Ante, before or in presence of.
De, of or from.
Hacia, to or towards.
Sobre, upon or on.
Desde, from.
Prepositions of time, are those which refer to time, and
arc as follows :
En, in or at.
Entre. among, between,
Detras, behind.
Tras, after.
Enfrente, opposite.
A, at.
Antes, before.
En, in or at.
Despues, afterwards.
Mientras, while.
Desde, since.
Hasta, until.
Entre, between.
CONJUNCTIONS. 355
Prepositions of union, are those whose meaning is to unite ;
for instance ;
Con, with. Al par, even.
Junto, close.
Prepositions of exception, are :
Escepto, menos, except Salvo, safe or except.
Euera, out or besides.
Prepositions of opposition, serve to express opposition in
the meaning of a sentence ; as :
Contra, against. No obstante, notwithstanding.
A pesar, in spite of.
Prepositions of end, are used to express a final object,
and they are :
A, at or to. Para, to or for, in order to.
Acerca, about. Para con, towards.
Hacia, towards. En, by or in.
Prepositions of cause, are those which express the cause,
the origin, the instrument, or the right of property of an
object or of a person, and they are as follows :
De, of, from. Por, by, for, on account or
Con, with. through.
CONJUNCTIONS.
A Conjunction is an indeclinable part of speech, which
expresses relation between two phrases or sentences.
Conjunctions are divided into nine classes, viz :
1. Copulative. 4. Conditional. 7. Comparative.
2. Disjunctive. 5. Casual. 8. Conclusive.
3. Adversative. 6. Continuative. 9. Objective.
1st. Copulative Conjunctions are those which indicates
the relation of conformity or equality between -two sen-
tences ; they are as follows :
556 ETYMOLOGY.
Affirmative : y, and. No, no or not.
E, and. Tambien, also.
Negative : ni, nor or neither. Ademas, moreover.
2d. Disjunctive Conjunctions, though the name is not
sense, because if it is a conjunction it cannot be a disjunc-
tion, yet we must submit ourselves to the general accepta-
tion of the word, and say that they are those which indi-
cate alternative or division ; they unite sentences but dis-
join the meaning or idea conveyed in the two members
thereof, viz :
O, u, or. Tampoco, neither.
Ya, ora, sea, bien sea, whether. Mas bien, rather.
3d. Adversative Conjunctions are those which express
some opposition between a preceding and a following sen-
tence, viz :
Mas, pero, but. A pesar, in spite.
Aun cuando, even if. Aunque, although.
Sino, but. Sin embargo, con todo, how-
Bien que, though. ever.
No obstante, nevertheless.
4th. Conditional Conjunctions are those which express a
hypothesis or condition, as :
Si, if. Dado que, granted that.
Como, how. A menos que, a no ser que,
Con tal que, provided. unless.
5th. Casual Conjunctions are those which precede the sen-
tence, expressing the causes of what had been said in the
preceding phrase, and are as follows :
Por, by or for. Pues, since or for.
Porque, because. Pues que, since}
Por tanto, therefore.
6th. Continuative Conjunctions are those which connect
the foregoing sentence with that which follows it ; they are
the following :
Pues, supuesto que, since. Asi como, so as.
Asi, thus. Con que, in such as.
INTERJECTIONS. 357
7th. Comparative Conjunctions are those by which wo
compare a preceding sentence with that which follows it,
viz :
Asi, as. Como, as or like.
Asi que, as soon as. Tal, such.
A modo, a guisa, in a manner Cual, as it.
or as.
8th. Conclusive Conjunctions are those which bring a
conclusion from the meaning of a sentence, to form another
phrase ; they are as follows :
Luego, then or as soon as. Por consiguiente, consequent-
Asi pues, con que, s^» then. ly.
Por tanto, therefore. De aqui, thence.
Pues, then, therefore.
9th. Objective Conjunction is that which connects two
sentences, when that which follows is governed by that
which preceds it. There is only one, viz :
Que, that.
INTERJECTIONS.
The note of interrogation, as well as that of exclamation,
is placed, in Spanish, at the beginning and at the end; that
at the beginning is written inverted ; as :
I Es asi ? Is it so ?
The interjections most in use in Spanish are :
Ah ? alas ! \ Chito ! be silent !
Oh ! oh ! j Hurra ! hurrah !
O ! o ! Pardiez ! zounds !
Ay ! alas ! \ Caspita ! good gracious !
Ea ! behold ! \ Ojala ! would to God !
Eh! iol jCaramba! d /
Ola! hallo! i Salve ! health to thee !
j Tate \ ah! \ Viva ! long life, hurrah '
; Vaya I well !
358 • ETYMOLOGY.
Interjections are indeclinable words, and are used to give
expression to some affection of the soul, as astonishment,
sadness, joy, indignation, etc. ; as :
j Ah ! que lastima ! Alas ! what a pity !
j Ay ! que pena ! Alas ! what a grief 1
\ Oh ! que gozo ! Oh ! what a joy I
j Ay de mi I Wo to me !
j Eh ! i Ola ! serve to call attention.
/ Eh ! is used in order to show that we have not under-
stood or heard well what has been said ; as,
j Eh ! i que decia Vd.? Eh ! what were you saying?
I Ola I is used to express our admiration or astonishment ;
as,
\ Ola j i cuando volvio Vd.? Hallo ! when did you return ?
I Ea ! is used to infuse courage :
; Ea ! hi jo mio, animo ! Behold ! my son, courage !
I Tate ! is used to prevent anything being done or said
and also denotes surprise :
j Tate ! aqui viene ! Ah I here he comes !
I Vaya ! to exhort, encourage, and approve :
jVaya! que es tiempo de levantarse ! Well! it is time to rise!
I Vive Dios ! as God exists ! \ Viva la Constitueion ! Long
j Vive el cielo ! by Heavens ! live the Constitution !
I Valgame Dios ! God help me ! \ Salve ! monte de Cuba bien-
jViva el rey! Long live the hadado! Health to thee! happy
King ! mountain of Cuba! etc.
ARTICLES. 359
SYNTAX.
AKTICLES.
L The Article agrees with the substantive to which it
belongs, in gender and number ; and the following require
the definite article, viz : the names of arts, sciences, metals,
virtues, vices, dignities, professions, employments, weight
and measure, countries, mountains, rivers, winds and sea-
sons, the hours of the day, proper nouns when used as
common nouns, and generally before the days of the week.
Exceptions : The names of countries lose the article when
preceded by a preposition ; but the following always re-
quire it : del Japon ; en el Peru ; de la China ; por el Canada;
a la Habana ; .de la Florida a la Barbada ; para el Ferrol ; por
la CorufLa; del Brasil ; al Faraguay. Some never take an
article, because they have the same name as their capitals,
as Genova, ydpoles, Venecia, Corfu, etc.
II. The following do not require the definite article, viz :
possessive pronouns, numeral and ordinal adjectives, when
they follow the nouns to which they belong ; proper names
of persons, cities, towns, and months ; titles of books, chap-
ters, etc. ; those which signify a part of the whole, and nouns
in apposition.
Examples : Mi casa, Libro Segundo, Jorje Cuarto, Milton,
Londres, Boston, Eneru, Gramdtica Castellana, Reflexiones Fi-
losbftcas, Deme Vd. came, Washington, capital de los Fstados
TJnidos.
III. The indefinite article, un (mas.), una (fern.), a or an,
is used as in English, except in the following cases, in which
it is omitted, viz. : after que or tal, expressing surprise ;
sometimes after como, and is also omitted before nouns
which express the dignity, profession, country, etc., of the
nominative of the verb ; and before cien and mil.
Examples : / Qui lastima ! lo hizo como hombre ; es empera-
dor, era medico, eres irlandes, cien casas, mil soldados.
360 SYNTAX.
SUBSTANTIVES.
I. The possessive case is always expressed by de ; and
all the phrases, such as John's brother, my father's house,
the king's palace, etc., must be rendered in Spanish by de,
in the following manner ; el hermano de Juan, la casa de mi
padre, el palaeio del rey.
II. Nouns of multitude require the verb sometimes in
the singular and sometimes in the plural. The most general
rule that can be given is : if the noun expresses an assem-
blage of persons or things of a determinate number, such
as ejercito, army, rebaflo, cattle, arboleda. a place full of trees,
etc., it requires the verb to be in the singular ; but if the
noun expresses an indefinite or indeterminate quantity of
persons or things, such as multitud, Iropa infinidad, etc., it
requires the verb to be in the plural ; the former prefixing
the definite and the latter the indefinite article.
Examples : El ejercito entro en la ciudad. Entraron en la
ciudad una multitud, una tropa, una multitud de soldados.
ADJECTIVES.
I. Adjectives agree with their substantives in gender
and number ; and the following generally precede their sub-
stantives, viz. ; those used as epithets ; those which express
the natural quality of their substantives ; those accented on
the antepenultimate ; the cardinal numbers ; and the irre-
gular comparatives, together with mucho, poco, mismo, todo,
oada, demas, cuanto.
Examples : El valeroso jefe; el frio hielo ; mucho dinero ,
el mismo caballo ; veinte puertas ; el peor hombre ; cada seflora.
II. Adjectives referring to two or more substantives sin-
gular, should be in the plural, and ought to agree with the
more worthy gender, viz.: the masculine in preference to
the feminine. Bat when there are two or more substantives
plural, the adjective ought to agree with the nearest substan
tive.
Examples : El hijo y la hija son bien educados ; sus esperan-
zas y ternores eran vanos ; sus ternores y esperanzas eran vanas ;
eran vanos sus ternores y espeianzas ; eran vanas sus esperanzas
y ternores.
PRONOUNS. 361
HI. Adjectives which in English are followed by of , from,
with, and sometimes in, also by by expressing excess are gen-
erally followed in Spanish by de. Those which in English
are followed by to or for, are followed in Spanish by a or
para, and sometimes by con.
Examples : Perturbado de temor; agudo de injenio ; es mayor
que yo de un aflo ; pronto a decir la verdad ; bueno para comer ;
ingrato con su padre ; urbano con todos.
IV. As .... as ; or so .... as ; are expressed tan .... como;
more .... than, mas .... que ; less .... than, menos .... que ;
so much, or as much, so many, or as many. . . .as, tanto (de-
clinable) . . . .como ; the more or the less, are expressed by
mas, menos but if they are both expressed in one sentence,
or either of them expressed twice, and the one is a conse-
quence of the other, it should be cuanto mas or menos before
the former verb, and mas or menos, or tanto mas or tanto me-
nos before the latter.
Examples : Soy tan junto como Vd.; soy mas justo que Vd.;
tiene tantas manzanas como Vd.; aquello es to que m°nos quiero ;
cuanto mas le ceo, menos le amo, or tanto menos le amo ; cuanto
menos estudio, menos aprendo, or tanto menos aprendo.
V. Numeral adjectives require de before nouns and ad-
jectives of dimension,, and in this case to be is translated by
tener.
Examples : Esta casa tiene cuarenta pies de alto, de altura or
de elevacion ; un pozo de doscientos pies de hondo, or deprofun-
didad.
PKONOUNS.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
I. The nominative case of pronouns is seldom expressed,
unless for the sake of emphasis ; the reason is, that the
nominative is sufficiently well known in most tenses by the
termination of the verb. In the imperfect and pluperfect
Indicative, and in all the tenses of the Subjunctive, it may
be sometimes necessary to express yo or el, ella, ello, in order
to distinguish the persons, as in those tenses the first and
302 SYNTAX.
third persons singular are always the san..e ; but even in
those tenses and persons, the pronoun should not be ex-
pressed if the person or thing spoken of could be distinctly
known without the pronoun.
II. "When the action of the verb terminates in the per-
sonal pronoun, that pronoun is in the accusative or object-
ive case ; when the action of the verb does not thus termin-
ate, but implies advantage or disadvantage, the pronoun is
in the dative case. The former answers to the question
what or whom ; the latter to the question to what or to whom.
III. The dative case is expressed before the verb in the
following manner :
Singular. To me, me; to thee, te; to him, to her, to it, le.
Plural. To us, nos ; to you, os ; to them, les.
The dative case is expressed after the verb in the follow-
ing manner :
Singular. Plural.
1. To me, d mi. 1. To us, a nosotros (m.), as (f.)
2. To thee, &U. 2. To you, d vosotros (m.) as (f.)
3. To him, or to it, (m.) a el. \ Q m ^ \dellos, (m.)
To her, or to it, {I) delta. ] 6' 10tnem> | 'a ellas, (f.)
To it (n), a ello or a lo. (The neuter has no plural.)
Examples : Se me did ;' se did d mi, etc.
In the singular, when to it refers to no particular object,
but to a circumstance, or sentence, or adjective used in the
neuter, it is expressed d ello, d lo ; but when to it refers to
an object, the pronouns a el, m., d ella, f., must be used ac-
cording to the gender of the substantive to which it refers ;
the reason is, that in Spanish, all substantives are either
masculine or femenine.
IV. The accusative case is expressed before the verb in
the following manner :
Sing. — 1. Me, me. PluraL — 1. Us, nos.
2. Thee, te. 2. You, os.
3. Him or it (m.),le(l); q Th j los. (m.)
her or it (f.), la. d* lhem' { las. (f.)
It (n.), lo.
1. Some eminent authors use lo in the accusative masculine, for Ai?a
oi it, masculine, instead of le. It is also much used in speaking.
PRONOUNS. Sbd
After the verb the accusative is expressed as the dative
after the verb.
V. The dative and accusative cases are some times twice
expressed for the sake of greater energy ; sometimes twice
before the verb, sometimes once before, and once after the
verb.
Examples : Ella me amaba a mi, she loved me ; a mi me
consla la verdad, to me the truth is evident ; se alabaron a s%
mismos, they praised themselves.
VI. When both the dative and accusative are governed
by the same verb, there is sometimes a manner of express-
ing the dative different from what is mentioned in Rale IV. ;
thus, I give him, is le doy, and I give it, is lo doy ; but, I
give it to him, must be expressed se lo doy. In expressions
of this kind, se means to him, to her, or to them. When
the dative and accusative are governed by the same verb,
the dative precedes the accusative.- The following list com-
prises those combinations of datives and accusatives which
are most frequently used :
, * !■ him or it, to me. . e , e [ him or it, to thee.
me lo ) le lo )
me la her or it, to me. le la her or it, to thee.
Z. t" } them to me- fe ^ } them to thee-
nos le ) , . ., , os le } , ■ ...
noslo J ^m or it to us. ^ j him or it, to you.
nos la her or it, to us. os la her or it, to you.
nos los ) , i , os los ) J-, ,
•08 te I them t0 ua os las \ them t0 y°u-
, !• him or it, to him, to her, or to them.
se la her or it, to him, to her, or to them.
se los 1
se las \ ^nem' ^° him> to her, or to them.
In using the above pronouns, the accusative should al-
ways agree in gender and number with the thing spoken
of ; thus in speaking of a book (libro) we say, se lo ha en-
viado ; but in speaking of a table (mesa), se la ha enviado.
It must be observed that se is used in the above manner
364 SYNTAX.
only when the person to whom it refers is distinctly known;
but if there would be any doubt as to the person or persona
to whom it refers, it must be expressed after the verb, by a
el, to him ; a ella, to her ; a ellos, m., a ellas, f., to them ; the
accusative remaining before the verb.
Examples : lo enviare a el y no a ellos. If there were only
one person or several persons to whom it should be sent,
and if the person or persons were distinctly known, so that
no doubt could be entertained, then se indicates that per-
son or those persons. The following examples will exhibit
the manner of using those pronouns :
I had a table,but I gave it to them. Yo tenia una mesa, mas
la di a ellos, m., a ellas, f.; or se la di, m. and f.
I shall have a hat, but I will give it to him — to her. Tendre
un sombrero, mas lo dare a el — a ella, (se lo dare, m. and t)
I found the fan, and sent it to her. Halle el abanico, y se to
envie ; or lo envie a ella.
1 found his coat, and sent it to him. Halle su casaca, y se la
envie ; or la envie a el.
He had ten books, but he gave them to them, til tenia diez
lihros, mas se los did ; or los did a ellos, in., a ellas, f.
Where are her gowns? The servant has sent them to her.
I En dbnde estdn sits batas f La criada se las ha enviado ;
or tus ha enviado u ella.
YII Vuestra mereed or vuesa merced ; Your Honor or
Your Worship ; Sir, Madam, is generally contracted, and
pronounced usted, and written V., or Vd. The plurals will
consequently be vuestras mercedes, vuesas mercedes, ustedes,
VV., or Vds. The verb agrees with them in the third per-
son ; they are used in speaking to both males and females,
and the adjective agrees in gender with the person spoken
to.
This is the most polite manner of speaking. The second
person plural is not so polite ; and the second person sin-
gular is used in speaking to servants and children, also to
brothers and sisters, and others with whom we are on terms
of very great intimacy ; but children generally address their
parents by Vds.
VIII. The personal pronouns may be placed either before
PRONOUNS. 365
or after tlie verb, unless the verb have its nominative ex-
pressed before it.
Examples: Yo tenia; lemato; tenia yo ; mat'ole; losbuenos
me aman, and not aman me.
Between two verbs, the latter of which is governed by the
former, the pronouns may be placed before both, or after
either of them.
Examples: Le voy a buscar; voyle a buscar, or voy a bus-
carle.
The pronouns, mi, ti, si, with their prepositions, are placed
either before or after the verb.
Examples : Be mi hacen, or dicen de mi; para ti viene la,
carta, or viene para ti la carta; a mi ttegb la noticia, or llegd a
mi la noticia.
IX. In the following phrases, the English impersonal
verb, it is, must be rendered in Spanish by ser, agreeing
with the nominative which follows; as, it is I, soy yo; it is
he, es d; it is we, somos nosotros; it is you, sois vosotros, or
#s Vd., singular, son Vds., plural ; it is they, son ellos.
X. The following expressions, myself, thyself, &c, when
in the nominative, are always rendered by mismo, or misma,
singular, mismos, or mismas, plural, according to the gender
and number of the person or persons. If a female spe&ks,
she says yo misma; but a male person says yo mismo. In
speaking to a female, we say Vd. misma, or tu misma; it a
man, Vd. mismo, or tu mismo. The rest are :.
Mas. Fern.
M mismo, he himself. Ella misma, she herself.
ellos mismos, they themselves, ellas mismas, they themselves.
nosotros mismos, we ourselves, nosolras minmas, we ourselves.
vosrtros mismos, you your- vosotras mismas, you your-
selves, selves.
Vfc. mismos, you yourselves. Vds. mismas, you yourseb es.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
I. As the most polite mode of speaking is by usted and.
ustedes, which are third person, we must, when speaking
SYNTAX.
thus, use su and sus ; also, suyo, suyos, suya, suyas, when we
wish to say your.
Examples : How are your sisters ? g Como estdn sus her-
manas de Vd. t My houses are larger than yours ; Mis casas
eon mas grandes que las suyas de Vd., or que las de Vd. I live
in his, or their house ; Habito en su casa. Observe, that the
possessives always agree with the thing possessed, and not
with the possessor.
II. It is mine, is expressed es mio, or es mia, according to
the gender of the thing possessed. They are mine, son
mios, or son mias. The others are :
It is thine, es tuyo or tuya; they are thine, son tuyos or tuyas.
It is his or hers, es suyo or suya; es de el, or de ella.
They are his or hers, son suyos or suyas; son de 61 or de ella.
It is ours, es nuestro or nueslra; they are ours, son nuestros
or nuestras.
It is yours, es vuestro or vuestra; es de Vd. or de Vds.
It is theirs, es suyo or suya; es de ellos or de ellas.
They are yours, son vuestros or vuestras; son deVd. or de Vds.
They are theirs, son suyos or suyas; son de ellos or de ellas.
The above shows the manner of using the possessives
with the verb to be, in Spanish, ser ; but when they are
Used without the verb ser, the article must be prefixed.
Examples : My father and thine ; Mi padre y el tuyo.
Your brothers and mine ; Sus hermanos, or los hermanos de
Vd. or Vds. y el mio, sing., or los mios, plur. His children
and ours ; Sus hijos y los nuest7*os. Her sisters and yours ;
Sus hermanas, or las hermanas de ella y las de Vd., or de Vds.
My hens are fatter than his, hers, or theirs ; Mis gallinas
estdn mas gordas que las suyas.
III. In speaking of the parts of the body, the Spaniards
use the definite article where the English use the possessive
pronoun ; but this occurs only where there could be no
doubt as to the person of whose body we are speaking.
Examples : He broke my leg ; Me rompib la pierna. My
finger is sore ; Me duele el dedo. They pierced his body ;
Le atravesaron el cuerpo. They stole our flocks ; Nos robaron
los rebaflos.
PKONOUNS. . 367
In these examples the pupil should observe, that the pro-
noun expressing the person of whose body we speak, is pre-
fixed to the verb in the dative case. Where loss or damage
is sustained it is similarly expressed, as in the last example.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
I. In English, the pronouns who, whom, ivhich and that,
are of both numbers, and consequently remain unchanged,
whether they relate to one individual or many ; as, the man
who walks, the men who walk, &c. ; but in Spanish they all
admit a plural form, except que, which never varies. The
relatives agree in gender and number with the antecedent,
or noun to which they relate ; as, el hombre al cual lo di, las
mujeres a las cuales lo di. Quien, who, relates to persons
only ; que and cual, (who, which or that), to both persons and
things ; cuyo, whose, relate? to an antecedent which may be
either a person or a thing, and it agrees in gender and num-
ber, not with the antecedent, but with another noun, before
which it is commonly placed. Quien and cuyo never re-
quire the definite article ; que requires it but very seldom ;
and cual requires it almost always. Cual indicates the gen-
der and number of its antecedent ; quien indicates only the
number; que and cuyo indicate neither the gender nor
number of the latter noun with which it agrees.
Examples : El hombre a quien liable; el hombre or la mujer
con quien sefue ; los hombres or las mujeres con quienes sefue ;
el hombre que pasea ; la mesa que rompieron; la que me habla
(she who speaks to me) ; los or las que me hablan (they who
speak to me) ; el hombre or la mujer, or los hombres or las
mujeres que amo ; el sujeto del cual yo hablaba; el hermano del
cual, la hermana de las cuales, las hermanas de las cuales habld
mi padre,- un templo cuya elevacion era grande; los hombres
cuyo injenio es agudo : las casas cuyos corredores son largos;
las seftoritas cuya hermosura me encantb; la nifta cuyos zapatoa
se perdieron.
II. The following will exhibit the manner of rendering
any of the English relatives into Spanish :
Sing, que, quien, (m. & f.), el cual (m.) la cual, (f.)
Who, nom. -^Plur. que, quienes, (m. & f.) los cuales, (m.) las
cuales, (f.)
368 . SYNTAX.
'Sing, que, a quien, (m. & f., al cual, (m.) a Id
Whom, ace. i -n-, V v' , 0 , N , 7 7 , x
' rlur. que, a quienes, (m. & t.) a los cuales, (m.)
a las cuales, (£.)
To whom, dat., — same as ace. except that que is not used.
( Sing, gwe, (m. & f.), el cual, (m.), la cual, (f.)
"Which, or that, -jPlur. ^we, (m. & f.), tos cuales, (m.), /as
( cuales, (f.)
The dative, when applied to things, is the same as when
applied to persons, except that quien is not used, and que
becomes a que. The genitive of all are formed by adding de
to the nominative. The pupil should observe, that in Eng-
lish the word that, is frequently used for who or whom, as
well as for which. It will be necessary, therefore, to ex-
amine whether it would make good sense in English, to sub-
stitute who whom, or which, and after discovering the one
with which the sense would be correct, the above table will
render the translation perfectly easy. Que is used in Span-
ish much in the same way that that is used in English.
Examples : The man that walks, or the man who walks ;
el hombre que pasea. The girl that I love, or whom I love ;
la muchacha que amo, or a quien amo. The means that were
taken, or which were taken ; los medios que se tomaron.
Quien is never used in the nominative except as an inter-
rogative Who and whom are generally rendered by que, if
it immediately follow its antecedent ; if not, who — el cual ;
whom — a quien.
III. The relatives are called interrogatives when they are
used in asking questions. The question who? is always
asked by quien, singular, quienes, plural. The question what ?
is asked by qui, singular and plural, unless the verb to be
separates it from the noun to which it belongs ; in the
latter case it is rendered cual singular, cuales pluraL The
question whose? is asked by de quien ?
Examples : i Quien es este ? $ Quienes lo han visto ? & Que
hizo Yd. ? I Que mirito tiene el ? i Que cosas han hecho ?
iCuhlfuela consecuencia ? $ Guales son las consecuenciasf
PRONOUNS. 369
hbro f
IV. Lo que, that which, or what, is used in speaking of
something indefinite. It is always in the singular.
Examples : La virtud es lo que mas me (junta. Todo lo qne
tengo es poco.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
The demonstrative pronoun that, may be rendered iu
Spanish either by ese or aquel ; but not indiscriminately.
Ese denotes an object at a moderate distance from the
speaker ; aquel, an object that is more remote. When this
and that refer to two preceding nouns, this is rendered by
esle, and that by aquel.
Examples : Esos drboles me gustan mueho, pero aquellos me
gutian mas. El dinero y los libros son ambos utiles; estos para
hacernos sabios, y aquel para proporcionarnos lujo.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
Some of the indefinite or indeterminate pronouns were
omitted in the Etymology, as the words of which they are
composed may be known by translating, and their use is
much the same as in English. Observe, however, the fol-
lowing.— Some have no plural, and are the same in both
genders ; as, dlguicn, nadie, algo, nada, quienquiera, cualquiera :
some have no singular ; as, umbos, dmbas, varios, varias, en-
trdmbos, entrdmbas : tal and cualquiera have the same termi-
nation for both genders, and make, in the plural, tales, cua-
lesquiera. All the rest form the feminine and plural accord-
ing to the rules of adjectives. The following must be trans-
lated differently in the singular and plural : uno, una, one,
unos, unas, some, mucho, mueha, much, muchos viuchas,
many ; poco, poca, little, pocos, pocas, few ; uno d otro, each
other, unos d otros, one another ; ww y otro, etc., both ; n%
uno ni otro, etc., neither ; cada uno, coda una, each or every
Dne. Alguno, some one, ninguno, no one, lose the last letter
370 SYNTAX.
before a noun masculin and singular (1), and in plural are
translated some.
VEEBS.
USE OF THE TENSES.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
The present and future are used in the same manner in
Spanish as in English.
The imperfect represents either an unfinished action, or
one which signifies continuation of time. It may always be
used when was or were, with the present participle, can be
used in English.
Examples : Cenaba yo cuando entro mi hermano ; I was
supping, etc. Los romanos cuUivaban las artes ; cultivated
(continued to cultivate) the arts.
The perfect is used when we speak of an action entirely
past.
Examples : El afto pasado edifique una casa. Ayer perdi a
mi madre.
The perfect compound is used much in the same manner
as in English ; and is composed of the Present Indicative
of haber, and the past participle.
The pluperfect has a double form in Spanish, one or the
other of which must be used whenever the same tense is
in English. One form of this tense (which is most com-
monly used), is composed of the Perfect Indicative of haber,
and past participle. The former should always be used,
except preceded by one of the following adverbs of time
viz.: cuando, despues que, asi que, no bien, etc.; as, luego \ue le
hube visto.
The future compound is used in Spanish as in English ;
as, habrd almorzado, he or she will have breakfasted.
(1) The same is to be observed of the objectives buer,o, malo, primero,
and postrero Tercero and grande may be used, the former without the
last letter, the latter without the last syllable. Santo before a proper name
loses the last syllable. Cieuto loses the last syllable before a noun and
before nil.
VEltBS. 871
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
In this Mood the learner cannot be guided so much by
l,he time implied by the verb, as by the preceding verb oi
conjunction, by which the tenses of this mood are commonly
governed. It will therefore be necessary here, and in treat-
ing of the Infinitive, to introduce the regimen or govern-
ment of verbs, in order to show when verbs are required to
be in the Subjunctive or Infinitive, and to point out when
and under what circumstances the several tenses of those
moods ought to be used. As this is one of the most difficult
parts of Spanish Grammar, it will claim our particular at-
tention.
There are three general observations which ought to be
attended to. 1st. The Subjunctive is always used when
anything conditional, contingent or doubtful is implied.
2d. All the tenses of the Subjunctive, except the imperfect,
are governed by some preceding verb or conjunction.
8d. The termination ra being common to both the perfect
and the conditional, when it is used for the latter it is gov-
erned by no preceding word, and may, like the conditional,
begin a sentence ; but when used for the perfect, it is gov-
erned in the same manner as that tense.
The present is almost always preceded by some conjunc-
tion expressing contingency or doubt, such as : que, aunque,
bien que, a menos or a no ser que, antes que, en caso que, para
que, por tal que, puede ser que, hasta que, con tal que, sea que,
sin que, etc., in which it will be observed that que is used in
all those conjunctions where contingency etc., are implied.
Of those, que is the most frequently used, and it is generally
preceded by a verb in the present or future of the Indica-
tive. When this tense is governed by any other conjunction
than que, such conjunction may begin a sentence or phrase
without being preceded by a verb. This tense is as fre-
quently translated in English by the present or future indi-
cative, as by the sign may, which must not be an invariable
guide in our translation.
Examples : Desea que yo se lo de; deseard que yo se lo de.
Aunque los soldados sean dcsarmados; en caso que Ikgue. Es-
372 SYNTAX.
pero que este Yd. bueno, I hope you are well ; iemo que no
venga su padre de Vd., I fear your father will not come.
Observe, that, in free translations, que may be frequently
omitted, as in the above examples ; and in translating all
euch phrases as: I wish he may go, she fears he will be pun-
ished, we think he is safe, the word que, that, must be in-
serted in Spanish ; thus, quiero que vaya, I wish that he may
go ; teme que sea castigado, she fears that he may be punish-
ed ; pensamos que este salvo, we think that he may be safe.
The imperfect or conditional, is the only tense in this
mood which can begin a sentence without being preceded
by a conjunction or another verb ; it is translated by the
English potential would, and sometimes should; but the
latter can be used only in the 1st person singular and plural.
Examples : Yo amaria el juego si I would love or I
should love play if £l le malaria si he would kill
him if ... .
Sometimes this tense is preceded by que or «, but it is
always in cases where inclination is implied, which is the
distinguishing characteristic of this tense. Si, thus used, is
equivalent to whether.
Examples : Me prometib que vendria ; that he would come
(inclination). Me preguntb si escribiria ; if (whether) I
would write (inclination).
The termination ra may always be used for ria, except in
sentences similar to the last two examples. The former two
examples might with equal propriety stand thus : Yo amara
el juego ; el le matara.
The perfect is always subjunctive, that is, subjoined 01
placed after some verb or conjunction. With a conjunction,
such as si, aunque, sino, etc., or an interjection expressing
desire, it may begin a sentence ; but it is much more fre-
quently governed by a verb followed by que. The preceding
verb is generally in the imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or fu-
ture Indicative. The termination se is moreused than ra,
after cuando, antes que, donde, cuanto, el que, etc., implying
contingency ; but after si and aunque, ra is more used than
VEKBS. 373
m. The English signs of this tense are might a.icl should
(but never would) ; however, it is frequently translated by
the perfect Indicative, in the same manner as the present is
translated by the present Indicative. Thist ake place gener-
ally after conjunctions, but especially after si and aunque.
Examples : Si yo conociera or conociese las personas, if I
knew the persons ; aunque me suplicara or suplicase, though
he might beseech me, or should beseech me ; me dijo que
viniera or viniese, he told me to come ; suplieaban aljuez que
oyer a, or para que oyese sua descargos, they entreated the judge
to hear, or that he should hear their defence.
The future is used when we use the future Indicative,
preceded by when or if. This tense may be rendered by
ivill, shall, or should. If si and cuando, when used with the
perfect, do not always apply to past time, they never apply
to a future time, as when used with this tense.
Examples : Cuando yo bebiere el vino, when I shall drink
the wine (not cuando bebere) ; si me diere, if he will give me
(not si me dar)d; si el edijicare las casas, if he should build
the houses (not edificard).
The compound tenses in the Subjunctive are formed by
prefixing to the past participle the tenses of haber, in the
Subjunctive. The rules for the use of these tenses is the
same as those for the simple ones. They are never used
unless the English verb be preceded by have or had ; as,
quiero que venga, I wish he may come ; aunque hay a venido,
although he may have come.
The following examples will explain the use of those
tenses : and in order to render them more intelligible, I
shall make use of the same verbs which in the foregoing ex-
ample were used in their simple tenses.
Present Compound.
Espero que haya escrito, I hope he may have written.
Aunque haya ido, Though he may have gone.
Imperfect Compound.
Yo habria or hubiera amado el I would have loved play, if . .,
juego, si. . . .
374 SYNTAX.
Me aseguro que habna or hu- He assured me that lie would
biera venido, si ... . have come, if ... .
Perfect Compound.
Me dijo que habna or hubiera He told me that he might or
venido, si hubiese or hubiera should have come, if he had
conocido las pei'sonas, known the persons.
Future Compound.
Cuando yo hubiere bebido el When I shall have drank the
vino, wine.
Si el hubiere edificado las casas. If he will have built the houses.
If these examples be compared with the simple tenses,
their use and regimen will be found exactly the same.
From the foregoing observations it appears evident that
the termination ra is of more frequent use than ria, or set
as it is used for both, bat it is oftener used for se than for
ria. Ria can never be used for se, nor se for ria; as there is
a material difference between — dijo que el soldado vendria,
and — dijo que el soldado viniese ; the former that the soldier
would come, the latter that the soldier should come; the
former denoting inclination on the part of the soldier, the
latter implying an obligation to come, whether with or with-
out his inclination.
The following rules will be necessary to complete our ob-
servations on the regimen of this Mood. It is a general rule,
that when the signification of the governing or governed
verbs does not refer to the person or thing which is the
nominative of the first, the second is governed in the Indi-
cative or Subjunctive with the conjunction que ; as, deseo
que aprendas, la casa parece que amenaza ruina. If the first
verb is in the future Indicative, it governs the second verb
with que in the present or perfect Subjunctive ; as, habrd
pretendido que le dejm or dejasen en UbeHad. The verbs decir
and pensar, and all of like meaning, as declarar, manifesfar,
esponer, concebir, imajinar, and mandar, ordenar, prescribir,
if they are in the Indicative, and govern verbs whose actions
refer to them and their nominative, the second verb will
also be in the Indicative, and in any tense ; as digo que voy1
VEKBS. 375
que iba, que ir£, etc. But if the second verb does not refer
to the nominative of the first, the second will be in the Sub-
junctive ; and observe, if the first is in the present, the sec-
ond will be in the future Indicative, or present Subjunctive ;
as, imajino, creo, or picnso que se sentencie or sentenciard la
causa en mi favor. But if the first is in any past tense of
the Indicative or future compound Indicative, the second
will be in the Conditional ; as, creia, juzgo, habrd pensado que
le pedirian alguna Jianza.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
This Mood is used in the same manner as in English.
Although the 2d. person singular and plural are not the
same as the Subjunctive present, yet if there be a negation,
the Subjunctive present must be used in those persons also.
The reciprocal pronouns which belong to reflective verbs,
and the datives and accusatives of personal pronouns which
precede the verb, must follow the Imperative when it is af-
firmative, and precede it when it is negative. The first and
second person plural Imperative of reflective verbs, lose the
final s and d before the reciprocal pronouns nos and 08, re-
spectively, when they follow the verb.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
When two verbs are used in a sentence, if the signification
of the latter refer to the nominative of the former, the latter
is commonly pint in the Infinitive, either with or without a
preposition. The Infinitive has no preposition when it is
governed by any of the following verbs : deber, declarar,
dejar, desear, digimrse, creer, entender, enviar, esperar, hacer,
parecer, pretender, poder, querer, saber, ver, and some others.
The Infinitive has de before it when it can be expressed in
English by the present participle, with of or from prefixed,
and sometimes by, wilh, and in ; also when it is governed by
verbs signifying abstaining, ceasing, depriving, and finishing,
and when it is governed by a noun. The Infinitive has a.
before it when it is governed by verbs signifying to dare, to
begin, to teach, to learn, to exhort, to desire, to invite, to
prepare, to assist, to compel, etc. The Infinitive takes, para,
when for or in order could be prefixed before the English
376 SYNTAX.
Infinitive. "When without, in, or by, are followed by the
present participle in English, the Spanish will be in the In-
finitive, with sin, en, or por, prefixed. The English Infini-
tive is often rendered by the Indicative or Subjunctive with
que.
The datives and accusatives which follow the Imperative,
follow also the Infinitive, whether it be affirmative or nega-
tive ; as, no quiso ddrselo ; pretendib habermelos hecho. Some-
times there are three verbs together without any preposi-
tion ; as, quiso hacer correr el caballo, he wished to make the
horse run ; mandb hacer venir el coche, he ordered the coach
to come. Haber de, or tener que, with the Infinitive, are used
to express a future action which is to be done ; as, he de es-
cribir, or tengo que escribir una carta, I have to write a letter.
GERUND AND PARTICIPLE.
The Gerund is equivalent to the Present Participle in
English ; and when it is expressed absolutely, thus : George
fighting, Mary singing, the Gerund stands first : peleando
Jorje, canlando Maria. It is always indeclinable. With eslar
it is sometimes used thus : estoy peleando, I am fighting ;
ella estaba canlando, she was singing ; which are equivalent
to, yo peleaba, ella cantaba. The Past- Participle is indeclina-
ble after haber, unless it be used with ser in conjugating
passive verbs ; in which case the Participle admits of plural
and feminine, like adjectives, and agrees with the nomina-
tive of the passive verb. Gerunds and Participles govern
the same cases as the verbs from which they are derived.
The Gerund is sometimes elegantly understood. When
tener is used as an auxiliary, the Past Participle agrees with
the accusative case.
Can, Could, Might, Will, Would, and Shoidd.
I. Those words are sometimes not signs of the tenses of
the verbs with which they are used, but distinct verbs, b}'
which the following verb is to be governed, according to the »
rules already given. When can and may, might, could, ivould
and should, can be indiscriminately used for each other, they
must be expressed by some tense of the verb with which
VERBS. '611
they are joined ; and this tense may be known by the rules
for the bse of the tenses. But when power or ability is em-
phatically expressed, poder should be used ; when wish or
inclination is emphatically expressed, querer should be used;
and deber when obligation or duty is emphatically expressed.
II. When.' can, could, or might, could be changed into the
verb to be able, followed by an Infinitive, it must be express-
ed in Spanish by poder, followed by the Infinitive of the fol-
lowing verb ; can by the present Indicative or Subjunctive,
could and might by the imperfect or perfect of the Indica-
tive or Subjunctive ; and the manner to ascertain what
tense to use, is to discover what tense of to be able would
make good sense in English, and then render that tense in
Spanish by the rules given in the Use of the Tenses.
Examples : You can write, Vd. puede escribir ; if I could
oblige you, si pudiera complacer a Vd. ; you could have done
it, Vd. hubiera podido hacerlo ; I do not think you could, no
creo que pudiese Vd. / I could have done that yesterday, po-
dia haber hecho eso ayer ; I could not, no podia or pude ; you
might have written a letter to me, Vd. hubiera podido escri-
birme una carta ; you might have been deceived, Vd. podria
haJjer estado engaflado.
III. When ivill and would could be changed into the verb
to wish, or to be ivilling, it must be translated by querer, and
the tense must be discovered in the same manner as direct-
ed for poder.
Examples : Because I wont, or because I will not, porque
no quiero. Will you have houses or land ? i Quiere Vd.
tener casas 6 terrenosf I will have houses, but he would have
land, yo quiero tener casas, mas el quisiera tener terrenos; he
would grasp all, el quisiera abarcar todo; I could do it if I
would, yo to pudiera hacer si quisiese.
IV. When should could be expressed by would, it is com-
monly a sign of the imperfect Subjunctive ; when it could
be expressed by might, it is commonly a sign of the perfect
Subjunctive ; and when it could be expressed by shall or will,
or when it refers to a future action, it is commonly in the
o78 SYNTAX.
future Subjunctive ; but, as before observed, when duty is
emphatically expressed, it must be rendered by deber. Duty
is always understood, if it would make sense in English with
the defective verb ought, followed by the Infinitive of the
annexed verb. The tense in which to put deber, must be
discovered by the Use of the Tenses.
Examples : I should go if I had my hat, yo iria si tu-
viese mi sombrero; he ordered that they should be silent,
ordenb que callasen; provided he should come, con tat que
venga ; if he should die, si muriere ; you should go, Yd. de-
beria irse ; I should have gone yesterday, yo debt haberme ido
ayer ; we should love our enemies, debemos amar a nuestros
enemigos.
VERBS ACTIVE, PASSIVE, NEUTER, REFLECTIVE, AND IMPERSONAL.
I. Two or more nouns, or pronouns, in the singular, re-
quire the verb to be in the singular when joined by the con-
junction b, and plural when joined by y ; as, la madre 6 la
hija vendrd; la madre y la hija vendrdn. When two or more
nouns, or pronouns of different numbers, are connected by
a disjunctive conjunction, such as b, sino, &c, the verb
agrees with the last ; as, que ellos 6 Pedro venga, whether
they or Peter come. The verb agrees with the first rather
than with the second, and with the second rather than with
the third person ; as, yo y tit, comeremos ; tu y Juan vendreis.
II. Active verbs govern the noun, or pronoun in the ac-
cusative, with the preposition a when the accusative termi-
nates in a person, and without it when it terminates in a
thing ; as, amar a Dios, aborrecer el vicio. They also govern
other verbs in the Infinitive, either with or without a pre-
position ; as, quiero estudiar; exhorto a estudiar.
III. Verbs which signify plenty or want, care or negligence
remembrance or forgelfulness, praising or blaming, loading,
filling or unloading, binding or releasing, jeering, mocking or
jesting, reviving or depriving, pitying, repenting, absolving,
using, and in gen eral all those which in English are followed
by of, from, which, or by, are followed by de or en.
VERBS. 379
IV. Verbs implying acquisition or loss, advantage or dis-
advantage, and requiring in English to, for, or from, are fol
lowed by a. This rule includes verbs meaning buying, bor-
rowing, and taking away, with their contrapositions, and
many others.
V. Passive verbs are formed by ser, and sometimes by
estar ; and haber is used to form the compound tenses, as in
active verbs. In the 3d. person, if the Nominative be not a
person, the passive is generally formed by prefixing the
reciprocal pronoun s^, itself, themselves, etc. When ser or
estar are used, the past Participle is declinable, and agrees
with the nominative.
The following examples will exhibit the manner of chang-
ing the active into the passive, with or without negation :
Act. Aff. — I love handsome young ladies ; amo a las senori-
tas hermosas.
Neg. — I do not love handsome young ladies ; no amo a
las senoritas hermosas.
Pas. Aff. — Handsome young ladies are loved by me ; las se-
ftoritas hermosas son amadou por mi.
Neg. — Las sefloritas hermosas no son amadas por mi.
Act. — The boy should study his lessons ; el muehacho debe
estudiar sus lecciones.
Pas. — The lessons should be studied by the boy ; se deben
estudiar las lecciones por el muehacho.
Act. — Los sabios no pierden el tiempo.
Pas. — El tiempo no se pierde por los sabios.
Act. — They have refused us the favor ; nos han rehusado el
favor.
Pas. — We have been refused the favor ; el favor se ha rehu-
sado a nosotros, or se nos ha rehusado el favor.
Pas. — Though the books may have been burned ; aunque se
hay an quemado los libros.
Pas. — The cities would be burned ; se quemarian las ciuda-
des.
Pas.- — The cities would have been burned se habrian quema-
do las ciudades.
Pas. — Though the women are protected, or may be protect-
ed ; ar/nque se proteja a las mujeres.
380 SYNTAX.
Pas. — Though the women were protected ; aunque se prjte
jiese a las mujerts.
Pas. — If the women had been protected ; 'si se hubiese prote
jido a las mujeres.
Pas. — If the women should be protected ; si se hubiere pro-
tejido a las mujere-s.
Pas. — If they had been protected ; si se les hubiese protejido
VI. Any active verb may become reflective by prefixing
the pronoun in the accusative case ; this pronoun must be
of the same person as the nominative of the verb ; as, me ■
amo, el hombre se ama. But there are verbs which are always
reflective ; such as, se mofa de su hermano, he mocks his
brother ; me adhiero a la opinion de Vd., I adhere to your
opinion ; nos gusta escribir, we are fond of writing. Reci-
procal verbs govern others in the Infinitive, some with a,
and some with de ; as, me arrepiento de haberle hablado ; se
quejaba de trabajar tanto ; os acostumbrais a trabajar ; se atremo
dpelear. Those which take a before the Infinitive will have
it before a noun ; the same with regard to de; as, se arre-
piente de su conducta ; se acojio a sagrado.
VII. The pupil was informed in the personal Pronouns,
rule VI, that when a dative and accusative are governed by
the same verb, the dative precedes the accusative. This is
a general rule, except when the verb is reflective, and then
the reciprocal pronoun (which is always in the accusative,)
precedes the dative, as may be seen in the following exam-
ples :
I discovered myself to him, Me le descnbri, or me descubri
or I have discovered, etc. a el ; me le he descubierto, or
me he descubierto a el.
He discovered himself to me. Se me deseubrio, or se descubrio
a mi.
I wish to discover myself to Deseo descubrirmele, or descu-
him, or to her. brirme a el, or a ella.
They discovered themselves Se nos descubrie7°on, or se descur
to us. brieron a nosotros.
He opposed him. Se le opu so.
They opposed them. Se les opusicron.
*$&&
ADVEEBS. 381
"Vitf. Many active verbs are used reflectively, and then
the;y are generally followed by de ; as, I pity him, le compa-
dezco or compadezcole (active) ; me compadezco, or compadez-
come de el ('reflective) ; lie forgets his friend, olvida d iu ami-
go (active) ; olvidase, or se olvida de su amigo (reflective.)
IX. — Neuter verbs cannot govern others but by the help
of prepositions ; as, el hombre nace para vivir: and as this
and similar phrases govern the Indicative or Subjunctive we
must add que after para or por ; as, el hombre nace para qu6
muera, y muere porque la muerte le es natural.
X. — Many impersonate, and verbs used as such, govern
the Subjunctive with que; as, conmene que venr/a, it is fit
that he or she come, or may come ; es menester que yo vaya,
I must go ; fue preciso que lo hiciese, it was necessary for him
to do it.
XI. — Verbs implying motion from a place, require de ; to
a place, a; through or by a place, por ; towards a place,
hdcia ; and for a place, para.
ADVEEBS.
"With regard to the situation of the adverb in a sentence,
no rule can be given but what would be subject to many
exceptions. It is a matter that depends much on taste ;
however, when no particular emphasis is intended to be
laid on the adverb, it generally follows the verb, and pre-
cedes other parts of speech ; and for energy, or elegance, it
frequently changes its situation. Nevertheless, the strength
of the adverb depends very much on its position in a sen-
tence ; and the perspicuity of the construction also demands
care in the proper placing of the adverb ; thus we must be
guided according to the stress we wish to lay on the adverb
to give it a more or less conspicuous position, taking care,
however, to place it where it shall not create ambiguity in
the sentence.
OBSERVATIONS ON CERTAIN ADVERBS,
Aqui and acd. The first means here, and the second
hUJier ; as, Aqx i estd — Here it is. Ven acd — Come hither.
382 SYNTAX.
Hasta aqui means hitherto, and de aqui, hence ; as, i hsta
aqui hemos vivido en paz — Hitherto we have lived peaceably.
De aqui esos male* — Hence those evils.
He aqui, signifies behold, or here is ; as, He aq:ii mi boha —
Behold, or here is my purse.
Ahi, alii, alia. Ahi generally denotes a place not very dis-
tant from the speaker : it also alludes to the place where
the person addressed is ; as, Ahi estd mi cosa — There is my
house. Ahi donde estd Vd, — There where you are. Alii and
alia generally refer to a more distant place than ahi ; as,
Le deje alii — I left him there. Alia en aquellos paises — -
There, in those countries. Alia is also equivalent to
thither; as, Voy alia — I am going thither.
Mas acd and mas alia are always accompanied by the pre-
position de, when followed by another word. Mas acd sig-
nifies on this side ; and mas alia, on that side, or beyond, ; as,
Mas acd de Madrid — On this side of Madrid. Mas add de los
Alpes — On that side, or beyond the Alps.
Ademas and demas. The first means besides and moreover ;
as, Ademas de eso — Besides that. Ademas, ya es larde — More-
over, it is now too late, The second, as an adverb, means
either over and above, or useless ; as, £ Cuantos hay demas t
How many are there over and above ? Es por demas — Jt is
useless. As an adjective and a substantive demas means
the rest ; as, Lo demas vendrd maflana. — The rest (of it) will
come to-morrow. Los demas de los escritos — The rest of the
writings. Las demas cartas — The rest of the letters.
Donde and adonde. The first signifies where, and the
second whither, or where to ; as, $ Donde estd ? Donde Vd. le
dejb — "Where is he ? Where you left him. % Adonde ha ido ?
Adonde Vd. le mando — Whither is he gone? Where you
sent him.
Jamas and nunca may be used indiscriminately ; as,
Jamas or nunca vi tal cosa — I never saw such a thing.
Nunca joined to jamas adds greater energy to the negation ;
as, Nunca jamas vi tal cosa — Never did I see such a tiling.
Jamas is often used after the words por siempre, and para
siempre, for ever ; then, instead of its negative signification,
it means eternally ; as Me acordare de el para siempre jamas
I will remember him all the days of my life, or for ever. It
PREPOSITIONS. 383
is sometimes used alone interrogatively, in the sense of ever,
as, i Ha visto Vd. jamas tal proceder ? — Did you ever see such
behaviour ?
No,. This adverb does not always convey a negative
meaning ; on the contrary, it strengthens the affirmation
when used with comparatives, and renders the contrast
more striking ; as, Mejor es el trabajo que no la oeiosidad — .
Labour is better than idleness. Mas vale ayunar que no en-
fermar — It is better to fast than to fall ill.
The no, however, in such sentences is not absolutely
required, since their grammatical construction would be
perfect without it.
Ya. This adverb has a variety of significations, as will
be observed in the following examples : —
I Ha venido Vd. ya ? Are you come already ?
Ya lo se. I already know it.
Ya vendre a verle. I'll soon come and see you.
Vaya Vd. que ya yo ire. Go yourself, I will go presently.
^Me entiende Vd. yaf Do you understand me now f
Si, ya le entiendo. Yes, now I understand you.
£Ha acabado ya de escribir? Has he finished writing yet?
Ya no me quejo de mi suerte. I no longer complain of my
fate.
Ya lo sabra Vd. You will know it by and by.
Ya quiere esto, ya aquello. Sometimes he wants this some-
times that.
Ire, ya que Vd. lo manda. I will go, since you desire it.
Ya sea por esto, ya por Whether it be for this, or for
aquello. that.
Ya no le vere mas. I shall never see him again.
Ya se ve. It is evident. Of course.
PREPOSITIONS.
The prepositions, in Spanish, are always placed before
the words which they govern.
I. — The preposition de, which answers to of or from, in
English, must be translated by or with, when it expresses
the agent or cause of an action :
384 SYNTAX.
Aborrecido de todos, Detested by all.
Rodeado de enemigos, Surrounded by enemies.
Saber de memoria, To know by heart.
Apasionarse de una dama, To be enamored with a lady
Bordar (algo) de plata, To embroider with silver.
Llenar de agua, To fill with water.
Speaking of the body, it is used thus :
Alto or bajo de cuerpo, Of a high or low stature.
Blanco de cara, Having a white face.
With most reflective verbs and phrases like the following
it cannot well be expressed in English :
Abusar de la amistad, To abuse friendship.
Ademas de eso, Besides that.
Antes de ahora, Before now.
Cerca, or enfrente de la Near, or opposite the house.
casa,
Gozar de alguna cosa, To enjoy any thing.
Tr tras de mi. To go behind me.
The following are not easily reducible to any rule :
Ordenarse de sacerdote, To be ordained into the priest-
hood.
Pasar de Se villa, To go farther than Seville.
Triunfar de los enemigos, To triumph over enemies.
II. — In phrases like the following, it is translated on or
upon.
Caer a tal parte, To look on such a aide.
Ladear a tal parte, To lay on such a side.
Resolverse a alguna cosa, Te resolve upon any thing.
In the following, and similar phrases, it should be tran-
BlatedyVom.
Pedir algo a alguno, To ask something from any-
one,
Callar la verdad a otro, To conceal the truth from
tuiother.
PREPOSITIONS. 385
In the following, and similar phrases, it is translated
for :
Disponerse a alguna cosa, To prepare for any thing.
Ingrato a los favores, Ungrateful for favors.
Optar a los empleos, To be a candidate for situa-
tions.
The following are not easily reducible to a rule :
Arrimarse a la pared, To lean againd the wall.
Oler algo a otra cosa, To have the smell of another
thing.
III. — En, in, is sometimes translated with, on, upon or to:
Encenderse en ira, To kindle with auger.
Bambolear en la maroma, To dance on the rope.
Caer en tierra, To fall upon the ground.
Examples of the manner of using con, para, &c. :
Acertar, or dar con la casa, To find the house.
Trocar una cosa con otra, To change one thing fir
another.
Chocar una cosa con otra, To drive one thing against
another.
Visible para todos, Visible to all.
Estar para partir, To be ready to depart.
V. — Some prepositions are indiscriminately used for
others :
Aconsejarse de, or con To be advised by wise men.
sabios,
RULES FOR THE USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS por AND para.
Por denotes the instument, the agent, the medium, the
cause or motive, and therefore is rendered by for, on account
of, by or through. Examples :
This machine is moved by Esta mdquina estd movida por
steam, vapor.
This work is written bj N., Esta obra estd escrita por N.
336
SYNTAX.
The teacher punished my son El maestro castigo a mi hijo por
for (on account of) his in- {per causa de) su indolencia.
dolence,
I will do it for (on account of) Lo hare por Yd.
you,
How much do you ask for this $ Cudnto pide Yd. por este soni*
hat ? brero f
I passed through Paris, Pase por Paris.
Para indicates the purpose, the direction, or the end ;
and is rendered by to, in order to, or for. Examples :
To (in order to) learn, one Para aprender es menester estu*
must study, diar.
That vessel sails for Havana, Aquelbuque sale parala Habana,
This letter is for you, Esta carta es para Yd.
VERBS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION CL BEFORE BOTH AN INFINI-
TIVE AND A NOUN.
Abandonarse a morir, a los
vicios.
Acertar a pasar, al sitio.
Acostumbrarse a pedir, a la
limosna.
Adelantarse a llegar, a los
otros.
Aficionarse a cazar, a la lectu-
ra.
Apostar a correr, al juego.
Apresurarse a, venir, a mi en-
cuentro.
Aproximarse a morir, al pue-
blo.
Arrojarse a nadar, al agua.
Asomarse a ver, al balcon.
Atreverse a decir, a muclios.
Comenzar a cantar.
Concurrir a votar, a empresas.
Condenar a morir, a destierro.
Conformarse a sufrir, a la
regla.
Consagrarse a servir, a Dios.
Contribuir a edificar, a em-
presas.
Convidar a bailar, al baile.
Convocar a deliberar, a juuta.
Dar a entender, a todos.
Decidirse a viajar, a todo.
Dedicarse a aprender, a las
ciencias.
Determinarse a comprar, a la
compra.
Echarse a dormir, al suelo.
Enviar a decir, a Pedro.
Exhortar a enmendarse, a la
enmienda,
Habituarse a beber, al vino.
Hurnillarse a rogar, al ruego.
Incitar a correr, a alguno.
Inclinarse a leer, a la virtud.
Inducir a pecar, a pecado.
Ir a viajar, a paseo.
Meterse a gobernar, a sastre,
PREPOSITIONS.
387
Negarse a dar, a todos.
OMigar a cumplir, a lo justo.
Obligarse a pagar, al pago.
Ofrecerse a servir, al servicio.
Pararse a descansar, a la
puerta.
Pasar a descubrir, a la sala.
Persuadir a ceder, a alguno.
Ponerse a estudiar, al trabajo.
Reducirse a vivir, a lo nece-
sario. [empresa.
Resolverse a raarchar, a la
Salir a torear, a la calle.
Sentarse a comer, a la mesa.
Someterse a sufrir, al superior.
Subir a ver, al terrado.
Tornar a decir, a un lado.
Volver a caer, a casa.
VERBS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION a BEFORE A NOUN, ANU
DO NOT ADMIT IT BEFORE OR WITH ANOTHER VERB.
Abordar
& la lancha.
Acojerse
al asilo.
Adherirse
& facciones.
Agregarse
a los suyos.
Arribar
a buen puerto.
Ascender
& capitan.
Atender
d la leccion.
Atribuir
d la suerte.
Brindar
a la salud.
Caer
d tierra.
Calentarse
d la chim enea.
Callar
al publico.
Ceder
d la fuerza.
Comprar
al tendero.
Conducir
d la ciudad.
Confiar
d su amigo.
Consagrar
d Dios.
Consultar
d los doctos.
Contestar
d esquelas.
Contravenir
d lo mandado.
Convertirse
d la virtud.
Corresponder
d los favores.
Deber
al panadero.
Declarar
d la nacion.
Desmentir
cl calumniador.
Despertar
al dorniilori.
Diferir
d otra dpoca.
Echar
d tierra.
Elevar
d las nubes.
Esceder
d otro.
Faltar
d la orden.
Favorecei
d pobres.
Fiarse
d uu amigo.
Igualars?3
d inferiores.
Irnpeler
d la carrera.
Imponer
d siibditos.
Impugnar
at contrario.
Imputar
al inoceute.
Incliuar
al obstinado.
Incorporar
d la masa.
Infuiidir
d alguno.
Insinuar
d su amigo.
Jugar
d los naipes.
Juutar
d otro.
Leer
d la junta.
Llover
d cantaros.
Mantlar
d inferiores.
Manifestar
al auditorio.
Mantener
d un pobre,
Montar
d caballo.
Mudarse
d otra parte.
Navegar
al Sur.
Notificar
d la parte.
Oler
d vainilla.
Optar
d empleos.
Parecerse
d su madre.
Participar
a los jefes.
Pegar, fijar,
colgar
y a la pared.
Permitir
d los subalternos.
Persuadir
d los rebeldes.
Prevenir
d incautos.
Prometer
d los amigos.
Promover
d la rnajistratura
Eecetar
al enfermo.
Eecibir
d cuenta.
Becomendar
d un axnigo.
Beferirse
d una cosa.
388
SYNTAX.
Rerdirse
Repartir
Representarse
Responder
Re^tituir
Retirarse
Retroceder
Robar
Rogar
Saber
Saltar
Sustituir
d la razon.
d la tropa.
d la imajinacion.
d la pregunta.
al despojado.
al convento.
d un punto.
al caminante.
al padre.
a quina.
d la imajinaeiou.
al profesor.
Sustraerse
Sujerir
Tirar
Tocar
Traer
Transferir
Transplantar
Uniforniar
Unir
Vestir
Vivir
Volar
al deber.
d alguno.
d la izquierda.
d cada uno.
al mercado.
al sitio.
al huerto.
d otra cosa.
d otro.
d la turca.
d gusto.
al cielo.
VERBS VTHICH REQUIRE THK PREPOSITION de BEFORE AN INFINITIYI
Abochornarse
Abstenerse
Aburrirse
Acabar
Acordarse
Acusar
Agraviarse
Ahorrar
Alegrarse
Arrepentirse
Asegurarse
Avergonzarse
Bajar
Blasonar
Cansarse
Confesarse
Congratularse
Cuidarse
Culpar
Dar
Dejenerar
Desdenarse
Desesperar
Despedirse
Desquitarse
Dejar
IMgnarse
Disgustarse
Distraerse
Enmendarsr
Espantarse
Escluir
Escusarse
Eximir
de pedir.
de pecar.
depadecer.
de trabajar.
de ir.
de haber hecho.
de oir.
de gastar.
de saber.
de jugar.
de ser cierto.
de hablar.
de dormir.
de haber sido.
de trabajar.
de haber hecho.
de ser.
de trabajar.
de omitir.
de beber.
de ser.
de asistir.
de conseguir.
de un amigo.
de perder.
de molestar.
de conceder.
de pretender.
de padecer.
de pecar.
de ver.
de votar.
de ir.
de trabajar.
Fastidiarse
Fatigarse
Gloriarse
Guardarse
Gustar
Hartarse
Holgarse
Jactarse
Justiticarse
Lamentarse
Librar
Llevarse
Mantenerse
Maravillarse
Molerse
Motejar
Olvidarse
Preciarse
Presumir
Quejarse
Querellarse
Reirse
Renegar
Retraerse
Sacar
Sentirse
Servirse
Sobresaltarse
Subir
Subsistir
Sustraerse
Tachar
Tratar
Valerse
de oir.
de andar.
de ser.
de caminar.
de bailar.
de comer.
de recibir.
de poseer.
de haber hecho.
de padecer.
de servir.
de oir decir.
de bordar.
de saber.
de correr.
de ignorar.
de ir.
de cantar.
de saber.
de ser.
de haber sido.
de oir decir.
de haber nacido.
de concurrir.
de padecer.
de oir.
de dar.
de ver.
de cenar.
de trabajar.
de obedecer.
de n^entir.
de comprar.
de ser.
PBEPOSITIONS.
Vanagloriarse
Venir
de servir,
de cazar.
Vivir
Zafarse
de mendigat.
de trabajar.
VERBS FROM WHOSE MEANING SPRINGS THE PREPOSITION €)l WHICH
MUST BE USED BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.
Actuarse
Adestrarss
Afanarse
Aferrarse
Balancear
Ceder
Complacerse
Comprometerse
Concurrir
Confiar
Confundirse
Consentir
Consumirse
Convenir
Dar
Deleitarse
Detenerse
Distinguirse
Distraerse
Empenarse
Engaiiarse
Ensayarse
Eutrernetersr
Equivocarse
Esforzarse
Esmerarse
Estrecharse
Estribar
Fatigarse
Fundarse
Gozar
en escribir.
en bailar.
en convencer.
en sostener.
en opinar.
en tirar.
en dar.
en firmar.
en pensar.
en ascender.
en contemplar.
en pagar.
en cavilar.
en comprar.
en mentir.
en cantar.
en referir.
en vestir.
en bordar
en conseguir,
en creer.
en dibujar.
en gobernar.
en pronunciar.
en inerecer.
en pulir.
en gastar.
en acertar.
en rodear.
en haber oido.
en oir cantar.
Ignalarye
Incidir
Influir
Insistir
Instruir
Instruirse
Introducirse
Invertir
Matarse
Meters e
Mezclarse
Moderarse
Obstinarse
Ocuparse
Pecar
Peligrar
Pensar
Perseverar
Propasarse
Quedar
Recalcarse
Sacrificarse
Semejarse
Sobresalir
Templarse
Titubear
Trabajar
Trabucarse
Uniformarse
Vacilar
Violentarse
en correr.
en cometer.
en sentenciar.
en sospechar.
en raanejar.
en manejarse.
en analizar.
en edificar.
en trabajar.
en florear.
en gobernar.
en hablar.
en negar.
en escribir.
en pensar.
en salir.
en acomodarse.
en pedir.
en hablar.
en asistir.
en ponderar.
en pagar.
en hablar.
en m on tar.
en hablar.
en salir.
en vencerse.
en hablar.
en pensar.
en vender.
en ceder.
NOUNS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION de BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.*
Alegria
Atrevimiento
arrojo u
dia
Bondad
Cobardia
de ver.
osa- >• de decir.
de dar.
de negar.
Consuelo
Desconsuelo
Desdicha
Deseo
Desgracia
Dicha
de saber.
de ver.
de perder.
de aprender.
de perder.
de ganar.
* Recomended to the scholar for its importance, and for being the
first time it has appeared in any Spanish Grammar.
390
SYNTAX.
Dignacion
Disgusto
Escusa
Esperanza
Facilidad
Facultad
Favor
Felieidad 6 in-
felicidad
Fortuna
Frauqueza
Gana
Gloria
Gozo
Gusto
Honor
Honra
Imprudencia
Insolencia
Intericion
Jenorosidad
Libertad
Molestia
Miedo
Placer
Pretension
de aceptar.
de ver.
de 6 para ir
de recibir.
de vender.
de hacer.
de decir.
de casarse.
de estar.
de hablar.
de comer.
de ver.
de oir.
de ser.
de ser.
de estar.
de hablar.
de decir.
de hacer.
de dar.
de pedir.
de venir.
de hablar.
de saber.
de conocer.
Promesa
Pretesto
Proposito
Resolution
Satisfaccion
Necesidad
Objeto
Obligacion 6
deber
Ocasion
Oportunidad
Poder
Pena, pesar, 6
pesadurnbro
Posibilidad
Prudencia
Razon
Seguridad
Suerte
Temor
Tiempo
Tristeza
Valor
Vanidad
Vergiienza
Voluntad
de estudiar.
de 6 para ir.
de estar.
de quedarse.
de informar.
de decir.
de ir.
de hacer.
de hablar.
de ir.
de perdonar.
de ver.
de hacer.
de callar.
de 6 para quejarse*
de recibir.
de ganar.
de encontrar.
deo para estudiar.
de ver.
de 6 para ir.
de decir,
de confesar.
de hacer.
PECULIAR MEANINGS OP CERTAIN ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS, WITH
THEIR CORRESPONDING TRANSLATIONS IN SPANISH.
"When English prepositions have other meanings besides
those which constitute their most general signification,
they must be translated by words corresponding with those
which they stand in the place of : Ex. :
About.
To run about the streets,
He spoke about that affair.
What are you about ?
I was about to tell it to you,
Correr por las calles.
Hablo de, or sobre ese negocio.
I Que esta Vd. haciendo ?
Estaba para decirselo a Vd.
Above.
His liberality is above his Su liberalidad escede i sua
means, medios.
It is above my comprehen- No alcanzo a comprenderlo.
sion,
PREPOSITIONS. 391
After.
He does things after his own Hace las cosas a su antojo.
fancy,
I was looking after a friend, Iba en busca de un amigo.
Against.
I set my face against it, Me opuse a ello.
I shall be back against the Estare de vuelta para fines
end of the month, del mes.
Along.
Along the shore, A lo largo de la ribera.
Come along with me, Venga Vd. conmigo.
At.
Are they at home ? <? Estan en casa ?
I am at a loss how to act, No se como determinar.
Not at all, Del todo.
He came in at the window, Entro por la ventana.
I was at Salamanca, Estuve en Salamanca.
He is at dinner, Esta comiendo.
Before.
Before my window, Delante de mi ventana.
Before the judge, Ante el juez.
Behind.
He leaves him behind, Le deja en zaga.
You are behind your time, Viene Vd. tarde.
Beneath.
Such actions are beneath a Tales acciones son indignas
gentleman, de un caballero.
Beneath the mask of hypo- Bajo capa, or so capa de
crisy, santo.
Beside.
He appeared beside himself, Parecia fuera de si.
Beside me, Al lado mio.
m
SYNTAX.
It is beyond all praise,
Beyond my reach,
Beyond doubt,
By day,
By accident,
Impelled by necessity,
One by one,
How did you come by it?
By and by,
By sea,
Close by,
Down the hill,
Throw it down,
Beyond.
Escede a toda alabanza.
Fuera de mi alcance.
Sin duda alguna.
By.
De dia.
Por accidente.
Impelido de la necesidad.
Uno a uno.
I Por donde le vino a Vd ?
Luego.
Por mar.
A la mano.
Down.
Cuesta abajo.
Echelo en tierra.
For.
For my sake,
For fear,
I act for him,
I start to-morrow for Segovia,
It will last for many years,
I bought it for a dollar,
It is impossible for me,
As for me,
Por amor de mi.
Por miedo.
Acttio por el.
Parto inafiana para Segovia
Durara por muchos anos.
Lo compre por un peso.
Me es imposible a mi.
En cuanto a mi.
From.
He did it from fear,
Tell him from me,
I speak from what I hear,
In,
In the morning, in the after-
noon.
Deficient in intellect,
Lo hizo de miedo.
Digale Vd. de mi parte.
Hablo por lo que oigo.
Into.
Por la manana, por la tarde
Falto de intelecto.
PREPOSITIONS.
393
Tn consequence of that,
In accordance with,
I was in hope that it would
do,
To descend into the garden,
They entered into an alliance,
A consecuencia de eso.
De acuerdo con.
Tenia esperanzas que 3er-
viria.
Bajar al jardin.
Entraron en alianza.
Near
Near to the Exchange,
Near me,
Cerca de la Bolsa.
Junto a mi.
Or.
All of us,
I beg of you,
To be well spoken of,
Of course,
To be ignorant of the fact,
How far off is it ?
Off the port,
Off hand,
Lift it off the ground,
Take off youi hat,
He carried her off,
I let him off,
I shall soon leave off,
Todos nosotros.
Le pido a Vd.
Toner buena fama.
Por supuesto.
Ignorar el hecho.
Off.
I Cuanto dista ?
Sobre el puerto.
De improviso.
Levantelo del suelo.
Quitese el sombrero.
Se la llevo.
Le perdone ; le deje
Pronto acabare.
lr.
On, Upon.
Keep on your cloak,
He came on Monday last,
I met them on the road,
On that account,
On this side and On that,
On certain occasions,
On the contrary,
On foot ; on horseback,
Go on,
Rely on me,
Quedese con la capa puesta.
Vino el Lunes pasado.
Los encontre en el camino
Por ese inotivo.
De este lado y de aquel
En ciertas ocasiones.
Al contrario.
A pie ; a cab alio.
Adelante.
Dependa Vd. de inL
694:
SYNTAX.
On, or upon my word,
They are not on terms,
He imposed that duty on, or
upon them,
He was looked upon as a spy,
They heaped many favors
upon them,
To feed on, or upon hopes,
Seated on the sofa,
Come on the twelfth of May,
Bajo mi palabra.'
No se tratan.
Les impuso esa obligacion.
Le miraron como espia.
Los colmaron de favores.
Alimentarse de esperanzas.
Sentado en el canajDe.
Venga Vd. el doce de Mayo.
The coach ran over him,
All over the world,
Over the way,
It is all over,
Read it over,
There was nothing over,
Give over,
Out of fear,
Out of danger,
Out of doors,
He is out of money,
Out of order,
Out of vengeance,
She is out of her mind,
Out of curiosity,
To be out of humor,
All the year round,
To sail round the world,
I will come round to you,
To go round and round,
OvEB.
El coche le paso encima.
Por todo el mundo.
Al or del otro lado.
Se acabo.
Vuelva Vd. a leerlo ; Re-
paselo Vd.
No sobr6 nada.
Acabe Vd.
Out.
De miedo.
Fuera de peligro.
Fuera de casa.
Esta sin dinero.
Descompuesto.
Por, or de venganza.
Perdio el juicio.
Por curiosidad.
Estar de mal humor.
Round.
Todo el afio.
Circumnavegar el mundo,
Pasare a su casa de Vd.
Ir dando vueltas.
PEEPOSITIONS.
395
Through.
We passed through France,
He ran him through,
I passed through the mob,
Through (i. e. on account of)
him,
Through (i. e. by means of)
him,
Through envy,
Throughout the whole coun-
try,
Pasamos por Francia.
Le atraveso de parte a parte.
Pase por entre la caterva.
Por razon de el.
Por medio de el.
Por or de envidia.
Por todo el pais.
From day to day,
From door to door,
According to appearances,
That is yet to come,
That is new to me,
Secretary to the embassy,
A victim to his passions,
Ten to one,
To this day,
The ship is under sail,
He is under age,
Under oath,
It is under its value,
To.
De dia en dia.
De puerta en puerta.
Segun las apariencias.
Eso esta aun por venir.
Esto es nuevo para mi.
Secretario de la embajada,
Victima de sus pasiones.
Diez contra uno.
Hasta el dia de hoy.
Under.
El navio esta a la vela.
Es menor de edad.
Bajo de juramento.
Es me'nos de su valor.
Up.
Up that way,
Are they up ?
Up two pairs of stairs,
Let them serve up the dinner,
He was taken up,
To be puffed up with pride,
I cannot put up with her,
Hacia alia.
^Estan levantados?
Al segundo piso.
Que suban la comida.
Le pusieron en custodia,
Hincharse de soberbia.
No la puedo aguantar.
396
SYNTAX
With.
They quarrelled with one RiSeron entre si.
another,
The room is filled with El cuarto esta lleno de jente,
people,
He was charged with the Le acusaron del delito.
crime,
Arm yourself with patience,
Fraught with danger,
I was struck with her beauty,
Endowed with virtues,
I am not acquainted with her,
I was pleased with his dis-
course,
Armese Vd. paciencia.
Lleno de peligro.
Me quede sorprendido de su
hermosura.
Dotado de virtudes.
No la conozco.
Within pistol- shot,
Within my reach,
Within a little way from here,
It is within a mile,
There is nobody within,
I came without her,
Without exception,
Without doors,
Without his reach,
Me agrado su discurso.
Within.
A tiro de pistola.
A mi alcance.
A poca distancia de aqui.
No llega a una milla.
No hay nadie en casa.
Without.
Vine sin ella.
Sin escepcion.
Fuera de casa.
Fuera de su alcance.
CONJUNCTIONS.
PECULIAR MEANINGS OF CERTAIN ENGLISH CONJUNCTIONS, WITH
THEIR CORRESPONDING TRANSLATIONS IN SPANISH.
There are several conjunctions in English that are fre-
quently used as substitute for other words ; these conjunc-
tions are generally rendered in Spanish by the words which
they stand in the place of, as follows :
As, meaning when, is translated cuando; as, We saw them
as we were going in — Los vimos cuando entrdbamos.
But,, meauing if it were not, is translated si no; as, Bui
CONJUNCTIONS. 397
for me, they would have killed him — Si no hubiera sido por
mi, le habrian matado. I would go, but that I think it useless
— Yo iria, si no creyera quefuese inutil.
But, meaning only, is translated solo, or no mas que; as, I
have but two to finish — Solo me quedan dos para acabar. I
went but once — No/W mas que una vez.
But, meaning except, is translated sinb, or mas que after a
negative and after an interrogative pronoun ; and menm,
when not preceded by a negative ; as, He speaks nothing but
nonsense — No habla sino, or mas que tonterias. Who would
think so but you ? — i Quien creyera tal sino Vd.? Everybody
knows it but he — Todos lo saben menos el.
Whether, meaning if, is translated si ; as, Say whether you
will come or not — Diga Vd. si quiere venir 6 no.
Whether, meaning be that, is translated que ; as, Whether
he come or not — Que venga 6 que no venga.
Whether, meaning that, is also translated que; as, I doubt
whether she knows it — Dudo que lo sepa.
However employed before an adjective, is translated in the
following manner ; as, However attentive they are, and how-
ever kind they may be — Por atentos y bondadosos que sean; or,
no obstante lo atentos que son, y por bondadosos que sean.
Why and because are translated porque; as, I do not know
why — No se porque. Because I could not — Porque no pude.
For, meaning because, is translated porque ; as, You must
take care of yourself, for if you do not, you will be ill — Es
menester que se cuide Vd., porque si no, se enfermard.
WJiereas, meaning it being so that, is translated siendo asi
que; as, Whereas certain individuals appeared before me,
etc. — Siendo asi que parecieron ante mi ciertos individuos.
Whereas, meaning on the contrary, is translated de lo con-
trario ; as, You must obey the orders ; whereas, if you trans-
gress them, you will suffer the consequences — Es menester
que obedezca Vd. las or denes; de lo contrario, si las tro.spa-
sare, sufrira las consequencias.
Either and or are both translated 6 ; Either I am right, or
he is— O yo tengo razon, 6 el la tiene.
Neither and nor are both translated ni; as, Neither pro-
mise nor act without thinking — Ni prometas, ni obres sin
pensar.
DIALOGUES.
K) ACCOST, TAKE LEAVE, AND
PAT THE USUAL COMPLIMENTS.
Good morning to you, Mr.
James.
(Your servant). How do
you do, Mr. Francis?
As usual, I thank you ; and
how do you do ?
Quite well-
you.
-so, so — I thank
Well, I am glad to see you
bo well.
Your most obedient, Mr.
Belmonte.
Your most obedient, Mr.
Rodriguez.
Oh, Mr. Henry, is that you?
How are you ?
(At your service). Very
well. I thank you.
How is this, my good friend,
are you here ?
How glad I am to meet you !
Well, I am very happy to
see you, and looking so well
too.
* The literal translation of "sin novedad" is without novelty; but
the meaning, conveyed by the expression is, that the state of health con-
tinues without change or alteration.
PARA SALUDiR, DESPEDIRSE, 1
HACER LOS CUMPLIMIENTOS
ORDINARIOS.
Tenga Vd. muy buenoa
dias, Sefior Don Diego.
Servidor de Vd. Don Fran-
cisco, como lo pasa Vd. ?
Sin novedad,* a la disposi-
cion de Vd. ; y a Vd. £ como
le va ? — or, y Vd. ,; que tal ?
Perfectamente bien — tal
cual — asi, asi — le doy las gra-
cias.
Vaya, me alegro de verle
tan bueno.
Beso a Vd. la mano, Sefior
Belmonte.
A la orden de Vd. Seiior
Rodriguez.
Ola, Don Enrique ! <;Vd. por
aca? <: Y que tal?
Para servir a Vd.
I Que es esto, amigo mio ;
tanto de bueno por aca ?
j Que f eliz encuentro !
Vaya, me alegro mucho de
ver a Vd, y tan guapo.
DIALOGUES.
399
I am also delighted to see
you so well.
Good afternoon, Mr. Charles.
(Your servant). I hope I
see you perfectly well.
Perfectly well, I thank you;
and how have you been since
I saw you last ?
Not very well, I thank you.
Rather unwell.
I have a cold.
I have a fever.
My head aches.
I am very sorry.
I am sorry, indeed.
I hope it is nothing of con-
Bequence.
I am somewhat recovered.
I am much better.
A little better.
I am rejoiced to hear it.
I am very glad.
I hope you will soon recov-
er.
Mr. R — , it is an age since I
had the pleasure of seeing
you.
It appears just as long to
me since I had the pleasure
of seeing you.
Have you been away — or,
absent ?
Only a few days.
How does your brother find
himself ?
Igualmente celebro el ver
a Vd. tan famoso.
Tenga Vd. muy buenas tar-
des, Don Carlos.
ServidordeVd. ; espero que
le veo en perfecta salud.
Perfectamente bueno, para
servir a Vd. £ como le ha ido
desde que le vi la ultima
vez?
Gracias ; no muy bueno.
Algo indispuesto.
Estoy resfriado, 6 consti-
pado,
Tengo calentura.
Me duele la cabeza.
Lo siento mucho.
Lo siento, de veras.
Espero que no sera cosa de
cuidado.
Me hallo algo mas restable-
cido.
Estoy mucho mejor.
Un poco mejor.
Lo celebro infinito.
Me alegro mucho.
Le deseo a Vd. una pronta
mejoria.
JSefior Don Ramon, ha^ee
un siglo que no he tenido la
satisfaccion de verle.
Otro tanto me parece a mi
desde que tuve el gusto de
ver a Vd.
I Ha estado Vd. ausente ?
Solamente algunos dias.
I Como se halla su hermano
de Vd. ?
400
DIALOGUES.
He is not very well, I thank
you.
What ails him?
He suffers much from rheu-
matism.
That is very prevalent just
now.
He feels very weak, or lan-
guid, from his illness.
He is obliged to keep his
room.
The doctor does not con-
sider him in a fit state to go
out yet.
Give my kind remem-
brance to him, and I hope he
will soon be better.
Thank you — I shall not
fail.
I will make it my duty to
call and see him.
He will esteem it a great
kindness.
Do not fail to call and see
us.
I shall be very happy to
do so.
You know we are always
glad to see you.
Gracias, no esta muy bueno
de salud.
£ Que tiene ?
Padece mucho de reuma-
tismo.
Corre mucho de eso en el
dia.
Se halla muy debil por su
enfermedad.
Se ve precisado a no salii
de su cuarto.
El medico no le cree aun
en estado de poder salir.
Dele Vd. mil espresionea
de mi parte, y que deseo se
halle pronto restablecido.
Doy a Y. mil gracias, — no
lo olvidare.
Tendre por una de mis
obligaciones el hacerle una
visita.
Lo apreciara mucho.
No deje Vd. de pasar por
casa.
Tendre mucho gusto en
ello.
Vd. sabe que mi casa es
muy suya.*
* A Spaniard in offering his house to a friend, or to a new acquaint-
ance, mostly makes use of a similar expression to one of the following —
Esta casa es de Vd. (This house is yours). Mi casa es muy suya (My
house is much at your service). Disponga Vd. de esta su casa (Consider
this house your own).
In the like manner when a person admires any thing in the possession
of another, the possessor will immediately say: Esta muy a la disposition
de Vd. (It is very much at your service). Which, however, being under-
stood only as a compliment, the person to whom it is offered replies:
Mil gracias, esta en muy buenas manos / or Esta muy bien entpleado,
(Thank you, it is in very good hand*).
DIALOGUES.
40)
Thank you ; I appreciate
your kindness. I have no
occasion to repeat that I
shall always be happy to see
you.
So ; good-by, till we meet
again.
Command me in any thing
I can be of use to you.
I also beg to tender my
service to you.
Good-by to you.
Farewell.
God bless you.
Welcome, Mr. B. I am
very glad to see you. When
did you arrive ?
Well met, Mr. S. I arrived
last night, for what you may
wish to command.
And how have you been ?
Perfectly well.
Where have you been so
long?
I have made a trip to Ma-
drid and other places.
Indeed! and how did you
pass your time ?
Very well — exceedingly
well.
Well, I am very glad.
After to-morrow I start
for Seville, and if you have
any commands, you have only
to name them.
Mil gracias, aprecio mucho
su fineza ; no es preciso de-
cirle que la mia es igual-
mente muy de Yd.
Pues ; a la disposicion do
Vd. — hasta la vista— or, hasta
mas ver.
Mandeme Vd. en lo que
pueda serle util.
Ignalmente me ofrezco a
las ordenes de Vd.
Que Vd. lo pase bien.
Que le vaya a Vd. sin no~
vedad.
Vaya Vd. enhorabuena.*
Bien venido, Don Beltran,
me alegro mucho de verle.
<j Cuando llego Vd. ?
Mil gracias, Don Salvador ;
llegue ayer noche, para lo
que Vd. guste mandar.
^Y como lo ha pasado Vd.?
Perfectisimamente.
£ Donde ha estado Vd.
tanto tiempo ?
He hecho un viajecito a
Madrid y a otras partes.
Ola ! y que tal le ha ido a
Vd.?
Muy bien — de lo mejor.
Vaya, me alegro.
Pasado mafiana salgo para
Sevilla, y si se le ofrece al-
guna cosa no tiene Vd. mas
que mandar.
* Enhorabuena is a compound word from en hora buena (literally, in a
good hour), expressive of good will, of all that is propitious.
402
DIALOGUES.
Thank you ; 1 have noth-
ing at present to trouble you
with ; and when will you be
back ?
Within a few weeks.
Well, I wish you your
health, there and back.
I wish you every happi-
ness.
Good-by, till we meet
again.
Apropos ! I have some-
thing to trouble you with.
What is it?
Have the goodness to re-
member me most kindly to
our good friend N. — Do not
forget.
Do not fear ; it shall not
escape my memory.
So ; good-by.
Farewell. j
A pleasant journey !
Mil gracias, no se me
ocurre nada por ahora con
que molestarle ; y <? cuandp
estara Vd. de regreso ?
Dentro de pocas semanas.
Ea pues, que vaya Yd. y
vuelva con salud.
Que lo pase YtJ. con feli-
cidad.
A Dios, hasta mas ver.
Ah ! se me ocurre un en-
carguito.
I Que es ?
Que tenga Vd. la bondad
de dar mil afectos de mi
parte a nuestro buen amigo
N. — No se le olvide a Vd.
Descuide Vd. que no se me
pasara de la memoria — no lo
echare en olvido.
Con que ; pasarlo bien.
Quedese Vd. con Dios.*
Vaya Vd. con Dios.*
I Feliz viaje !
BETWEEN A GENTLEMAN AND A ENTRE UN CABALLERO Y UNA
LADY.
SENORA.
(Your most obedient).
How do you do, madam?
Quite well, I thank you :
and how do you do f
A los pies de Vd. Sefiora ;
I como lo pasa Vd. ?
Sin novedad ; y <j Vd. caba-
llero ?
* The literal translation of "Quede Vd. con Dios" is, Kemain yon with
God ; and of " Vaya Vd. con Dios," Go you with God ; and they are
equivalent in meaning to: God be with you. Both these expressions are
used only in a familiar manner ; the former by the person that takes
leave, and the latter by the one that remains.
DIALOGUES.
403
(At your service, madam).
Very well, I thank you.
I am glad to see you so
well.
Thank you ; you are very
kind.
You are looking very well,
indeed.
I am much better, thank
you kindly.
It was long since I had the
pleasure of seeing you.
Perhaps you have been in
the country ?
Not at all — I have been
engaged in a variety of du-
ties, and trifling things.
And I suppose also in ban-
quet, parties, &c. ?
Why — it is the season for
amusements.
It is true ; and you do
right to participate in them.
And tell me, pray, how are
your mother and sisters ?
They are all exceedingly
well ; I am obliged to you.
And your father and bro-
thers ?
They are at present at
Segovia ; but we have heard
from them this week, and
they were quite well.
Well, I am very happy, and
I beg you to offer my re-
spects to your mother and
Bisters : and when you write
A la disposicion de Vd.
Senora.
Me alegro de ver a Vd. tan
bueno, or, sin novedad.
Mil gracias ; agradezco la
bondad de Vd.
Tiene Vd. muy buen sem-
blante, Senora.
Estoy mucho mejor, gra-
cias por su atencion.
Hacia mucho tiempo que
no tenia el gusto de ver a
Vd.
<? Estaria Vd. quiza en el
campo ?
Nada, Senora, ocupado en
mil quehaceres y frioleras.
Y supongo tambien en con~
vites, tertulias, &c. ?
j Que quiere Vd. ! es la
estacion de las distracciones.
Verdad es ; y hace Vd. bien
en aprovecharse de ellas.
Y digame Vd. Senora ;
I como lo pasan su mama y
hermanas ?
Todas estan a cual mejor ;
agradezco la atencion de Vd.
i Y su papa y hermanos ?
Estan actualmente en Se-
govia ; pero hemos tenido
noticias de ellos esta semana,
y quedaban sin novedad.
Vaya, me alegro infinito ;
y suplico tenga Vd. la bondad
de ponerme a los pies de su
mama y hermanas ; y cuando
404
DIALOGUES.
to your father and brothers,
to forward my kind remem-
brance to them.
I shall not fail to do all
you desire me.
I shall esteem it greatly,
and pray excuse the trouble.
No trouble at all, sir.
With your permission, I
must take leave of you, and
I hope to have the pleasure
of seeing you soon again.
The pleasure will be mine.
So (madam, your most
obedient), till we meet again.
Good-by.
Good-by to you, sir: fare-
well.
escriba Vd. k su papa y her-
manos de darles muchos
recados de mi parte.
Quedara Yd. servido en
todo.
Se lo estimare infinito,
Senora, y perdone Vd. la
molestia.
No hay de que, caballero.
Con su permiso, me des-
pido de Vd. ; y espero volver
pronto a tener el gusto de
verla.
El gusto sera mio.
Con que, Senora, servidor
de Vd. hasta la vista, que lo
pase Vd. sin novedad.
Hasta mas ver, caballero,
que Vd. lo pase bien.
OF THE WEATHER.
What weather is it ?
It is fine weather.
It is bad weather.
It is cold to-day.
It was warmer yesterday.
I am very cold.
My fingers are numbed
with cold.
I feel the heat very much.
I do not feel warm.
It is dry weather.
It is very damp weather.
The wind runs high.
The wind is getting very
strong.
DEL TIEMPO.
Que tiempo hace ?
Hace buen tiempo.
Hace mal tiempo.
Hace frio hoy.
Ayer hizo mas calor.
Tengo mucho frio.
Tengo los dedos entumidos
de frio.
Siento mucho el calor.
Yo no siento calor.
Hace un tiempo seco.
Hace un tiempo muy
humedo.
Hace, 6, ccrre mucho viento.
El viento arrecia.
DIALOGUES.
405
It is a tremendous weather.
The weather is very change-
able,
The weather is very un-
settled
The weather is getting j
milder. (
The wind is changed.
What wind is it ?
North. South.
East. West.
Southwest.
Southeast.
Northwest. Northeast.
Does it rain ? It does not
rain.
Drops of rain are falling.
It freezes, it thaws, it hails.
The river has begun to
freeze, and it will not be long
before there is skating.
Are you fond of skating ?
It is an exercise that I am
very fond of.
There is a sleet falling.
It thunders, it lightens.
The sky is overcast.
What a thick mist !
It is very cloudy.
It is going to rain.
It threatens to rain.
It begins to rain. It driz-
zles.
It pours. It rains in tor-
rents.
It is only a r bower.
Hace un tiempo espantoso.
Hace un tiempo muy
variable.
El tiempo esta muy decom-
puesto.
Se compone el tiempo.
Abonanza 6 escampa.
Ha cambiado el viento.
I Que viento hace ?
Norte, 6 tramontane
Sud, 6 sur.
Levante, 6 este. Ponien«
te, 6 este.
Sudoeste.
Sudeste.
Norueste. Nordeste.
I Llueve ? No llueve,
Caen gotas de agua.
Hiela, deshiela, graniza.
El rio ya empezo a helarse,
y pronto se correran patines.
<:Es Vd. aficionado a pati-
nar ?
Es ejercicio que me agrada
mucho.
Cae aguanieve.
Truena, relampaguea.
El cielo esta cargade.
i Que neblina tan espesa I
Esta muy nublado.
Va a Hover.
Amenaza lluvia.
Empieza a Hover. Lloviz-
na.
Llueve a cantaros, or a tor
rentes.
Es solo un aguacero.
406
DIALOGUES.
It is a passing cloud.
"We see the rainbow.
The clouds are dispersing.
The weather clears up.
The sky is serene, or,
cloudless.
The rain is over.
It is a starlight night.
The moon shines beauti-
fully.
It has frozen very hard.
Large flakes of snow are
falling.
• The pavement is slippery.
It is very muddy.
The air is getting milder.
The season is very back-
ward.
The sun begins to be
powerful.
The weather is delightful.
It is neither too hot nor
too cold.
The days are growing long.
It is intensely hot.
It is suffocatingly warm ;
sultry.
It is Very dusty.
We are now in the hottest
part of the summer : the sun
strikes very hot.
Let us shelter ourselves.
The mornings and evenings
are very delightful.
The days are growing
short, or, are drawing in.
Es una niue pasajera.
Se ve el arco iris.
Las nubes se disipan.
El tiempo se aclara.
El cielo esta sereno, 6,
despejado.
Ya paro de Hover.
Hace una noche estrellada.
Hace un hermoso claro de
luna.
Ha caido una terrible hela-
da.
Caen grandes copos de
nieve.
El piso esta resbaladizo.
Hay mucho lodo, 6 fango.
Se pone mas templado el
aire.
La estacion esta muy atra-
sada.
El sol empieza a tomar
fuerza.
El tiempo esta delicioso.
No hace ni mucho frio, ni
calor.
Los dias van creciendo.
Hace un calor intenso.
Hace un calor sofocante,
Hace mucho polvo.
Estamos ya en lo mas
recio del verano : el sol
abrasa ; da de piano.
Pongamonos el abrigo.
Las m ananas y las noches
estan deliciosisima»s
Van acortando los dias.
DIALOGUES.
407
Day breaks very late, and
nights sets in, or, it grows
dark, very early.
We are approaching the
worst season of the year.
I believe we are going to
have a storm.
Do you hear the thunder ?
How vivid the lightning is !
A thunderbolt has fallen.
The weather is very stormy.
It is very cloudy.
The sea is very rough.
Two ships have stranded.
Another is making signals
of distress.
The weather is calming.
EATING AND DRINKING.
Are you hungry ?
I am neither hungry nor
thirsty.
I am very hungry and
thirsty.
I am dying with thirst.
Give me something to
drink.
I am starving.
Give me something to eat.
I have a voracious appetite.
I feel as if I could eat some-
thing.
Eat something.
What will you have to eat?
Whatever there be ready.
Will you have some meat,
fish?
Amanece muy tarde, y
anochece, 6 oscurece muy
temprano.
Vamos a entrar en la peor
estacion del ano.
Creo que vamos a tener
tempestad.
£ Oye Vd. los truenos ?
j Que relampagos tan vivos !
Ha caido un rayo.
Esta el tiempo muy bo-
rrascoso.
Esta muy nublado.
El mar esta uuiy embrave-
cido.
Dos buques han encallado.
Otro estapidikjndo socorro.
Ya va calmapdo el tiempo.
DEL COMER If BEBER.
I Tiene Vd. b^mbre ?
No tengo ni ha.»vbre ni sed.
Tengo mucha twabre y
sed.
Me muero de sed-
Deme Vd. de bebe*.
Estoy muerto de hawbr*
Deme Vd. algo que comer
Tengo un apetito voraz.
Tengo ganas de comer.
Coma Vd. algo.
,? Que quiere Vd. comer ?
Lo que hubiere pronto.
^Quiere Vd. carne, pescado?
4:08
DIALOGUES.
Yes ; and some wine and
water.
Do you wish anything else
to eat?
I have eaten sufficiently.
I could relish a glass of
bier.
Give me a bit of cheese.
Bring me some fruit.
I am quite satisfied.
Do not give me any more.
Si ; y un poco de vino cor
agua.
£ Quiere Vd. comer otra
cosa ?
He comido bastante.
De buena gana beberia an
vaso de cerveza,
Deme Vd, un pedazito da
queso,
Traigame Vd, alguna fruta«
Estoy satisfecho.
No me de Vd, mas.
THE TIME THE CLOCK, ETC.
What hour is it ?
Do you know what o'clock
it is?
I believe it is one o'clock.
It is just upon the point of
one,
A quarter past one.
I believe it is two (o'clock).
Half past two,
A quarter to three.
Ten minutes to four.
Five minutes past four.
Ten minutes past five.
Twenty minutes past six.
It is going to strike seven.
It has just struck eight.
I shall come at about eight.
Nine o'clock is striking.
It is near ten.
It is past eleven.
It is exactly twelve.
It is noon — midnight.
LA HOEA, EL RELOJ, ETC.
I Que hora es ?
I Sabe Vd. que hora es ?
Me parece que es la una.
La una esta al caer.
La una y cuarto.
Creo que son las dos.
Las dos y media.
Las tres menos cuarto.
Las cuatro menos diez (mi
nutos).
Las cuatro y cinco.
Las cinco y diez.
Las seis y veinte.
Van a dar las siete.
Acaban de dar las ocho.
Vendre a eso de las ocho.
Estan dando las nueve.
Son cerca de las diez.
Son las once pasadas.
Sou las doce en punto.
Es medio dia — media no-
che.
DIALOGUES.
409
I did not think it was so
late.
I thought it was earlier.
How the hours fly !
What is the time by your
watch ?
It does not go. It is stop-
ped.
I have not wound it up.
It goes too fast. It goes
too slow.
Does your watch go right?
It stops sometimes.
It is out of order.
I must give it to the watch-
maker to regulate, or, repair
it for me.
Have the goodness to take
this watch to pieces, for in
winding it up it stopped, and
I fear the balance wheel has
got out of order.
It is the main-spring that is
broken.
Indeed? Then you must
put a new one to it.
I would also like you to
change the hands for gold
ones ; and regulate the watch
well, and tell me when I may
return for it.
At the end of the week, if
you please, because it wants
cleaning also.
Is that watch a repeater,
there, in the window?
Yes, Sir ; and I can war-
rant it to be a superior watch
in every respect.
No crei que f uese tan tarde.
Creia que era mas tempra-
no
j Como pasan las horas !
,; Que hora tiene Vd. en su
reloj ?
No anda. Esta parado.
No le he dado cuerda.
Adelanta. Atrasa.
^Va, or, andabien su reloj?
Se para algunas vezes.
Esta descompuesto.
Es menester que lo de al
reloj ero para que me lo cora-
ponga.
Tenga Vd. la bondad de
desarmar este reloj, pues al
darle cuerda se par©, y temo
se hay a daiiado la pendola.
Es el niuelle real que se
ha roto.
<?Si? Pues sera menester
que le ponga uno nuevo.
Quisiera tambien que cam-
biara las manecillas, por unas
de oro ; y arregleme Vd. bien
el reloj, y digame cuando
puedo volver por el.
Al fin de esta semana, si
Vd. gusta, poque sera menes-
ter tambien limpiarle.
^Es de repeticion ese reloj
que esta alii en la ventana?
Si, iSeiior ; y puedo salir
fiador por el que es primoroso
en todo y por todo.
410
DIALOGUES.
Tell me the exact time.
You may see it in that
chronometer, or in that time-
piece.
Could you not lend me a
w atch, although it Were a com-
mon one, until you repaired
mine ?
Yes, Sir ; you may take this
one, which keeps very exact
time.
Thank you.
Digame Vd. la hora exacta.
Puede Vd. verla en ese cro-
no metro, 6 en aquel reloj de
sobremesa.
<:No podria Vd. prestarme
un reloj, aunque fuese ordi-
nario, hasta que me compon-
ga el mio ?
Si, Sefior; puede Vd. lle-
varse este, que anda muy
exacto.
Muchas gracias.
BISING AND DRESSING.
For a Gentleman.
Is it time to rise?
I believe it is.
Are you an early riser ?
I am not fond of rising
very early.
I am not generally lazy.
Have you slept well ?
So so. The mosquitos
would not allow me to rest.
I have had a very restless
night.
T ' • >carceiy closed my
eyes Ute whole night.
I retired to bed very late
last night.
I am loth to leave my bed.
I am going to ring the bell
for the valet to come up and
assist me to dress.
John ; has the laundress
brought my linen ?
LEVANTARSE Y VESTIRSE.
Para un Cdballero.
I Es hora de levantarse ?
Creo que si.
<? Es Vd. madrugador ?
No soy amigo de madrngar.
No soy por lo comun pere-
zoso.
<J Ha dormido Vd. bien ?
Tal cual. Los mosquitos
no me han dejado sosegar.
He pasado muy mala no-
che.
Apenas he pegado los ojos
en toda la noche.
Me acoste muy tarde ano-
che.
Tengo pereza de levantar-
me.
Voy a tocar la campanula,
para que suba el camarero y
me ayude a vestir.
Juan : ^ ha traido mi ro-
pa la lavandera?
DIALOGUES.
411
Yes, Sir here it is.
Then give me a clean shirt,
a pair of cotton stockings, and
a pair of silk ones.
Here are your morning-
gown and slippers.
Bring me the drawers and
trousers I wore yesterday.
"Where are the braces and
the garters ?
Clean my shoes, for I shall
not put on boots to-day,
I also want another cravat,
for this is dirty.
Let them bring me the
wash-hand basin, water, soap,
and a towel.
There is your comb, some
pomatum, scented oil, tooth-
brush, and powder.
Call the barber to come
and shave me, and tell him
to bring good razors, because
mine are not very sharp.
Here is the barber, Sir.
I want you to shave me,
and to cut my hair.
Don't take off much from
the sides.
See in the glass if it is to
your liking.
Do you wish any warm
water, Sir?
Yes ; bring it quickly.
Brush my clothes and bea-
ver hat.
In the wardrobe you will
find a blue cloth coat, a vel-
Si, Sefior ; aqui esta.
Pues deme una camisa lim-
pia, un par de mediae de algo-
don, y otro de seda.
Aqui tiene Vd, su bata y
las chinelas.
Traigame los calzoncillos y
pantalones que use ayer.
I Donde estan los tirantea
y las ligas ?
Limpieme los zapatos pues
hoy no me pondre botas.
Quiero tanibien otra corba-
ta, que esta esta, sucia.
Que me traigan el lavama-
nos, agua, jabon, y toalla.
Alii tiene Yd. el escarme-
nador, pomada y aceite de
olor, cepillo y polvos para los
dientes.
Llame al barbero que me
venga a afeitar, y que traiga
buenas navajas, porque las
mias no estan muy afiladas,
Aqui esta el barbero, Sefior.
Quiero que me afeite Yd,,
y me corte el pelo.
No corte Yd, mucho de los
lados.
Mire Yd. en el espejo si esta
a su gusto,
,? Quiere Yd. agua caliente,
Sefior ?
Si ; traigala pronto.
Acepille mis vestidos y el
sombrero de castor.
En el guardaropa hallara
una casaca de pano azul, u»
412
DIALOGUES.
vet waist-coat, and a pair of
cassimere trousers.
Give me a clean handker-
chief, my gloves and cane.
You will do better to take
your umbrella and overcoat,
for it looks likely to rain.
For a Lady.
Did you ring, Ma'am ?
Did you call, Ma'am ?
Yes ; come and help me to
dress.
I have brought warm water
in the wash-hand basin.
Give me clean towels and
scented soap.
Let them light a fire, quick.
Stir the fire.
Give me my silk stockings
and garters, and my dressing-
gown.
On the toilet-table you will
find the comb, oil, and poma-
tum.
I want first the tooth-brush
and powder, and fresh water
to rinse my mouth.
Come and comb me. — Soft-
ly, you hurt me.
Shall I curl your hair?
No ; I'll do it myself, —
Give me the looking-glass.
Lace my stays now. — Don't
lace so tight : loosen it a little.
— There, that will do.
chaleco de terciopelo y un pai
de calzones de casimir.
Deme uu panuelo limpio,
los guantes y el baston.
Hara Vd. mejor en tomar el
paraguas y sobretodo, porque
parece que va a Hover.
Para una Sefiora,
,;Ha tocado Vd., la campa-
nula, Sefiora ?
<;Ha Uamado Vd., Sefiora?
Si ; venga Vd. a ayudarme
a vestir.
He traido agua caliente en
el lavamanos.
Deme toallas limpias y ja-
bon de olor.
Que enciendan lumbre,lue-
go.
Atizela lumbre, or, el fuego.
Vengan las medias de seda,
las ligas, y la bata.
Sobre el tocador hallara
Vd. el escarmenador, aceite y
pomada.
Qttiero antes el cepillo de
los dientes y polvos, y agua
fresca para enjuagar la boca.
Venga Vd. a peinarme. —
Poco a poco, que me lastima.
(jQuiere Vd. que le haga
rizos ?
No ; yo me los hare. —
Deme el espejo.
Ateme ahora el corse. — No
apriete tan to el cordon:
sueltele un poco. — Basta ; asi
esta bien.
DIALOGUES.
413
Give me a clean shirt and
petticoat.
I wiM wear my black silk
dress to-day.
Pin my waistband ; there
is the pincushion.
I want my Spanish leather
shoes.
Where are my rings and
ear-rings ?
Give me a clean cambric
handkerchief.
At what time will you go
out to-day ?
At about noon, and have
my shawl, black velvet bon-
net and muff ready.
Ddme una camisa limpia y
zagalejo.
Hoy me pondre el vestido
de tafetan negro.
Prendame con un alfiler el
cinturon ; ahiesta el acerico,
Quiero los zapatos de cor-
doban.
I Donde estan mis sortijaa
y pendientes ?
Deme un panuelo limpio
de batista.
<:A que hora saldra Vd.
hoy?
A eso de medio dia, y tenga
listos mi chal, el sombrero de
terciopelo negro, y el inan-
guito.
BREAKFAST.
What are you in the habit
of taking for breakfast ?
I beg you will not prepare
any thing extra for me, for I
generally take nothing but
tea, and bread and butter.
I treat you without com-
pliments, as a friend.
I would be sorry if you did
otherwise.
Take some hot rolls.
Boy, bring the tea-pot,
cups, sugar, milk, cream, tea-
spoons, salt.
Is the toast ready ?
EL ALMUERZO.
£ Que acostumbra Vd. al-
morzar, or desayunar?
Por mi no haga Vd. ningun
extraordinario le suplico, por-
que por lo comun no tomo
mas que te con pan y mante-
quilla.
Le trato a Vd. sin cumpli-
mientos, como amigo.
Sentiria lo contrario.
Tome Vd. molletes calien-
tes.
Muchacho, trae la tetera,
las tazas, el azucar, la leche,
la nata, las cucharitas, la sal.
i Estan ya las tostadas ?
414
DIALOGUES.
Which do you j refer, a cup
of coffee, or a cup of choco-
late ?
For the present I shall con-
tent myself with a cup of tea.
Is the tea to your liking ?
Quite so.
I will take a little more
sugar, if you please.
How do you like the flavor
of this tea ?
It is excellent ; and it is
evident you are a connoisseur.
Here are some poached
eggs.
Do me the favor to help
yourself to what you like best.
Thank you, I am going to
try some of that sausage.
Take a small slice of ham,
or some bacon.
You eat nothing; do not
make ceremonies, I beseech
you.
I am obliged to you, I do
not make compliments ; I
have made a hearty break-
fast.
<;Cual prefiere Vd ; una taza
de cafe, 6 un pocillo de choco-
late?
Por ahora me contentare
con una taza de te.
I Esta el te a su gusto ?
Esta muy bueno.
Tornare un poqaito mas de
azucar, si Vd. me lo permite.
I Como halla Vd. el sabor
de este te ?
Es escelente ; y se conoce
que es Vd. intelijente.
Aqui hay huevos pasadoa
por agua.
Hagame Vd. favor de ser-
virse de lo que mas le guste.
Gracias, voy a probar de
aquella longaniza.
Tome Vd. una tajadita de
jamon, 6 un poco de tocino.
Vd. no come nada ; no
haga ceremonias, le suplico.
Mil gracias, no gasto cum-
plimientos ; he almorzado
perfectamente.
TO WRITE A LETTER.
Has the mail arrived ?
Is this mail day ?
Give me a few sheets of
letter paper, some pens and
ink, the sand-box, blotting-
paper, envelopes, steel-pens,
the letter-folder.
PARA ESCRIBIR DNA CARTA.
I Ha llegado el correo ?
£ Es hoy dia de correo ?
Deme Vd. algunos pliegos
de papel de cartas, plunias,
tinta, la salvadera, tele t a,
sobres, plumas de acero, la
plegadera.
DIALOGUES.
415
Lend me your penknife ;
mine is not sharp.
Here it is, and you will
find sealing wax, wafers, and
the seal upon the desk.
I have to write a letter.
I have a large packet of
letters to write to-day.
Whom do you write to ?
I am going to answer, or,
to reply to Mr. B.'s of the
15th ultimo, and the 3d in-
stant.
I expected a letter to-day
from — .
This letter has been de-
layed.
Have you looked at the
date?
What day of the month is
this?
The fifteenth — the twenti-
eth.
These pens are good for no-
thing.
This ink is rather thick.
You will find better in the
inkstand.
Send to inquire if there are
any letters forme at the post-
office.
Shall I make one envelope
of all these ?
Have you put your signa-
ture to them ?
What address shall I put
to this?
Presteme Vd. su cortaplu-
mas ; el mio no corta.
Aqui le tiene Vd., y sobre
el escritorio encontrara lacre,
obleas y el sello.
Tengo que escribir una
carta.
Tengo hoy un correo muy
largo.
I A quien escribe Vd. ?
Voy a responder, or, a con-
testar a las del Sr. B. del
quince del mes pasado, y del
tres del corriente.
Esneraba una carta hoy
Esta carta viene atrasada.
<? Ha mirado Vd. la fecha ?
<j A cuantos estamoshoy del
mes ?
A quince — a veinte.
Estas plumas no valen
nada.
Esta tinta esta algo espesa.
En el tintero hallara Vd.
mejor.
Envie Vd. a preguntar si
hay cartas para mi en el
correo.
I Quiere Vd. que cierre
todas estas bajo una misma
cubierta ?
£ Las ha firmado Vd. ?
£ Que sobre pondre a esta ?
416
DIALOGUES.
There is no time to spare,
if you wish to frank jour let-
ters.
No hay que perder tiempo,
si quiere franquear las car*
tas.
DINNER.
Let us walk into the din-
ing-room : dinner is ready.
Mr. N., have the goodness
to hand this lady to the table.
With much pleasure.
Be so good as to be seated.
Which do you prefer, ver-
micelli, or chicken broth ?
I'll take some vermicelli.
I believe you have no
spoon.
Yes, here is one, but I will
wait till the soup cools a little.
The napkin is yours.
A glass of wine is recom-
mended after the soup ; there-
fore have the goodness to tell
me what kind I shall help
you to.
This is Malaga, that is
Sherry, and the other is Bor-
deaux.
Your good health.
Thank you — your's.
What do you think of this
wine ?
It is excellent.
Do you prefer roast or
boiled ?
LA COMIDA.
Pasemos al comedor, pues
la comida esta ya lista.
Caballero N., tenga Vd. la
bondad de acompanar esta
sefiora a la mesa.
Con muchisimo gusto.
Sirvanse Vds. tomar asien-
tos.
<* De cual prefiere Vd. : sopa
de fideos, 6 caldo de gallina?
Tomare un poco de fideos.
Creo que no tiene Vd.
cuchara.
Si, aqui tengo; pero aguar-
dare que se enfrie un poco
la sopa.
Esta servilleta es de Vd.
Despues de la sopa, una
copita de vino sienta bien ;
asi, tenga Vd. la bondad de
decirme de que vino le
servire.
Este es de Malaga, ese de
Jerez, y aquel otro es de
Burdeos.
Vaya, a la salud de Vd.
Buen provecho — a la de
Vd.
iQue le parece a Vd. este
vino ?
Es escelente.
I Prefiere Vd. cocido 6
asado ?
DIALOGUES.
417
I'll help myself to some of
fchis ragout, if you will allow
me.
Help yourself to your
taste.
A clean plate, and knife
ami fork for tins lady.
Try some pickles to sharp-
en the appetite.
I hope, ladies and gentle-
men, you will do as if you
were at home.
Whilst you carve that tur-
key, I'll take upon myself to
mix the salad.
Dress it to your own taste.
Here are the cruets.
Allow me to help you to
some of this roast duck.
What part shall I help you
to?
Any part ; but I am sorry
to give you the trouble.
It is giving me much pleas-
ure.
I'll take a wing, if you
please, or part of a leg, with
a little sauce.
Allow me to trouble you to
pass the mustard.
With much pleasure.
Take a glass of bier.
Madam, you neither eat
nor drink.
Excuse me, for I have eaten
heartily.
You see what kind of table
Si Vd. me permits, me
servird de este guisado.
Sirvase Vd. a su gusto.
Un plato limpio, cuchillo
y tenedor para esta sefiora.
Coma Vd. algunos encur-
tidos para estimular el ape~
tito.
Senores, espero que haran.
Vds. como en su casa.
Mientras Vd. trincha ese
pavo, tomare por mi cuenta
la ensalada,
Alifiela Vd. a su gusto.
Aqui estan las vinagreras.
Permitame Vd. que le sirva
un poco de este pato asado.
<?De que parte le servire ?
Cualquiera ; pero siento
incomodar a Vd.
Es gusto que me propor-
ciona.
Tomare un alon, si Vd.
gusta, 6 parte de la pierna
con un poco de salsa.
Sirvase Vd. tener la bondad
de pasar la mostaza.
Con muchisimo gusto.
Tome Vd. un vaso de eer-
veza.
Sefiora, Vd. ni come ni
bebe.
Perdoneme Vd., pues he
comido bastante bien.
Ya ve Vd. la mesa que tene-
418
DIALOGUES.
we keep ; we do not use deli-
cacies.
I rather prefer a plain din-
ner— too great a variety of
dishes spoils the appetite ;
but nevertheless you have
given us a princely dinner.
Do not suffer me to eat
alone.
I recommend you these
veal cutlets.
Well I am going to try one,
only to keep you company.
Madam, that shoulder of
lamb appears very inviting,
allow me to help you to some
of it.
Do you prefer lean or fat ?
i
A little of both, and excuse
the trouble.
Waiter, bring the cork-
screw, and uncork that bot-
tle of Malmsey, and the other
of Port.
I am going to make you
try this wine, which has been
highly recommended to me.
It is exquisite, it has a good
color, and appears old.
Gentlemen, be so good as
to take care of the ladies.
Madam, if you allow me, I
am going to help you to a
bit of this trout, or this
Whiting with caper sauce.
mos ; no gastamos golosi-
nas.
Yo prefiero mas bien una
comida sencilla ; la much a
variacion de platos vicia al
apetito ; y sin embargo nos
ha dado Yd. una comida de
principes.
No me dejen Vds. comer
solo.
Kecomiendo a Vd. estas
chuletas de ternera.
Voy pues a probar una,
solo por hacer compania a
Vd.
Sefiora, ese brazuelo de
cordero parece que convida,
permiteme Vd. que le sirva
deel.
Le agrada a Vd. del magro
6 del gordo ?
Un poquito de ambos, y
dispense Vd. la molestia.
Mozo, trae el tir<tbuzon, y
destapa esa botella de Mal-
vasia, y la otra de Oporto.
Voy a que pruebe Vd. de
este vino, que me lo han
ponderado mucho.
Parece esquisito, tiene
buen color, y es anejo.
Caballeros, tengan Vds. la
bondad de cuidar de las
senoras.
Senora, si Vd. me permite,
voy a servirle de esta trucha,
6 de esta pescadilla compues-
ta con salsa de alcaparras.
DIALOGUES.
410
Madam, I have the honor
to drink to your health.
Sir, yours.
Gentlemen, let the decan-
ters go round.
Let them clear away the
table cloths, and bring the
dessert.
You have selected the
choicest fruits of the season.
Will you try some of this
tart?
I would prefer some of the
apple pie.
Madam, with your permis-
sion, I am going to send you
some of these preserves.
These jellies are excellent.
Sir, will you have the kind-
ness to cut a slice of musk-
melon, and another of water-
melon, for this lady.
With the greatest pleasure.
Are those peaches sweet?
They are not very ripe, but
I recommend these apricots.
The raspberries are also
very delicious.
Here are various kinds of
liquors, choose which you like
best.
Senora, tengo el honor de
brindar a su salud.
Senor, por la de Vd.
Senores, vayan dando vuel-
ta las botellas.
Que quiten los manteles y
traigan los postres.
Ha recojido Yd. las frutas
mas esquisitas de la estacion,
Pruebe Vd. de esta torta.
Antes bien preferiria del
pastel de manzanas.
Senora, con el permiso de
Vd. voy a servirle un poco
de estas conserva3.
Estas jaleas son escelentes.
Caballero, <?quiere Vd. te-
ner la bondad de cortar una
tajada de melon, y otra de
sandia para esta senora.
Con muchisimo gusto.
I Son dulces aquellos melo-
cotones?
No estan muy maduros,
pero recomiendo estos albari-
coques.
Tambien las frambuesas
son deliciosisimas.
Aqui hay rosolis de varias
clases, elijan Vds. a su gusto.
THE THEATRE.
EL TEATRO.
Have you been to the thea- i Ha estado Vd. en el tea-
tre? tro?
I went the night before Estuve antes de anoche.
last.
420
DIALOGUES.
What was played, or, per-
formed ?
Comedy, tragedy, an opera,
an interlude ; next followed
the ballet, and an entertain-
ing farce.
Was there a full house ?
It was crowded to excess.
How do you like the thea-
tre ?
The decorations are splen-
did.
And the company has some
good actors.
The old man performs his
part exceedingly well.
I like his manner of acting
very much.
The clown is inimitable.
Who acted the part of the
duke in the tragedy ?
The principal! actor ; and
the principal actress, the
countess.
There are always good
players (or actors) in this
house.
Those that appeared last
night were first-rate perform-
ers.
They played two new
pieces.
What does the play-bill
announce to-day ?
A new opera by the cele-
brated—
Is it the first performance ?
No ; it was performed last
I Que se represuitaba ?
Comedia, trajedia, opera,
intermedio ; en seguida hubo
baile, y un divertido sainete.
I Habia mucha entrada ?
No cabia la gente.
£ Que* tal es el teatro ?
Sus decoraciones son pri-
morosas.
Y la compania tiene algu-
nos buenos papeles.
El barba hace su papel de
lo mejor.
Me gusta mucho su modo
de representar.
El gracioso es inimitable.
£ Quien hizo el papel del
duque en la trajedia ?
El primer galan ; y la con-
desa, la primera dama.
En este teatro hay siempre
buenos comicos (or come-
diantes).
Los que salieron anoche
eran representantes de pri-
mer orden.
Dieron dos piezas nuevas.
<r Que anuncia hoy el cartel?
Es una opera nueva del fa-
moso —
I Es la primera representa-
cion?
No ; se dio la seraana pa-
DIALOGUES.
421
week, and it was received
with general applause.
Of course, you have already-
heard the prima donna f
0 yes; what a full and
melodious voice she has !
How do you like the first
tenor ?
He is one of the best.
Will you do me the favor
to accompany me this evening
to the opera ?
With much pleasure ; but
we must go early ; otherwise
we shall find no seats.
Will you go in the boxes ?
1 would prefer the pit, be-
cause one sees and hears bet-
ter there.
Very well, I am going to
procure two tickets.
This evening we shall hear
a singer that makes her first
appearance on the boards.
Let us go in and take our
places.
The house is very splendid.
The boxes, galleries, and
pit are already filled.
What a magnificent specta-
cle the tout er^emble presents!
The orchestra has begun.
Bravo ! the overture pleas-
es me much ; it is a fine com-
position.
The curtain is rising.
Observe how splendid the
scenery and dresses are.
sada, y fue recibida con uni-
versal aplauso.
£ Vd., por supuesto, habra
oido a la prim era cantarina ?
O si ; j que voz tan llena y
melodiosa tiene !
£ Que tal le parece el pri-
mer tenor?
Es de lo mas famosos.
<;Quiere Vd. tener la com-
placencia de acompanarme
esta noche a la opera?
Con mucho gusto ; pero es
menester que vayamos tem-
prano, sin 6 no hallaremos
asientos.
,;Quiere Vd. ir a palco?
Yo preferiria el patio, por-
que se ve y se oye mejor alii.
Bien, voy a tomar dos en-
tradas, or billetes.
Esta noche oiremos una
cantarina que sale a las tablas
por la primera vez.
Entremos y cojamos nues-
tros asientos.
El teatro esta brillantisimo.
Los palcos, corredores y
patios estan llenos ya.
j Que espectaculo tan mag-
nifico presenta el todo!
Ya empieza la orquesta.
j Bien ! me gusta la obertu-
ra ; es bella composicion.
Alzan el telon.
Observe Vd. las decoranio-
nes y los trajes que riquisi-
mos.
422
DIALOGUES.
Bravo! bravo! they deserve
applause.
The music is excellent.
Who is the conductor of
the orchestra?
He is an Italian.
What do you think of the
new singer.
She appears to possess a
.very fine voice, and her action
is very graceful ; let us ap-
plaud her.
The prompter speaks too
loud.
The recitatives are very
good, and the choruses are
superb.
The second act begins.
The author has failed in
this part ; it has no connec-
tion, although the music is
good, without which, the piece
itself would not have much
merit.
Do you hear how they hiss
that man ?
We'll see how the third act
will go off.
Come, the winding up of
the piece is not so bad.
The curtain drops.
Shall we go and take some
refreshment ?
Just as you please.
Let us return to our seats,
for perhaps the ballet has
coTumenced.
That is the principal dan-
cer ; observe how gracefully
bhe dances.
jBien! jbien! merecen a-
plausos.
La musica es escelenta.
(iQuien es el director de la
orquesta?
Es un italiano.
I Que dice Yd. de la nueva
cantarina ?.
Parece que tiene bellisima
voz, y mucha gracia en su ac-
cion ; vamos a palmotearla.
El apuntador se deja oir
demasiado.
Los recitativos son muy
buenos, y los coros suberbios.
Ya empieza el segundo acto.
En esta parte ha faltado el
autor, pues no tiene enlace ;
apesar de que la musica es
buena, pues sin ella la pieza
de por si no tendria mucho
merito.
iOye Vd. como silban a
aquel ?
Yeremos que tal sera el ter-
cer acto.
Vamos, el desenlace ha es-
ta'do mejor.
Bajan el telon.
<?Quiere Yd. que vayamos
a refrescar ?
Como Yd. quiera.
Yolvamos a ocupar nuer.tros
asientos, porque ya habra
principiado el baile.
Esa es la bailarina princi-
pal ; mire Yd. con que gracia
baila.
DIALOGUES
She scarcely appears to
touch the boards.
Encore! encore!
The ballet is concluded.
A JOURNEY BY RAILROAD.
Let us go to the railroad
office to inquire when the
train leaves for .
At what time does the first
train leave ?
At nine o'clock precisely.
Then it will be better to
take our tickets and occupy
our places.
Shall we go in the first or
second class coach ?
For a short journey, in
fine weather, I prefer the
second class ; but for a long
journey, the first class.
They are going to put on
the steam-engine, and to
start.
We have reached the first
station.
We have now to pass
through a very long tunnel,
and over several bridges.
Here comes a train in the
opposite direction : with
what rapidity we pass each
other !
We have arrived at the
terminus.
This is quick travelling.
423
Parece que no toca el suelo.
j Otra ! j otra !
Se acabo el baile.
UN VIAJE POR FERROCARRTL.
Vamos al despacho del
ferrocarril, a ver cuando salen
los coches para .
I A que hora parte el
primer tren ?
A las nueve en punto.
Pues mejor sera tomar las
cedulas y ocupar nuestros
asientos.
(Jlremos en coche de pri-
mera, 6 de segunda clase ?
Para iin viaje corto, y
cuando hace buen tiempo,
prefierolos de segunda clase ;
pero para un viaje largo, los
de primera clase.
Yan a poner la maquina
de vapor y a partir.
Hemos llegado a la primera
parada.
Tenemos que pasar ahora
por un camino subterraneo,
muy largo, y por encima da
varios puentes.
Aqui viene un tren en
direccion opuesta : j con que
rapidez nos pasamos uno al
otro !
Ya hemos llegado al para-
dero.
Esto se llama viajar de
prisa.
424
DIALOGUES.
Not too quick when pressed
for time ; but too rapid to
enjoy the view of the country.
No demasiado de prist
cuando las boras son precio-
sas ; pero si para gozar la
vista del pais.
A SEA- VOYAGE.
Do you know of any vessel
going to ?
There is a schooner to sail
with the first fair wind.
Where can I meet the cap-
tain?
Here he is.
Your most obedient.
Can you take me as a
passenger to ?
Very willingly ; and you'll
be well accommodated.
Wbat will you charge me
for the passage, including
board ?
One hundred dollars.
Have you any passengers ?
Yes, sir, several.
Very well, I am going for
my passport and bill of
health.
You will have the good-
ness to send your baggage on
board this afternoon, because
if the wind changes during
the night, we shall sail out at
daybreak.
Then you are quite ready
to sail.
Yes, sir, I have the whole
of the cargo on board.
Is yours a fast-sailing ves-
el?
POR MAR.
I Sabe Vd. de algun buque
que vaya para ?
Hay una goleta que saldra
con el primer viento.
£ Donde hallare a su capi-
tan?
Aqui le tiene Vd.
Servidor de Vd.
i Podra Vd. llevarme de pa-
sajero j)ara ?
Con mucho gusto, e ira Vd.
con toda comodidad.
i Cuanto me lie vara Vd. poi
pasaje y comida?
Cien pesos.
I Tiene Vd. pasajeros ?
Si, Sefior, varios.
Pues bien, voy a sacar el
pasaporte, y la boleta de sa-
nidad.
El equipaje, tendra Vd. la
bondad de embarcarlo esta
tarde, porque si se muda el
viento durante la noche, sal-'
dremos al amanecer.
Pues entonces esta Vd. en»
teramente listo para salir.
Si, sefior, tengo ya todo el
cargamento abordo.
£Es muy velero su buque ?
DIALOGUES.
425
Perhaps there is not a ves-
sel in port that can sail with
her.
Very well, when you are
ready to sail, have the good-
ness to let me know it.
Let me know where you
reside, and you may be as-
sured that I'll not forget.
I am lodging in New street,
No. 3, on the second floor.
My name is N. N.
Sir, the captain sent me to
inform you that he will get
under weigh in an hour's
time.
Very well ; where's his
boat ?
It is alongside the wharf,
waiting for the pasengers.
Well, then, I am going to
settle with the landlady, and
set off immediately.
Boat, ahoy!
Push off, then.
Mind how you get along-
side.
Don't fear, sir.
Get on board, sir ; lay hold
of that rope.
They are heaving up an-
chor.
Fair wind ; we are going
on nicely.
Boy, where have they put
my trunks ?
They are in your berth, sir.
Is my bed made ? for I dare
say I shall be sea- sick, and
want to lie down.
Quiza no habra uno en el
puerto que le iguale.
Bien, cuando estuviere Vd.
para salir, tendra la bondad
de avisarmelo.
Deme Vd. las senas de su
casa, y descuide Vd. que no
me olvidare.
Estoy hospedado en la Ca-
lle Nueva, niimero 3, segundo
piso. Me llamo N. N.
SefLor, me manda el capitan
avisarle que den^io de una
hora se hara a la vela.
Pues bien ; £ donde esta su
Esta atracado al muelle,
aguardando a los pasajeros.
Bueno, pues voy a arre-
glar cuentas con el am a de
casa, y partire sin detencion.
i Ah del bote !
Alargue, pues.
.Cuidado como atracan al
buque.
No tenga Vd. cuidado.
Suba Vd. ; agarrese de esa
cuerda.
Ya alzan el ancla.
Buen viento ; vamos bien.
Muchacho, £ donde han
puesto mis baules ?
En su camarote de Vd.
£ Esta hecha mi cama ?
porque es regular que me ma-
ree y quiera acostarme.
426
DIALOGUES.
It appears you are not a
good sailor.
Is this your first voyage ?
No ; I have made several,
though not very long ones.
Our port is in sight.
We shall cast anchor in a
couple of hours.
We are already in the har-
bor.
There comes the pilot-boat.
Where do you ccme from ?
From B.
Is there any quarantine ?
No, sir. — Give me your
papers.
The passengers may land
when they like.
Parece que no es Yd. buen
marinero.
I Es su primer viaje de
mar?
No ; he hecho algunos ya,
aunque no muy largos.
Ya avistamos nuestro puer-
to.
En un pa/ de horas dare-
mos fondo.
Ya estamos en puerto.
Alii viene la lancha del
practico.
,J De donde vienen Vds.?
DeB.
<:Hay cnarentena alguna?
No, senor. — Deme Vd. loa
papeles del barco.
Los pasajeros pueden des-
embarcar cuando quieran.
AT AN EATING-HOUSE.
We want something for
dinner.
Do you wish to dine in a
private room ?
It's quite immaterial to us.
Bring me the bill of fare.
What will you have, gentle-
men?
Bring us some soup, and
then a duck and green peas.
Now give us a nice omelet.
What wine do you wish,
sirs ?
EN UNA HOSTERfA.
Queremos alguna cosa pa-
ra comer.
£ Quieren Vds. comer en un
cuarto separado ?
Nos es indiferente.
Venga la lista.
I Que quieren Vds., sefio-
res?
Traiganos sopa, y despues
un pato con guisantes.
Venga ahora una tortilla
sabrosa.
I De que vino quieren Vds.?
DIALOGUES.
427
A bottle of the country-
wine, and another of Madeira.
Let us have good bread.
Will you have coffee and
milk?
Bring two cups.
What kind of roast do you
prefer ?
A leg of mutton with po-
tatoes, and a capon with
some salad.
Waiter, a bottle of bier.
For me, a little Cognac
brandy.
Give me the mushroom
sauce and the pickles.
Make me a salad of toma-
toes and sweet peppers,
with oil, vinegar, onions, and
garlic.
Would you like to have any
fish?
Yes ; a pair of fried soles.
What will you have for
dessert ?
A raspberry tart, and some
of the best fruit you have.
Make out your bill.
Una botella de vino del
pais, y otro de Madera.
Denos Yd. pan bueno.
4 Quieren Yds. cafe con le-
che?
Traiga dos tazas.
I Que asado quieren Yds. ?
Una pierna de carnero con
patatas y un capon con ensa-
lada.
Mozo ; una botella de cer-
veza.
Para mi, un poco de aguar-
diente de Francia.
Deme Yd. la salsa de hon-
gos y los encurtidos.
A mi una ensalada de to-
mates, y pimientos dulces,
con aceite, vinagre, cebollas,
y ajo. ;
I Quieren Yds. algun pesca-
do?
Si ; un par de lenguados
fritos.
I Que quieren Vds. para
postres ?
Una torta de frambuesas y
alguna de la mejor fruta que
tuviere.
Yenga la cuenta del gasto.
HIRING AN APARTMENT.
PARA ALQUILAR UNA HABITACION
I see you have rooms to Yeo que tiene Yd. cuartos
let, and I want a sitting room, para alquilar ; necesito una
a bed-room, and dressing- sala, un dormitorio y un ga-
room. binete.
423
DIALOGUES.
Do you wish them furnish-
ed, or unfurnished ?
Furnished,
I have three rooms on the
second floor, with a kitchen.
I don't require a kitchen,
nor would I wish the rooms
to be on the second floor.
I have on the first floor a
sitting-room, and two rooms
adjoining, which I think will
suit you.
Can they be seen ?
Yes, Sir ; be so good as to
follow me, and I'll show you
them.
These are the rooms : they
have windows that look into
the street, and they are very
airy.
What do you ask for these
rooms ?
Twenty dollars a month.
It is rather an exorbitant
price.
You will not think it high,
when you consider how well
fitted up the rooms are, with
good tables, chairs, sofa, mir-
rors, and every thing requi-
site for a gentleman's apart-
ments.
You must also observe that
the location is one of the
best in the city.
Can I board at home like-
wise ?
Yevs, Sir ; some of our lodg-
ers (who are all highly re-
^ Los quiere Vd. con mue-
bles, 6 sin muebles?
Con muebles,
Tengo tres piezas en el se-
gundo piso, con su cocina.
No necesito cocina, ni qui-
siera que fuesen los cuartos
en el segundo piso.
Tengo en el primer piso,
una sala con dos cuartos in-
mediatos, que creo le acomo-
daran a Vd.
I Se pueden ver ?
Si, sefior ; tenga Vd. la
bond ad de seguirme, y se los
ensenare.
Son estos : tienen ventanas
que dan a la calle, y son bas-
tante ventilados.
iQue pide Vd. por estos
cuartos ?
Veinte pesos al mes.
Es un precio demasiado su-
bido.
No es mucho el precio con-
siderado lo bien adornados
que estan, con sus buenas
mesas, sillas, sofa, espejos, y
lo demas necesario para la
habitacion de un caballero.
Tambien debe Vd. observar
que el local es uno de los me-
jores de la ciudad.
<jPodre tambien comer en
casa?
Si, sefior; algunos de los
inquilinos que son todos jente
DIALOGUES.
429
spectable) board with us ;
and we keep a very good
table,
What do you charge by the
day?
At the rate of twenty dol-
lars a month, for the dinner
alone, and thirty, breakfast
included.
Very well : I'll return to-
morrow, and give you an an-
swer.
de bien,comen con nosotros,
que tenemos una mesa muy
bien abastecida.
^Cuanto lleva Vd. por dia?
A razon de veinte pesos al
mes, por la comida sola, y
treinta con el almuerzo.
]?ues bien : manana volvere
para darle a Vd. contestacion.
WITH A SHOEMAKER.
I want a pair of boots and
a pair of shoes.
How do you wish the boots,
long or short ?
Show me both.
These are of the best leath-
er : will you try them on,
Sir? Here are the boot-
hooks.
They are too narrow.
They pinch my feet.
If you can put your instep
in, they will stretch, or, give
way.
Give me the boot-jack.
Show me another pair.
These are too wide.
It will be better that you
take my measure for a pair ;
but I want them of softer
leather.
I'll make them as you de-
sire.
CON UN ZAPATERO.
Necesito un par de botas y
un par de zapatos.
iComo quiere Vd. las bo-
tas, largas 6 cortas?
Enseneme Vd. unas y otras.
Estas son del mejor cuero:
I quiere Vd. probarselas ?
Aqui tiene Vd. los ganchos.
Me estan muy estrechas.
Me lastiman el pie.
Entrando el empeine, ellas
se ensancharan, or, daran de
si.
Deme Vd. el sacabotas.
A ver otro par.
Estas son muy anchas.
Mejor sera que me tome
Vd. medida y me haga un
par ; pero las quiero de be-
cerro mas suave.
Se las hare a su gusto.
430
DIALOGUES.
Show me the shoes now.
Do you wish them with
double, or single soles ?
With single soles, without
heels ?
Give me the shoe-horn — I
am going to try on these.
Those fit you exceedingly
well.
They are too tight.
Stamp pour foot, that it
may enter the shoe well.
I want them wider across
the toes.
Try on this pair, Sir.
These fit me well — put the
shoe-strings on them.
When will you send me the
boots ?
At the end of the week
without fail.
Very well ; mind you use
good materials.
Mue^treme ahora los zapa-
tos.
<iLos quiere Vd. de suela
doble 6 sencilla ?
De suela sencilla, y sin ta-
cones.
Deme Vd. el calzador — voy
a probarme estos.
Esos le sientan a Vd muy
bien.
Me estan muy ajustados.
De Vd. con el pie para que
entre bien en el zapato.
Los quiero mas anchos de
punta.
Pruebese Vd. este par.
Estos me estan bien — pon*
gales Vd. las cintas.
^Cuando me enviara Vd.
las botas ?
Al fin de la semana sin
falfca.
Bien ; cuidado que ponga
Vd. buen material.
WITH A TAILOR.
I want you to take my
measure for a dress coat, a
frock coat, a waistcoat, and a
pair of trowsers, of super-
fine black cloth.
Here are samples of two or
three kinds of cloth.
I like this best, but it has
too much gloss.
CON UN SASTEE.
Quiero que me tome Vd.
medida para una casaca, una
levita, un chaleco, y un par
de calzones de pafio negro
superior.
Aqui tiene Vd. muestras
de dos 6 tres clases de pano.
Me gusta este mejor, pero
tiene mucho lustre.
DIALOGUES.
431
It must be sponge^ ttie
gloss will then disappear, &nd
the cloth remain soft ,wid
beautiful.
Very well, make thew if
this.
I will, Sir. — When do you
wish to have them ?
At the end of the week,
but don't disappoint me ; and
make me a dress to fit well.
Do not fear, Sir ; you shall
be satisfied.
Here are your clothes, Sir.
Let me try them on, to see
if they fit well.
The coat is rather tight
across the waist, and does
not set well.
That's nothing, it will give
way when you have worn it
two or three times.
It appears too long in the
skirt.
It is the fashion, Sir.
The sleeves of the frock
coat are very narrow under
the arms, and the back is full
of plaits.
That is quickly remedied,
as there is sufficient to let
out.
I don't like this lining, it is
too thick.
Do the other things re-
quire any alteration ?
Es menester esponjarle
con lo cual se le quita el lus-
tre, y quedara suave y her-
moso.
Bien, hagamelos Yd. de
este.
Sera Vd. servido. — <?Para
cuando los necesita Vd.?
Al fin de la semana ; pero
no me falte Vd.; y hagame
un vestido que me venga bien.
Pierda Vd. cuidado, que
quedara contento.
Aqui le traigo a Vd. sus
vestidos.
Vamos a probarlos, a ver si
me vienen bien.
La casaca esta algo estre-
cha de cintura, y no me sien-
ta bien.
Eso no es nada — dara de si
con dos 6 tres vezes que la
use Vd.
Parece demasiado larga de
falda.
Es la moda, caballero.
Las mangas de la levita
estan muy estrechas en los
sobacos, y hace muchas arru-
gas la espalda.
Eso tiene pronto remedio,
pues he dejado alforza.
No me gusta este forro ;
muy grueso.
es
uy grueso.
<, Debo alterar las
ezas?
piezas
otra*
432 DIALOGUES.
Don't you think the trow-
sers too wide ?
They are worn so now.
Put another button and
button-hole to the waistcoat.
I want you also to repair
this overcoat, and to put a
breast-pocket to it.
It shall be done, Sir.
I No le parece a Vd. loa
calzones muy anchos de pier-
na?
Se estilan ahora de esa ma-
nera.
Ponga Vd. otro boton y ojal
en el chaleco.
Quiero que tambien me re-
miende este sobretodo, y le
ponga tin bolsillo de pecho.
Sera Vd. servido, caballero.
WITH A LAUNDRESS.
Here is the laundress, who
has come for your linen.
Here is the list of the
pieces : one dozen shirts, six
pairs of stockings, six cravats,
two night shirts, two ditto
caps, two pairs of drawers,
half a dozen handkerchiefs,
and three waistcoats, three
muslin dresses, three petti-
coats, six table-cloths, twelve
napkins, four pairs of sheets,
six pillow-cases, and twelve
towels. See if they are all
right.
They are all right. — When
do you require them?
As soon as possible, and
let them all be well washed
and ironed, and the shirts
well plaited and starched,
particularly the collars and
cuffs.
CON LA LAVA.NDERA,
Aqui esta la lavandera que
ha venido por la rtopa.
Aqui esta la lista de las
piezas : una docena de cami-
sas, seis pares de medias, seis
corbatas, dos camisas de dor-
mir, dos gorros idem, dos pa-
res de calzoncillos, media do-
cena de panuelos, y tres cha-
lecos, tres vestidos de muse-
lina, tres enagnas, seis man-
teles, doce servilletas, cuatro
pares de sabanas, seis fundas,
y doce toallas. Vea Vd. si
estan cabal es.
Cabales estan. — <; Para
cuando las quiere Vd.?
Lo mas pronto que sea po-
sible y que venga todo bien
lavado, y aplanchado y las
camisas bien plegadas y almi-
donadas, particularmente los
cuellos y pufios.
DIALOGUES.
433
I'll take care that you shall
be satisfied, and I will also
darn the stockings, and see
if any thing requires mending.
Quedara Vd. contento en
todo, y tambien me encarga-
re de zurcir las niedias, y
de hacer las composiciones
necesarias.
WITH A PHYSICIAN.
Here is the physician.
Tell him to have the good-
ness to walk in.
Good morning, Sir. What
is the mutter ? "What do you
complain of?
I have a fever, and feel my
whole frame very weak.
Show me your tongue.
It is very foul.
Your pulse is likewise very
unequal.
What did you have for sup-
per last night ?
What I am always accus-
tomed to take, except a little
fruit.
I feel a heavy weight on
my stomach.
You must take some purge
immediately.
I am going to prescribe you
a draught and some pills,
which you will send for to the
apothecary's.
When must I take the
draught ?
Instantly ; and half an hour
afterwards, drink two or
COX UN MEDICO.
Aqui esta el medico,
Digale Vd, que tenga la
bondad de pasar adelante,
Tenga Yd. muy buenos
dias. — <; Que siente Yd.? i De
que se queja?
Me siento con calentura, y
una debilidad en todo el cuer-
A ver la lengua.
Esta muy sucia.
El pulso tambien esta bas-
tante alterado.
I Que ceno Yd. anoche ?
Lo de costumbre, con es-
cepcion de alguna fruta.
Me siento con el estomago
muy pesado,
Necesita Yd. purgarse in-
mediatamente.
Yoy a recetarle una bebida,
y unas pildoras, y enviara Yd.
por ellas a la botica.
(iCiiando he de tomar la
bebida ?
Al instante ; y media hora
despues beba Yd. dos 6 tres
434
DIALOGUES.
three cups of tea, until it has
operated well; and at bed-
time, take the pills; cover
yourself well, lest you take
cold, and I'll return and see
you in the morning.
Good morning, Sir ; well,
and how did you rest during
the night ?
Very badly, doctor, and I
am afraid I am getting worse,
although I have scrupulously
followed your orders,
The fever will not leave me,
although the purge has had
its effect.
Come ; this is owing to
your debility. — Let me feel
your pulse.
You have too much blood;
send for a doctor and let him
bleed you, or put on a few
leeches ; and if you do not
feel better with that, it will
be necessary to order a blister
to be put on you : and I'll
call in and see you again to-
morrow.
tazas de td, hasta que haya
obrado bien ; y al tiempo de
acosiarse, tome las pildoras ;
arropese bien, no se resfrie, y
por la manana volvere a ver
aVd.
Buenos dias, caballero ;
vamos, y jcomo ha descansa-
do Vd. durante la noche ?
Malameute, sefior doctor,
y creo que voy empeorando,
apesar de que he seguido pun-
tualmente lo dispuesto por
Vd.
No se me quiere quitar la
calentura, aunque la purga
ha hecho su efecto.
Vamos; eso es resultado de
la debilidad. — A ver el pulse.
Tiene Vd. mucha sangre :
haga Vd, Uamar a un cirujano
para que le sangre, 6 bien
que le ponga unas sanguijue-
las ; y si con eso no se siente
Vd. mejor, sera preciso orde-
narle un vejigatorio ; y mana-
na pasare otra vez, a ver a
Vd.
PROVERBS.
REFRA^ES. PROVERBS.
A boda ni a bautizado, no vayas Never intrude where you are not
sin ser convidado. asked.
A buena gana no hay pan duro. Appetite is the best sauce.
A caballo prestado no ha que mi- You must never look a gift horse
rarle el diente. in the mouth.
A lo hecho, pecho. Wnat is done cannot be helped.
A mocedad ociosa, vejez trabajosa. Idleness in youth brings sorrow in
old age.
A moro muerto, gran lanzada. Men are often brave when the dan-
ger is passed.
A muertes y a idos, ya no hay The absent are soon forgotten.
amigos.
A palabras necias, oidos sordos. A foolish question requires no an-
swer.
A padre allegador, hijo espende- After a gatherer comes a scatterer.
dor.
A perro viejo, no hay tuz, tuz. He that would deceive the fox must
rise betimes.
A quien se hace de miel, moscas le Smear yourself with honey and j7ou
comen. will be devoured by flies.
A quien madruga, Dios le ayuda. Help yourself and God will help
you.
A su tiempo maduran las uvas. The pear falls when it is ripe.
Al buen entendedor, con una pa- A word to the wise.
labra le basta.
Al freir de los huevos, se vera. The proof of the pudding is in the
eating of it.
Al hombre bueno, no le busquen Seek not for a good man's pedigree.
abolengo.
Al hierro caliente, batir de repente. Strike the iron while it is hot.
Al loco y al aire, darles calle. It is as useless to oppose a fool as
the wind.
Al mas ruin puerco, le suelen dar A good bone seldom falls to a good
la mejor bellota. . dog.
A.1 mentiroso, conviene ser memo- A liar should have a good memory.
rioso.
Al villano, dale el pid, y tomara la Give a villain an inch, and he wilj
mano. take an ell.
Aguas pasadas no muelen molino. Passed waters grind no mill.
Ahora que te veo, me acuerdo. Out of sight, out of mind.
433
PRO VERBS.
Aldgrate pavo, que mafiana te plu-
man.
Aiuigo viejo, vino auejo.
Aruigo del buen tiempo, se muda
con el viento.
Almistad de yerno, como sol de in-
vierno.
Amor con amor se paga.
Ande yo caliente, y que se ria la
jente.
Antes que te cases, mira lo que
haces.
Antes eabeza de raton, que cola de
leon.
Ausencias causan olvido.
Aunque la mona se vista de seda,
mona se queda.
Bien mal adquerido, a nadie ha en-
riquecido.
Bien vengan mal, si vienes solo.
Bobo callado, por sesudo es repu-
tado.
Buey bravo, en tierra ajena se hace
manso.
Cada buhonero alaba sus agujas.
Cada loco con su tenia.
Cada oveja con su pareja — 6, Dios
. los crie, y ellos se juntan.
Cada uno juzga por su corazon del
otro.
Cada uno para si, y Dios para
todos.
Cada uno puede hacer de su capa
un sayo.
Cada uno sabe donde le aprieta el
zapato.
Cobra buena fama, y Achate a dor-
mir.
Comer y rascar, todo es empezar.
Como canta el abad, responde el sa-
cristan— 6, cual senor, tal criado.
Con el tiempo muduran las uvus.
Contra gusto no hay disputa.
Cortesfa de boca, inucho vale y
doco cuesta.
After Christmas comes Lent. —
Every day is not a holiday.
Old friends and old wine are the
best.
A friend is never known till needed.
A son-in-law's friendship is like a
winter's sun.
One good turn deserves another.
Let me be warm and fools may
laugh.
Look before you leap.
Better be the head of a dog than
the tail of a lion.
Out of sight, out of mind.
We cannot make a silken purse out
of a sow's e^r.
B.1 gotten goods never thrive.
Misfortune never comes alone.
A silent fool may pass for a wise
man.
Cocks crow well on their own
dunghills.
Every man praises his own goods.
Every fool has his hobby.
Birds of a feather flock together.
Every man measures other people's
corn by his own bushel.
Every one for himself and God for
us all.
Every one may do as he likes with
his own.
Every one knows where the shoe
pinches him.
Get a good name and you may lie
abed all day.
Appetite comes in eating.
Like master, like man.
Time brings every thing about
Every one to his taste.
Fair words go far and cost little
PROVERBS.
437
Cria cuervos y te sacaran los ojos.
Cuando Dios no quiere, los santos
no pueden.
Cuando el diablo reza, engafiarte
quiere.
Cuando vieres la barba de tu com-
pafiero pelar, pon la tuya a re-
mojar.
Cuando te dieren el anillo, pon el
dedillo.
Cuando una puerta se cierra, cien-
to se abren.
Cunnto mayor es la fortuna, tanto
mdnos es segura.
Cuenta y razon sustentan amistad.
Culpa no tiene, quien hace lo que
debe.
De los escarmentados, se hacen los
avisados.
De noche todos los gatos son par-
dos.
Del agua mansa me libre Dios, que
de la brava me librare' yo.
Del arbol caido, todos hacen leiia.
Del dicho al hecho, bay gran trecbo.
Del fraile toma el consejo, y no el
ejemplo.
Debajo de una mala capa se en-
cuentra un buen bebedor.
Dime con quien andas y te dire*
quien eres.
Dios te de fortuna, hijo, que el
saber poco te importa.
Do entra beber, sale saber.
Donde fuego se hace, humo sale.
Donde fueres, haz como vieres.
Donde hay gana hay mafia.
E3 buen pano, en el area se "vende.
El ejercicio hace maestro.
En boca del discreto, lo publico es
secreto.
El habito no hace al monje.
Save a thief from the gallows, and
he will cut your throat.
It is useless to go against the
stream.
When the fox preaches, beware oi
the geese.
When your neighbor's house is on
fire, look to your own.
Never allow a favorable opportuni-
ty to escape.
All keys hang not at the same gir«
die.
The most exalted fortune is the
least secure.
Short reckonings, long friends.
He that does his best should not
be censured.
Bought wit is the best.
At night all cats are gray.
Still waters run the deepest — or,
Save me from a snake in the grass.
Where the tree is low every one
pulls a branch.
There is a wide difference between
saying and doing.
Do as I bid you, and not as I do.
We should not judge from external
appearances.
Tell me your company, and I will
tell you what you are.
Fortune favors fools.
When the wine is in, the wit is
out.
No smoke without fire.
When at Rome, do as Rome does.
Where there is a will, there is way,
A good house wants no sign.
Practice makes perfect.
A wise man never babbles.
We cannot judge by outward ap-
pearance.
438
PKOYERBS.
Ei lobo y la vulpeja, ambos son de
una conseja.
El lobo pierde los dientes, mas no
las mientes.
El malo, para mal hacer, acliaques
no ha menester.
El mejor de los dados, es no jugar-
los.
El ojo del amo engorda al caballo.
El perezoso siempre esta menes-
teroso.
El que caila. otorga.
El que no esta becho a bragas, las
costuras le bacen llagas.
El que primero llega, ese la calza.
En boca cerrada no entra mosca.
En casa del berrero, cucbillo de
palo.
En nombrando al rain de Koma,
luego asoma.
En tierra de ciegos, el tuerto es rey.
Entre sastres no se pagan becburas:
or, Los lobos no se comen unos a
otros.
Entre amigos bonrados los cumpli-
mientos son escusados.
The wicked agree in acts of villany.
A wolf may lose bis teetb, but not
bis habits.
The evil-doer is never witbout an
excuse.
Tbe best cast at dice, is not to
tbrow them.
The master's eye fattens the horse ,
Sloth breeds poverty.
Silence gives consent.
He who is not accustomed to shoes,
will have corns if he wears them.
First come, first served.
A close mouth catches no flies.
No one goes worse shod than tbe
shoemaker's wife.
Speak of the devil and his imps ap-
pear.
In the land of the blind, the one-
eyed is king.
Wolves do not devour one another.
Between honest friends compli-
ments are useless.
Gato enguantado nunca fiie* buen
cazador.
Gato escaldado del agua fria huye.
Gobierna tu boca segun tu bolsa.
Gota a gota el mar se apoca.
Goza tu el poco, rnie'ntras busca
mas el loco.
Guardate de bombre que no habla,
y de can que no ladra.
Guardate del agua mansa, que la
recia presto pasa.
Hacerlo mal, y escusarlo peor.
Haces mal, espera otro mal.
Haya cebo en el palomar. que pa-
lomas no f altar an.
Hombre aperoibido vale por dos.
A muffled cat is no good mouser.
The scalded cat dreads cold water.
Cut your coat according to your
cloth.
Perseverance overcomes every
difficulty.
Enjoy thy little, whilst the fool
seeks for more.
Beware of the silent man, and of
the dog that does not bark.
Take heed of a drizzling rain ; %
violent shower is soon over.
A fault once denied, is twice com-
mitted.
He that does evil must expect th.8
same in return.
In time of prosperity friends will
be plenty.
Forewarned, forearmed.
PROVERBS.
439
Honra y provecho no caben en un
saco.
Hue'speda hermosa, mal para la
bolsa.
Huino y mujer parlera, echan al
hombre de su casa fuera.
La cabra siempre tira al monte.
La costurubre es otra naturaleza.
La caridad bien ordenada, enapieza
por si.
La codicia rompe el saco.
La cuerda se rompe por la parte
mas flaca.
La Have de oro abre todas las
puertas.
La mala llaga sana, la mala fama
mata.
La miel es mas dulce cuando se
prob6 la hiel.
La mucha confianza es causa de
menosprecio.
La mujer ni la tela, no la cates a
la candela.
La necesidad carece de ley.
La noche es capa de pecadores.
La ocasion la pintan calva.
Las paredes tienen oidos.
Libro cerrado no saca letrado.
Lo barato es caro.
Lo que de noche p e hace, a la ma-
fiana aparece.
Lo que no es de comer, dejarlo
cocer.
Lo que no se puede remediar, se
ha de aguantar.
Los dineros del sacristan, cantando
se van.
Los pezes mayores se tragan a los
menores.
Mas cura la dieta, que la lanzeta.
Mas es el ruido que las nuezes.
Mas vale algo que nada.
Mas vale bien callar que mal ha-
blar.
Mas vale bnena fama que cama
dorada.
Honor and riches are not alwayi
found together.
A handsome hostess is bad for the
purse.
A smoky house and a scolding wife
will turn a man out of doors.
What is bred in the bone will never
come out of the flesh.
Use is second nature.
Charity begins at home.
Covetous brings nothing home.
The thread will break where it is
the weakest.
A bribe enters without knocking.
Give a dog an ill name and he will
soon be hanged.
He deserves not the sweet, who will
not taste the sour.
Too much familiarity breeds con-
tempt.
Neither a wife nor cloth, should
be chosen by candle-light.
Necessity has no law.
Night screens evil doers.
Take time by the forelock.
Walls have ears.
A closed book never made a
learned man.
The cheapest is always the dearest
Time brings truth to light.
Do not meddle in other people's
concerns.
What cannot be cured must be en-
dured.
Light come, light go — or, easily
gained, easily spent.
Great fish swallow up the little
Diet cures better than the lancet.
More froth than substance.
Half a loaf is better than no bread.
Better to be silent than to speak
ill.
A good reputation is better than
outward show.
440
PROVERBS.
Mas vale mala avenencia que buena
sentencia— or, mas vale mal
ajuste que buen pleito.
Mas vale doblarse que quebrarse.
Mas vale mafia que fuerza.
Mas vale onza de prudencia que
libra de ciencia.
Mas vale solo que mal acompanado.
Mas vale tarde que nunca.
Mas vale un pajaro en la mano que
ciento volando.
Mas vale saber que haber.
Mas vale un toma que no dos te
dare\
Mas sabe un necio preguntar que
pueden cien sabios contestar.
Muchos van por lana y vuelven
trasquilados.
Mucbas candelillas bacen un
cirio pascual.
Nadie puede decir : de esca agua no
bebere.
Nadie se alabe, basta que acabe.
Necios y porfiados bacen ricos a
los letrados.
Ni firmes carta que no leas, ni
bebas agua que no veas.
No es tan bravo el leon como le
pin tan.
No es la miel para la boca del asno.
No es todo oro lo que reluce.
No bay atajo sin trabajo.
No bay caballo, por bueno que sea,
que no tropiece.
No bay mal que porbien no venga,
No bay mayor mal que el descon-
tento de cada cual.
No bay mejor espejo que el amigo
viejo.
No bay miel sin hiel.
No bay peor sordo que el que no
quiere oir.
No bay que mentar la soga en casa
del aborcado.
No la bagas, no la temas.
No so acuerda el cura de cuando
i'ue sacristan.
A bad agreement i-s better thbn &
lawsuit.
Better to bend than to break.
Skill is better than strength.
An ounce of discretion is worth %
pound of wit.
Better alone than in bad company.
Better late than never.
A bird in the hand is worth two in
the bush.
Knowledge is preferable to riches.
One gift is worth two promises.
One fool asks more questions than
a hundred wise men can answer.
He that seeks more than he should,
often finds more than he would.
Many brooks make a river.
No one can tell what is to happen
to him.
Let no one boast of a thing till he
has finished it.
The foolish and headstrong maka
lawyers rich.
Read a paper before you sign it,
and look at the water before you
drink it.
The devil is not so ugly as they
paint him.
Never cast pearls before swine.
All is not gold that glitters.
No pleasure without pain.
A man is not wise at all times.
Out of misfortune comes good.
A contented mind is a continual
feast.
The best mirror is an old friend.
No sweet without sour.
No one is so deaf as he that will
not hear.
Never speak of hemp in a hang-
man's house.
Do no evil, and fear no harm.
The priest forgets that he was evef
a clerk.
PEOVEEBS. 441
No seas perezoso, y no seras deseo- An idle brain is the devil's work*
so. shop.
No se gano Zamora en una hora. Rome was not built in a day.
Obra empezada, medio acabada. The beginning is always the most
difficult.
Oir campanas y no saber donde. To have heard of a fact and not to
understand it.
Ojos que no ven, corazon que no What the eye does not see, the
duele. heart does not feeL
Pajaro viejo no entra en jaula. Old birds are not caught with such
chaff.
Paga lo que debes y sabras lo que A pound of care will not pay one
tienes. ounce of debt.
Palabras y plumas, el viento las Words and feathers are borne away
lleva. by the wind.
Pan ajeno caro cuesta. He that goes borrowing goes sor-
rowing.
Perro ladrador nunca buen mor- A barking dog never bites.
dedor.
Piensa el la dronque todos son de He measures every man's corn by
su condicion. his own bushel.
Pobreza no es vileza. Poverty is no crime.
Poco a poco, hila la vieja el copo. Little by little the bird builds its
nest.
Por donde no se piensa, salta la Things come from where we least
liebre. expect them.
Por dinero baila el perro. Money makes the mare go.
Quien a hierro mata, a hierro Who kills with the sword dies by
muere. the sword.
Quien bien esta, no se mude. Let well alone.
Quien bien quiere a Beltran, bien Love me, love my dog.
quiere a su can.
Quien bien te quiere, te hara llorar. Spare the rod, and you will spoil
the child.
Quien busca, halla. Seek, and you will find.
Quien calla, otorga. Silence gives consent.
Quien come la came, que roa el Who eats the sweet must taste the
hueso. bitter.
Quien con lobos anda, a ahullar se We imbibe the qualities of those
enseiia. with whom we associate.
Quien escucha, su mal oye. Listeners never hear good of them-
selves.
Quien feo ama, hermoso le parece. Whatever one loves appears hand«
some.
Quien lava la cara del asno, pierde It is time lost to attempt to wash a
tiempo y jabon. blackmoor white.
Quien lengua ha, a Roma va. Ask and you will know.
442
PROVERBS.
Quien mal anda, mal acaba.
Quien malas manas tiene, tarde 6
nunca las pierde.
Quien mala cama hace, en ella
yace.
Quien mucho habla, mucho yerra.
Quien mas tiene, mas quiere.
Quien no parece, perece.
Quien no se aventura, no pasa el
mar.
Quien no siembra en primavera,
no recoje en otofio.
Quien poco tiene, poco teme.
Quien presta al amigo, cobra un
enemigo.
Quien promete, en deuda se mete.
Quien puede y no quiere, cuando
quiere no puede.
Quien quiere tomar, le conviene dar.
Quien te hace fiestas que no te solia
hacer, 6 engafiarte quiere, 6 te
ha menester.
Quien tiene ventanas de vidrio, no
tire piedras a las del vecino.
Quien todo aventura, pierde ca-
ballo y mula.
Quien todo lo quiere, todo lo
pierde.
Rio revuelto, ganancia del pesca-
dor.
Secreto de dos, secreto de Dios ;
secreto de tres, de to dos es.
Si quieres ver cuanto vale un du-
cado, buscalo prestado.
Sobre gusto no hay disputa.
Sol que mucho arde poco dura.
Tantas vezes va el cantaro a la
fuente, que al fin se quiebra.
Tanto vales, c uanto tienes.
He that strikes with the sword, wiD
die by the scabbard.
Vicious habits are seldom throwa
off.
As you have made your bed, so
you must lie on it.
Who speaks much, often blunders.
The more we have, the more we
want.
The absent are the first to be
blamed.
Nothing venture, nothing have.
He will starve in winter, who will
not work in harvest.
"Who has little to lose, has little to
fear.
Lend to your friend, and you will
make him your enemy.
A man's word should be as good as
his bond.
He that has time and waits for
more, loses both.
He that will talk must give.
He that flatters you more than he
was wont to do, either intends to
deceive you, or needs your assist-
ance.
He that has glass windows should
not throw stones.
Grasp all, lose all.
He that wishes all, loses all.
Good fishing in troubled waters.
Between two persons a secret may
be sacred ; between thre*», it is
everybody's.
Borrow a crown, and you will
know its value.
There is no disputing about taste.
The morning sun seldom lasts.
The pitcher that goes often to the
well, comes home broken at last.
Tell me what you are worth, and 1
will tell you what you are.
IDIOMS.
4i3
Timnpo y sazon, a nadie dan razon.
Todiis las aves con sus pares.
Todos somos locos, los unos de los
otros.
Tras de los anos viene el juicio.
Tu enemlgo es el de tu oficio.
Un asno rasca a otro.
Una golondrina no hace verano.
Uno come la fruta aceda, y otro
tiene la dentera.
Vemos la pajaen el ojo ajeno, y no
la viga de lagar en el nuestro.
Viene la ventura, a quien la pro-
cura.
Time and tide wait for no man.
Birds of a feather flock together.
Each man is a fool in the opinion
of another.
Reason comes with years.
Two of a trade never agree.
One fool praises another.
One swallow does not make spring.
"VY hat is one man's meat, is anothel
man's poison.
We see the mote in our neighbor's
eye, and not the beam in our
own.
Seek Fortune, and you will find
her.
MODISMOS.
A la buena de Dios.
A mas correr.
A mas tardar.
A mas tirar.
A medida de sus deseos.
A mejor andar ; a peor andar.
A paso de buey.
A pie' enjuto.
A sus anchuras.
A tiro de ballesta.
A tuertas y a derechas.
A lo que saiga.
Al descuido y con descuido.
Abrir la mano.
" el ojo.
" las zampas.
Adobar los guantes.
Aflojar la cuerda.
Apretar la cuerda.
Alia se las haya.
Ahf mo las den todas.
Andar a baqueta.
" a ciegas.
" a las bonicas.
M a gatas.
" a porfia.
M a sombra de tejado,
" a todo correr.
" a vreltas.
IDIOMS.
Without guile or deception .
With the utmost speed.
At latest.
At the utmost.
According to one's wishes.
At best ; at worst.
At a snail's gallop.
Without trouble, or, anxiety.
At one's ease.
At a great distance
Eight or wrong.
Whatever may be the result.
Studiously careless.
To bribe.
To be alert.
To give a beginning to any thing.
To remunerate any person.
To treat leniently.
To treat with severity.
That's his own affair.
It is indifferent to me.
To command imperiously.
To grope.
To take things easily.
To creep upon all-fours.
To be stubborn.
To lurk— to abscond.
To run with all speed.
To shuffle — to use subterfuge
Ui
IDIOMS.
And&r con mosca.
" con pie's de plomo. j
" con zapatos de fieltro. j
** or, ir de capa caida.
" de gorra.
"" de Zeca en Meca.
** de puntillas, 6 chiticallando.
" en dares y toniares, 6 en
dimes y diretes.
" or ir en cuerpo.
** en los cuernos del toro.
" enjarras.
" en palm as.
Apretar la soleta.
" los cordeles a una,
" los talones.
Apretarle a uno las clavijas.
Asir la ocasion por los cabellos.
Asirse a las ramas.
Atar bien su dedo.
Atarse las manos.
Ayunar despues de harto.
Azotar el aire.
Azotar las calles.
Bailar al son que se toca.
Bajar los brios a uno.
Beber los aires, or, los vientos.
" de codos.
'* las palabras a otro.
" los pensamientos a alguno
Boca con boca.
Bocado sin hueso.
Burla burlando.
Buscar tres pie's al gato.
" a uno de Zeca en Meca.
Caber de pie's.
" en suerte.
No caber de gozo.
" " en el mundo.
" " en sf.
No cabe en e'L
Caer bien a caballo.
" en alguna cosa.
" en gracia.
To be put out at trifles.
To proceed with caution.
To be crest-fallen.
To be at another's cost.
To be roving about.
To go on tiptoe.
To quarrel about trifles.
To go out without an overcoat
To rush into the lion's mouth.
To set one's arm akimbo.
To be universally esteemed.
To scamper off.
To oblige one by violence to saj
or do any thing.
To take to one's heels.
To pin one down.
To take time by the forelock.
To seek frivolous pretexts.
To take care of one's self.
To bind one's self to a promise.
To fast after feasting.
To act to no purpose.
To lounge about the streets.
To go with the stream.
To humble one.
To desire anxiously.
To drink at one's ease.
To listen attentively.
To anticipate another's thoughts.
Face to tace.
An. employment without labor, a
sinecure.
Between joke and earnest.
To pick a quarrel.
To search everywhere for any one.
To have room to stand.
To fall to one's lot.
To be overjoyed.
To be puffed up with vanity.
To be full of one's own mei'its.
He is not capable of such a thing.
To sit well on horseback.
To recollect a thing — to under
stand.
To please— to take one's fancy.
IDIOMS.
Uo
Caer en desgracia.
" en Is tr.r^pa.
CbetBC.de aninio.
M la alas del corazon.
Oaersele 4 uno la cairn de
guenza.
«• a uno la baba,
CaHar el pico.
Calzarse a alguno.
Campear de sol a sombra.
Oetredo como pie' de mule to.
QbnuM spazta
Cojer 4 alguno de
To be put oat of favor.
To fall into the snare.
To be dejected.
To lose one's courage.
To blush with i "
" su hatiHo.
Comer de mo?onon.
" 4 dos carrillos.
" pan con corteza.
Converse de risa.
Comprar gato en saco.
Con mil amores.
Con su pan se lo coma.
Contar con alguno.
Con que.
Con que, agur.
Con que, si, eh ?
Con que, hasta la vista.
To be delighted.
To hold ones tongue.
To manage a person.
To be at work from
night
As stubborn as a mule.
Jests aside.
To meet a person favorably dia*
posed.
To pack one's self off
To live at another's expense.
To enjoy two benefices.
To be indifierent about things.
To strain one 's self not to laugh.
To buy a pig in a poke.
Most willingly.
That's his own business.
To depend upon any one.
So then.
So, good by.
Indeed ! Is it so ?
So, till we meet again.
Dar 4 alguno con las paertas en To shut the door in one's lace.
la cara.
" 41uz.
'- 4 uno una dedada de mieL
" como por amor de Dies.
" con la carga en tierra.
* oon uno.
" contra alguna cosa.
" desl
" en ears.
,c en el bianco.
M en el hito.
11 en la vena.
Dar porsupuesto, or, por
" calabasa.
«« chasco.
" el si.
•* el pesame.
To be deUvered of a child.
To deceive one.
To give with an ill grace.
To be overpowered.
To meet a person one is looking
for.
To hit against any thing.
To stretch.
To reproach.
To hit the mark.
To come to the difficult point
To hit upon the means.
To take for granted.
To reprove — to reject a proposal oi
marriage.
To disappoint
To consent
To condole.
446
IDIOMS.
" la enhorabuena.
" golpe una cosa.
" marjen.
" que decir.
" que bacer.
" parte.
La ventana da al jardin,
Darse a la vela.
"a merced.
M ai diantre.
" de calabazadas.
" por sentido.
n cuidado de algo.
No se le da nada.
De buenas a primeras.
De bueua fd.
De mala fe\
De intento.
De oidas— or, por oidas.
De tejas abajo.
De un tiron.
De uu salto, or, brinco.
Decir unas veces cesta, y otras
ballesta.
Decir a uno dos frescas.
" por decir.
" algo a uno en sus barbas.
Defender bi en su capa.
Dejar a uuo colgado.
1 ' a uno en la calle.
" atras los vientos.
Dejar el campo libre.
" en bianco.
" fresco a alguno
Dejarse alguna cosa en el tintero.
** entre renglones.
Dejadas las burlas.
Desenterrar los muertos.
Desbacerse en lagrimas.
Despabilar los ojos.
De boy en ocbo dias.
De boy en quince dias.
De ocbo en ocbo dias.
De quince en quince dias.
To congratulate.
Any tiling to strike one with ad-
miration, or, astonishment.
To give cause for.
To give cause to complain.
To give trouble.
To participate.
The window looks into the gardeiv
To set sail.
To surrender at discretion.
To despair.
To labor in vain.
To show resentment.
To care about any thing.
He cares nothing about it.
Without ceremony — abruptly.
With sincerity.
Deceitfully,
On purpose.
By hearsay.
Any thing referring to this world.
At once — offhand.
At a jump.
To say sometimes one thing, and
sometimes another.
To give another a piece of one's
mind.
To talk for the sake of talking.
To tell a person any thing to his
face.
To defend one's rights.
To frustrate one's hope.
To strip one of his all.
To go quicker than the wind.
To yield to one's competitors.
To pass over a thing unnoticed.
To frustrate one— to abuse one.
To forget, or omit something in
writing.
To pass over in silence — to omi
any thing.
Setting jokes aside.
To slander the dead.
To weep bitterly.
To keep a sharp look-out.
This day week.
This day fortnight.
Every week.
Every fortnight.
IDIOMS.
447
Diasha.
Un dia si, otro no
El dia de hoy.
Hoy en dia.
Dicho y hecho.
Dormir a pierna snelta, or, tendida.
Dorinir la siesta.
Echar a borbotones, or, a trompa y
a talega.
'• a la« espaldas.
" a perder algo.
•' a pique un navlo.
•' al, or, en olvido. .
" de manga.
" en tierra.
'« agua en el mar.
'* cantos, ray os, centellas, 6,
chispas.
M or. arrojar el guante.
11 el guante a ctro.
la capa al toro.
la culpa a alguno.
margaritas a puercos.
la soga tras el caldero.
las cargas a otro.
mano al ladroii.
menos alguna cosa.
suertes.
un remiendo a la vida.
una vista.
Echarla de santo.
En un cerrar y abrir de ojos. (
Encenderse en c61era, or, en ircu
En baz y en paz.
En un pensamiento.
Entreabrir una puerta.
Eucomendar las ovejas al lobo.
Entre dos aguas.
*• bur las y ve'ras.
Errar el tiro.
Erre que erre.
Es capa de picaros.
Escarmentar en cabeza ajena.-
Es hombre ajustado.
" de brios.
Es el mejor timbre de su escudo.
Escribir en la arena.
" en bronce.
Escurrir la bola.
Days ago.
Every other day.
The present day.
Now-a-days.
No sooner said than done.
To sleep at one's ease.
To take an afternoon's nap.
To talk at random.
To forget designedly.
To spoil anything.
To sink a ship.
To cast into oblivion.
To make a cat's paw of one.
To disembark.
To send coals to Newcastle.
To be furiously enraged.
To challenge.
To seize— to imprison.
To expose one's self to danger.
To blame any one.
To cast pearls before swine.
To abandon one's self to despair.
To lay the fault on another.
To seize the thief.
To miss any thing.
To cast lots.
To take some nourishment.
To look after.
To pretend sanctity.
In the twinkling of an eye.
To fiy into a passion.
With common consent.
In a trice.
To put a door ajar.
To set a fox to keep sheep.
Between wind and water.
Between joke and earnest.
To miss one's aim.
Obstinately.
He is a protector of rogues.
To take warning at another's e»
pense.
He is a man of strict morals.
He is a man of mettle.
That is the best gem in his crown.
To bury in oblivion.
Never to forget a thing .
To sneak oft".
448
IDIOMS.
Esmerarse en alga
Estat a la capa. •<
" a pique de perderse.
44 con las orejas caidas.
14 de amnion, or, en acecho de
alguien.
44 de buen talante.
44 de casa.
44 de fiesta.
»4 de planta.
Estar en: — Este traje me esta en
cuarenta pesos,
"en ascuas.
«4 en lo que se dice.
44 en mantillas.
44 en que.
• ' en sus anchuras.
44 con la boca abierta.
44 por alguno.
4< sobre aviso, or, sobre si.
44 mano sobre mano.
" pagado de si mismo.
I Estas en tus cinco (sentidos) ?
Ganar la voluntad a alguno.
44 las albricias.
Hablar a bulto, or, a destajo.
44 a tontas y a locas.
44 al aire.
44 al gusto, al paladar.
44 al oido.
44 al alma.
44 con segundas.
44 de bur las, or, de cbanza.
" en romance.
44 entre dientes.
41 por boca de ganso.
Hacer de alguno cera y pabilo.
" a uno tascar el freno.
*' a uno perder los estribos.
" de las suyas.
«4 de un camino dos mandados.
44 alarde de.
•« buenas, or, malas migas.
14 callos.
" cuenta sin la lruespeda.
« costilla.
To take pains in any thing.
To lie to (nautical.)
To wait a favorable oppori unity.
To be within an ace of being lost*
To be down in the mouth.
To stand watch over any body.
To be ready to do anything.
To be in deahabUle.
To be merry
To be fixed in any place for a long
time.
To cost:— This dress stands mo in
forty dollars
To be upon thorns.
To comprehend what is said.
To be in a state of infancy.
To be inclined to think that.
To be at one's ease.
To be astonished.
To answer for any one.
To be on one's guard.
To be idle.
To entertain a high opinion of one's
self.
Are you in your senses ?
To curry favor.
To be the first bearer of good tid*
mgs.
To speak at random.
To speak without discretion.
To talk idly.
To say pleasing things.
To whisper into one's ears.
To speak one's mind.
To deal in innuendos.
To jest — to jeer.
To speak gibberish.
To mutter.
To echo what another has said.
To mould one like wax.
To make one do a thing by force.
To make one lose his temper.
To show off one's tricks.
To kill two birds with one stone.
To boast of.
To agree, or, disagree with any on*
To be hardened.
To reckon without the host.
To bear the brunt.
IDIOMS.
449
EaceT casode.
«' caudal de alguna cosa.
4 « or, fundar torres en el viento,
or, castillos en el aire.
** ouenlas alegres.
»* fiestas.
" gala.
" humo.
-'* nialeta.
" morisquetas.
" la vista gorda.
M las vezes de otro.
u oidos de mercader.
" papel.
H penitencia con alguno.
" pucheros.
' ' rostro.
" saber.
Hacerse a la vela. .
Hacerse el bobo.
llaberla, 6, haberlas con alguno.
Hallar la horma de su zapato.
" que decir.
Hender un cabello en el aire.
Hincharsele a uno las narizes.
Hombre de forma.
Huir a una de caballo.
Ir & bilo del mundo.
" a los alcances.
" a medias con alguno.
'• con alguno.
" or, andar de capa caida.
" de manga.
" de mejor en mejor.
" de peor en peor.
" de rocin a ruin.
M en la delantera.
" en demanda de.
•' or, quedar en zaga.
" bien puesto.
1 tirando, 6, pasando lo mejor que
se pueda.
Irse A pique.
" de la memoria.
Irsele a alguno la cabeza.
El alma se le va por ello, or, tras
ello.
Van cien duros a que es cierto.
To pay attention, or, respect to.
To hold a thing in high estimation
To build castles in the air.
To feed upon vain hopes.
To fondle— flatter — cajole.
To make a show.
To continue long in a place.
To prepare for a journey.
To deceive — to play pranks.
To wink — to connive.
To act for another.
To feign not to hear.
To act a part — to make a shovr.
To take pot luck.
To make wry faces.
To bear up with adversity.
To acquaint— to make known.
To set sail.
To pretend ignorance.
To dispute, or, contend with any one.
To meet with one's match.
To grumble at— to complain ofl
To split a hair.
To become angry.
A nxm of talent, or, merit.
To fly with all speed.
To follow the opinion of the world.
To go in pursuit of any one.
To go halves with any one.
To agree with, or. side with any one.
To decline in fortune.
To join in the execution of noma
malicious design.
To become better and better.
To become worse and tvorse.
To go from bad to worse.
To take the lead.
To be on the look out for.
To remain behindhand.
To be well attired.
To rub on as well as «ne can.
To founder at sea.
To escape one's memory.
To lose one's reason.
He is very anxious about it.
I wager a hundred dollars that it i»
true.
450
IDIOMS.
Jente baja — jente soez.
" coniun, or, vulgar.
" de bien.
•' de escalera abaja
" .de capa parda,
" de la garra.
" de trato.
*« de pluma.
•• de capa y espada.
Babble— tool).
Common people.
Honest people.
Low-bred people.
Villagers — rustics.
Thieves — pickpockets.
Traders — dealers.
Notaries — attorneys.
Gentlemen who follow 150 profes-
Ladrar el estdmago.
Levantar a uno sobre loa cuernos
de la luna.
Ley del embudo.
Ley del encaje.
Librarse de algun aprieto.
Limpio de polvo y paja.
Llamar a grito herido.
Llevar a mal.
M de vencida.
" el corazon en la mano.
Le Uevaron cincuenta hbras por su
reloj.
Llevarse chasco.
" de calles alguna cosa.
M el dia, or, la palma.
Mamarlo en la leche.
Mal de su grado.
" que le pese.
Mandar, or, pasar aviso.
Manos a la obra.
Mas blando que una breva.
Meter a uno en tercio y quinto.
« bulla.
" el hocico en todo.
" los je'neros por alto.
11 su zizana.
Meterle a uno por el aro, 6, el arillo.
Meters* a caballero.
'* a sabio.
'« con alguno.
a en camisa de once varas.
M en si mismo.
Mirar de socarron.
" las telarafias.
To be hungry.
To exalt one to the skies.
A selfish, unfair decision.
An arbitrary law.
To free one's self from any diffi-
culty.
Clear from all encumbrance.
To call with all one's might.
To take any thing amiss.
To prove victorious.
To be sincere and candid.
They charged him fifty pounds for
his watch.
To be disappointed.
To carry every thing before the
wind.
To carry the day.
To imbibe any thing in one's in-
fancy.
Unwillingly.
In spite of his teeth.
To send word.
To set about to work.
More pliant than a glove.
To procure one any great advan-
tage.
To make a noise — bustle.
To meddle in every thing.
To smuggle goods.
To sow discord.
To decoy one.
To assume the gentleman.
To affect learning and knowledge.
To pick a quarrel.
To interfere in other people's busi-
ness.
To resolve in one's mind.
To look slyly, roguishly.
To blunder from inattention.
IDIOMS.
451
«* Bobre el hombro.
" de hi to en Mto.
Moler a anc
Mostrar las suelas de los zapatos.
Moverse a todos vientos.
Nacer de cabeza.
** de pies.
Nada se me da de ello.
** u va en ello. f
Negarse a si misino.
No comer pan de balde.
" deja meter baza.
" cabe mas.
" importa nn clavo.
" estar para fiestas.
u esta en sns alfileres.
M me deja ni a sol ni a sombra.
" se me da nn bledo.
" poder tragar, or, ver a alguno.
"* sabe cnantos son cinco.
M sufre cosqnilias.
M tener arte ni parte en algnna
To cast a contemptuous look.
To look steadfastly.
To annoy, or, pester one.
To take to one's heels.
To be fickle — wavering.
To be born to wretchedness.
To be born to g*od luck.
I care nothing about it.
To govern one's passions.
Not to eat the bread of idleness.
He does not allow one to slip in a
word-
Nothing more can be desired,
It is of no consequence.
To be out of temper.
He is in a bad humor.
He is always at my heels.
I care not a straw.
To abhor, or, detest any one.
He does not know A from B. — He
is very innocent {ironical).
He suffers no jokes.
To have no hand in any thing.
" tener mas que la capa al horn- To be without resources.
bro.
" vale un bledo, or, una chita.
M vol ver la cara atras.
" dejar piedra para mover.
Obrar con gran pulso.
Pagar los azotes al verdugo.
Pasar por las annas.
Pata de gallo.
Pelado como una rata.
Pelarse las barbas.
Perder cuidado.
Perderse de vista.
Poner pleito a alguno.
Poner el lobo en el corraL
" pies en pared.
" pies en polvorosa.
** toda la carne en el asador.
Por fas 6 por ne*fas.
It is not worth a straw.
To pursue any thing with spirit
and perseverance.
Not to leave a stone unturned.
To act with circumspection.
To return good for evil
To be shot as a criminal.
An artful device.
As poor as a church mouse.
To fly into a passion.
Not to fear — to make one's self
easy.
To excel in an eminent degree*
To go to law with any one.
To lock up the wolf in the sheep-
fold.
To maintain one's opinion with ob-
stinacy.
To fly — to escape.
To hazard, or, stake one's all.
Sight or wrong.
452
IDIOMS.
Quebrar el ojo al diablo.
Quedar por alguno.
Quedarse en asperges.
" en la calle.
" en bianco.
" de una pieza, or, hechc
una pieza, or, quedarse
helado.
Quemarse las eejas.
Querer decir.
" subir al cielo sin alas.
Razon de pid de banco.
Reir a carcajada tendida.
Roer el anzuelo.
Saber de que pid cojea.
" algo de buena tinta.
Sacar de tino.
" bien su caballo, or, su capa.
** el pid del lodo.
" fuerza de flaqueza.
u un clavo con otro clavo.
" un fuego con otro fuego.
Sacudir el yugo.
Salir a luz.
" con algo,
Salir de mantillas.
" de fit
" de tino.
" los colored al rostro.
Saiga lo que saliere.
Salirse con la suya.
Saltar de alegrla, or de gozo.
" de su camisa.
Salto de mata.
11 mortal.
Santo y bueno.
Sembrar en arena.
Ser de monte y ribera.
" un terron de sal.
Servir a Dios y al diablo.
Sin dano ni barras.
" mas aca, ni mas alia.
" que ni para que.
** que ni por qud.
'* sentirlo la tierra.
To act justly.
To become surety for any one.
To be frustrated in one's expecta*
tions.
To be without resources.
To be left in the lurch.
To be thunderstruck — to remain
astonished.
To study intensely.
To mean.
To wish to fly without wings.
An absurd reason.
To laugh heartily.
To free one's self from peril.
To know any one's weak side.
To know any thing from good aa
thority.
To make one lose his senses.
To extricate one's self decently out
of a difficulty.
To get out of the scrape.
To make a virtue of necessity.
To cure one excess by another.
To give a Roland for an Oliver.
To shake off the yoke.
To be produced — to be published.
To obtain one's end.
To come out of one's leading
strings.
To be enraptured.
To lose one's senses.
To blush.
Happen what may.
To have one's own way — to accom.
plish an object.
[■ To jump with joy.
Escape from punishment.
A somerset.
Well and good.
To labor in vain.
To be fit for any thing.
To be very witty.
To carry two faces under one hood.
Without danger or injury.
Without ifs and auds.
Without rhyme or reason.
Without any one knowing it.
IDIOMS.
453
Siu embargo de embargos.
Sobro la marcha.
Sopiarse las ruanos.
Subir a uno sobre los cuernos de
la hma.
Sabirse a las bovedillas.
" eu zaucas.
" en talones.
Temblar la barba.
" las carnes.
Templar la guita.
Tender el pauo del piilpito.
Tener a me'nos hablar a uno.
" a uno a raya.
" al go en la punta de la le ngua.
Tener bien asentada la baza.
" buenas, or, malas ausencias.
M buen, or, mal cerca.
" buen diente.
" buen est6mago.
" buenos tragaderos.
" bula para toda. %
*' cabida con alguna persona.
*' cascos de calabaza.
" el maudo y el palo.
" el pi 6 en clos zapatos.
" el seso eu los calcafiales.
•' estrella.
" los cascos a la jineta.
«' los cinco dedos en la mano.
" malas cosquillas.
** mucha chispa.
** mucho gallo.
" ojeriza & alguno.
11 pocas barbas.
" su alma en su cuerpo.
** y tengamos.
1 entar al oido.
Tirar A dos cliitas.
" a degiiello.
" d uno de la capa.
14 cozes contra el aguijon.
Tocar a lo vivo.
In spite of obstacles.
Off hand — instantly.
To be disappointed.
To exalt one to the skies.
To be nettled — vexed.
To be elated by good fortune.
To grow proud and haughty.
To act with caution or fear.
To have a horror of any thing.
To pacify— to please.
To speak diffusely.
Not to deign to speak to one.
To keep one at bay. f
To have anything on the tip of
one's tongue.
To have one's reputation well
established.
To be well, or ill spoken of in one's
absence.
Capable of bearing, or not, a close
examination,
To have a good appetite.
To brook insults,
To be very credulous.
To have permission to do what
one likes.
To have influence with another.
To be ignorant, or, stupid.
To have absolute power.
To have two strings to one's bow.
To have one's brains in their heels.
To be fortunate.
To be hairbrained— to have little
' judgment.
To be a match for any one.
To be easily put out.
To be very sharp .
To be arrogant and proud.
To bear one an ill will.
To be inexperienced.
To do what one thinks proper.
To give and take.
To sound one.
To have two strings to one's bcvr.
To seek one's ruin.
To warn one of any danger.
To kick against the spur.
To touch one to the quick.
454
IDIOMS.
«« de cerca algun asunto.
" la solfa a alguno.
Tomar a uno entre dientes.
" el cielo con las manos.
" la ocasion por los cabellos.
u las (calzas) de Villadiego.
Tornarse, or, torn aria con alguno.
Traer a uno en boca, or, en lenguas.
" la barba sobre el hombro.
Tragar el anzuelo.
Trucha, 6 no comerla.
Valga lo que valiere.
Vamos claros.
Vender palabras.
' ' salud.
Venders barato.
Venir a menos.
" al caso.
" con las manos lavadas.
" de perilla.
u una cosa pintada.
Verdad de Perogrullo.
Verse con alguno.
" negro.
Vestirse con todos sus alfileres, or,
con veinte y cinco alfileres.
Visto y no visto.
Vivir a las costillas de otro.
" a sus anchuras.
" de gorra.
Volver a cojer el cabo.
" a la cara las palabras in-
juriosas.
M al prop6sito.
" la cara atras.
" la tortilla.
" las nuezes al cantaro.
" a decir.
M a hacer.
" a venir.
Untar las manos.
Zafarse de alguna cosa.
To hare a complete knowledge of
any thing.
To giye one a good drubbing.
To have an antipathy against any
one.
To be transported with rapture
to be enraged.
To profit by the occasion.
To take to one's heels.
To pick a quarrel with any one.
To traduce any one.
To be alert.
To allow one's self to be deceived.
Neck or aothing — all or none.
Let it be worth what it may.
Let us understaud one another.
To decive by fair words.
To appear very robust.
To make one's self cheap.
To decline in any way.
To come to the point.
To wish to enjoy the fruit of a^<
other's labors.
To come at the nick of time.
A thing to fit or suit exactly.
A notorious truth.
To have an interview with cne.
To have a crow to pluck with one.
To be afflicted — embarrassed.
To be dressed in style— to be
decked out.
No sooner said than done.
To live at another's expense.
To live at one's expense.
To live by one's wits.
To resume the thread of a dis-
course.
To retort abusive language.
To return to the point
To give in.
To turn the scale.
To renew a contest.
To repeat.
To do over again.
To come again.
To bribe.
To get clear, or, rid of anything.
MERCANTILE VOCABULARY.
CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS.
GROCERIES.
Sugar : fine white — brown — clayed
— muscovado — refined — lump —
crushed. — Candy.
Molasses.
Coffee : green — fine — good — ordi-
nary.
Cocoa. — Rice.
Spices: Pepper— Cinnamon— Cassia
Lignea— Cloves— Nutmegs— Gin-
ger.
Vanilla— Aniseeds— Sago— Tapioca.
Almonds : bitter — sweet.
Filberts.
Rai sins— Figs— Prunes — Currants .
Oranges — Lemons.
Olives — Capers— Brandy Fruits.
Pickles — Preserves— Sweetmeats.
Chocolate — Clarified Sirups.
Vermicelli — Starch — Soap .
Tobacco: leaf— stemmed — in car-
rots—Snuff— Segars.
Candles: wax— spermaceti — stea-
rine.
Glue — Isinglass.
Mustard.
R)lled Brimstone — Flour of sul-
phur.
PROVISIONS
Flour — Bacon — Pork.
Beef salted.
Cheese — Hams.
ESPECERfAS.
Azucar : bianco corriente — que*
brado — terciado — mascabado —
refinado — de pilon — molido. —
Candi.
Miel de cafia, or de purga.
Cafe : verde— de primera— de 2da —
3a.
Cacao.— Arroz.
Especias : Pimienta — Canela — Ca-
nelon— Clavos de especia, or de
comer — Nuez moscada — Jenji-
bre.
Vainilla— Anis — Sagu— Tapioca.
Almendras : amargas— dulces.
Avellanas.
Pasas — Higos secos— Ciruelas pa-
sas — Pasas de Corinto.
Naranjas — Limones .
Aceitunas — Alcaparras— Frutas en
aguardiente.
Encurtidos(envinagre) — Conservaa
— Dulces.
Chocolate— Jarabes finos.
Fideos — Almidon— Jabon,
Tabaco : en rama — palitos do ta-
baco — en andullos— Rape* — Ci-
garros.
Velas : de cera — de esperni* — de
estearina.
Cola— Cola de pescadc
Mostaza.
Azufre labrado, or en pasta -Flor
de azufre.
PROVISIONES.
Harina — Tocinc— Puerco.
Vaca salada.
Queso — Jam ones.
156
MERCANTILE VOCABULARY.
Cod: dry — Stockfish — Soused sal- Bacalao : salado — Pezpalo - Salm
mon — Herrings : smoked — Sar- escabecliado — Arenques : ahu
dines — Anchovies. mados — Sardinas— Anchovas or
Anchoas.
m-
LIQUORS AND SPIRITS.
flf i ties : Madeira — Port — Malaga
(sweet, dry) —Muscat — Claret —
Champagne— Burgundy—Rhenish
— Sherry — Malmsey.
Old Wines In wood— bottled.
Beer —Porter— Cider.
Brandy— Cognac— Gin— Rum — Al-
cohol, or Spirit of wine.
Liquors, or, cordials— Vinegar.
OILS.
Oils : olive — fish — whale— palm
— turpentine — spermacetti— Un-
seed—lamp —vitriol.
Oil cakes: rape and linseed.
Castor oil.
Essential oils : aniseed— juniper —
lavender- -thyme — bergamot.
LICORES Y ESPIRITUS.
Vinos : de Madera — de Oporto -de
Malaga (abocado, or dulce, seco)
— Muscatel — de Burdeos — de
Champafia — de Borgona — del
Rin — de Jerez— de Malvasia.
Vinos anejos en barricas— en bote-
Uas.
Cerveza — Porter — Sidra.
Aguardiente — Conac — Jinebra —
Rom — Alcohol, or Espiritu de vi-
no.
Licores — Vinagre.
Aceite : de oliva— de pescado— de
ballena— de palma— de trementi-
na — de esperma — de linaza— para
lamparas— de vitriolo.
Orujos (borujos) : de corza y de li-
naza.
Aceite de Palma-Christi.
Aceites esenciales: de anis -de ene-
bro — de espliego — de tomillo — da
bergamota.
CORN, GRAIN, SEEDS, GRANoS, SIMIENTES.
Wheat —Rye— Barley— Oats— Maize Trigo — Centeno — Cebada — Avena
or Indian corn —Malt.
DYE-STUEFS.
Annatto or Roco.
Cochineal: silver— gray— black.
Galls— Indigo.
Madder — Orchilla weed — Querci-
tron—Safflower— Saffron.
Sumac or Shumac -TurnsoL
Dye-Woods — Braziletto.
CHEMICALS AND PREPARATIONS.
Potash and Pearl ash— Alum— Tar-
tar— Cream of tartar.
Copperas: green— blue.
Vitriol: blue— green— white.
— Maiz— Cebada retonada.
TINTES.
Achiote.
Graua (cochinilla) : plateada — gria
— negra.
Agallas— Anil.
Rubia en raiz — Orchilla — Querci*
tron— Cartamos — Azafran.
Zumaque — Tornasol.
Palos de tinte — Brasilete.
SALES Y PRODUCTOS QUIMICOS.
Potasa y Perlasa— Alumbre— Tarta
ro crudo - Crernor tartaro.
Caparrosa: verde— azul.
Vitriolo : azul- -verde —bianco.
CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS.
45r
Sal ammoniac — epsom— glauber.
Aqua fortis — Barilla.
Saltpetre: crude— refined.
Nitrate of soda.
DRUGS.
Aloes— Ambergris.
Peruvian bark— Calysaya.
Benzoin.
Borax: crude— refined.
Camphor: crude — refined.
Cantharides —Cardamoms.
Cassia Sticks.
Coriander.
Cummin seeds— Dragon's Blood.
Ellel "">re — Gentian Root.
Gum : arabic— assafcetida — guaya-
cum — shellac— myrrh — incense —
tragaganth.
Ipecacuanha — Jalap .
Juniper berries— Lime juice.
Liquorice— Magnesia.
Manna: in flakes— in sorts.
Mastic- - Musk— Musk seed.
Mustard seed — Nux-vomica.
Opium — Peppermint .
Rhubarb— Sarsaparilla.
Sassafras Root— Senna.
Snake Root - Squills.
Storax — Tamarinds.
ANIMAL SUBSTANCES.
Bristles.
Ivory.
Feathers : ostrich— heron— bed —
Down.
Furs: chinchilla-ermine— otter-
bear- leopard.
Hides— Horns.
Bone — Tortoise shell.
Mother of pearl— Horse hair.
Skins : buck— calf, undressed, fi-
nished—varnished— deer in hair
—goat— kid -elk — beaver — mo-
rocco—seal.
Tallow -Wax— Whalebone.
Sal amoniaco — de Inglaterra— de
glauberto.
Agua fuerte— Barilla.
Salitre: crudo — refinado.
Nitrato de soda.
DROGAS.
Acibar — Ambar gris.
Quina — Calisaya.
Benjuf.
Borraj : crudo —refinado .
Alcanfor: crudo —refinado.
Cantaridas — Cardaniomos.
Caiiafistolas.
Coriandro, or Cilantro.
Cominos — Sangre de drago.
Ele'boro— Raiz de jenciana.
Goma : arabiga — asafe'tida -guaya-
co — laca enhojas — mirra— incien-
so — adragante, or alquitira.
Ipecacuana — Purga de jalapa.
Bayas de enebro — Zumo de limon.
Regaliz — Magnesia.
Mana: en lagrimas — en suerte.
Mastic — Almizcle — Ambrete.
Mostaza en grano — Nuez vomica.
Opio — Menta, or yerba buena.
Ruibarbo — Zarzaparilla.
Raiz de zarzafras — Hojas de sen.
Serpentaria — Cebolla albarrana.
Estoraque — Tamarindos.
SUBSTANCIAS ANIMALES.
Cerdas (sedas para zapateros).
Marfil.
Plumas : de avestruz— de garza—
para colchones— Plumon.
Pieles: de chinchilla— de armifio -
de marta cebellina— oso — leopar-
do.
Cueros al pelo — Cnernos, or astas.
Hueso - C.a-ey.
Nacar — Crin, or clin .
Pieles : de gamo— becerro, adoba-
do, curtido — becerrillos charola-
dos— gainuza al pelo— de cabra
— de cabritillo — de danta— de cas-
tor— tafilete. or marroqul— de lo-
bo marino.
Sebo- Cera— Barba de ballena.
458
MERCANTILE VOCABULARY.
MATERIALS FOR WEAVING,
Cotton— Flax- -Hemp.
Wool : cashmere — Angora — goats
and camels hair.
Silk — raw.
Yarn : mohair — hemp — cotton —
worsted.
Spun silk.
METALS, MINERALS, STONES, ETC. METALES,
MATERIAS PARa TEJIDOS.
Algodon en rania — Lino— Cafiamo.
Lanaenrama: de cactusinir— Ango-
ra— pelo de cabra y de camello.
Seda en rama — crnda.
Lana hilada : pelo de cabra hilado
— cafiamo— algodon hilado— hilo
de estambre.
Filoseda, or borra.
PIEDRAS,
Gold: in bars (ingots) — coin — dust.
Silver: in bars — standard.
Bullion — Spanish dollars.
Copper: in pigs — sheathing — old.
Platina— Brass.
Tin: bars— blocks.
Bismuth —Quicksilver.
Antimony: crude.
Lead: pig — ore.
Em ery — Steel — Zinc.
Iron: bar —cast.
Brimstone: crude.
Cobalt —Arsenic.
Coal — Flint-glass.
Plaster of Paris.
Stones : burr, or mill— pumice—
grind — wet — flint.
Precious stones : diamond— eme-
rald —ruby — amethyst — saphyre
■ — opal— turquoise— topaz —agate
— onyx — garnet.
Marble— Alabaster— Jet.
PAINTS.
Carmine —Cinnabar — Chalk.
Ochre.
Camboge — Chromic yellow.
Prussian blue— Verdigrise.
Vermillion— White lead.
Bed lead— Lamp black.
Paints in oil— Varnish.
MINERALES,
ETC.
Oro: en pasta, or tejos— acunado—
en polvo.
Plata: en pasta — de ley.
Plata y oro en pasta — pesos fuertes.
Cobre : en rosetas — en planchas—
viejo.
Platina— Laton.
Estafio: en varas — en galapagos.
Estafio glas — Azogue.
Antimonio: crudo.
Plomo : en galapagos — mineral de
plomo.
Esmeril — Acero — Zinc.
Hierro: en barras — colado.
Azufre: en bruto.
Cobalto — Arsenico.
Carbon de piedra — Cristal de roca.
Yeso de Paris.
Piedras : de molino (sin labrar) —
pomez — de amolar — de afilar —
de chispa.
Piedras finas, or preciosas : dia-
mante— esmeralda — rubi — ama-
tista — zaiiro — opalo — turquesa —
topacio — agata — onique — grana-
te.
Marmol — Alabastro — Azabache.
COLORES PARA PINTAR.
Carmin — Cinabrio — Greda.
Ocre. or tierra amarilla.
Gufcagamba — Amarillo de cromo.
Azul de Prusia — Cardenillo.
Bermellon — Albayalde.
Minio, or ozarcon — Humo de pez.
Pinturas molidas en aceite— Barnia
CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS.
459
TIMBER, WOOD, ETC.
Pilch pine— Birch— Maple.
Ash- Oak.
Planks Spars.
Sta ves : pipe — hogshead — barrel.
Hoops — Bamboos — Rattans.
Woods : mahogany — rose-wood-
cedar — ebony — lignum vitas-
box.
SUNDRIES.
Coral— Hops.
India rubber, or caoutchouc.
Oak bark.
Sponges — Asphaltum — Pitch.
Rosin — Tar.
LINEN GOODS.
Linen cloth— Irish linen.
Diaper : bird eye.
Towels.
Ticks, or bed ticking.
Linen drills: white — brown.
Sail cloth— Ravens duck.
Canvas — Twine.
Lace — Edgings and Insertings.
WOOLLEN GOODS.
Woollen cloth — Woollen stuff.
Worsted serge — Coatings.
Cashmere cloth — Merino cloth.
Woollen damask.
Printed mousseline de laine.
Black bombazine.
Flannels of all descriptions.
Cam lets — Baize —Bunting ,
Wollen blankets.
Worsted stockings — Carpets.
COTTON GOODS.
Calico —Cambric muslin.
Muslins : embroidered— checked-
striped — figured — printed.
Organdi — Bobinet tul.
MADERAS DE CONSTRUT CION Y
PARA MUEBLES, ETC.
Pino —Alamo — Arce.
Fresno— Roble, enema.
Tablas, Tablazones — Perchas .
Duelas: para botas, or pipas— para
bocoyes — para barriles.
Arcos— Bambus— Junquillos.
Maderas : caoba — palisandra — ce-
dro— dbano - palosanto, or gua-
yacan— boj.
ARTTCULOS DE VARIAS CLASES.
Coral — Flor de oblon.
Goma elastica, or caucho.
Casca, or cascara de roble para cur-
tir.
Esponjas — Asfalto — Brea.
Resina — Alquitran.
JENEROS DE HILO.
Lienzo, lencerfa— irlandas.
Manteleria: ojo de perdiz.
Toallas, (pafios de mano).
Cotf, terliz.
Dril de hilo: bianco — crudo.
Lonsis — Lonetas.
Canamazo— Hilo bramante.
Encaje — Puntillas y Antolares.
TEJIDOS DE LANA.
Pafio— Je'nero de lana.
Sarga de lana — Baye tones.
Tejido de cachemir — Merino.
Damasco de lana.
Muselina de lana estampada.
Alepin negro.
Franelas de todas clases.
Camelotes — Bayeta— Estaniena,
Manias de lana.
Medias de lana— Alfombras.
TEJIDOS DE ALGODON.
Tela de algodon— Cocos, percaki.
Muselina: bordadas— de cuadros —
de listas— labradas — impresaa.
Organdi— Tul bobine'.
460
MERCANTILE VOCABULARY.
French and English prints, or cali-
coes.
Ginghams : with checks— stripes —
plain.
Nankins— Madras handkerchiefs.
Velveteens —Cotton blankets.
Quilting —Fustian.
Cotton drills.
SILK GOODS.
Satin— Irish poplins.
Crape —Gauze.
Satin ribbons —Velvet.
Black satin and cashmere vesting.
Figured silk scarfs— Silk plush.
Silk lace.
Black and white blonde lace.
Large and small patterns.
Plain ground — plain colored.
Printed, colored, figured.
Thick, stout satin.
The warp— the Woof.
MILLINERY, PERFUMERY, ETC.
Veils: lace -tuL
Artificial flowers.
Fans : ivory— mother of pearl —
bone— wood.
Fancy tr minings*
Gloves: ladies short and long kid.
Sik gloves -Chenille.
Favor ribbons.
India rubber suspenders.
Tortoise shell combs.
Pocket-books.
Brushes: shaving and tooth.
Perfumed soap— Pomatum.
JEWELRY.
Sets of jewels.
G-oid rings set with precious stones.
Zarazas francesas 6 inglesas.
Guingas : de cuadros— de listas— •
lisas.
Mahones — Madras de la India.
Panas — Frazadas de algodon.
Acolchado — Fustan.
Dril de algodon.
SEDEUfAS.
Raso — Poplinas de Irlanda.
Crespon— Gasa.
Cintas de raso— Terciopelo.
Chalecos de raso negro y de cache-
mir.
Chales de sedas, labrados -Felpa.
Encaje de seda.
Blonda negra y blanca.
Dibujos grandes y menudos.
Fondo liso — de color entero.
Estampado de colores, iluminado,
labrado.
Raso doble, de mucho cuerpo.
El pie' la Trama.
MODAS, PERFUMERIAS, ETC.
Velos: de encaje — de tuL
Flores de mano (artificiales).
Abanicos: varillaje de marfil — na-
car — hueso- -madera.
Adornos, or guarniciones de ca-
pricho para trajes.
Guantes de cabretilla : para mujer
— cortos y largos.
Guantes de seda— Felpa.
Chamberguillas.
Tirantes de goma elastica.
Peines de concha.
Carteras.
Escobillas : de barbas y para lot
dientes.
Jabones de olor — Pomada.
PRENDERfA.
Aderezos.
Sortijas de oro con piedras precio-
CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS.
461
Pearls necklaces-
Cameo broches and bracelets.
Gold watches.
Gold chains and seals.
Gold studs.
Gilt ear-rings.
Imitation of precious stones.
Spectacles: silver and gold.
ARMS AND WEAPONS.
Cannons — Carronades— Bullets.
Guns — Pistols.
Copper caps.
Shot of all sizes- Gunpowder
Sabres — Swords— Cutlasses.
SUNDRIES.
Engravings — Prints — Maps.
Stationery — Pasteboards — Vellum .
Paper : writing — hanging — wrap-
ping -letter — printing.
Blank books.
Lead pencils— Quills.
Steel pens.
Types.
Collares de perlas.
Broches yBraceletes con camafoos.
Kelojes de oro.
Cadenas y Sellos de oro.
Botones de camisa de oro.
Aretes dorados.
Piedras falsas.
Espejuelos: de oro y plata.
Cafiones — Carronadas -- Balas.
Escopetas — Pistolas.
Capuzones para armas de piston.
Perdigones de todos gruesos— P61-
vora.
Sables— Espadas— Machetes.
ARTICTJLOS DE VARIAS CLASES.
Laminas — Estampas— Mapas.
Papeleria — Cartou— Vitela.
Papel : de escribir —pintado— de em
traza— de cartas — de imprenta.
Libros en bianco.
Lapizes— Plumas de ave.
Plumas de acero.
Caracteres, tipos.
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
PARA EMPEZAR UNA CARTA.
Br. Dn. Samuel Davis,
Charleston.
Sres. Bernard 6 hijo (e' hijos),
Lima.
Muy Sr. mio (nuestro).
Muy Sr. mio (Muy Sr. mio y
amigo).
Muy Sres. mios (nuestros).
Muy Sr. mio, de todo mi aprecio,
(Muy Sr. mio y amigo 6 estimado
amigo).
A ruego de nuestro comun amigo,
Dn.***, nos tomamos la libertad
de...
Conforme nos encarga Dn. ***,
tenemos el gusto (el honor) de pre-
venir a Vd. que
Consecuente con lo que insinua-
mos en algunas de nuestras ante-
riores ....
Tiene la presente por principal
notivo el
Sirve la presente a
Tengo el honor de noticiar a Vd.
que ....
Participants a Vds. como
Nos apresuramos a prevenirles
que
Siento tener que participates
que
La adjunta es copia de nuestra
Ultima del ....
Acompana copia de nuestra ulti-
ma 25 del ppdo.
Confinnando nuestra ultima
del ... .
BEGINNING A LETTER.
Samuel Davis, Esq.,
Charleston.
Messrs. Bernard & Son 'and Sons),
Lima.
Sir.
Dear Sir.
Gentlemen.
My dear Sir.
At the request (by request; of
our mutual friend, Mr. ***, we take
the liberty of ... .
By desire of Mr. ***, we have the
pleasure to acquaint you that ....
Agreeably to what wc intimated
to you in several of our former let-
ters, ....
The immediate object of this
is
The present will serve to ....
I have the honor to inform you
that
We beg to inform you that ....
"VVe hasten to inform you that . . .
I regret that I have to advise
that ....
Enclosed is a copy of our last re-
spects of the
We hand you enclosed a copy of
our last of the 25th ult.
Confirming our last respects of
the ... .
BEGINNING A LETTER.
463
Carecemos de sus estimadas a que
dar contestacion
No recibieudo contestation a
mi
Somos favorecidos con su . . . .
En este momento, recibimos
su
Recibimos la estimada de Vd. 15
del que rije, y le damos las gracias
por los avisos que encierra sobre el
estado de ese mercado.
Ayer recibi su aprecida del ....
Hace algunos dias recibimos
juntas sus favorecidas 25 de agosto
y 16 de setienibre.
De cuyo contenido quedamos en-
terados.
Y anotamos su contenido.
En su dia, recibimos la aprecia-
ble de Vd. del . . . . , previnie'n-
donos que. . . .
Acabamos de recibir su
Autes de recibir sus gratas de. . . .
Acuso el recibo de su favorecida
del....
Obra en mi poder su muy grata
22 del presente, que no exije res-
puesta.
Tengo a la vista su apreciable 1°
del actual.
Acaba de llegarnos su apreciable
del....
Tengo en mi poder su.
Obran en nuestro poder sus
apreciadas por y junta-
men te con las facturas de . . . .
En contestacion a su apble del.
Correspondiendo a su estimada
de esta misma fha, dire' que. . . .
Paso ahora a dar contestation a
su apreciable de
Estranarian el que no haya con-
testado oportunamente a su esti-
mada del . . . ; lleg6 a mis manos
el 31 de mayo.
We have none of your esteemed
favors unanswered ....
On receiving no answer to
my
We are in (due) receipt of
your ....
We have this moment received
your .... ^V
We have received your esteemed
favor of the 15th inst., and are
much obliged by the information it
conveys.
I yesterday received your favor
of the ....
Your favors of the 25th August
and 16th September we received a
few days ago.
The contents of which are noted.
And take due note of its contents.
We duly received your favor of
the , apprising us that. . . .
We have just received your
Previous to receiving your letters
of ... .
I have to acknowledge the receipt
of your valued favor of the ....
Your friendly lines of the 22d
inst. are with me, and require no
particular answer.
Your favor of the 1st inst. is at
hand.
Your favor of the is just at
hand.
I am in possesion of your ....
Your several communications per
ships and are with us
together with invoices of
In answer to your esteemed favor
of the
In reply to your favor of this day's
date, I have to state that
I now answer your esteemed favor
of the
You must have thought it very
strange that I have not answered
your letter of the ; it reached
me the*31st of May.
464:
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Espero disiinularan el que no les
haya escrito antes.
ESQUELAS.
J. Burton saluda a los Sres
Chapman y Mill, y les participa
que ....
Chapman y Mill saludan al Sr.
Dn. J. Burton y en respuesta a lo
que les tiene manifestado con esta
misma fecha, le previenen que ....
P. L. y <> tienen el gusto de
saludar al Sr. P. , y le dan atentas
gracias por el contenido de su apre-
ciable de esta mafiana. Respecto
al . . . .
W. A. Blount queda agradecido
a los Sres P. y Ca. por haber enca-
minado el , y les estimara
tengan la bondad de ....
PARA CONCLUIR UNA CARTA.
Quedo de Vds. , atento y seguro
servidor. Q. B. S. M.
(Que besa sus manos.)
Somos de Vd. atentos y seguros
servidores. Q. S. M. B.
Soy de Vds. su muv atento S. S.
Q. S. M. B
Quedamos de Vd. afectisimos
Seg. Serv. Q. B. S. M.
De Vd. afmo. Seg. Serv.
Q, S. M. B.
Queda de Vds., atento y seguro
servidor ....
Dispongan Vds. de su ....
SaludanaVds.,siis afmos
Y sin otra cosa, nos ofrecemos
a su disposition atentos y S. S
Agradecido a los muchos favores
que hasta aqui me ha dispensado,
me repito
Deseo lo pase bien y mande a su
afmo. S. S
Con este motivo, tenemos el gusto
de ofrecernos 4 sus 6rdenes atentos
as.
I have to apologise for my neglect
in not having written to you before.
NOTES.
Mr. J. Burton presents his com-
pliments to Messrs. Chapman and
Mill, and begs to state that ....
Messrs. Chapman and Mill return
their compliments to Mr. J. Burton,
and, in reply to his note of this
day's date beg to say that ....
Messrs. P. L. and Co., present
their compliments to Mr. P. ; they
are obliged by the contents of hia
note of this morning. With respect
to the ....
Mr. W. A. Blount begs to return
his best thanks to Messrs. P. & Co.,
for the trouble they have taken in
forwarding the .... and will feel
obliged by their ....
CLOSING A LETTER.
I am, Gentlemen,
Your obedient servant.
, "We are respectfully, Sir,
Your obedient servants.
I am, with respect, Gentlemen,
Your obedient, humble servant.
We remain truly, dear Sir,
Your very obedient servants.
Believe me, dear Sir,
Yours most truly.
I have the honor to be, with true
esteem and regard, Gentlemen. . . .
Believe me, very respectfully. . . .
We are most truly ....
And conclude with the assurance
of our sincere esteem.
With many thanks for your past
favors, I remain, ....
Ever at your service, I remain,
Dear Sir ....
We avail ourselves of the oppor-
tunity offered us to tender our ser-
vices to you, and remain, respect*
fully, yours ....
CLOSING A LETTER.
46-5
Se repiten de Vd . atentos y S. S.
Son (Quedan) de Vd. como siem-
pre.
Quedan de Vd. atentos y segnros
servidores Q. S. P. B. (Que sus
pies besan. )
Muy de prisa saludan a Vds. sus
afmos ....
Cou deseos de recibir pronto una
carta de Vd.
Esperando me favorezea con una
pronta respuesta a la presente.. . .
Sirvanse favorecerme con una
respuesta.
Sin que por hoy se ofrezca otra
cosa
Disimulen Vds. tantas molestias
y ordenen cuanto gusten a su ....
Disimulen Vds. nuestras con-
tinuas impertinencias, y en retri-
bucion, manden cuanto gusten a
sus afmos. S. S.
Siento haberle incomodado tanto
Bin utilidad.
Precisados por el correo que va
a salir, no nos queda tiempo para
mas que repetirnos sus . . .
Maiiana, escribire a Vd. mas es-
tensamente sobre otros asuntos.
Le escribiremos con mas esten-
sion por el correo inmediato.
Por el correo siguiente escribi-
remos & Vd. mas largamente.
Cerrada ya nuestra carta, la abri-
mos para notificarlo que ....
Escrito hasta aqui, recibimos su
apreciable del 22 corriente.
Mil afectupsas y finas espresiones
a toda su familia, y Vd. disponga
de sus ....
Sirvase Vd dar mis afectos a su
familia.
P6ngame Vd. a los pie's de la
Sra,***, y ordene lo que guste a
*\i
We are always, Kith sentiments
of real regard . . .
We are ever truly . . .
We are, with respect, Madam,
Your obt. humble servants.
We remain, in haste, your*
truly.
Desirous to hear soon from you . .
Hoping yon will favor me with
an early reply to the present ....
You will oblige me by favoring
me with a reply.
And not having further to-day
wherewith to detain you, we re-
main ....
Excuse all this trouble, and be-
lieve me ....
We are truly sorry to trouble you
so often, and trusting you will, in
return, freely command our servi-
ces, we remain ....
I am extremely sorry to have
given you so much trouble to no
purpose.
The post being on the point of
departure, we are compelled to con-
clude, being always truly
To-morrow I will write to you
more fully on other topics.
We shall write you more fully by
next mail.
We will write you more in detaiJ
next post.
We open this letter, after hav-
ing been sealed, in order to ad-
vise you that ....
Whilst writing the above, wa
have received your letter, of the
22d instant.
With kind regards to all your
family, we are ....
Make my kind respects to your
family.
Give my inspects to Mrs.***, and
believe mo .
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
El amanuense ofrece sus respetos
a la Bra.***
Memorias (esprt siones) al Sr.
Dn.***, de mi parte.
Especiales recuerdosalamigo***.
Suplico a Yd. la pronta entrega
de la adjunta a su titulo.
Haganos Vd. el favor de enca-
minar la adjunta, a Mejico.
Suplico a Vd. la direccion de la
adjunta por el primer buque que
saiga para la Habana.
Siendo de sumo interes el conte-
nido de la adjunta, he de estimar a
Vd. se sirva darla direccion por el
primer correo.
Sirvase Vd. dar direccion a las
adjuntas (a la adjunta).
He encaminado con puntualidad
las cartas que para este efecto me
ha dirigido.
P. D. (Posdata.)
Se me pasaba (olvidaba) decirles
que
Sirvase Vd. decir al amigo***que
he recibido su carta del 5, y que le
contestartj por el pr6ximo correo 6
el siguiente.
Sirvase Vd. dirigirme sus cartas
bajo cubierta de los Sres.***, de
Ldndres ; de esta manera llegaran
pronto a mis manos.
Sirvase Vd. dirigirme sus cartas
a Nueva York, Post Office.
Sus cartas me las dirigira en casa
de los Sres.***Caracas.
Vuelta (A la vuelta).
SOBRESCEITOS.
Sres. MACIAS y O.
New York.
Sres. BROWN, hermanos y Cia.
New York.
Sr. Dn. BENITO GIL,
del Comercio,
Lima, Peru.
Sor. Dn. A. BELMONT,
20 Wall street,
New York.
The writer sends his respects t4
Mrs.***.
Please make my repects to
Mr. ***
Please remember me to our
friend***.
Phase deliver the enclosed with-
out delay.
We request you will forward the
enclosed letter for Mexico.
Have the goodness to torward the
enclosed letter for Havana by the
first good conveyance.
The enclosed letter being of con-
siderable importance, you will con-
fer a favor by giving it despatch by
first mail after receipt.
Please give the direction to the
enclosed.
I duly forwarded the letters you
enclosed me.
P. S. (Post-Script).
I omitted to say that ....
Please tell our friend *** that I
have received his letter of the 5th,
and that I will answer it in a mail
or two.
Your letters, care of Messrs. ***,
London, will reach me promptly.
Pray address me : New York Post
Office.
Direct to me, care of Messrs. ***,
Caraccas.
P. T. 0. (Please turn over).
ADDRESSES.
Messrs. MACIAS & Co.,
New York.
Messrs. BROWN Brothers &Co,,
New York.
BENITO GIL, Esq.,
Merchant,
Lima, Peru,
A. BELMONT, Esq.,
20 Wall street,
New York.
MAILS AND COEEESPONDENCE.
467
Suplicada al S<», Dn. E. ****.
Sr. r&, L. BARANDIARAN,
Habana.
Sr. T>n. P W. HARLEl,
*n ca*a de k* Sres. CARRANZA, 6
hijos,
Buenos Ayres.
Sr. Dn. y. H. SMITH,
para entreprar al Sr. Dn. J. D.
MILLER, Veracruz.
S. Dn. (. LATHAM,
En esta.
CORREO I Y CORRESPONDENCIES.
Se han recibido cartas aqui, por
la via de Brazil.
Si hutf ssen recibido cartas para
mi, esps .'o rne las hayan dirijido
sin perd< r momento, bajo cubierta,
alSr.***
Antes de ayer, tuve el gusto de
escribir al Sr.***
Por el correo pr6ximo 6 el si-
guiente, espero poder avisarles el
resultado
Como habra transcurrido mucho
tiempo cuando esta llegue a sus
manos
Y no creemos sea por demas usar
de esta precaution, porque siguen
muy irregulares los correos en Ita-
lia.
Debe haberse estrayiado esa car-
ta.
Habiendo sufrido los correos en-
torpecimientos entre esta y Mejico.
La falta de noticias de aquel ami-
go, que tiene a Vd. con cuidado, no
procedera de otra causa que de la
irregularidad de los correos.
Solo de muy pocos dias aca, em-
pezaron a llegar a esta las cartas,
despues de haber quedado hasta
nueve correos en atraso.
Y aun faltan algunas.
De consiguiente, estara aquf
cuando llegue la respuesta de Vd.
*** me trasmitira la respuesta
deVd.
Favored by R. ****, Esq.,
Mr. L. BARANDIARAN,
Havana.
P. W. HARLEY,
Care of Messrs. CARRANZA &
SONS,
Buenos Ayres.
J. C. MILLER, Esq.,
Care of E. H. SMITH, Esq.,
Veracruz.
C. LATHAM, Esq.
Present.
MAILS AND CORRESPONDENCE.
There are letters here via Brazil.
Should any letters for me have
arrived prior to this reaching you,
I hope you have lost no time in for-
warding them to the care of Mr.***
I had the pleasure to write to
Mr. *** two mails since.
In a mail or two, I hope to wait
on you with the result.
As a considerable period will
elapse before the receipt of this. . . .
Nor do we think this precaution
superfluous, as the mails in Italy
are very irregular.
This letter must have been mis-
carried.
The post between here and Mexi-
co having suffered some delay.
Your uneasiness, grounded on his
silence, is to be ascribed solely to
the irregularity which has lately
prevailed in the mails.
It is only a few days since the
letters began to come in, after no
less than nine mails were in ar»
rears.
And there are still several mis-
sing.
Your answer will therefore find
him here.
*** will transmit me your answer,
468
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Pero aim no tengo contestacion.
Estoy pendiente de una contesta-
cion de . . .
Correspondera directamente con
Vd.
Su estensa correspondencia (de
Vd.).
La raande' al Sr.***, corresponsal
ordinario de Dn.***, en Euan.
Sobre asuntos que me conciernan
tendran a bien corresponder con
los Sres.***, de Liverpool, a quie-
nes escribire' tambien en el momen-
to que este' .....
Nos apresuramos a escribirles
por varios conductos, suplicandoles
no difieranel. . . .
Solo lleg6 ayer a mis manos, por
haber sido echada tarde en ese cor-
But as yet have not any answer.
I am awaiting an answer from ....
He will correspond directly with
you.
Your wide or extensive corres-
pondence.
I forwarded it to Mr. ***, the reg-
ular correspondent of Mr.***, at
Rouen.
You will please to correspond on
matters that concern me with
Messrs.***, of Liverpool, to whom I
shall also write the moment I am
We hasten to write yoii by every
channel, to request that no delay
takes place in ... .
It reached only yesterday, being
put too late in th« Post-office.
Hagame Vd. el favor de escribir- Let me hear from you.
Tengo en mi poder su grata
del .... con una inclusa para mi
hermano, y como este habra tenido
a estas horas el gusto de saludar a
Vd. no le mando la carta.
No escribo a dho Sor, por no ha-
cerle pagar un porte de carta sin
necesidad.
Se la mando abierta, para que se
imponga de su contenido.
Les molestamos hoy principal-
mente con el objeto de acompauar-
les la adjunta carta, que dejamos
abierta para que se enteren (se im-
pongan) de su contenido.
Nos ha sido comunicada la carta
que Vd. escribio el 30 ppdo al Sr. ***,
concerniente al . . . . -
Aguardamos primeramente su
respuesta a nuestra carta del ....
He correspondido mas particu-
larmente con el sobre ese asunto.
El Sr.*** habia salido ya de esta
cuando lleg6 la carta de Vd.-, se la
he maudado a New Orleans.
I have your friendly letter of
the . . accompanying one for my
brother. As he will have had, before
this, the pleasure to have seen you,
I retain the letter.
I do not write to that gentk man,
being unwilling to put him ,o un-
necessary expense in postage .
I left it open for your peruyal.
We trouble you to-day principally
for the purpose of handing you the
enclosed letter, which we leiw .3 open
for your perusal.
We have been informed of your
letter of the 30th ult. to Mr.***,
respecting the ....
We first wait your reply to our
letter of the ....
I have more particularly corres-
ponded with him on this subject.
Mr.*** had already left this ^'b/^n
your letter arrived; I have Bra) '•t
to him at New Orleans.
THE STATE OF THE MARKET.
469
Si no se hubiese enoargado su
S/. *** de corresponder con rds. so-
bre los asuntos a que se refieren sus
varias cartas. . . .
Deseo escribirles sobre un asunto
de alguna importancia; pero no lo
\ are hasta tanto no reciba
Manana es dia de correo.
Devolvemos a Vd. la carta del
Sr.***
La presente va por la via de Fila-
delfia.
El escribf a *** bajo sobre a
Vds.
I Pudieran Vds. decirme si se ha
puesto en planta el nuevo arreglo
postal entre los Estados Unidosy
Espafia, y si pueden ir ya las cartas
sin franquearse ?
Es adjuhta una carta para. . . ,
en Lima, que me haran el favor de
mandar echar en el correo.
Tenga Vd. la bondad de mandar
franquear una carta que, con nues-
tra direccion esta detenida en la
administracion de correos. Nos
cargara el porte y se servira procu-
rar el pronto envio de la carta.
Un despacho telegrafico, que re-
cibimos en este momento nos im-
pone de que
Franco de porte.
Carta certificada.
Had not your Mr. •■*• taken upon
himself to correspond with you on
the subject of your different letters
to us ... .
I wish to write to you on a sub-
ject of moment, but shall not do so
until I receive
To-morrow is post-day.
We return you Mr.***'s letter.
This goes via Philadelphia.
The I wrote to*** to youl
care.
Will you be so kind as to let me
know if the new postal arrangement
betwen the United States and Spain
has come into force, and whether
letters may now go without the
postage being prepaid ?
Enclosed, a letter addressed to....
at Lima, which please have mailed
at Valparaiso.
You will much -oblige us by caus-
ing tbe postage to be paid on a let-
ter lying for us at the New York
Post-office. Please charge us with
the expense and forward the letter
as soon as possible.
A dispatch by telegraph informs
us this morning that. . . .
Free of postage.
Registered letter.
THE STATE OF THE MARKET.
Agradeceremos a Vd. sus avisos
sobre el estado actual de ese mer-
cado.
Son pocos 6 ningunos los nego-
cios hechos desde mis ultimos
avisos.
Con motivo de los dias feriados.
Nuestro mercado sigue en el
rnismo estado que avisamos en
uuestra anterior. El Cafe' y los
Azucares sostienen sus precios.
A few lines respecting the present
state of your markets would ca
very acceptable.
No business since my last advices,
Owing to the holidays.
Our market continues as last ad-
vised : Sugar and Coffee maintain
the same prices.
470
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE .
Creemos no les sera indiferente
saber. . . .
Habiendo ocurrido una leve
variacion en este mercado, voy
a....
Les doy todos estos pormenores
sobre el estado de nuestra plaza,
porque ....
Apreciard a Vd. me avise lo que
ocurra en esa plaza, senalandome
particularmente aquellos artlculos
que liayan bajado mas de su precio
ordinarfo.
Por algun tiempo, han sido muy
animados los negocios en esta
plaza.
Como Vd. recibira la presente
sin pagar porte niuguno, aprovecho
esta ocasion para avisarle el estado
actual de esta plazo respecto de
algunos arliculos principales.
Agradecemos a Vds. sus avisos
de ese mercado, y rogamos nos los
repitan oportunamente.
Y de un mes aca no han variado
los precios.
Desde mi ultima, los negocios
de Algodones, en esta plaza, han
mudado completamente deaspecto.
Los precios de los frutos se sos-
tienen em este mercado ; pero hay
poco movimiento en los negocios.
Desde nuestra ultima, nada ha
ocurrido que merezca la atencion
de Vd.
No notamos variacion ninguna en
los demas artioulos.
Sigue fluctuando mucho el precio
del Cafe.
En los demas articulos, no hay
variacion alguna desde nuestros
ultimos avisos.
Los negocios estan en la mayor
calma, como suele suceder en esta
estacion.
Los negocios se hallaban en el
mayTr abatimiento y paralizar'on.
"We think it will not bo unin-
teresting for you to know (to
learn) ....
A slight change having taken
place in our market, I will. . .
I have been thus particular in
giving you the details of this
market, because ....
I will thank you to keep me ad-
vised with your prices and particu-
larly with those articles which may
be depreciated.
Our market has been for some
time very animated.
As this will reach you free of
postage, I submit for your infor-
mation the state of our market for
a few leading articles.
We are much obliged to you for
your information on the state of
your market, and shall be happy to
hear from you as often as any thing
interesting occurs.
Nor have the prices varied for a
month past.
Since my last respects, the state
and prospects of the Cotton market
have undergone a total change.
Our market is tolerably steady,
but without much animation.
Nothing worthy of notice has
occurred since our last.
In other articles we do not
notice any alteration.
Our Coffee market continues in
a very unsettled state.
Every thing remains as per our
last.
Business is quite dull, as it is
customary at this season.
The state of the market was re-
presented as very bad.
THE STATE OF THE MARKET.
471
Nuestros precios se sjstienen
altos, pero hay poco movimiento
en el mercado.
Aprovechamos con gusto esta
ocasion para mandarles, en justa
reciprocidad de los avisos que tuvi-
vieron a bien trasmitirnos, el ad-
junto precio corriente, en el que
Be indica la situacion general de
nuestro mercado.
El Ahjodon empieza a gozar de
mas favor que de algun tiempo a
esta parte.
El Algodon no esta tan solici-
tado como pudiera haberse espe-
rado, en atencion a las cortas
existencias que tenemos.
El Aziicar mascabado sostiene
proporcionalmente su precio mejor
que el terciado y esta mas buscado,
con motivo de no haberse impor-
tado tanto.
Un pequefio lote de , de buena
cali dad, ha obtenido
Se han despachado algunas
pequenas partidas del Brasil a los
precios acotados.
Continuan sostenie'ndose los
precios del Tabaco.
Han sido de bastante considera-
cion los negocios hechos en esta
semana.
Las ventas han sido muy regu-
lares en estos tiltimos dias.
El Arroz esta firme a 30 f.
quintal.
El Tabaco escasea.
El de Virginia, de calidad supe-
rior, se ha pagado hasta 160 ft. ;
ninguna venta ha bajado de 115 fr.
Los negocios de Algodones han
mejorado mucho ; este renglon
puede cotarse a 46 s.
Nuestra existencia de dicho
renglon esta casi enteramente ago-
tada.
Los Aziicares andan muy busca-
dos a precios subidos.
Se sostiene ekAlgodon, y quedan
Our market continues high and
stationary.
"We avail ourselves with pleasure
of the present opportunity to re-
ciprocate your kind advices of your
market, and we beg reference to
the prices current enclosed for 4
general view of ours.
Cotton has assumed a more
favorable appearance than it has
had for some time preceding.
Our Cotton market is not so
brisk as it ought to be, considering
the very small stock on hand.
Raw Sugars bear a better price
in proportion than clayed, and are
more in request, less having been
imported.
One small lot of good quality
obtained. . . .
A few Brazils have been sold at
our quotations.
The prices of Tobacco continue
to be supported.
The business transacted dtiring
the week has been pretty consider-
able.
Our sales within these few days
have been very regular.
Rice is steady at 30 fr. per cwt.
Tobacco is scarce.
Some very fine samples of Vir-
ginia have sold as high as 160 fr.,
none under 115 fr.
Cotton has very much improved
here, and may be quoted at 4.6 s.
The market is exceedingly bare
of this article.
Sugars are much sought fur, at
advanced prices.
Cottons maintain their price and
472
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
estos mercados enteramente des-
provistos de este renglon ; los Azii-
cares tambien estan solicitados.
Por lo demas, el mercado se
aostieiie bien.
El Azucar se ha resentido de
este suceso. y goza de un favor
regular.
Habiendo subido las clases pro-
pias para las refinerfas.
El Algodon se espende facil-
mente en pequenas partidas para el
consumo diario.
Van mejorando aquf muy poco
«i poco los negocios y la demanda ;
con todo van mejorando.
Se nan reanimado los pedidos. y
el precio ha subido a . . . .
Los frutos coloniales van toman-
do estimacion ; sin embargo, los
precios no han subido sensible-
mente hasta .el dia.
Los compradores se muestran
solicitos.
Ahora tiene pedidos, y nuestra
existencia esta sumamente redu-
cida.
La Sederfa de todas clases anda
generalmente solicidada.
Los Cueros al pelo se han ven-
dido tambien con facilidad, de 19
a 21 s. libra
A pesar de esto, no se observa
alteracion ninguna en los precios,
que continiian los mismos que
antes.
Escasea mucho el Cafe' ; de la.
hace tiempo que no hay en la plaza
y se venderia a precios subsidos.
El algodon de Georgia, de cali-
dad corriente, obtiene facilmente
Esto impide que suba al precio
que, de otra manera, habria alcan-
zado.
Con todo, lejos de bajar, mas
bien va subiendo.
En estos cinco ultimos dias, se
Lan vendido sobre 3000 pacas.
our markets our quite bare ol the
article ; Sugars are likewise in de-
mand.
In other respects, things are gen-
rally steady.
This event has caused a serious
stir in Sugars.
And prices are advanced for the
refiners' use.
Cottons go off readily in small
parcels for immediate consump-
tion.
Our market and demand in-
creases but slowly, but it does in-
crease.
Now, the demand is rather brisk
again, and the price is up to. . . .
Colonials are looking upward,
though prices have not thus far ex-
perienced a material advance.
Buyers are eager.
It is now in demand, and the
stock on hand very small.
Silk goods of all descriptions are
generally in demand.
Hides have been equally steady
in demand and price, say 19 to 21s.
per lb.
Yet it has not diminished either
the price or demand, both the one
and the other being constant and
daily.
Coffee is very scarce ; no Fine has
been offered far a long time and it
would command a good price.
Fair qualities of Upland Cotton
readily command
This keeps it from going up to
where it otherwise would.
Yet, far from declining, it is
rather looking up.
Within these five days, about
3000 bales have been disposed of.
THE STATE OF THE MAEKET.
47f
Goza la Perlasa del mismo favor
que la Potasa, y se despacha con
igual facilidad.
El Luisiana, de calidad corriente,
obtendria con facilidad de 48 a 50s.
I)e resultas de hallaise muy re-
ducida nuestra existencia y de no
haber arribos recientes, los tenedo-
res piden precios mas altos.
El cargamento se ha vendido a
la llegada del buque, antes de abrir-
se las escotillas, a 50 s. el medio
kil.
El Cafe" puede apuntarse a 34 s.
el medio kil. libre de derechos; va
subiendo por todas partes. Han
arrebatado con cuanto existia en la
plaza.
Esta mafiana se ha pagado por el
de Santo Domingo una friolera mas
que la semana pasada.
El arroz de la India tiene mas
pedido que antes.
Los Aziicares han sido muy soli-
citados durante algun tiempo, y
continuan despachandose corrien-
tem ente a 16s precios ajDuntados.
Los Aziicares firnies, los fletes al-
tos.
El Algodon, en estas cuatro 6 cin-
co ultimas semanas, ha sido pedido
con bastante euipeno y el precio del
de la- clase ha subido a . . . . para
arriba.
El todo ha sido comprado a 40
chel. quintal.
Han tenido pronto despacho a 2
ch. en libra sobre los precios ante-
riores.
Los tenedores manifiestan poca
disposicion a . . . .
A cuyo precio nada mas se pue-
de comprar.
Ya no hay vendedor al mismo
precio.
El Cafe" ha subido estraordinaria-
mente.
Consisten las ventas en 451 pacas
Georgia, 973 Luisiana.
A precios sostenidos (firmes).
Pearlash is on the same looting
with Potash, and finds an equal de-
mand and sale.
New Orleans of fair quality would
be readily run off at 48 to 50s.
In consequence of the small
quantity on hand and no arrivals
of late, holders are asking for bet-
ter prices.
The cargo was sold on arrival be-
fore the hatches were opened at 50
s. per i kil.
Coffee may be quoted at 34 s. per
| kil. duty paid ; it is everywhere
on the rise. All is bought up.
Some St. Domingo realized this
morning prices a shade better than
last week.
The demand for East India rice
has improved.
Sugars have been in steady de-
mand with us for some time, and
still more freely at our quotations.
Sugars are steady and freights on
the rise.
The eager demand which has
manifested itself during the last
four or five weeks has driven up
the price of choice cotton to
and upwards.
The whole was taken in at 40 sh.
per cwt.
They have gone off briskly at an
advance of 2 shil.
Holders show little disposition
to
At which price no more is on
sale.
There are no more offers at the
same price.
Coffee has taken a considerable
start.
The sales consist of 451 bales Up-
land, 937 New Orleans.
At steady prices.
m
COMMERCIAL COTITIESPONDENOE.
Si llegasen eantitadesdeconside-
racion, bajaria luego a 45 s.
Es articulo de dificil salida.
Los pedidos de azucares han ce-
sado casi enteramente.
De los liltimos poco 6 n ida se ha
vendido.
Se reducen las operaciones al
diario.
No se paga ya mas arriba de 15 s.
En la actualidad, no hay sino
muy poca demanda.
Los frutos coloniales van decli-
nando diariamente.
Abundan principalmente en la
plaza los de la Luisiana de calidad
inferior y corriente.
La demanda no es crecida.
Habiendo ahora bajado esto ren-
gloa a un precio que inspira mas
confianza a los especuladores y ca-
sas que suelen comprar para el con-
sumo del pais.
Han decaido mueho los precios
de todos los frutos coloniales y lo
mismo sucede en los demas merca-
dos de Europa.
Cuantiosas existencias.
Los productos de ese pais, en ge-
neral abundan en nuestra plaza, y
van de baja.
El Aziicar es el linico articulo que
sostiene su precio, en atencion a
que
Los negocios siguen con poco
movimiento.
Habiendo bajado considerable-
men te su precio.
El comercio, que en estos ultimos
tiempos habia adquirido aqui cierto
grado de actividad, esta ah»ra su-
mamente abatido.
No pudiendo los consignatarios
conseguir una oferta admisible por
el todo.
Ei Palo de tinte ha decaido mu-
eho, y, en general, todos los nego-
cios estan ei-calmados.
Large arrivals would lower it at
once to 45 s.
The article is exceedingly dull of
sale.
The demand for Sugar has almost
subsided.
Little or nothing has been done
in the latter.
Nothing is doing except for im-
mediate consumption.
15 s. is now the utmost that can
be obtained for it.
The demand is slack at the pres-
ent moment.
Colonials are declining daily in
price.
The inferior to fair qualities of
New Orleans are particularly press-
ed upon the market.
They are little inquired after.
Prices having now receded so
considerably as to encourage the
speculators as well as dealers to look
at the article with more confidence.
All colonial produce is very low,
and generally so in every market
of Europe*
Large quantities on hand.
Your commodities, in general, are
flat and the prices declining.
Sugar is the only article which
keeps up, and that because ....
All goes on quietly.
The price having fallen consider-
ably.
Our trade, which, of late, had
acquired some activity, is at present
in a state of great depression.
The consignees not being able to
get an acceptable offer for the whole.
"Woods are very much reduced in
price, and every thing is stagnant.
THE STATE OP THE MARKET.
475
A escepcion del Algodon, no hay
articulo alguno que prometa buen
resultado en este mercado.
Tenemos en la plaza cantidades
crecidas de Arroz, lo que dificulta
mucho su venta.
Los frutos coloniales y el Palo de
tinte estan muy paralizados y solo
se pueden vender con quebranto.
Estos dias pasados hubo algun
movimiento en los negocios, pero
ayer y hoy no ha habido operacion
alguna.
El Palo de tinte y la Caoba no
pueden venderse a ningun precio.
Las primeras ventas se efectuaron
facilmente a 44 s. ; pero habiendose
agolpaclo en poco tiempo cantida-
des crecidas, aflojo algo el precio ;
en el dia se apunta a 43 s.
Durante una temporada, se hi-
cieron en Cafe' operaciones estensas
yprovechosas; pero este renglon se
halla ahora en calma y ha declina-
do 1 s.
Los avisos poco favorables llega-
dos de los mercados europeos han
hecho bajar mucho los precios de
los Algodones en nuestra plaza.
En el dia, no tienen ninguna sali-
da las clases iuferiores.
Y solo pueden venderse a precios
mas bajos.
Los Azucares se han vendido esta
semana con suma dificultad, y han
esperimentado una nueva baja.
A fines de la semana, los tenedo-
res manifestaron mucha disposi-
cion a efectuar ventas, de cuyas re-
rultas retrocedieron los precios § a
i d. en libra.
Se reducen tambien a muy poca
cosa las ventas de harina de los Es-
taclos Unidos.
Una partida de la nueva de New
York se ha obtenido al infimo pre-
cio de . . . . libre de derechos.
Las ventas de Cafe" no merecen
la pena de citarse.
Our market offers little encour-
agement for any thing else than
Cotton.
A very large quantity of Rice is
now on hand, which makes sales
very heavy.
Colonial produce and dye-woods
are very dull, and saleable only at
losing prices.
Goods seemed to move some days
ago, but yesterday and to-day no-
thing was done.
Dye-woods and Mahogany are
quite unsaleable.
The first sales were easily effected
at 44 s.; but the quantity coming
in quick, prices felt a small depres-
sion, and now 43 s , may be quoted
the ruling price.
Coffee, in which, during this sea-
son, extensive and profitable busi-
ness has been done, has become of
late flat and declined fully 1 s.
Our cotton market has been very
much depressed lately, by the un-
favorable state of the European
markets.
Por the lower descriptions, there
is at present no demand whatever.
And sales can only be effected at
reduced prices.
Sugars have gone off very heavily
this week at a further decline in
prices.
During the latter part of the week,
the holders rather pressed their
stocks upon the market and prices
have in consequence receded % d. to
§ d. per lb.
The transactions in American
flour are also very limited.
A parcel of fresh New York, out
of bond has been sold as low as ... .
The business done in Coffee is very
trifling.
476
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
El Az dear sigue paralizado al es-
trerao.
Pero los mas de los tenedores pi-
den precios que los compradores
no estan por akora dispuestos a pa-
gar.
Los precios positivos, que apun-
tamos a eontinuacion.
A cuyo precio se efectuan veutas
diariamente.
La adjuuta cuenta simulada im-
pondra a Vd. de las coudiciones de
venta en esta plaza.
Los precios en aquella plaza es-
tan mucho mas bajos que aqui,
como lo demues tran los bole tines
de ventas de ambos mercados.
Nuestos precios actuales son los
siguientes:
El Cafe' vale a 34 s. el medio kilo-
gramo, libre de derechos.
Inclusos los derechos.
Ninguua venta ha bajado de dicho
precio.
A la vuelta hallaran una nota de
precios.
Adjunto una nota de precios de
algunos articulos para su gobierno.
Acompaiia la nota de las ventas
de la semana para su inspeccion.
A cotinuacion hallaran una nota
de los precios de
A este precio se ganaba algo.
Habiendo los precios retrocedido
gradualmente | a 5 d., hemos hecho
las reducciones correspondieutes
en los que apuntamos.
Les acompauamos de nuevo un
precio corriente, sintiendo que
ofrezca muy poco interes.
Precios escasamente sostenidos.
— Bien — regularmente sostenidos.
El Vino, por lo general, es articu-
lo de dificil y lento espendio.
Los Bziicrtres, en razon de su es-
casez, tomaran estimacion y se es-
penderau con facilidad.
No creo se pueda contar con bue-
nos precios.
Sugar continue as dull as possible.
But holders in general are asking
more than purchasers are at present
inclined to give, or to pay.
The actual prices, which we in
dicate below.
At which price daily sales are
made.
Our mode of selling will be de-
tailed to you in the form herewith.
Their prices are much lower than
ours, as the printed sales of each
place will show.
Our present prices rule as fol-
lows:
Coffee may be quoted at 34 s. per
I kil. duty paid.
Duties included.
Nothing was sold under this price.
On the following page you will
find a note of our present prices.
We annex some quotations for
your government.
We enclose the list of the weekly
sales for your information.
We quote you below. . . .
That was a remunerating price.
Prices having gradually declined
from i to i d. we reduce our quota-
tions accordingly.
We wait on you again with our
price current, regretting at the same
time, that it should be so uninter-
esting.
Prices barely — steadily — fairly
supported.
Wine is a heavy article, and gen-
erally lies long on hand.
Sugars, from their rarity, will
command good prices and go ofl
readily.
I do not think good prices may
be reckoned on.
THE STATE OF THE. MARKET.
477
S^trr* aparieneias, los precios se
Bostendran altos durante todo el
invierno.
Soy de opinion que si no suben
de precio, nunca bajaran de los que
tienen en la actualidad.
Esto impedira probablemente el
que siga bajando dicbo articulo.
Aqui estan especulando en el
concepto que van a aumentarse los
dereohos.
Y nos parece probable continiien
subiendo los precios.
Sin embargo, es regular baje el
precio, si se reune una gran exis-
tencia.
Vd. tendra datos mas seguros
que yo respecto de la produccion
en los Estados Unidos. A pesar de
esto, creo poder afirmar que si no
ocurriese una mudanza muy gran-
de
Y si nuestra existencia no reci-
biese un aumento repentino y de-
inasiado considerable, es probable
Buban los precios aiin mas.
No cr«o se sostenga ese precio.
Estos precios no pueden bajar
mie'ntras no entre la nueva cosecba
con abundancia.
El otoiio proximo, las compras
Be baran indudablemente a precios
mas comodos.
Los tenedores se someterian pro-
bablemente a una fuerte reduccion
de precio.
Los especuladores esperan valga
a 40 s. la primavera proxima.
Hay en el dia pdco movimiento
en los negocios, pero es regular
vuelvan a animarse dentro de poco.
Por el adjunto impreso, veran
Vds. el tristisimo estado de nuestra
plaza, que por desgracia ofrece po-
ca« esperanzas de mejora.
Si no se sostiene este renglon, a
lo me'nos creemos no bajara mucbo,
pues sabemos que ba despertado la
ateiicion de ricos especuladores.
In aL probability, prices will be
very bigb during tbe winter.
My opinion is that prices will go
higher, and that in no case a de-
cline can take place.
This, it is to be hoped, will put
a stop to any further decline.
People are speculating from an
impression of higher duties.
And a further rise is likely to take
place.
The price of this article will, how-
ever, be lower, as it gets more plenty.
You will be better informed than
I can be, as to the growth of the
United States. Yet I think a fair
inference may be drawn, that with-
out a very great change
And should the stock not be too
largely and suddenly increased, it
is probable prices will go still
higher.
I do not think this price will hold.
There can be no decline in these
prices, until the new crop shall
throw a supply in the marke t.
Next fall, purchases will certainly
be cheaper than can now be made.
The holders would probably sub-
mit to a great reduction.
Speculators look for 40 s. in the
spring.
Business generally is rather dull
at present, but expected to revive
before long.
From the inclosed, you 'will see
the gloomy state of our market, and
at present we see very little pros-
pect of improvement.
We do not expect that the article
will be much, if any lower, as it has
attracted the notice of some power-
ful speculators.
478
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Estamos persuadidos de que este
renglon sostendra su precio.
Dos ven^as publicas de palo de
Nicaragua se nan ensayado en el
muelle.
Mas como los precios ofrecidos
han pareeidos a los tenedores de-
masiado bajos, se ha retirado el
todo.
El anuncio inesperado de las ven-
tas publicas que deben celebrarse
elvidrnes ocasiono ayeralguna sus-
pension en los pedidos;
Y ha producido bastante frialdad
en el mercado.
Sin embargo, no hemos sabido
que se hayan hecho ventas a precios
mas bajos que antes.
No creemos pase de 20,000 pacas
la totalidad de las existencias en
todo el pais.
Cuantiosas importaciones han
aumentado estraordinariaraente
nuestra existencia, la que, en el dia,
no baja de 15,000 pacas de todas
clases.
La cantidad enorme de grano
importada en todos los puertos de
Cuba hubiera sobrado para ali-
mentar la isla, adn cuando se hu-
biese esperimentado una verdadera
carestia.
Nuestro mercado esta enteramen-
te desprovisto de frutos coloniales.
No existe ahora ninguno en pri-
mera mano.
Estamos desprovistos de todas
clases de granos.
Nuestra plaza esta sobrecargada
de productos y artefactos estrange-
ros, y nada tenemos con que hacer
retornos, ' a me'nos de no comprar
algodon a 35 cts. libra.
e Estamos en visperas de hallarnos
sin una sola paca de algodon en el
mercado.
Y hay muy poco en la plaza.
Nuestra existencia se halla redu-
oida 4 muy poca coss.
We reckon on the article being
well supported.
Two public sale? of Nicaragua
wood were attempted on the quay.
But the prices offered being much
under the expectations of the im-
porters, they were withdrawn.
The public sales unexpectedly
announced for Friday next, caused
some suspension in the demand
yesterday;
And produced rather an unfavor-
able feeling in the market;
Though we are not aware that
any business was done, in conse-
quence, at lower prices.
We do not think there are over
20,000 bales in the country for sale.
The stock has been increased by
numerous arrivals, beyond what we
are accustomed to have, there being
15,000 bales of all kiuds now here.
The overwhelming quantity of
grain which has arrived in every
port of Cuba, would have been more
than sufficient, had there been an
absolute famine.
Our market is quite clear of all
kinds of colonials.
There is none left in first hands.
We are sadly off for every kind
of grain.
The market is completely over-
stocked with foreign produce and
manufactures, and nothing to take
in return, unless one submits to
pay 35 cts. per lb. for cotton .
We are on the eve of being left
without a bale of cotton.
An the stock is very light.
The stock on hand is very small
THE STATE OF THE MARKET.
479
Crecidas cantidades en el alraa-
een.
No bay sdno muy poco en la pla-
za.
Vista la corta existencia que te-
nemos en el mercado.
Nuestra existencia esta casi ente-
ramente agotada.
Nuestras cosechas de algodon y
aziiear, prometen mucho.
Mientras tanto, la esportacion es
mas considerable que nunca, en lo
que va del corriente aiio.
La esportacion de frutos conti-
mia muy activa y con precios br-
ines.
Con motivo de la continuacion
del buen tiempo, estan los grauos
de toda especie en la mayor calma.
En Charleston, se estan baciendo
embarques de mucba consideracion.
Si nuestra existencia no recibiese
aumento, subiran los precios.
Por el contrario, si se agolpasen
las importaciones, bajaran induda-
blemente.
Euvios procedentes de los Esta-
dos Unidos.
Han recibido ordenes para com-
pras cuantiosas, la mayor parte de
las cuales debe de rec*lar a ese puer-
to.
A pesar de los avisos poco luon-
jeros que se reciben de todos pun-
tos acerca del Algodon. el precio de
esta rama se sostiene firme a 25 cts. ,
y hay poca apariencia de que decli-
ne, interin no se aumente notable-
mente nuestra existencia.
Lo poco de Algodon que aun exis-
te en el pais se vende a ; de pri-
nt era clase no bay.
La suma escasez de efectivo que
esperimen tamos y la alarm a produ-
cida por las numerosas quiebras,
ban sido causa de anularse general-
mente las ordenes de compras de
algodones, y en el Sur estan decii-
Large quantities on band.
Tbe market is exceedingly bare.
Owing to tbe small stock on band.
Tbe stock is nearly exhausted.
Our crops of Cotton and Sugar
promise to be very large.
In the mean time, shipments are
unusually considerable, since the
begmuing of the year.
The export of produce continues
extensive and prices are steady.
Owing to tbe continuance of fine
weather, the demand for grain of
every description remains quite
suspended.
Large shipments are making
from Charteston.
Should the arrivals be such as not
to augment the quantity, prices will
rise.
Should, on the contrary, a very
heavy stock come, they will neces-
sarily decline.
Shipments from the United States
to this place.
They have taken considerable
orders, most of which will come to
your market.
In spite of the discouraging ac-
counts from all quarters, respecting
Cotton, this staple continues firm
at 25 cts. per lb. ; nor does it ap-
pear likely to decline till our stock
is materially increased.
What little Cotton is left in the
country sells at ; none of it oi
prime quality.
The extreme pressure for money
here, and the alarm excited by the
number of failures, have caused or-
ders for Cotton generally to be coun-
terrr, anded, and at the South it is
declining rapidly: this is also hasfr
480
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
nando con rapidez los precios de
este lanaje; a lo que contribuycn
tarnbien los avisos poco favorables
que se reciben de Liverpool.
Los primeros embarques hechos
en los Estados Uuidos dejaran
grand es quebrantos.
Se cree generalmente que no ha-
bta aumento en los dereckos sobre
el Algodon.
No paga derecho alguno en ese
pais.
Pues adeuda el mismo derecho
que
El algodon adeuda los derechos
Biguieutes :
No resultara diferencia alguna en
el consume 6 pedidos.
Habiendo empezado a rejir aqui
el nuevo arancel de aduanas.
Sin embargo, la diferencia de de-
rechos equivale casi a una prohibi-
cion.
Con motivo del nuevo derecho
adicional, estos fabric-antes han sus-
)>endido sus compras.
I No tiene ese gobierno el mono-
polio de dicho arlfculo ?
Ofrecen un bonito marjen de 33
p. 0/0.
Dichos articulos prometen utili-
dad.
A los precios de aquella plaza,
deben psrder; mas su objeto es ha-
cer dinero.
En el dia, pudiera venderlos con
buena utilidad.
Examinaran si algunos de estos
renglones pueden convenir para
hacer retornos.
Libre de gxstos. — Libre de dere-
chos.
Gastos deducidos. — Gastos cu-
biertos.
Hallaran a continuacion un cal-
' culo que tiene por base el peso de
una factnra.
Este renglon dejaria buena utili-
dad,
ened by unfavorable quotations
from Liverpool.
The first shippers from the United
States will be serious losers.
It is generally believed that no
new, or additional duty will be
placed on Cotton.
It is not liable to duty with you.
Being subject to the same duty
as. . .
The duty on Cotton stand thus:
This will make no difference in
the consumption or demand.
The new tariff having now effect
here.
Yet the difference of duties
amounts almost to a prohibition.
The late additional duty has sus-
pended the purchases of our manu-
facturers.
Is there not a monopoly of that
article with you ?
They offer a fair margin of 33 per
ct.
These articles afford a good profit.
At their quotations they must
make a loss, but it is to make money.
I could sell them, at this moment
at a good profit.
Will you examine if any of these
things would make returns ?
Clear of charges -of duties.
Free of expenses. — Expenses cov-
ered.
At foot you will find a calcula-
tion made upon real weight.
This article would pay very hand«
somely.
THE STATE OF THE MARKET.
481
Saldrian a 12 fr. vara, poco mas
6 me'uos.
Esta cantidad podria repetirse
c&da diez dias, hasta aviso contra-
ry.
Estos precios no convidan a es-
pecular, por demasiado altos.
Ofreciendo un beneficio neto de
4 a 5 p. 0/0.
El bajo precio de Algodon de la
India sigue atrayendo la atencion
de los especuladores.
Este precio es ciertamente dema-
siado elevado en comparacion de
los de Europa.
Cuesta, precio medio, a 18i cts.,
poco mas 6 me'nos.
Habiendonos ini'ormado sobre los
articulos que nos indican, hemos
sabido ....
Los articulos indicados.
Me he esmerado en tomar infor-
mes.
Estan muy solicitados aquf.
Este Algodon produciria ....
neto.
Los inform es que recibo de alii
coucuerdan en ... .
Adjunto hallara una nota de los
articulos de ese pais que son de mas
pronto despacho en esta plaza.
Se vende de . . . . a
Las ventas en esta plaza son re-
gulares y diarias, y nuuca esperi-
mentan nuestros precios aquellas
grandes fluctuaciones que ocurren
con tanta frecuencia en los merca-
dos ingleses.
Gontinuando las circunstancias
casi las mismas, tanto aqui como
en los Estados Unidos.
La esportacion y el consumo del
l<ais 6 del reino.
Los consumidores.
They would come to about 12 pr
per ell.
This quantity might be repeated
every ten days, till advised to the
contrary.
These prices are too high to ad-
mit of speculation.
Offering a net gain of 4 to 5 per
ct.
The low price of India cotton
continues to attract the attention of
speculators.
This price is certainly too high
relatively to that in Europe.
The average cost is about 18 £ cts.
Upon enquiries respecting the
articles on which you desired to re-
ceive information, we find ....
The articles pointed out.
I have made diligent enquiries
Tbese are much in request here.
This cotton would net ....
The best information I can get
agrees in ... .
We give you annexed a small
memorandum of goods from your
country which meet with a more
ready sale than others.
Their price run from. ... to ...
Our sales are regular and daily
and not so liable to great fluctuation
as in the English market.
As circumstances continue pretty
much the same here and in the
United States.
Export and home trade.
Consumers.
482
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE .
ORDERS, PURCHASES, SALES.
Les incluyo ahora una nota de
pedidos, que se serviran poner en
ejecucion con su acostumbrado
zelo.
Sirvanse Yds. mandar comprar
y remitirme con la prontitud posi-
ble lo siguiente ....
Si pueden ponerlos a bordo al
precio de . . . . 6 mas barato, in-
clusos los gastos de embarque, co-
misiones y flete.
Cuando venga bien, me liaran
el favor de remitirme ; todo
para uso de esta su casa.
El completo de la orden.
La marca ha de ser AD n°> 1 ai
que alcance.
Repetimos a Vd. nuestro encargo
ie suscribirnos al diario Times
de Nueva York, y esperamos reco-
miende a su corresponsal de Nueva
York no retarde el envio de ese
papel.
Por la ocasion que consideren
mas segura.
Espero que Yds. desenrpeaaran
este encargo con el tino y actividad
que acostumbran.
En los terminos que calculen
mas en mi beneiicio.
En el modo que les parezca
mejor.
Confiando en la mucha esperien-
cia de Vd. en esta clase de nego-
cios, y en el acierto y buen zelo con
que log desempena.
Recomiendo a Vd. la posible
prontitud en espedir los articulos
& su destino.
No podian caer en mejores manos.
Espero que no dejaran de instar
ui fabrieante, para que efectiie la
entrega con la mayor brevedad posi-
ble.
Desisto desde luego de dicha
compra.
I now beg to hand you the en-
closed order, which I recommend
to your usual good care.
Please to purchase on my ac-
count and send to me with all pos-
sible despatch ....
If you can ship them at, or near
the price of ... . all charges of
shipping, commissions and freight
included.
Please send me, at your earliest
convenience . . . . ; the whole for
the use of my house.
The total of the order.
The mark will be AD No. 1, and
so on ....
We reiterate our request that you
will subscribe in our name to the
Netf York Times, and be pleased
to direct your New York corres-
pondent to send it to us with the
least possible delay.
By a safe opportunity.
I rely on your accustomed good
attention being given to this order.
As you may deem most to my ad-
vantage.
In the manner you judge best.
Relying on your experience in
this branch of business and your
unremitting zeal to serve the inte-
rests of your friends to the best of
your ability.
I recommend that you use all
possible despatch in sending the
goods to their destination.
They could not be in better
hands.
I hope you will urge the manu-
facturer to deliver the goods with
the least possible delay.
I have now to countermand that
order.
ORDERS, PURCHASES, SALES.
483
De consiguiente tendr An por nula
mi 6rden, si aun no la hubiesen
llanado .
Queda entendido que reembol-
nare a Vds. los gastos pagados 6 los
perjuicios que se les hubieren se-
guido, como asimismo el que sur-
tira mi orden su efecto, caso que
no se avengan a cancelarla.
Todas las ordenes se han llenado,
6 quedan anuladas.
Nos estamos ocupando con la
aetividad posible de llenar sus en-
eargos.
Vamos a ocuparnos con aetividad
de la ejecucion de su 6rden, y les
remitire'mos los efectos con la breve-
dad posible.
Este' Vd. seguro de que hard
cuanto dependa de mi para cor-
responder a su confianza.
No nos separare'mos de las 6r-
denes que Vds. nos tienen coinuni-
cadas.
Reconiiendo a Vds. la mayor ae-
tividad, y que me remitan pronto
la cuenta de venta de este carga-
mento.
Lo que calculen mas en nuestro
beneficio en este negocio.
Esperamos cuando me'nos que el
neto producido cubrira la factura ;
mas descuidamos sobre su zelo,
contando que hara lo mejor.
Si no pudiese conseguirlo, se ser-
vira conservarlos en su poder y es-
perar nuestras instrucciones, avi-
sandonos, en todo caso, los precios
de dichos articulos, y dicie'ndonos
si hay apariencia de que suban 6
declinen.
Para concluir este asunto.
En esta virtud, contamos obten-
dran Vds. muy buenos precios.
Queda entendido que ....
Con la brevedad posible.
En lo que fuere dable.
You will therefore, if not already
executed, consider the order null
and void.
I shall consider myself liable for
any expense you may incur, or loss
you may sustain in consequence,
or indeed for the ultimate comple-
tion of the transaction, should you
not consent to cancel my order.
All the orders are either filled or
withdrawn.
We are preparing the goods with
all possible despatch.
Your order shall be executed and
the goods sent you with as little de-
lay as possible.
You may depend upon it I shall
do every thing in my power to war-
rant your confidence.
We will punctually follow your
directions.
Please make all possible despatch,
and send me early sales of this
cargo.
What you may deem best for our
interest in this affair.
We hope at the worst to clear the
invoice price, but leave our inter-
ests entirely in your hands.
Should this not be in your power,
we wish you to hold them until
further orders, and, in any event,
to favor us with a particular report
on the situation and prospects of
your market for these articles.
In order that we may bring it to
a close.
We are therefore warranted in
expecting very advantageous sales.
I beg it to be understood that..
As soon as practicable.
As far as practicable.
4:84
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Aliora pueda Vd. obrar como
mejor le parezca, si fuese necesario
Bometernos a mayor quebranto.
Encarezco a Vd. la mayor aten-
cion en ... .
Al precio que he limitado, con-
Bidero que dificilmente se podra
verificar la compra.
Lo que me ha sido particular-
mente satisfactorio, al recibir sus
ordenes, es que ....
Obrare' con arreglo a sus ultimas
instrucciones respecto al embarque
de diehas mercancias.
Seguire'mos puntualmente las
instrucciones del Sr.***.
Harem os lo rnejor.
Sin embargo, cuidardmos este
negocio con el mayor esmero.
Espero aprobaran mi determina-
cion.
Seria sumamente ventajoso ....
Creo que resultara poca ventaja.
Nada arriesgamos.
Hasta la fecha, nuestras compras
son las siguientes ....
Discontinuare'mos nuestras com-
pras hasta la semana prdxima.
Nos inclinamos mucho a la com-
pra.
Consecuente a lo que dijimos a
Vd. en carta del , esperamos
comprar la partida que hay aqui,
cuya clase es mucho mejor que ....
Esta es sin disputa la mejor com-
pra que se ha hecho en nuestra
plaza.
De resultas de los cnantiosos ar-
ribos, estan los negocios tan aba-
tidos, que son absolutamente nulas
las ventas ; pues si no fuese asi,
visto el contenido de su carta, no
rehusaria una oferta algo razona-
ble.
Y debe atribuirse esto a la im-
posibilidad en que me encuentro
de dar salida a la sederia que aun
2ueda por vender.
We now leave it to your good
judgment, if it shall be necessary,
to sell at a greater loss.
I have to ask your strictest atten-
tion to ....
At the limits I have given, I con-
sider the purchase hardly practica-
ble.
What made me receive your or-
ders with peculiar satisfaction was
that ....
I shall attend to your last in-
structions relative to the shipping of
the goods.
Mr. ***'s directions shall be care-
fully followed.
The best shall be done.
We shall, however, do all in our
power for the interest of the con-
cern.
I hope this will meet your apprc
bation.
It would be of material benefit..
I fear it would afford little ad-
vantage.
We have nothing at risk.
Our purchases, thus far, are as
follows
We suspend our purchases until
next week.
We feel much inclined to make
the purchases.
As stated in our respects of the
. . . . , we are in hopes of purchas-
ing the parcel here, which is far
better than ....
This is unquestionably the best
purchase that has been made here.
The stock arrived has so beat
down the market, that there are
now absolutely no sales ; for, from
the tenor of your lines, I should not
refuse any fair offer.
And this is caused from the total
impossibility of selling the silka
which are yet on hand.
ORDERS, PURCHASES, SALES.
485
Si el articulo fuese vendible.
Hiria aliora un sacrificio para
deshacerme de el al contado.
Couio su libranza (deVd.) venco
el 5 del entrante, es preciso que yo
venda al corriente de la plaza.
Habia dado orden de vender di-
chos je'neros, y ansiaba por darles
salida.
Me veo en la precision de es-
pender esta partida en pequeiias
cantidades, y no entrare* probable-
mente en mis fondos antes de seis
meses.
Y aprovechardmos todas las oca-
siones que se presenten de darle
salida, hasta venderlo al menudeo,
si fuese necesario.
Hemos practicado las mas efica-
zes diligencias para lograr su ena-
jenacion; pero no hansurtido efec-
to, pues no hemos recibido una sola
ot'erta.
Si los ponemos en venta publica,
y no se presentan compradores, no
habra despues quien se digne mi-
rarlos.
Es de sentir no se haya puesto
en deposito.
Fue' engauado.
Este fue un engaBo abominable.
Es indispensable examinar dicho
renglon conlamasprolijaatencion.
Son detestables los engafios que se
practican en este ramo de negocios.
Tratan siempre de pasar en una
buena partida el mayor numero po-
sible de balas inferiores.
De todas partes me han hecho
reclamaciones sobre el particular.
Proteste en el acto contra la eje-
cucion de la contrata de venta.
El cargamento se mand6a bordo
perfectamente acondicionado, pero
como el capitan hizo apretar las pa-
cas con mucha fuerza para que cu-
piese mayor niimero en el barco, es
regular saiga desgarrado el embalaje.
If the article is saleable.
I would part with it now for cash
at a sacrifice.
As your draft is payable the Gth
prox. I must take the market price.
These goods I had ordered to be
resold, and have been extremely
anxious to dispose of them.
I must retail out this parcel and
certainly do not expect my money
under six months.
And whenever an opportunity
offers that we can even retail any
of them we will improve it.
We have tried every means of
selling them, but hitherto without
success, for we have had no offer
whatever for them.
K we put them up at auction and
they are not sold, no person will
look at them afterwards.
It was a mistake not to bond it.
He has been taken in.
It is the most abominable impo-
sition.
It is absolutely necessary to make
a very close inspection of this ar-
ticle.
The frauds which are committed
in this business are outrageous.
They always pass as- many bad
bales as they can into a parcel of
good.
Complaints on all sides have been
made to me on this account,
I immediately protested against
carrying out the bargain.
The cargo was put on board in
good order; but as the captain had
it screwed very much it will be torn
in the bagging.
486
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
La composicion y demas gastos
deben de cargarse al buque si no se
entrega la inercancia bien acondi-
cionada.
Esta operacion no tuvo, ni con
mucho, el resultado que yo me pro-
metia.
No tiene fundamento alguno la
observaciou de ese corredor de que
pertenecia a la otra partida embar-
cada en el mismo buque.
Las marcas de los sacos corres-
pondian con la factura
The repairs, etc. , must be on ac-
count of the ship, if not delivered
in good condition
This adventure has by no means
been as fortunate as I had expected.
Your broker's excuse of its be-
longing to the other parcel on board
is unfounded.
The marks of the bags agreed
with the invoice.
INSURANCES.
Sfrvase Vd. abrir una p61iza sobre
los embarques que estamos efec-
tuando aqui para la Habana en el
bergantin espanol , capitan ***,
apalabrando por el pronto 30,000
fr., cuya cantidad sera. probable se
aumente.
Pnede Vd. descansar en que el
seguro se efectuara con la mayor
squidad.
Tomamos nota de las varias can-
tidades, que ban de asegurarse so-
bre el citado buque.
Pero sentimos decirles que, a pe-
sar de nuestras diligencias, nos es
imposible hacer nada, a mdnos de
no pagar un premio enorme.
Por lo demas, estos aseguradores,
segun llevamos dicho, no cubren,
sino con mucha repugnancia, ries-
gos de la naturaleza indicada.
Hoy continuamos nuestras dili-
jencias, y si logramos hacer algo se
lo participaremos antes de cerrar la
presente.
Maflana volverdmos a ocuparnos
del negocio.
De consiguiente, esperardmos sus
6rdeues sobre el particular.
No dudo aprueben cuanto he
piacticado respecto a los seguros.
"We beg you will please to open a
policy on the goods we are now
shipping for Havana on board the
Spanish brig , captain ***, to
the amount of 30, 000 Ir. , which sum
will probably be increased.
I can assure you the insurance
shall be effected on the most reason-
able terms.
We take due note of the several
sums to be insured on the above
vessel.
But we lament to say that, with
every exertion, we find it impossible
to insure any thing except at an
enormous premium.
The underwriters, moreover, as
we before mentioned, have great
aversion to risks of the nature in
question.
We are again at work at it to-day;
the result of our labors you will be
acquainted with below.
We shall try it again to-morrow.
"We shall accordingly be expect-
ing your orders to this effect.
I am sure you will approve of all
I have done as to insurances.
BANKING TRANSACTIONS.
487
Un aumento de premio sobre el
viajo de vuelta, en razon del invier-
uo, que se esta acercando.
Estos aseguradores, despues de
leer la carta de Vd. , me han abona-
do un retomo de premio, de con-
formidad con la cuenta que me
acorn paiia, y por el cual le he abo-
nado L. 4. 10 8. segun nota al pie.
El buque podra hacer todas las
escalas que el capitau tenga por
oportunas.
Averia gruosa (general).
Averia particular (simple).
Franco de averia.
Franquieias.
Los uitimos temporales ban oca-
sionado mucbos siniestros (fracti-
sos).
El buque esta asegurado para el
viaje redondo.
Seguro al auo.
Seguro sobre buque indefinido.
Reaseguro.
Riesgo de guerra.
Series de numeros, de bultos por
fcrden de estiva, etc.
Abandono.
Salvamento.
Perdida total. Perdida parcial.
An advance of premium on the
homeward voyage, on account of
the winter season, which is fast ap-
proaching.
The underwriters, on reading
your letter, allowed me a return in
conformity with your statement, for
which I have credited you L. 4. 10s.
as per memorandum below.
The vessel is allowed to touch at
as many ports as may be deemed
necessary.
General average.
Particular average.
Free of average.
Exemptions from average.
The late gales have caused nu-
merous accidents (losses).
The vessel is insured out and
homo.
Insurance by the year.
Iusurance on ship or ships.
Reassurance.
War risk.
Series of numbers, packages, etc
Abandonment.
Salvage.
Total loss. Partial loss.
BANKING TRANSACTIONS.
Con fecha 30 del ppdo. dl a car-
go de Vds. una letra de fr. 2,500, a
12 dias fecha, orden de S. M., cuyo
puntual pago les suplico a mi de-
bito.
En virtud de un cre'dito de sesen-
ta mil francos que nos han abierto
con Vds. los Sres. A. M. yB., de....,
acabamos de librar a su cargo una
letra a 3 meses fecha, orden E. E.
y Ca , de fr. 12,000, que se serviran
acojer.
On the 30th ult., I draw on you
for fr. 2,500, at 12 days' sight, favor
of S. M. , which I beg to recommend
to your protection.
In pursuance of a credit for sixty
thousand francs, which Messrs. A.
M. and B., of . . . . have opened in
our favor on you, we beg to inform
you that we have, this day, issued
our draft forfr. 12,000, at 3 month's
sight, to the order of E. G. and C°.
which please to honor with youi
acceptance.
488
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Por cuenta de los mismos amigos,
hemos dado nuevatnente a su cargo,
el 10 del corri elite, una letra a 60
dias fecha, 6rden de J. D. de F., de
fr. 18,000, que recomendamos a
su proteceion.
Por servir a ua amigo, a quien
no nos hemos podido escusar, nos
hemos tornado la confianza de dar
a cargo de Yd. una letrita de L. 74.
10, a 8 dias vista, 6rden de ***,
cuyo puntual pago les suphcamos a
nuestro debito.
La que recomiendo al favor de
Vd.
Esperando de su favor la puntual
acojida de estos jiros.
Suplicamos a Vds. dispensen a
nuestra firma la acojida que acos-
tumbran.
Mediante este aviso, pienso nego-
ciar maiiana mi trata, que espero
merecera su buena acojida.
Me he abstenido de librar todo el
tiempo que me ha sido posible, es-
perando que podria efectuar ventas.
He jirado a cargo de Vd. una letra
de fr. 18,000 (diez y ocho mil), a 60
dias vista, orden de ***, que le su-
plico honre con su aceptacion, car-
gandomela en cuenta sobre este
embarque.
Aplica estas libranzas al embar-
que hecho por el Augusta.
Orden propia.
A la que suplicamos dispensen
su puntual acojida, y no dudando
de ella, so los dejamos abonados en
cuenta.
En el concepto que nuestras dis-
posiciones mereceran su acostum-
brada acojida.
Dentro de poco, dispondrd de mi
alcance.
Tengan Vds. la bondad de librar
al mas largo plazo posible.
Al plazo de estilo.
Queda tomada nota de sus ulti-
mas disposiciones a nuestro cargo,
On account of the same friends,
we have again drawn on you, on
the 10th inst., for fr. 18,000, at 6C
days' date, favor of J. D. de F.,
which we recommend to yo ar pro-
tection.
To accommodate a friend, whose
wish we could not help complying
with, we have taken the liberty oi
drawing on you for L. 74. 10, at 8
days' sight to the order of ***, which
please to protect and charge to our
account.
Which please to honor with your
acceptance.
Not doubting that due honor will
be paid to our signature.
We beg to recommend our signa-
ture to your usual attention.
On the strength of this advice, I
shall probably negotiate the draft
to-morrow', and hope that it will be
found entirely to your protection.
I have held off drawing as long
as possible, in hopes of making
some sales.
I have drawn on you at 60 days'
sight, in favor of Messrs. ***, for f.
18,000, say eighteen thousand
francs, which please protect and
charge against this shipment.
He applies these drafts against
the shipment per Augusta.
Favor of self. ... of ourselves.
Which we place to your credit,
not doubting you will show due
honor to our signature.
Not doubting that our draft will
meet your acustomed protection.
I shall draw shortly for the bat
ance due me.
Pray draw at as long a date as
you can.
At the usual term.
We take due note ot your last
draft on us on recount of our nru-
BANKING TRANSACTIONS.
489
por omenta de los miituos amigos,
los Sres. A — hermanos, de Cadiz.
A medida que se nos presenten,
seran debidaniente acqjidas.
Puede Vd. descuidar que al reci-
bo del conocimiento dispensare' pun-
tual acojida a sus librauzas.
La hemos pagado a presentacion.
Aceptamos losjiros de los refe-
ridos Seiiores en el seguro de que
Vds. nos harian remesa de fondos,
y a fin de no desairar su firm a.
Descansando sobre su puntuali-
dad.
Que, a pesar de esto, he aceptado,
para evitarles las consequencias
desagradables de una protesta.
Aun no ha parecido la letra que
nos ha avisado haber dado a nues-
tro cargo por cuenta de Vd.
Tratare'mos de conseguir que los
portadores la conserven en su poder
hasta que recibamos la respuesta
de Vd.
He creido deber retardar mi acep-
tacion hasta que venga la contesta-
cion de Vds.
Nos vere'mos precisados a desai-
rar dicha letra.
Una casa de mucha responsabili-
dad.— Una casa de primer rango.
Segun hemos podido indagar
Creo deber recomendar a Vd.
este' prevenido.
Desconfie Vd. de ***.
Cuya desgraciada especulacion no
mejoro sus circunstancias, segun
hemos sabido.
Damos a Vds. las debidas gracias
por sus informes sobre la casa de
que les hichuos pregunta.
tual friends Messrs. A -brotheifc of
Cadix.
They shall be punctually honored
as they make their appearance.
You may rely on your drafts bo-
ing punctually honored on presen-
tation of bill of lading.
It was paid on presentation.
We honored their drafts, feeling
confident that remittances would
come forward from you, and being
unwilling to refuse them accept-
ance.
Fully relying on your punctuality.
Which I have, nevertheless, ac-
cept* d to prevent the unpleasant
con? equence which might arise from
its being protested.
The bill they advise having drawn
upon us for your account has not
yet made its appearance.
We shall endeavor to prevail on
the holders to keep it over until wt
receive your reply.
I have thought it prudent to
withhold my acceptance until I
receive your reply.
We shall be under the necessity
of declining to accept it.
A very solid house. — A house ol
the first standing.
From what we have been able to
ascertain ....
I deem it best to put you on your
guard.
We caution you against ***.
Which unfortunate speculation,
we know, did not better their cir-
cumstances.
We return you many thanks for
the information you give us on tha
house in question.
490
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
DRAFTS, ENDOESEMENTS, ETC.
New York, 26 Diciembre,
1871.
Son f. 10,000.
A sesenta dias vista, mandaran
Vds. pagar por esta primera de
carubio (no habie'ndolo hecho por
la segunda 6 tercera), a la orden
de los Sres. ***, la candidad de diez
mil francos, en oro 6 plata, valor
recibido, que sentaran Vds . en cuen-
ta, segun aviso de ***.
A ocho dias vista, se serviran
Vds. mandar pagar por esta prime-
ra de cambio (no habie'ndolo hecho
por la segunda, tercera 6 cuarta), a
la orden de Dn. ***, la cantidad de
mil quinientos francos, en oro 6
plata, con ecslusion de todo papel
moneda creado 6 que se crease, va-
lor recibido, que sentaran Vds. se-
gun aviso de S. S. S. ***.
Pagadera en Paris.
Que sentaran segun aviso 6 sin
dl (segun 6 sin aviso).
A la vista, mandara Vd. pagar
por esta primera ....
A presentacion mandara Vd. pa-
gar a la orden de Dn
Que sentaran segun aviso de S.
S. S. ***
Paguese a la 6rden de los Sres.
***, valor recibido.
A un ano de la fecha, pagard, a
la drden de los Sres. ***, la canti-
dad de
New York, December 26th, 1871.
Exchange for f. 10,000.
Sixty days after sight of this first
of exchange (second and third un-
paid), pay to Messrs. ***, or order,
in Paris, ten thousand francs, value
received and charge the same to ac-
count of ***.
At eight days' sight of this first
of exchange (second, third and
fourth unpaid), pay to ***, Esq.,
or order, fifteen hundred francs,
value received, which place to ac-
count as advised ***.
Payable in Paris..
Which place to account with or
without further advice of
At sight, pay this first. . . .
On presentation (on demand) pay
to Mr .... or order
Which place to account as ad-
vised by your obdt. servants ***.
Pay to the order of Messrs. ***,
value received.
One year from date, I promise
to pay to Messrs. ***, or order, the
sum of. . . .
ACCOUNTS RENDERED, RECEIVED, ETC.
Espero recibir en breve el cono-
cimiento y factura, con el aviso de
haber Vd librado a mi cargo el im-
porte de ese embarque (de esa re-
n*esa).
En cuanto se haya estendido
(forniado) la cueuta,
I shall be expecting shortly to re-
ceive (I shall shortly look for) the
bill of lading and invoice, -with ad-
vice of your draft on me for tha
amount of this shipment.
When this account is made up.
ACCOUNTS RENDERED, RECEIVED, ETC.
491
De cuya operacion pasare a Vd.
ana cuenta detallada, tan pronto
como se haya arreglado.
Acompaiio a Vd.el conocimiento
y factura de este embarque.
Hallaran adjunto conocimiento
y factura de. . . , quehemos embar-
cado a su consignacion, a bordo
del buque americano (de la fragata
americana) Ann, capitan ***.
El conocimiento llenado a la 6r-
den de dichos Sres.
Tengo ahora el gusto de incluir a
Yds. factura y conocimiento de . . . . ,
que he embarcado por su cuenta y
riesgo a bordo del buque Ella, su
capitan ***. La factura importa $...,
que ruego a Yds. me aboneu en
cuenta, en la que les dejo cargada
dicba cantidad.
Los gastos suplidos ascienden a
. . . ., que hem os cargado a Vd. en
cuenta.
Una cuenta de venta poco satis-
factoria.
Adjunto l^laran Vds. su cuenta
corriente h»»fa el 31 diciembre ul-
timo, arroj«mdo un saldo a nuestro
favor, en uq-iella fecha, de . . . , ,
que les c^gamos por principle; de
cuenta rtieva.
Les r*umtimos igualmente un es-
tado df la cuenta corriente que les
hemos seguido hasta la fecha, ofre-
ciendo an saldo a nuestro favor de
$ , que, sin perjuicio de su exa-
men, les cargamos por primera par-
tida de cuenta nueva.
Aun no nos ha sido posible re-
pasar dichas c lentas con la debida
atencion ; ma i por lo que hemos
podido ver, n< s han parecido con-
formes; nuef/ja proxima, de todos
modos, le aT*sara el resultado de
su examen.
Observo q%e en el estado de cuen-
ta que me remiten, cargan una co-
mision de i p. 0/0 por haber efec-
tuado dicha remesa; esto debe ser
una equivocacion.
Of which, when finally settled,
you will be furnished with a detail-
ed account.
Enclosed, you will please receive
(find) bill of lading and invoice.
Herewith enclosed, you will find
bill of lading and invoice of. ...,
which we have shipped to you r con-
signment on board the American
ship Ann, captain ***.
The bill of lading made out to
their order.
I have now the pleasure of hand-
ing you the invoice and bill of lad-
ing of...., shipped, on your ac-
count and to your address, on board
the Ella, captain *** ; invoice
amount $ . . . . to the debit of your
account.
The expenses incurred thereon,
amounting to , are placed to
your debit.
An unsatisfactory account sales.
We hand you, herewith, your ac-
count current, closed to the end of
last year, showing a balance in our
favor, on that date, of to
your debit on new account.
You will also find, herewith, a
statement of your account to this
day, which we will thank you to ex-
amine, and pass the balance, $....,
to our credit on new account
"We have not had leisure to ex-
amine them with the requisite at-
tention; but, from their general ap-
pearance, we have little doubt of
their accuracy; our next, however,
will be more explicit.
By the statement of account for-
warded, I observe you charge me
with a commission of % p. 0/0 for
effecting this remittance, which I
think must be a mistake.
492
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
No veo la necesidad de comprar
on Nueva York papel sobre Ingla-
terra, ouando pueden con igual faci-
lidad proporcionarselo en San Fran-
cisco.
A la verdad, estas son cosas de
poca monta: pero siendo mas que
probable que en lo sucesivo hare
con esa casa negocios de considera-
cion, creo que conviene nos ponga-
raos bien de acuerdo desde un prin-
cipi ), a fin de precaver desavenen-
oias mas tarde.
Sentimos el mal entendido que
ha ocurrido respecto a la cuenta de
Vd. ; mas se hara cargo que si de-
oie'semos;. . . .
Creo, Sres., sin tener la mas re-
mota intencion de ofender a Vds.,
que debe serine permitido hacerles
observaciones sobre esta cuenta.
Hemos examinado las facturas de
las mercancias que nos remiten de
nuestra cuenta por el Clara, y en-
contramos en ellas las equivoca-
ciones siguientes, que se serviran
rectificar.
Advertiran Vds. que. . . .
Debo advirtirles que ....
Ya se por experieucia que es
ocioso reclamar nada a esos fabri-
cantes, pero es bueno que el de los
.... sepa que
Harai lo que tengan por con-
veniente, pero este'n Vds. seguros
de que este reclamo es sumamente
justo.
Vean Vds. si no hay alguna
equivocacion en el. . . .
Valor comun.
Segun nota a la vuelta (al res-
paldo)— al pie* (a continuacion).
Agradecerd a Vd. me diga en que
situacion se hallan nuestras cuen-
tas.
Ahora, el saldo en nuestra con-
tra asciendo a
I cannot see the necessity of send-
ing to New York to purchase a bill
on England, which could just as
well have been procured at Sau
Francisco.
Neither of these items are of suf-
ficient amount to make them of any
importance; but as it is more than
probable that we shall do consider-
able business together in future, it
is best we should understand each
other at the beginning, to prevent
difficulties in future.
We are sorry that misapprehen-
should have existed with respect to
your account ; but you will see, on
reflection, that if we were to ... .
I trust, gentlemen, without wish-
ing in the most remote manner to
give you offence, that I may be
allowed to make my remarks upon
this account.
The invoices of your shipment
on our accocnt per Aiidu hive been
examined, and we find in them the
following errors, which we will
thank you to correct.
You will please observe that ....
I should observe that . . .
I am aware by experience, how
fruitless it is to claim any thing
from your manufacturers ; but it is
not idle that the one who sold the
should know that , .
You will do as you think proper,
but you may be assured of this,
that the claim is perfectly just
Is there not some mistake in
the.... ?
Average date. . ..
As per note on the other side—
at foot.
It would be a matter of satisfac-
tion to know how our accounts
siand.
The balance now standing against
CIRCULARS, LETTERS, ETC.
493
Lo que me constituye en un des-
cubierto de mucha consideracion.
Quedau aun pendientes algunas
pequeiias cautidades y unos pocos
reeiamos por arreglar.
En este supuesto, habria al
cre'dito de mi cuenta L. 318. 11.3
con el interes correspondiente.
Espero que el arreglo de esta
cuenta no me pondra en la necesi-
dad de . . .
Lo que nivela este negocio (esta
operacion. )
Con lo que queda cancelada esta
operacion.
Hacer un ajuste, un convenio.
Espero que esto merecera la
ftprobacion de Vd.
Which places me under heavy
advances.
There are yet somesmall amounts
outstanding and a few claims un-
settled.
There would then stand to my
credit, with interest, 1,318. 11.3.
I hope the adjustment of this
account will not render it necessary
for me to
Which balances the transaction.
Thus closing this transaction.
To come to an arrangement.
I hope this will meet your appro-
bation.
CIRCULARS, LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION AND CREDIT.
Muy Senor mio,
Participo a Vd. que he esta-
blecido en esta plaza, bajo mi solo
nombre, una casa de comercio que
Be ocupara de negocios de Banco y
de la venta y compra a comision
de toda clase de efectos.
Celebrare me favorezca con sus
6rdenes que seran desempenadas
con todo el esmero y atencion de
que soy capaz.
Sirvase Vd. tomar nota de mi
firma y de la del Sr. Dn.***, a
quien doy mi poder.
Quedo a su disposicion atento v
seguro servidor.
Q. B. S. M.
Dn.*** fir mar a
Sir,
I have the honor to inform you
that I have established in this city
a commercial house in my private
name, for the purpose of transact-
ing a general business, principally
on commission.
I shall be happy to be favored
with your orders, to the execution
of which my best attention and
*are shall be devoted.
Please to note my signature, as
also that of Mr. ***, whom I have
authorized to sign for me.
I am respectfully, Sir,
Your ....
Mr. ***, will sign
Muy Sefiores nuestros : Gentlemen :
Tenemos el honor de participar We beg leave to inform you that
& Vds. que hemos formado en esta we have this day formed a com-
plaza, bajo la razon de ***, una mercial establishment in this place.
491
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
sociedad, cuya ocupacion principal
sera la compra y venta a comision
de toda clase de frutos y efectos.
Un capital suficiente y el apoyo
de algunas casas respetables, nos
poiien en situacion de facilitar
cualesquiera operaciones que nues-
tros amigos gusten encargarnos, y
de manejarlas con toda la actividad
que puedan desear.
A continuacion — hallaran Vds.
nuestras firmis, de las que se ser-
viran tomar nota, disponiendo de
sus atentos yS. S
S. S. S. *** firmara :
under the firm of ***, for the pur*
pose ot carrying on a commission
business.
Possessed of a competent capital
and ample support to facilitate tbe
wishes of our friends, we pledge
ourselves that any orders com-
mitted to us shall receive prompt
attention and despatch,
Below you will find our respec-
tive signature, to which we beg
your reference, and with a tender
of our best services, we remain
Signatures of.
***
***
Muy Senores nuestros :
Tenemos el honor de informar a
Vds. que hem os formado en este
dia una sociedad mercantil, que
jirara bajo la denominacion de***,
y se ocupara en el ramo general de
comisiones.
Gentlemen,
We beg leave to inform you that
we have formed a partnership and
established a house of general
agency in this city under the firm
of ***.
El capital con que con tamos y
los recursos que nos proporcionan
nuestras relaciones, nos facilitan
medios de hacer los adelantos
de costumbre sobre las consigna-
ciones que nos dirij m nuestros
amigos, y de descmpenar sus
6rdenes con desahogo y celeridad.
Con tal motivo, nos tomamos la
libertad dc ofrecer a Vd. nuestros
servicios en esta plaza, esperando
que nuestra esperiencia practica
en toda clase de negocios, y el
conocimiento particular que hemos
adquirido de los de este mercado,
durante una residenua de diez
afios, n >s n sreceran su favor y con-
nan za.
The arrangements we have en-
tered into, together with our own
means, will enable us to make all
reasonable and customary advances
on consignments, as also to afford
every requisite despatch to tho
business intrusted to our caro.
With these assurances, we take
the liberty to offer you our services
in this place, trusting that our
general commercial knowledge, and
the experience derived from a resi-
dence here of ten years, will en-
sure to us the confidence of our
friends. Soliciting your attention
to our signatures and the annexed
references, we remain respectfully,
CIRCULARS, LETTERS, ETC.
495
Suplicamos a Vds. se sirvan gentleman, Your.,
tomar nota de nuestras Annas, y The signature of your
quedamos a sus 6rdenes, atentos M. O. S.***.
8. S. Q. S. M. B. The signature of your
Firma social de S. S. S.***. M. 6. S.***.
Tenemos la satisfaecion de anun-
cias a Vd. que acabamos de esta-
blecer una easa en Nue'va York y
otra en Nueva Orleans.
Dn.*** y Dn.*** dirijiran el esta-
blecimiento de Nueva York, que
jirara con el nombre de***, y
nuestros Dn.*** y*** tendran a su
cargo el de Nueva Orleans, bajo la
razon social de ***.
Contamos con un capital sufi-
ciente para hacer adelantos sobre
las consign aciones que se nos
hagan, tan luego corao se hallen
en nuestro poder, 6 al recibir las
facturas y conoeimientos, acom-
panados de las 6rdenes para efec-
tuar los seguros.
Nos ofrecemos a su disposicion,
asegurandoles que pondremos todo
nuestro esmero en ibmentar los in-
tereses de los amigos que nos hon-
ren con su confianza.
Buenos Ayres, 1° julio 1871.
Tenemos el honor de qomunicar
& Vd. que hemos convenido unir
los dos establecimientos mercantiles
que han existido hasta el dia en esta
plaza bajo las denominaciones de
.... y ....
La nueva sociedad, a cuyo cargo
queda la liquidacion de las dos casas
disueltas, girara bajo la razon de. . .
La nueva sociedad se dedicara
principalmente al ramo de comi-
siones, y formaran una parte nota-
ble ie su giro.
We have the honor to inform you
that we have opened a house in
New York in connection with one
in New Orleans.
The business of our house in
New York will be conducted by
Mr.,*** and Mr.***, under the firm
of *** ; that of New Orleans by our
***, and our ***, under the firm
of***.
Our means being ample, we shall
be always ready to make the custo-
mary advances on consignments,
when in our possession, or on re-
ceipt of invoice and bill of lading,
with orders to effect insurance.
"We beg leave to tender you our
services and assure you that every
exertion shall be made to benefit
those who may place their interests
in our hands.
Buenos Ayres, 1st July, 1871.
We have the honor to inform yon
that we have agreed to unite the two
mercantile establishments which
have hitherto existed in this city
under the firms of and ....
The new firm, which is intrusted
with the liquidation of the affairs
of both houses will be styled ***.
The new firm will devote its at-
tention principally to commission
business, in which .... will form
an important feature.
496
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
MucLo celebrardmos ser favore-
cidos con las drdenes de Vd. y en su
desempeiio nada omitire'mos de
cuanto pueda prom over sus inte-
leses y mereeer su aprobacion.
Nuestro capital y recursos nos
proporcionaran siempre los medios
de hacerle los adelantos que pudie-
ren acomodarle.
Habiendo admitido por socio en
mi casa de comercio a mi bijo
mayor, tengo el honor de informar
& Vd. que, desde esta fecha, mi
citada casa jirara bajo la razon de
S . . . . e hijo.
Sirvase Vd. tomar nota de su
firma a continuacion, diponiendo
desus atentos S. S.
Q. S. M. B.
Firma deS. S. S
Queda disuelta la sociedad que
ha existido hasta el diabajo la razon
de y su liquidacion a cargo
de nuestro Dn.***.
We shall be happy to be favored
with your orders, in the execution
of which we will neglect nothing
that can contribute towards giving
you entire satisfaction.
Our resources are such as to place
it always in our power to afford you
every advantage.
Having determined to take my
eldest son into partnership, I beg
to acquaint you that, from this day,
the business of my house will be
conducted under the firm of S
& Son.
We beg you to take note of his
signature below, and to believe us,
with great respect, gentlemen,
Your ....
Signature of Mr. . . .
The copartnershp hitherto exist-
ing under the firm of is now
dissolved. Our late partner, Mr.***,
is authorised to adjust and settle
the outstanding accounts of the
concern.
Participo a Vd.que habiendo es-
pirado el 31 del ppdo, el te'rmino
de mi sociedad con el Sr. Dn. ***,
seguu se impondra por la circular
de la vuelta, acabo de formar otra
con Dn. ***, la cual jirara bajo la
razon de y se dedicara linica-
mente a los negocios de comision.
Muy Sr. mio ;
El dador de esta sera el Sr. Dn.
***, socio de Dn***, quien anterior-
mente lo ha sido de la casa de los
Sres***, de la Habana. Siendo pro-
bable que este caballero pase a ese
puerto a asuntos de comercio, me
tomo la libertad de darle esta intro-
duccion para Vds., y de reeomen-
The partnership between the
subscriber and ***, having expired
on the 31st ultimo, as you will be
informed by the annexed circular,
beg leave to announce to you that
I have, in company with ***, estab-
lished a new house in this city, for
the sole purpose of transacting a
commission business under the
firm of .
Dear Sir, |
The bearer of this present, Mr.
***, is a partner of Mr. ***, lately
a member of the firm of ***, of
Havana. This gentlemen being
likely to visit your port on com-
mercial business, I beg to intro-
duce him to your acquaintance and
friendship. You will very much
CIUCULAHS, LETTERS, ETC.
497
darie h su buena amistad. Agra-
decere a Vds. se sirvan prestarle su
auxilio para el logro de su objeto,
y le faciliten los conocimientos que
puedan coutribuir al buen e'xito de
su viaje.
Muy Senor nuestro :
La presente' sera a Vd. entregada
por el Sr. Dn***, amigo de todo
nuestro apreeio y socio de la respe-
table casa de los Sres. ***, de Lima.
Lo recomendamos muy particular-
meute a sus atentos obsequios, su-
plicandole le atienda en todo lo que
se le ofrezca.
Veremos con gusto que esta in-
troduction sea motivo para que en-
table Vd. con la casa de nuestro
recomendado relaciones de recip-
roca utilidad, persuadidos de que
los Sres. *** corresponderan com-
pletamente a la confianza de Vd.
Muy Sres. mios: Tengo el gusto
do introducir a su conocimiento
de recomendar a sus finas atencio-
nes y amistosa acojida al Sr. Dn.
***, de Valparaiso, agente de la res-
petable casa de los Sres. ***, de la
misma plaza. He hecho con dichos
Sres. negocios de mucha conside-
racion, y su zelo y actividad me
son conocidos ; en cuyo concepto,
no dudo recomendarlos a Vds.,
bien persuadido que merecen, por
su modo honrado de trabajar, la
confianza de todos cuantos dirijen
sus especulaciones a aquel punto.
Qaedare' deudor al mayor recono-
cimiento por los servicios y auxilios
que Vds. tengan a bien prestar, asi
a la casa de los Sres. ***, como a
su apreciable agente, y me anticipo
a darles las gracias por todo, repi-
ti^ndome a sus ordenes atento S.
S ...
oblige me by affording him your
assistance in the above mentioned
purpose and by giving him every
information which may contribute
to the success of his voyage.
Sir,
We have much pleasure in intro-
ducing to your acquaintance our
most particular friend, Mr. ***,
of the very respectable firm of
Messrs. ***, of Lima. We shall be
happy indeed should this introduc-
tion lead to some business between
you, because we are well convinced
that you would find Messrs.***, de-
serving of every confidence. Any
attention you may please to show
to Mr. ***, we shall consider as
shown to ourselves, and shall at all
times be happy to reciprocate.
We are
Gentlemen,
Permit me to introduce to your
acquaintance and to recommend
to your obliging attention and good
offices, Mr. ***, of Valparaiso, agent
for the respectable house of Messrs.
***, of that place. I have had con-
siderable transactions with those
gentlemen, and their activity, intel-
ligence and integrity, justify my
recommending them as worthy of
the esteem and confidence of those
who have dealings with that coun-
try.
Any service which you can render
their house, or their worthy agent,
Mr. ***, will confer a particular
favor on me, which I shall be happy
to have opportunities of reciprocat-
ing to any of your friends.
I am very sincerely,
Your obedient servant
498
COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Muy Sr. mio:
Tengo mucho placer en presentar
a Vd. el Sr. ***. de este comercio,
amigo de todo mi aprecio. No se
propone permanecer mas de un dia
en San Francisco, pero si necesitase
el auxilio de su amistad y conoci-
mientos, he de deber a Vd.se sirva
prestarselo con su acostumbrada
bondad.
Disponga Vd. con la misma fran-
queza de su atento amigo y S. S....
Tenemos mucha satisfaccion en
recomendar a Vds. el dador de la
presente, el Sr. Dn. ***. quien pasa
a New York con el objeto de ver a
su hermano, Dn. ***, que conocen
Vds. personalmente. Hemos de
merecerles se sir van atender a est©
j6ven caballero en lo que se le
ofrezca, durante su estada en esa
capital, seguros de nuestro agrade-
cimiento por los favores que le dis-
pensen y de nuestro deseo de cor-
responderles del mismo modo 6 en
cualquiera otra ocasion, en que gus-
ten disponer de sus atentos . . .
Kecomendamos muy singular-
mente a la buena acojida de Vds.
ai portador de la presente, el Sr.
***, hijo mayor del Sr. ***, de la
muy respectable casa de los Sres.
S. y M., de este comercio.
Agradeceremos a Vds infinite le
faciliten los conocimientos y auxi-
lios que pueda necesitar, y espera-
mos contribuyan cuanto este' de su
parte a hacerle agradable su perma-
nencia en esa capital.
Y estamos convencidos que re-
conoceran por su trato, que es dig-
no en un todo del aprecio y amistad
do Vds.
Dear Sir,
Permit me to introduce to yon
my friend, Mr. ***, established in
this city. He proposes remaining
but a day in San Francisco, but
should he stand in need of any as-
sistance or information you will
oblige me by affording it to him
with your usual friendly attention.
I am ever truly,
My dear Sir,
Yours sincerely.
We beg leave, by this, to introduce
to your acquaintance the bearer,
Mr. ***, who is about to proceed to
New York on a visit to his brother
Mr. ***, already personally known
to you. Permit us to recommend
this young gentleman to your
friendly civilities and attention
during his stay in your capital, as-
suring you that any favors conferred
on him we shall be much obliged
for, and be happy in having oppor-
tunities of reciprocating.
We are ....
We recommend to your particu-
lar favor and attention the bearer,
Mr. ***, eldest son of Mr. ***, of
the highly respectable house of S.
and M. , of this city.
We request you most urgently to
afford him your advice and assist-
ance, and to render his stay in your
city as agreeable as possible.
And we are convinced that, on a
near acquaintance, he will prove
himself deserving of your esteem
and good wilL
CONDENSED INDEX.
(The figures refer to the pages.)
Adjectives 25, 66, 81, 308
(Syntax of) 360
Comparative of, 85, 138
139, 140, 309
Superlative, 138, 139, 140
141
Adverbs 136, 351, 381
(Observations on) .... 381
Alguno \ 55} 1A
Alia. (See Prepositions) 96, 97
Alii. ibid. ....96,97
Any 55, 56
Afpii 96, 97
Article.... 43, 59, 80, 865, 126, 132
133, 307
(Syntax of) 359
Augmentatives 50
He, to, translated by tener. . .27, 32
Bueno 25, 52
But 40, 69, 70
Ciento 52
Conjunctions 29, 355, 396
Cual 22, 34
Diaeresis 18, 21
Diminutives 50, 51, 52
El 36
En — preposition 217
Estar 93, 94
Este, esta, esto 40, 49, 122
Genders 46, 61, 62, 63, 66, 122
Haber 31, 156, 336
Hacer, idioms with 198
His, Hers 30
Interjection 357
Ir, Irse 112
It 25
Lo 122, 160
Money 73
Months 74, 76, 193
Moods— Indicative 230, 231
(Syntax of) 370
Infinitive 87, 143
(Syntax of). . 375
Subjunctive . 229, 232, 238
240, 241, 244
(Syntax of).. 371
Conditional... 205, 209, 212
Imperative, 250, 251, 252
375
No 25, 27, 56
Noun 308
(Syntax of) 360
500
CONDENSED INDEX.
Numbers 75
Cardinal 66, 75
Ordinal 66, 74, 79
Collective 79
Distributive 79
Plural 43, 44
Proportional 79,80
Participles, 145, 148, 149, 150, 217
(Syntax) 376
Passive Voice 378
Prepositions 354
(Syntax), 383, 385, 386
387, 388, 389, 390
Pronouns.... 34, 102, 140, 160, 309
(Syntax of) 361
Quien, Que 104
Ser 93, 94
Syllables 72
Sino 40
Tener 31
Tenses — Compound 164
Imperfect. . .170, 238, 239
Perfect 170,176
Future 187, 197, 244
Uses of the 370
To, preposition 106
Usted 22
Verbs— Active 378
Auxiliary 311
Neuter 164, 378
Impersonal 378
Reflective 378
Irregular (Table of). : 322
(Observations on) 336
(List of) 338
Conjugations 87
first 315
second 317
third 318
Vd. (See Usted.)
Vm. (See Usted.)
Vowels 143
Y, conjunction . 29
Yours 80
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
do
AA. (1)
A. a or a.8
A. s
A. C.
A. V. E. or
A. V> E.cia
A. L. E. *P.
V. M.
Admr
Afm.°
Agt?
Alcde
Alg.°, alg.a
Am.o
Ant.<>
Ant. or antic.
Appco Appoa
Art. or artic.
Arzobpo.
At.o
B.
Barr.
B, B.r or Ber.
B. L. (or S.)M.
B. L. {or S.) P.
Brno p.e
Bta
C. A E.
Cam. a
Cap. or Cap.o
Altezas or autores.
Arroba or arrobas.
Alios.
Afio Cristiano.-
I A Vuestra Escelencia. (2)
A Los Eeales Pie's de Vues-
tra Majestad.
Administrador.
Afectisimo.
Agosto.
Alcalde.
Alguno, alguna.
Amigo.
Antonio.
Anticnado.
Apostolico, Apost61ica.
Articulo.
Arzobispo.
Atento.
Beato.
Barril.
Bachiller.
Beso or besa las (or sus;
manos.
Beso or besa los (or sus)
pie's.
Beatisimo Padre.
Bautista.
Catolico-ca, Apost61ico-ca,
Eomano-a.
Cainara.
Capitulo.
Highnesses or autliors.
Twenty-live pounds weight.
Years.
Christian year.
ToY. E. (Your Excellency.)
At Your Majesty's Eoyal
Feet.
Administrator.
Most afiectionate.
August.
A justice.
Any or somebody.
Friend.
Anthony.
Antiquated.
Apostolical
Article.
Archbishop.
Attentive.
Blessed.
Barrel.
Bachelor of Arts or Sciences
I kiss or he kisses the (or
your hands.
I kiss or he kisses the (or
your) feet.
Most blessed Father.
Baptist.
Catholic, Apostolic and Bo-
man.
Chamber.
Chapter.
1. The duplication of the initial letter of titles indicates the plural
number.
2. In speaking, we contract Vuestra Escelencia in Vuecencia, which is
generally used by educated persons. It is also contracted in Vuecelenc'ut,
Which is very inelegant.
502
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Cap.n
Capitan.
Captain.
Capp.
Capellan.
Cbaplain.
C. C.
Cuenta corriente.
Account current.
Cdo
Cuando.
Wben.
0." M. B.
Cuyas manos beso or besa
. Wbose bands I kiss or he
kisses.
Comis.o
Comisario.
Commissary.
Comp.a
Coiupauia.
Company.
Conocimto (1;
Couocim'iento.
Bill of lading.
Cons.
Cousejo.
Counsel.
Corte
Corriente .
Current, instant.
C. P. B.
Cuyos pHs beso or beea.
Wbose feet I kiss or he
C.ta
Cuenta.
Account. [kisse*,
C.to C.ta
Cuanto, cuanta.
How much.
CoilV.te
Conveniente.
Convenient.
D. orD.n
Don.
Mr.
D.a
Dona.
Mrs.
DD.
Doctores.
Doctors.
D.r or Dor
Doctor
Doctor.
Dha.
Dicba.
Said.
Dho.
Dicbo.
Said.
Die™ or 10™
Diciembre.
December.
D.s'
Dios.
God.
B-ro.
Derecbo.
Right, or duty.
Dom.o
Domingo.
Sunday.
Doz.
Docena.
Dozen.
Ecc.o Ecc.a
Eclesiastico-ca.
Ecclesiastic.
Enm^0, vale.
Enrnendado, vale.
Amended, valid.
En." '
Enero .
January.
Esc^o Esc^a
Escelentisimo-ma .
Most Excellent.
Escn° pc°
Escribano piibhco.
Notary Public.
Estdo
Estimado.
Esteemed.
E.U.
Estados Unidos.
United States.
F.
Fulano.
Such a one.
Feb.o
Febrero.
February.
Ferndo
Fernando.
Ferdinand.
Fha.
Feeba.
Date.
Fho. fha.
Fecbo, fecba.
Dated.
Fob
Folio.
Folio.
Fr.
Fray.
j Friar (brother of certain
1 religious orders. )
Fr.
Frey.
j A title of the Knights oi
{ certain orders.
Franco
Francisco.
Francis.
1. All nouns ending in miento or mento, as mandamiento, armamerdo,
etc., are often abbreviated like conocimienlo. Adverbs terminating in
menle, as enteramente, actualmente, etc., are abbreviated thus : enteram.1*,
aciualm.1*
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
503
Fernandez.
May save or preserve.
Grace.
General.
Governor.
Government.
The same.
Ditto.
Church.
Illustrious.
Most Illustrious.
Inquisitor.
Intendant.
Jesus Christ.
Jesus.
Jesus, Mary and Joseph ,
John.
Licentiate, book, or law.
Laws.
Book.
Founds.
Line, lines.
Licentiate.
Place of the seal.
Most powerful Lord.
Mother.
Elder, major.
Mr.
Many years.
Majesty.
Emanuel.
Steward.
Half.
Michael.
Minister.
Favor, worship.
Martin.
Pattern, sample, specimen.
Martinez.
Master (instructor).
An imaginary coin.
Many.
Manuscript.
1. JUS. — Although this abbreviation is out of general use, it still ro
mains among the Jesuits, who always place it at the beginning and end
of their correspondence, and of all their writings generally.
2. J. M. J. is often found at the beginning of letters and other writ-
ings of religious persons.
Frnz.
Fernandez.
Gue or gde.
Guarde.
Gra.
Gracia.
Gen.i (adj.) gral
. General.
Gob.r
Gobernador.
Gob.o
Gobierno.
lb.
Ibid.
Id. Yd.
Idem.
Igla.
Iglesia.
Il.e
Lustre.
I]mo Uma
Ilustrisimo-ma.
Inqor
Inquisidor.
Intend. t«
Intendente.
J. C.
Jesucristo.
Jhs.(l)
Jesus.
J. M.J. (2)
Jesus, Maria y Jose*.
J. »
Juan.
L.
Licenciado, libro, or ley.
LL.
Leyes.
Lib.
Libro.
Lib .a lb.
Libras.
Lin. lins.
Linea, lineas.
Licdo
Licenciado.
L. S.
Lugar del sello.
M. P.S.
Muy poderoso Sefior
M.e
Madre.
M.01
Mayor.
Mr. or M.'
Monsieur, or Mister.
M.s&a
Muchos anos.
Maj.d >
Majestad.
Man.i
Manuel.
Maym°
Mayordomo.
M.o
Medio.
Mig.i
Miguel.
Mtro.
Ministro.
Mrd.
Merced.
Mrn.
Martin.
Mras.
Muestras.
Mrnz.
Martinez.
Mro.
Maestro.
Mrs.
Maravedis.
M.8
Muchos.
MS.
Manuscrito.
504
LIST OP ABBREVIATIONS.
MSS.
Manuscritos.
Manuscripts.
M. I. A.
Muy Ilustre Ayuntamien-
to.
Fulano.
■ Most Illustrious Council.
N.
Such-a-one.
N.B.
Nota bene.
Take notice.
N. C. M.
Nuestro Catolico Monarca
. Our Catholic Monarcn.
N. S.
Nuestro Sefior.
Our Lord.
N. S.»
Nuestra Sefiora.
Our Lady.
N. S. J. C.
Nuestro Sefior Jesucristo.
Our Lord Jesus Christ
N. S. M. L
Nuestra Santa Madre la
Our Holy Mother the
Iglesia.
Church.
N. S. P.
Nuestro Serafico Padre.
Our Seraphic Father.
N.° or num.0
Numero.
Number.
Nro., nra., or
ntro., ntra.
>• Nuestro, nuestra.
Our.
Obpo.
Obispo.
Bishop.
Ob.ta
Obediente.
Obedient.
On. or onz.
Onza, onzas.
Ounce, doubloons.
Orn., orns., or
Ord., ords.
> Or den, 6rdene«.
Ordinario-a.
Order, orders,
Ord.o ord.a
Ordinary.
Orig.l or orij.i
Orijinal.
Original.
P. pag. or paj
Pajina.
Page.
P. D.
Posdata.
Postscript.
P. a
Para.
For, in order to.
Par.
Parrato.
Paragraph.
P."
Padi-e.
Father.
P.o
Pero, or Pedro.
But, or Peter.
P.r
Por.
For, per, or by.
P.s .
Pie's, pesos, or pues.
Feet, dollars, or for, then, as
p.t*
Plata.
Silver.
P.te
Parte.
Part.
P. to
Puerto.
Port.
Pag. to
Pagamento.
Payment.
Pza.
Pieza.
Piece.
PI.
Plana, or plural.
Trowel, page, or plural
Pbro. or Prbo
Presbitero.
Presbyter, priest.
Pral.
Principal.
Principal.
Pror.
Procurador.
Attorney.
Prov.
Pro visor.
Provisor.
Pubco or pubic
Publico.
Public.
Pmo pdo.
Proximo pasado.
Last past.
Ppe.
Principe.
Prince.
QQs.
Quin tales.
Quintals (a hundred pounds
weight).
Q. or q.e
Que.
That.
(Q. D. G.)
(Que Dios guarde.)
Whom may God preserve.
'Q. E. G. E.)
(Que en gloria este'. )
May his or her soul be in
glory.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
505
(Q. E. P. D.)
(Que en paz descanse.)
May his or her soul rest in
peace.
"Who kisses your hand.
Q, S. M. B.
Que sus manos besa.
R.t Aud.».
Real Audiencia.
Royal Supreme Court.
RR. PP.
Reverendos Padres,
Reverend Fathers.
R.s R.8
Rentas Reales.
Royal incomes or rents.
Rmo Eevmo
Re ver en disim o.
Most Reverend.
II. Rd° Rda
Reverendo, reverenda.
Reverend.
R P. M.
Reverendo Padre Maestro
, Reverend Father.
Rbi
Recibf.
I received.
Reco
Recibo.
Receipt.
R.I, Rleayon
Real, reales vellon.
Real, reals (silver coin).(l)
Resp.
Respuesta.
Answer.
S. S.to S.ta
San, or Santo, Santa.
Saint, holy.
S. A.
Su Alteza.
His or Her Highness.
S. A. R.
Su Alteza Real.
His or Her Royal Highness.
S. M.
Su Majestad.
His or Her Majesty.
S. M. B.
Su Majestad Britanica.
H. B. M. (His or Her Bri-
tannic Majesty).
S. M. 0.
Su Majestad Cat61ica.
H. C*. M. (His or Her Ca-
tholic Majesty.
S. M. C. S.
Su Majestad Cristianfsima. H. M . C' M. (His or Her
Most Christian Majesty).
S. M. F.
Su Majestad Fidelfsima.
IL M. F. M. (His or Her
Most Faithful Majesty).
S. M. S.
Su Majestad Sarda.
IT. S. M. (His or Her Sar-
dinian Majesty).
H. I. M. (His or Her Impe-
S. M. L
Su Majestad Imperial.
rial Majesty).
&.* or S.°r
Selor.
Sir.
S.ft or S.™
Sefcora.
Madam, lady.
Senta
Sefiorita.
Miss, young lady.
S. S.a
Su Senoria.
His Lordship.
S.S.d
Su Santidad.
His Holiness.
SS. or S^
St fibres.
Gentlemen, Messrs.
S. S. S., or 8U
seg.° serv.or
Seb.n
J- Su seguro servidor.
Sebastian.
Your faithful servant
Sebastian.
Spre.
Siempre.
Always.
Sr.ia Secret*
Secretaria.
Secretary's office.
S>?°, Sec.o or
Secret.©
1 Secretario.
Secretary.
Ser1?0 or Ser*?a
Serenisimo-ma.
Most Serene.
6orv°
Servicio. .
Service.
1. It is i national custom in Old Spain to keep accounts in reales d*
vellon, as the French do in francs, and the English in pounds sterling.
A real de vellon is a different coin from a real fuerte. One dollar has
twenty of the former, and it mly has eight of the latter.
506
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Serv.*
Sig.f
SSmo
SSni0
SSmo Re
Su mrd.
SS. PP.
Subten.t9
Siip.ca
Sup>
Super. *•
S. Y. li 0.
T. or torn.
Ten. to
Tesor.o
Tgo.
Tpo.
Ton. a
TraL
Ult
V.
V., V.« or Ven.
V., Vd. orVm.
W., Vds. or
Vms.
V. A.
V. B.d
V.I.
V. E. or V.
ESC. a
V. E. E.
V. g., orV. gr.
Vers.°
V. M.
V. P.
V. Ra
V. R. M.
V. s.*
V. SS.
Servidor. Servant
Siguiente. Following.
Santisimo. Most Holy.
Santfsimo (el Sacramento). The Host, the Holy Sacra-
ment.
Santfsimo Padre.
Su merced. (1)
Santos Padres.
Subteniente.
Suplica.
Suplicante.
Superintendents .
Salvo yerro u omision.
Most Holy Father.
His or her Honor.
Holy father.
Sublieutenant.
Request, entreaty.
Petitioner.
Superintendent.
Errors or omissions
cepted.
Volume.
Lieutenant.
Treasurer.
Witness.
Time.
Ton.
Court, tribunal.
Last
See.
Venerable.
Tomo.
Teniente.
Tesorero.
Testigo.
Tiempo.
Tonelada.
Tribunal
tJltimo.
Vdase.
Venerable.
Usted (100 years back, vues-You, Your Honor.
ira merced).
) Ustedes, (ditto, vuestrasYou, Your Honoitu
j" mercedes).
Vuestra Alteza. Your Highness.
Vuestra Beatitud. Your Beatitude.
Vuestra Eustrisima. Your Grace.
>■ Vuestra Escelencia. (2)
Vuestras Escelencias.
Verbi gracia.
Versiculo.
Vuestra Majestad.
Vuestra Paternidad.
Vuestra Reverencia.
Vuestra Real Majestad.
Vuestra Senorfa. (3)
Vuestras Sefiorlas.
Your Excellency.
Your Excellencies.
For example.
Versicle.
Your Majesty.
Your Paternity.
Your Reverence.
Your Royal Majesty.
Your Lordship.
Your Lordships.
1. Su merced is the title used when speaking in the 3d person of any
Alcalde or other justice who has not the title of Sehoria. It is also asea
by servants in speaking to their masters.
2. See note 2, page 501.
3. Vuestra Sehoria is contracted in Vuesenoria or Usia: the latter is
always preferable to the former.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
507
r. S.I.
Vuestra Senorfa Ilustrisima.Your Most Illustrious Kov
rence.
Your Holiness.
Real of vellori (coin).
Volume.
Your.
Examined and approved.
2.d
3.d
4.th
10(Jt>
V. S.<*
Vuestra Santidad
y.on
Vellon.
Vol.
Volumen.
Vro. vra.
Vuestro, vuestra,
V\"> B.o
Visto bueno.
ho l.a
Primero-a.
2.o 2. »
Segundo-a.
3<>3.a
Tercero-a.
4.o 4.»
Cuarto-a.
25. o 25. »
Vije'simo-a quinto-a.
106. <> 106 .»
Oente'simo-a sesto-a.
And so on, placing an o or an a over the cardinal number, according to
the gender of the noun it refers to; that is, if it is a masculine noun the
letter o should be added to the figure, and if a feminine, tho letter a }
said letters being the termination masculine or feminine of the ordinal
K.nmbers.
TABLE OP CONTENTS.
PAGX.
Preface iii
Exercise on Pronunciation 5
Pronunciation and Accentuation 7
Words Similar in Sound, but Different in Spelling 37
Division of Words into Syllables 17
Marks used in Punctuation 18
Practical Exercises 21
Conversational Exercises 265
Etymology 307
Syntax 359
Dialogues 398
Proverbs • 435
Idioms • 443
Mercantile Vocabulary , 455
Commercial Correspondence 462
Abbreviations 501
LIBEOS DE TEXTO
(CON SUS PRECIOS EN PAPEL M0NEBA>
LAS ESCUELAS Y ENSENASZA DE IDIOMAS
PUBLICADOS
GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD
BDITOR-LIBRERO E IMPORTADOR DE TODA CLASH VU
LIBROS EN ESPANOL, FRANCES E ITALIANO.
812 BEOADWAY.
NUEVA YORK
L1BRERIA AMERICANA Y EXTRANGERA
LIBROS PARA LOS ESPAfrOLES
{Se hard un iesmento d los Sres. Libreros y Profesor et.)
V\ iGUT j OLLENDORFF. EI Maestro de Ingle*
Complcto. Metodo practico para aprender la lengua inglesa
segun el sistema de Ollendorff, conteniendo, ademas del
Metodo propiamente dicho, un tratado de la propiedad de laa
voces, en dos partes, inglesa y espafiola ; .di&logos escogidos en
ingles y espanol; un compendio de Gramatica inglesfi; Prover-
bios ; Conversaciones familiares ; lista alf abetica de abreviaturas ;
explicacion de mucbas f rases latinas, etc., que suelen usarse en
ingles, un Traductor y Lector y un vocabulario de terminos comer-
ciales, con modelos de correspond eneia mercantil en ambos
idiomas. Por Francisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $1.75
Edicion enteramente refundida, corregida y notablemente au«
mentada con un novisimo sistema de pronunciacion figurada.
• ••Clave de Io§ Ejereicio§. 12mo $0.90
- - EI Preceptor Ingle§ Elemental, 6 sea Novisimo Me-
todo para aprender ingles los nifios espafioles, compuesto por un
profesor segun los sistemas de Vingut y Ollendorff. 12mo...$l.40
Porque no bay libro de texto elemental para uso de los espa-
fioles que desean aprender la lengua inglesa, me parecio quo
seria prestar un importante servicio al publico latino-americano
poner a su disposicion un metodo mas facil que "El Maestro de
Ingles Completo," y que pudiera servir a un tiempo para nifios
y para adultos. He resuelto, pues, dar a luz El Preceptor
Ingles Elemental. Este libro, compuesto con el mayor es-
mero por un profesor de mucha experiencia en el manejc y la
ensefianza de aquel idioma, contiene una Reseiia de Gramatica
inglesa, un metodo de unas 200 paginas, con la pronunctacion
figurada de cada palabra ; modelos de estilo epistolar y una colec-
<rioc de trozos escogidos de los mejores escritores in»ieses y ameri-
canos, y arreglados de modo que sirvan do ejercicio de lectura J
pjronunciaciou inglesa oon cada iecoion.
PUBLIC ADO* rOR ©EORGE R. LOCKWOOD. 8
— Clave dc los Ejercicios. 12mo 70o.
f IIVGUT y DEL. MAR. Guia para la Conversation
en Espafiol 6 Angles, que contiene varias listas de las
voces mas usuales, debidamente clasificadas ; colecciones de
dialogos de. etiqueta y frases de conversacion sobre los asuiitoi
mas generates de la vida ; refranes y modos de decir, y tabla«
comparativas de monedas, pesos y medidas. Por Emanuel
del Mar. Habiendose anadido un tratado completo de la pro-
nunciation y ortografia inglesa, por Francisco Javier Vingut.
12mo $0. 90
VIIVGUT. Eector y Tradnctor Ingles, 6 sea Nuevo Me-
todo, para aprender a traducir del ingles al espailol, y vice-
versa. Comprendiendo un trabado completo de la pronuncia-
tion inglesa ; una serie de anccdotas escogidas ; la Constitution
de los Estados Unidos, y algunas cartas sociales y mercantiles,
etc. Por Francisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $1.40
- — Compaftero del Nuevo Metodo de OHendorfl
reuniendo lo mas interesante de Robertson, Urcullu y Worcestei
con otros trataijos originales. Contiene un tratado de la pro-
nunciation inglesa ; otro de la formation de las palabras ; una
lista alfabctica de las principales particulas inglesas y de su
uso ; otra de los verbos ingleses ; un vocabulario de los adverbios,
adjetivos, verbos y palabras mas usadas, y dialogos famiiiares
para empezar a hablar el ingles. 12mo $1.60
J5LA1VCO. Eectaras Inglesas escogidas 6 sea Trozos de los
in ej ores escritores ingleses y americanos, en prosa y verso,
arreglados en lecciones, con notas gramaticales y fraseologicas,
traduction interlinear y un vocabulario con la pronunciation
y definiciones.
Primera Parte. 12mo $0.P0
Segunda Parte. 12mo 0.90
En un solo vohimen. 12mo 1 .50
Componense las Lecturas inglesas escogidas de trozes de log
mejores hablistas modernos, tanto britanicos como americanos,
escritos en lenguaje facil, pero correcto, tal como ee usa en la
buena sociedad, y por las personas que se esmeran en hablai
iu idioma con pureza* C*da trozo com pone una lection, y
4 LIBROS DE TEXTC.
presenta un asunto diforente, de modo que hay taruVs ejemplot
de estilo diversos como Ieocioncs ouenta la coleccion. Van
prccedidas las lecciones de un tratado sucinto de la pronunciacion
inglesa; las cuatro primeras lecciones tienon la pronunciacion
figurada de cada pnlabra y una traduccion literal intorlinear ;
y como complemento perfecto de las notas explicativas un
vocabulario de todas las voces con sus correspondencias oasto-
lianas y pronunciacion.
VINGUT y OLLENDORFF. El MitoKl.ro de Fran-
ces, metodo practico para aprondor la lengua francesa, Begun
el sistema de Ollendorff. Contiene ejeroicios pr&cticos .
tratado do la propiedad <!o las voces; compendio do tfraituUiea
francesa ; di&logos ; proverbios ; conversaciones f amiliares ; vo-
cabulario mercantil ; modolos de correspondenoia mercantil <<n
ambos idiomas ; trozos selectos con su corrospondiente traduo-
oion, etc. Por Francisco J. Vingut. Novisima edicion cor*
regida y notablemente aumentada por Luis F. Mantilla.
12mo $1.75
Clave de los mcreiclos. 13m0 t°-J)0
91 IIVTIIjB^A. Noelones de Iditfim FranecNa para las
escuelas, por L. F. Mantilla, profosor de la Lengua y Liter*-
fcura espafiola en la Univcrsidad do Nueva York. lOmo. . ,.5G cts
Esto librito tiene por olijeto ensofiar el franc6s a los nines y
a las personas que quieran aprendcr, por medio de un sisten.»
gradual y practico, las reglas y poculiaridadcB de la gramatiea <1<i
esa lengua.
La Primera Parte so ocupa simplemente de la pronunciacioA.
La Segunda y Tercera se componen de ejereicios de construccuoa
gramatical, para los cuales se principia con frases cortas, y se \a
■ucesivamente aumentando el caudal de palabras y oraoioncs.
La Parte Cuarta contiene ejemplos do los conjugacionos, las
cuales ya el alumuo conoce pructicamente por el uso de los verboi
ec la* lecoiones antoriores.
La Quinta es una colocoion do historiotas, ouyas frases cst&n
traducidus al pio, para que con poco trabajo las ■cstudio el
discipulo, y laH ponga en castellano cuando el' maestro so las lea.
Bueno es reoomendar encarecidamente que se exija siempro una
traduccion castiza, pues de ese modo se salva la puroza do la
Kingua nutiva, y bo progresa en el couocimienlo de enta.
PUBLICADOS POR GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD. fl
Los trozos en verso deben ser aprendidos de momoria come
ejercieios de pronunciacion. Son sencillos, y contienen todos su
moraleja.
La Sesta Parte se compone de dialogos faciles, y al fin del
libro se encuentra el Vocabulario para traducir los trozos en prosa
y en verso.
— — Libro Primario para traducir cl francos con
un Vocabulario. 16mo 50o.
La obrita de Mrs. Barbauld "Lessons for Children" ha sido
traducida en todos los idiomas enropeos, y la version francesa
sirve de texto para la ensefianza de esta lengua en las escnelas
primarias de los Estados Unidos porque a la vez de ser una
coleccion de dialogos faciles contiene suma de conocimientos
li tiles y copia de buena doctrina moral y religiosa.
Me cabe la satisfaccion de presentarla a los niiios hispano-
americanos con un Vocabulario para la version a nuestra lengua.
— Elcmentos de Fi§iologia c Hijjicnc para las escuelaa,
con grabados. Por L. F. Mantilla. 16mo 56 c.
Todos los pedagogos modernos convienen en que es indispen-
sable para los fines de la educacion que adn en las escuelaa
primarias se enseiie a los niiios los elementos de aquellas cienciaa
que tienen utilidad pr&ctica en la vida, y la experiencia ha
probado que la tarea es facil cuando hay maestro habil y libro de
texto que ayude a este en dicha empresa..
No habiendo llegado a mis manos ningun libro elemental ©a
espanol que pudiera servir para ensenar a nifios los rudimentoa
de tan importante ciencia, emprendi y he llevado a cabo la
traduction de una obrita que por muchos afios ha serrido de
texto en las escuelaa publicas de la ciudad de Nueva-York.
Con el objeto de que sea aun mas util que el original he agregado
los capitulos sobre asistencia de enfermos, remedios par*
males leves, socorros en casos de accidentes, antidotos y con-
travenenos.
«-— Cartera de la Conversacion en Ingles, con la
pronunciacion figurada. 18mo 75o
Dos cosas constituyen la especialidad de este Manual : 1\ ej
Vocabulario que acompana a cada dialogo, y nue se refiere al
asunto de este. 2\ el Vocabulario con la Pronunciacion fig urada
que se encuentra al fin del libro.
O LIBROS DE TEXTO.
Cart ilia de Fisica para ninos, con grabados finos, por I±
F. Mantilla 16mo 56c.
La lectura de este librito convence de que es may facil ensenai
en las escuelas primarias los elementos de las ciencias de utilidad
practica. Ademas es un Manual precioso para las personas que no
hayan recibido educacion cientifica, y sirve de preparacion para el
estudia del ramo en los Colegios y Universidades.
Gramatiea de la Lengua eastellana, por la Real Aca-
demia espanola. 12mo .90c.
Joyas de la Poe§ia espaHola. Heredia, Pl&oido, Feb'pa
Lopez de Brinas, Rafael Maria de Mendive, Zorrilla. 12mo. .75o.
Cartilla 6 Silabario para los ninos. 18mo 12«i.
LIBKOS PARA LOS INGLESES
VINGUT y OLLENDORFF. Tlie Spanish Teacher,
a practical method of learning the Spanish Language on Ollen-
dorff's system, containing practical exercises — conversational
exercises — a synopsis of the Spanish Grammar — dialogues -
proverbs — idioms — mercantile vocabulary— correspondence, et-j.
Por Francisco J. Vingut. New edition, corrected and enlargod
by Lurs F. Mantilla. 12mo $1 .fflj
The advantages t)ver previous editions consist in part in it
more methodical arrangement, corrections of typographical errors,
enlargement of the theoretical part, a mercantile vocabulary and
correspondence, and a collection of dialogues, which altogether
make the book valuable not only to those studying the language
grammatically, but to those who wish to acquire a practical know-
ledge of it for mercantile purposes.
- — Key lo the Exercises. 12mo $0.C0
VlftGLT. A Spanish Reader and Translator, being
a new method of learning to translate from Spanish into English,
and from English into Spanish : containing a complete treatise on
Spanish pronunciation ; a series of select anecdotes, the Constitu
tion of the United States, and some social and mercanLde kcters,
©to. By Fkanul&co Javjek Vingut. 12mo $1 Hi
PUBLICADOS POR GEORGE B LOCKWOOD. 1
VINGUT and I>EL JWAR. A Guide to Spanish and
English Conversation, containing various lists of words
in most general use, properly classed ; collections of compli-
mentary dialogues and conversational phrases on the most general
subjects of life ; proverbs and idioms ; also comparative tables of
coins, weights and measures. By Emanuel del Mar. To
which has been added a treatise on Spanish pronunciation and
orthography and the whole work carefully revised. By Fran-
cisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $0.90
ROBERTSON. Complete Spanish Course, in accord-
ance with the Robertsonian System of teaching Modern Lan-
guages. 12mo. $1.00
Josse's Spanish Grammar, with Practical Exercises. Re-
vised and enlarged by F. Sales. 12mo $1.75
MANTILLA. Hand-Book of Spanish Conversation,
18mo TO-*
The practical part of the book contains: 1st. A collection oi
short phrases used in the daily intercourse of life, which gives tha
pupil a copious vocabulary for conversation. 2d. A series oi
useful and interesting dialogues on every subject of life. The
special feature of this part is a series of vocabularies, the mean
ing of which is closely connected with the subject of the dialogues.
3d. A collection of commercial terms, mercantile corresponds nee,
banking transactions, etc. Specimens of advertisements, publi#
notices, etc., are another specialty of this little book.
LIBROS PARA LOS FRANCESES.
VINGUT y OLLENDORFF. Le Maitre d'Esj ugnol.
Nouvelle Methode pour apprendre a lire, ecrire et a parier la
langue espagnole, d'apres le systeme d'Ollendorff. Avec un
supplement, contenant les regies grammatical es, les ) *radigmes
des verbes reguliers, irreguliers, auxiliaires, reflechis e'e imper-
sonnels. Par Francisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $1 75
•-—Corrige des Excrcices tM°
OBRAS MASONICAS
DE
ANDRES CASSARD.
CON SITS PRECIOS EN ORO.
Manual de la Masoneria, 6 sea el tejador de los ritos antigua
eaeocea, francea y de adopciort Contiene las decoracionea,
trajes, marchas, bat*.', aperturas, ovaciones: los verdaderoa
catecismos del rito escoces : clausuras, discursos y laminas para
cada gr'.'r plantillas para certificados, dimisiones, diplomas,
breves, patentes, &. : peticiones para formaciones de logias,
grandes logias, &. : instalaciones de las mismas: exequias fune-
bres, con su discurso : banquetes, con un discurso analogo al
objeto, y otro, que explica la significacion de la forma que lleva
la mesa en las fiestas del orden, acompafiado de una lamina :
diacursos eacogidos sobre el origen y progreao de la Masoneria :
inmortalidad del alma, beneficencia, igualdad, tolerancia, frater-
nidad, fuerza y union : tablas misticas : un diccionario razonado
de terminos y expresiones masonicas : ritual del bautismo maso-
nico, con un discurso : modo de enjuiciar en masoneria : estatu*
tos generates de la orden: datos cronologicos sobre los sucesos maa
importantes de la masoneria desde antes de Jesu-Cristo: estatu-
toa y regulacionea del mismo : grandes constituciones de 1762 y
1786: explicacion de los cabaliaticos : generacion universal de
todoa loa seres, &.: miaterioa antiguoa: cadena mistica, &., &., &.
t yoIs. 8vo $7.00
EHncupnta anos de la vida de Andres Cassard. Esta interesante
c->ra contiene todos los documentos que comprueban loa
Bervicios masonicos prestados por Andres Cassard, desde su
iniciacion en la orden en 1853. Consta de unas 300 paginas
esta magnificamente inipresa y encuadernada con filetesi dora-
dos, y lleva en la portada el retrato de Cassard, tornado ultima-
, inente y grabado en acero. 8vo $3.00
Espejo Masonic o. Los cuatio tomos de esta interesante
publicacion, la £nica en su especie en el idioma castellano,
empastados en muselina $12 00
Manual de la Estrella del Oriente. Esta interesante obrita esta
arreglada, expresamente, para el uso de los Diputados y para
instruir a los que reciban el grado. Empastada lujosamente, y
con un Diploma para seflora 6 caballero, segun se desee .. $2 50
Sin Diploma $1 50
t>mstituciones, Estatutos y Reglamentos de 1762 y 1786.
Encuadernados en muselina rosada $2 50
Estatutos Generales de la Masonsria de Napol«s, 1820. Encua-
dernado 65
Citecismos de los Tres Grados Simbolicos. Los tres cuaderuoa
sueltos 25
Por docena sueltos $2 50
Diplomas de Maestro, magnificamente grabad«w». 6. impresos
en buen pergamino, en tres idiomas y con «u crbierta. .. 2 50
44 " en on idioma 1 SO
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11